The URL can be used to link to this page

Plans BUP2015 - 00060 & MFJC2015 - 00128 ULT/A G.C. TO RECEIVE, UNLOAD & INSTALL BID ALTERNATES STORE r OWNER SUPPLIED GLASS & ARRAY ,TEM SHEET REMARKS RECEIVED _ SHELVES & BRACKETS (COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL G.C.TO PROVIDE COST TO ADD(1)ADDITIONAL - - - _ - - - - _ _ FLOOR FINISH MAR -- - - - - FLOOR DEO UPTO0 LINEAL PRIOR FEET EET OF ELECTRICAL COST TO D OWNER). G.C. TO DISPOSE OF PACKAGING OUTLETS aTY ;ON MATERIALS. SEE DESCRIPTION OF SHELF �c TOPROVIDECOSTTOADD(2-5)ADDITIONAL BUILDS i ELECTRICAL FLOOR OUTLETS,PRIOR TO FINISH FLOOR. COST TO W '- QUANTITIES ON SHEET A-1 .1 FLOOR INCLUDE UP TO 10 LINEAL FEET OF ELECTRICAL m OUTLETS TRENCHING. G.C.TO PROVIDE COST FOR A CEMENT BASED B E AU T Y MOISTURE PRODUCT ONLY TO COVER THE ENTIRE SALES RESISTANT FLOOR. SUPPLY&INSTALL AN MRB AND A TOP COAT �i BARRIER OF A CEMENTITIOUS BASED PRODUCT PER (MRB) MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS,SMOOTH,FLAT J AND READY TO ACCEPT FLOOR FINISHES. ASH SQUA CITY OF TIGARD 0 FRO Approved by Planning Date: 7/ 10/1 "> �R� T A OrmD o STOrmD� E Initials: (� wYFmD_� D 63 NORTH ULTA REVISION SITE MAPNTR0FN OFNWSHEET SHEET NAME Drx SCALE: NONE CS-1 COVER SHEET THE INTENT OF THE SCOPE CONTAINED WITHIN THESE DOCUMENTS RELATES TO THE INTERIOR REMODELING 1. IF SIGNIFICANT DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS IN THE DETAILS OR DIMENSION ARISE,OR IF UNFORESEEN n nnp O� n p p �OD(�� CS 2 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ko m SITE LOCATIONS /BUILD-OUT OF A MERCANTILE/INTERIOR SPACE CONTAINED WITHIN AN EXISTING SHELL BUILDING. THE ARCHITEC CONDITIONS IN THE EXISTING BUILDING IMPAIR THE ABILITY TO PERFORM THE WORK AS DESCRIBED AND/OR /n111J Ir l� !n1 L� LS --- �' 0cr HAS NOT INSPECTED THE CONDITIONS OR THE INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING SHELL BUILDING AND SHALL NOT DETAILED.THEN REPORT SUCH OCCURRENCES TO THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. SPECIAL IN PECTIC C _3 VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION&SUBMITTAL SQUARE TOO 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS-WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENT w Coda REQUIREMENTS ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR SAME. THE RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY FOR THE EXISTING SHELL 3. ALL THINGS SHOWN ARE NEW AND PROVIDED BY TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE _ H -1.1 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS 10205 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. BUILDING CONDITIONS AND INTEGRITY,AND FOR THE CONFORMANCE OF THE EXISTING BUILDING SHELL TO ALL NOTED. BUILDING: 2014 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE � n p APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS, IS SOLELY THAT OF OTHERS,AND NOT THAT OF one to an LnlorcLntg. D .0 FLOOR PLAN&ROOF PLAN DEMO L��I � TIGARnn ��jj�/ 4. ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION FACING RESTROOM AREAS MUST UTILIZE MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD. MECHANICAL: 2014 OREGON MECHANICAL SPECIALTY CODE � � p D,DD y OO R 9 U 223 THE ARCHITECT. THE ARCHITECT'S SCOPE OF WORK IS STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO THE INTERIOR BUILD-OUT OF 5. ALL DOORS TO BE KEYLESS IN DIRECTION OF EGRESS. PLUMBING: 2014 OREGON PLUMBING SPECIALTY CODE A .1 SITE PLAN(FOR REFERENCE ONLY) O °o � l�punpunpl AN EXISTING INTERIOR SPACE LOCATED WITHIN AN EXISTING SHELL BUILDING. 6. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED: SpeefI�� g luul A. 5.0 L.B.F.(22.2N) FOR INTERIOR DOORS WITHOUT CLOSURES. ELECTRICAL: 2014 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE al n Pres#r ssin Ste Tendons A .0 MERCHANDISE&EGRESS PLAN l� LANDLORD DDEVELOPEG�B B. 15 L.B.F. (67N)FOR ALL OTHER DOORS. /lrnl � � (fin 7. DOORS INDICATED AS PART OF THE REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL HAVE HARDWARE WHICH IS LIFE SAFETY: 2014 OREGON FIRE CODE A .1 FIXTURE PLAN&SPECIFICATIONS I�J�J `tea PPR SQUARE TOO LLCtn, uralWeldi g 0 9 SCOPE 0 F WORK STATEMENT READILY OPERABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY,SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR ACCESSIBILITY: 2003 ICC/ANSI AlA117.1 ❑ High #rengh# Icing � � O WILSHIRE BLVD., p 2 EFFORT. A '.0 DIMENSION PLAN,DETAILS&WALL TYPES 4 1 V V HRBLVD STE 700 8. ALL WALL&CEILING FINISHES TO BE CLASS B OR BETTER,FLAME SPREAD 26-75 WITH MAXIMUM SMOKE ENERGY CONSERVATION: 2003 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE f(0 DEVELOPED OF 450. ❑ Stru ural Masa ry A .1 ENLARGED SALON PLAN Q SANTA MONICA, ONK 9 C n (0510 O� SCALE: NONE ALL INTERIOR TRIM TO BE CLASS C,FLAME SPREAD 76 200 WITH MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 450. OCCUPANCY LOAD CALCULATIONS - � � !n1 V u !n1 u V u v!n1 !n1 �J "ir ® Rein orced Gyp um Cona to C�O�I� '^` C��e DAVID til `^` L `^` Y�L A. AREA ETC. ETCETERA P.C.C. PRE-CAST 10. FLOOR COVERINGS TO HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT TO EXCEED 75. GROSS AREA: 9,594 S.F.(NET INTERNAL AREA) LEASE AREA: 10,198 S.F. A- .2 STUD FRAMING AND WALL BLOCKING DETAILS c g� O !nl A A A A.B. ANCHOR BOLT EXIST. EXISTING CONCRETEinsulating � � � 11. ALL COMBUSTIBLE INTERIOR FINISH&TRIM ITEMS ARE TO BE APPLIED DIRECTLY TOA NON-COMBUSTIBLE Conc ete i it A 3 DOOR&HARDWARE SCHEDULES �M �p aa�� jj aa�� A.C.I. AMERICAN EXP. EXPANSION/ PH BD. PHONE BOARD MERCANTILE AREA: 7,620 SQ.FT./30 SQ.FT. PER PERSON= 254 PHONES 310-899-84(5o� BASE. _. CONCRETE EXPOSED PKG. PARKING p �,�p,La ,ri'i�; .� ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN INSTITUTE EXT. EXTERIOR PL, PLATE 12. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS REQUIRED PER APPLICABLE CODES AND COORDINATE EXACT B:BUSINESS(SALON AREA): 968 SQ.FT./100 SQ.FT. PER PERSON= 10 (�� p� nip A 4 &STOREFRONT DETAILS ------- FD.��V��°��pp��l�U ��°�®� ACOUST. ACOUSTICAL FD. FLOOR DRAIN PL PLASTIC LAMINATE LOCATION WITH FIRE MARSHAL. -1 .� « --- `� 13. PROVIDE AND INSTALL OCCUPANCY SIGN IN A CONSPICUOUS LOCATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE OFFICE: 78 SQ.FT./100 SQ.FT.PER PERSON= 1 A 1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN&DETAILS A.D.A. AMERICANS WITH FDN. FOUNDATION PLMB. PLUMBING t� DISABILITIES ACT F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER PLYWD. PLYWOOD &LOCAL CODES. STAGING AREA: 694 SQ.FT./300 SQ.FT. PER PERSON= 3 A 3 2 ENLARGED SALON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN& 4! o TEnp HITS ADH. ADHESIVE F.E. FINISHED END PNL. PANEL. 14. SIGNAGE AS SHOWN IN THESE DRAWINGS IS SCHEMATIC ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES AND ( ) e ia!<3radin: , Excavati n and Fitt ng DETAILS � ��VV ln1UUVV ADJ. ADJACENT DOES NOT IMPLY OR DESCRIBE ANY MEANS, METHODS. OR DETAILS PERTAINING TO INSTALLATION OF RESTROOMICORRIDORRREA: 319 SQ.FT. REDUNDANT USE/OCCUPANTS INCLUDED IN MERCANTILE a� FIN. FINISH P.O.S. POINT OF m a A Y � A-3 ROOF PLAN n n L FIXT. FIXTURE SALE ❑ S ite-Gonlros stems - � _ U A.F.F. ABOVE THE AWNING OR SIGNAGE. IT SHALL BE SOLELY THE SIGN CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO TOTAL OCCUPANCY: 268 PERSONS y ' `^ FINISHED FLOOR FLR. FLOOR PR. PAIR FLOOR FINISH PLAN,FINISH SCHEDULE& 03 DESIGN FABRICATE,AND INSTALL THE SIGN UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT.ANY AND ALL STRUCTURAL ❑ pts T 1zqstyacl. ;<s._ A-411 �� ARBOR DRIVE AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING F.R.P. FIBERGLASS REIN- PREP PREPARATION/ CONSIDERATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED BY THE SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR.THE AWNING/SIGN p�� U�E(WREMENT5 SPECIFICATIONS 00 !n1 If1l V JURISDICTION FORCED PLASTIC PREPARED - - (� (� ONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS DESCRIBING THE AWNING/SIGNAGE DESIGN A 6.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS = o ROMEOVILLE I 80448 ALT ALTERNATE FT FEET/FOOT P.S.F.PSF POUNDSPER lfll V ➢ LLQ lS� AL.IALUM. ALUMINUM FTG. FOOTING SQUARE FOOT INCLUDING FINISHES,COLORS AND DESIGN DIMENSIONS TO THE OWNER FOR DESIGN INTENT REVIEW U 4 �p � DESCRIPTION CODE SECTION REQUIREMENTS A-6.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS � e, C0�1TaCTB KEVIN DUEDEG �C�IS AMP. AMPERE GA. GAGE/GUAGE P.S.I. POUNDS PER ONLY PRIOR TO AWNING/SIGN FABRICATION. ANOD. ANODIZED G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SQUARE INCH 15. SPRINKLER WORK WHERE NEW OR WHERE MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED BY USE GROUP: OSSC CHAPTER 3,SECTION 309 M(MERCANTILE) A-6.3 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ICU-I10UVE A�7h�0D �� 0��0 A.N.S.I. AMERICAN GALV. GALVANIZED PT. PART/POINT CODE OR CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT BY A Ilff�"'U-ll �V LSe U U Gam- c9� Gl- NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 NATIONAL GD. GRADE PV.C. POLYVINYL LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR.TIE SPRINKLER& FIRE ALARM INTO BASE BUILDING FIRE A-6.4 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS U `� ®n/1 n �LB ()��.�fl��{��e��°�� STANDARDS GL. GLASS CHLORIDE PROTECTION SYSTEM. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: OSSC TABLE 601 TYPE V-N(EXISTING NO CHANGE) - r , N OVA k I�JJ lS INSTITUTE GYP. GYPSUM PVMT. PAVEMENT 16. G.C.TO INSURE THAT PROPER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ARE MET FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL A-7.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATION V APPROX. APPROXIMATE H. HIGH QTY. QUANTITY SEISMIC CATEGORY: SEISMIC CATEGORY D H.C. HANDICAP R.A. RETURN AIR ARCH. ARCHITECT/ INTERIOR FINISHES./p �D 1��1 �C�`��e -URAL ACCESSIBLE RJRAD. RADIUS 17. REFER TO FIXTURE MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ON ALL FIXTURES. FIRE SPRINKLERS: OSSC SECTIONS 506.3,507.3 FULLY SPRINKLERED A-7.2 EXTERIOR ELEVATION !n1 ULC, II A.S.T.M. AMERICAN SOCIETY H.C. HOLLOW CORE R.D. ROOF DRAIN 18. NO ELEMENTS ARE TO BE ATTACHED TO OR SUPPORTED FROM THE ROOF DECK OR BOTTOM CHORD A-8.1 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS TENANT AREA: OSSC SECTION 507.3 9,594 S.F.AREA OF WORK ��LJ(�P(r\n (\(� DESIGN ARCHITECTURE �(L f��2�5'j p pl�l� FOR TESTING H.D. HIGH DENSITY RECPT. RECEPTACLE OF ROOF JOISTS. A 8.2 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS `$ Z� \trA V�uu �o II ��Vv��lnlu v v !/-UU 11 11 11 LS tl lJlfllLS MATERIALS HDR. HEADER REINF. REINFORCING 19. G.C.SHALL NOT USE GAS POWERED CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT. OCCUPANT LOAD: 268 PERSONS 27700 SOUTH RIVER P30aD SUITE �Oo 0o AVG. AVERAGE HDW. HARDWARE REQ'D. REQUIRED 20. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION OR FABRICATION. IF DIFFERENT - o B/ BOTTOM OF HDWD. HARDWOOD RM. ROOMTHAN SHOWN, NOTIFY ENGINEER/ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR MODIFICATION OF DRAWINGS. NUMBER OF EXITS: 2 REQUIRED A-8.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS OSSC TABLE 1018.1 DES PLAINES, ILLINOIS 80018 BD. BOARD H.M. HOLLOW METAL R.O. ROUGH OPENING 21. ALL CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO COORDINATE THEIR WORK WITH ALL DISCIPLINES TO AVOID 2 PROVIDED BEV. BEVERAGE H.O. HIGH OUTPUT R.R. RESTROOM CONFLICTS.ALL STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING ASPECTS ARE NOT IN THEA-8.4 SEISMIC DETAILS CONTACTB JUAN C ASTILLO BLDG. BUILDING HORIZ. HORIZONTAL R.T.U. ROOFTOP UNIT SCOPE OF THESE DRAWINGS.THEREFORE,ALL REQUIRED MATERIALS AND WORK MAY NOT BE EXIT WIDTH: OSSC TABLE 1005.1 54"REQUIRED S301 ROOF FRAMING PLAN AND FOUNDATION PLAN B.F.P. BACK FLOW H.P. HIGH POINT SAN. SANITARY 108 PROVIDED - P�IO�IEB (847) 298-0900 PREVENTOR H.R.C. HEATING& S.C. SOLID CORE INDICATED. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE THESE DRAWINGS WITH ALL - BILK. BLACK REFRIGERATION SCHD. SCHEDULE OTHER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. LOCATIONS, SIZES AND NUMBERS OF ALL OPENINGS MAY NOT MAX.TRAVEL DIST.: OSSC TABLE 1016.1 250-FT.MAX. rove0 S401 GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS Revisions FQXB Q847) 298-8986 BLK'G. BLOCKING CONTRACTOR(S) SECT. SECTION BE COMPLETELY INDICATED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.THE RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR TC: [ F 1.1A PERIMETER FIXTURE DETAILS Q ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW {� (�, BRG. BEARING HT. HEIGHT SERV. SERVICE SHALL VERIFY THEIR WORK WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES. REQUIRED PLUMBING FIXTURES E- ]QOLB icast��o(@(Dh�pmandes�gnarch.com U��UTN�Q��e�O�O��I��°C�a®D� BRKT. BRACKET H.V.A.C. HEATING, SEV. SEVER 22. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DO NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION.THE CONTRACTOR MALE FEMALE est 1 1B PERIMETER FIXTURE DETAILS AND FIXTURE 02/11/15 BTM. BOTTOM VENTILATION,AIR SF. STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS ISSUE FORBID CONDITIONING SHT. SHEET SHALL PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION. ISSUE 15 BTN. BETWEEN SUCH MEASURES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BRACING, SHORING, UNDERPINNING, ETC. LAVATORIES: 1 REQUIRED 1 REQUIRED ic-1 lei SP-1 SPECIFICATIONS CAB. CABINET HZ. HERTZ SIM. SIMILAR Suite#)~: _ REVISION PER LANDLORD MECHANICAL o PLUM o INGB C.F.M. CUBIC PER FEET NUTE IN INCHES ISOLATED GROUND SM. SAWCUTJOINT SEQUENCES OR ARCHITECT IS 9AFETYPROCEDURESONSIBLE FOR TDURIHE OG CONSTRUCTIONNS, METHODS,TECHNIQUES, OSSC TABLE 2902.1 � D 03/04/15 pip ��p �p �p n INC. 1 PROVIDED 1 PROVIDED c_,.. ate- 2 SPECIFICATIONS VV C VV ENGINEERS, N �0304/15MALL ISSUE 0R PERMIT C.G.F. COMPACTED INCL. INCLUDE/ED SPECS. SPECIFICATIONS TOILETS: 1 REQUIRED 1 REQUIRED SP-3 SPECIFICATIONS �7 p�((�� GRANULAR FILL INFO. INFORMATION SPRINK. SPRINKLERS OSSC TABLE 2902.1 0 60 CREEL DRIVE C.J. CONTROL JOINT INSTL. INSTALLATION/ SQ. SQUARE 1 PROVIDED 1 PROVIDED 0 - C.L. CENTER LINE INSTALLED SQ.FT. SQUARE FEET - SP-4 SPECIFICATIONS q(� DRINKING FOUNTAIN: 0 REQUIRED VINYL FLOOR TILE PREP. INSTALLATION AND WOOD DALE, OL 60191 CLG. CEILING INSUL. INSULATION S.S.,S/S STAINLESS STEEL OSSC TABLE 2902.1 CITY, FT1 �D _ SP-5 Q �p >a CLOS. CLOSET INT. INTERIOR STD. STANDARD 1 PROVIDED(HI-LO) C. ADHESIVE SPECIFICATION C0�1TaCTB DAVID �IOP3f�5 o EGC�EG� CLR. CLEAR J-BOX JUNCTION BOX STL. STEELI X"EW ED FU _ MECHANICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, NOTES, 0 �(LJ� A (�/� Q{� C.M.U. CONCRETE JST. JOIST STN, STATION SERVICE SINK: 1 REQUIRED _- M-1 AND SYMBOLS u U UOII�I EB U63O) 5,95-8800 MASONRY UNIT JT. JOINT STRUCT, STRUCTURE/-AL OSSC TABLE 2902.1 1 PROVIDED TQ- M-2 ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (p� CNTR. COUNTER K.S.I. KIPS PER SQ.IN. SUPPL. SUPPLY/-IED EA0- XB (830) 595-8818 CO. COMPANY LAM. LAMINATE SUSP. SUSPENDED ' GENERAL NOTES CODE & BUILDING SUMMARY en"�"t#, 2_� =M-3 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS (�/� � COL. COLUMN LAV. LAVATORY T/ TOP OF C�C�Se88• E-UVU(i ILS dayy d°hQ('ns'bergerOwcwen 1 n(se�'s°c®m CONC. CONCRETE LBF. POUNDS FORCE TB. THROUGHBOLT 'M 4 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS �J COND. CONDUIT LBS. POUNDS T&B TOP&BOTTOM SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE ,,�' CONN. CONNECTION L.F. LINEAL FOOT T&G TONGUE&GROOVE -_-______ -- MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3'C 15 • � j CONSTR. CONSTRUCTION L.G.C. LANDLORD'S TEMP. TEMPERED SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ==- � .,° x ELE C� Il Dj 0 CCALB CONT. CONTINUOUS GENERAL CONTRACTOR T.G.C. TENANT PLUMBING PLANS AND NOTES y" `��, DIC �/j n �p (gip X02 �p INC. CONTR. CONTRACTOR L.P. LOW POINT GENERAL SECTION ELEVATION WALL TYPE Gj KERSON ENGINEERING NCORP. CORPORATE LL. LANDLORD CONTRACTOR z P-2 SANITARY ISOMETRIC � �� q p /� AVETAG SEE X TAG-SEE TAG-SEE , JOHN A.CHIPMAN U0� N. kVUOLWln1��EE V C.T. CERAMIC TILE MA. MILLIAMPERE THRU THROUGH TA DWG.AS DWG.AS XX WALL TYPE ''� � �4 C.S.I. CONSTRUCTION MAIL. MATERIAL TYP. TYPICAL x-x NOTED X X NOTED LEGEND P 3 WATER ISOMETRIC No.3653 �� NILES IL. ((��150 0 Il�j q4 m P-4 PLUMBING SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS • DES PLAINES,IL MSPECIFICATION MAX. MAXIMUM U L UNDERWRITERS INSTITUTE MECH. MECHANICAL LABORATORIES `.�. � C�ONT(gip M ��p �p �j CU. CUBIC MFG./ MANUFACTURER U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED AC�TB AUGUST HEIfllUVANDEZ CUSP. CUSTOMER MANUF. OTHERWISE _ _ _ �' �� P 5 PLUMBING DETAILS {3 �D o D. DEPTH MIN. MINIMUM UV, ULTRAVIOLET DETAIL FINISH TAG- ROOM �LJ� Np B MISC. MISCELLANEOUS V. VOLT/VOLTAGE x P 6 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS Il IIOIIV� �1(9I� U Y �J�J�JmOC��JO DBL. DOUBLE TAG-SEE SEE FINISH NUMBER 2 �7 u� DEG DEGREES MM. MILLIMETER V B. VAPOR BARRIER X-X ROOM If�AXs 1184 7)D 988-0294 DWG.AS X-X LEGEND TAG DIA. DIAMETER M.O. MASONRY OPENING V.C. VOLUME CONTROL �'- P-7 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS NOTED O XXX EMAIL(� �l f� 51 �I1 �(I ra DIM. DIMENSION M.R. MOISTURE V.0 T VINYL COMPO- SYMBOL LIST,ONE LINE DIAGRAM&LIGHTING B ca ugL ern aSQ�U-JeL� bdeJ -pe Om DISC. DISCONNECT RESISTANT SITION TILE EO 1 SCHEDULE DN. DOWN MSRY. MASONRY V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD � " I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- EO-2 PANEL SCHEDULES PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST MTD. MOUNTED V.P. VENT PIPE " ROOF PLAN-POWER,DETAILS&ARCH LIGHTING REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR DR. DOOR a a OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, BUILDING D DTL. DETAIL MTL. METAL VERT. VERTICAL ELEVATION DOOR TAG- REVISION ��`. �:: � ULT/A E-03 BUILDING DEPARTMENTS ELEVATIONS RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS DWG. DRAWING NIA NOT APPLICABLE W. WIDE �- BENCHMARK SEE HARDWARE TAG �. STORE DWLS. DOWELS N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT W/-w/0 WITH/WITHOUT SCHEDULE E1-1 FLOOR PLAN-LIGHTING CITY OF TIGARD PERMIT CENTER EA. EACHO Ax NOM. NOMINAL W.B. WALL BASE ' P� {��j HALL BLVD. E.I.F.S. EXTERIOR N0./NUM. NUMBER W.B.C. WHITE BOX Il �� E2-1 FLOOR PLAN-ELECTRICAL DIMENSIONS ARCHITECT 13 2 5 SW WALL B L D° INSULATION N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE CONTRACTOR TUC�aG�D OR �Jp L�LS� FINISH SYSTEM O.A. OVERALL W.C. WATER CLOSET `-- E2-2 FLOOR PLAN-POWER TIGARD, D `�J 0 L� s' Y Drawn By Checked By 9 ELEC./ ELECTRIC/-AL O.C. ON CENTER WD. WOOD � "•"` BL BW �p NELSON COO UST n �TB Dln1fIV UVEL�OUV ELECT. O.D. OUTSIDE DIAMETER WDW. WINDOW KEY NOTE/ ,q •"` E3-1 FLOOR PLAN-LOW VOLTAGE WIRING V !id ELEV./EL ELEVATION O.H. OPPOSITE HAND W.H. WATER HEATER Scale Date RESTROOM ENNG.G. OPNG. OPENING �,.�•, E3-2 FLOOR PLAN-VOICE/DATA&SECURITY PHONEB 503- 118-243(8 EEMPLOYEE WK. WORK ACCESSORIES NONE 2/11115 ENGINEERIED OPT. OPTIONAL WP. WATER PROOF EQ. EQUAL OPP, OPPOSITE WT. WEIGHT TAG k y J E4-1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Job No. EQUIP. EQUIPMENT P.C. PERSONAL W.W.F. WELDED WIRE NORTH COMPUTER FABRIC J 14 0 6 3 7 2 PROJECT CONTACTS ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOL LEGEND AREA MAP DRAWING INDEX Sheet No. SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE SCALE: NO SCALE SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE o ,1, DIVISION OF WORK DOES EXIST LANDLORD/LGC ULTA GC ULTA DOES EXIST LANDLORD/LGC ULTA GC ULTA DOES EXIST LANDLORD/LGC ULTA GC ULTA D DESCRIPTION NOT TO REMARK DESCRIPTION NOT TO REMARK DESCRIPTION NOT TO REMARK SSS APPLY REMAIN FURN INSTALL FURN INSTALL FURN INSTALL APPLY REMAIN FURN INSTALL FURN INSTALL FURN INSTALL APPLY REMAIN FURN INSTALL FURN INSTALL FURN INSTALL m DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 9 FINISHES DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL AS APPLICABLE SEE GENERAL NOTES SEE A-2.0.DETERMINE FINISH CONDITION. G.C.TO PROVIDE FIRE SAFING ROOF TOP UNITS/HVAC EQUIPMENT 0 , SEE MECH DRAWINGS&NOTES INCLUDES GAS PIPING. DIVISION 2 SITE WORK DEMISING PARTITION TO LOCALIF REIN REQ'D.FIRE h ARSHAI/NSPECTOR TING.G REPAIR DEMISING PARTITION AFTER.C.TO CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS H ROOF DRAINAGE 0 0 0 SEE MECH DRAWINGS&NOTES. SLAB CUTS AS REQUIRED AND AS NOTED. SEE TRENCHING DETAIL 61A-8.3. INSTALLING BLOCKING TO MAINTAIN REGO.FIRE RATING. REMOVAL OF EXISTING GYP.BD.FOR IN WALL BLOCKING INSTALLATION. CONDENSATE DRAINAGE 0 0 SEE MECH DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES. DEMOLITION WORK 0 + G,C.TO PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE AS REQUIRED. SEE DETAIL METAL STUD AND GYP BD FURRING ON MASONRY SEE A-2.0.G.C.TO REMOVE EXISTING GYP.BD.AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ON A-X.X. PERIMETER WALLS 0 IN WALL MILLWORK BLOCKING AND REPLACE GYP.BD. HVAC DISTRIBUTION 0 SEE MECH DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES. SITE WORK NIA METAL STUD/GYP BD(INTERIOR PARTITION WALLS) 0 0 SEE A10 WASHER DRYER VENTS 0 SEE MECH DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES. DIVISION 3 CONCRETE FURRED GYP BD ON MASONRY WALLS/CONCRETE 0 0 AS REQUIRED GAS WATER HEATER INTAKE AND EXHAUST,6'TYPE B 0 VENT AND ROOF PENETRATION. NEW AT TRENCH AREAS. SEE TRENCHING DETAIL 6/A-8.3. G.C.TO MAKE ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING 0 0 SEE SHIT A 3.1 FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES. PROVIDE(1)CASE Of ACT FOR ONE 10'ROUND DUCT WITH ROOF CAP MODEL SLAB LEVEL,SMOOTH,SEALED AND READY TO ACCEPT INTERIOR FLOOR ATTIC STOCK. GREENHECK#GRS-10 AND A 10"DIAMETER EXHAUST VENT 0 0 n n n CONCRETE SLAB 0 0 0 FINISHES. G.C.TO MAKE EXISTING 4'CONCRETE SLAB LEVEL TO WITHIN PORCELAIN TILE 0 0 SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS WITH GOOSE-NECK TERMINATION. 1uu1 1/8'PER 10'BY USING ARDEX IF LEVELING AGENT IS REQUIRED. SEE FINISH PIAN&SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS. PROVIDE REMAINING VT-3 ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN 0 0 CONCRETE PAD AT WATER HEATER 0 (NO GLUE ON BACK)FOR ATTIC STOCK. G.C.TO PROVIDE 3 YEARS VINYL STRIP FLOOR TILE,VT 3 0 0 INSTALLATION WARRANTY. SEE SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL TESTING& WATER SUPPLY STUB IN TO SPACE 0 0 0 0 0 SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES 0n CONCRETE RECEIVING PADILOADING DOCK 0 0 I INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS THIS SHEET. M m VINYL FLOOR TILE,VT-4 AND VT-5 0 0 SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS. PROVIDE REMAINING VINYL TILE WATER SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION 0 0 SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES 4) x DIVISION 4 MASONRY SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS. PROVIDE REMAINING WALL BASE FOR A71C STOCK. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES. ALSO,SEE ( � WALL BASE(ALL PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES) 0 0 LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE, LANDLORD TO PROVIDE 4' Cu MASONRY WALL 0 FOR ATTIC STOCK, SANITARY STUB IN TO SPACE 0 0 0 SANITARY SEWER LINE AT REAR OF SPACE,THE INVERT SHALL BE NO t WALL BASE(ALL WALLS AND COLUMNS) 0 0 SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS. PROVIDE REMAINING WB(NO HIGHER THAN 43"BELOW FINISHED FLOOR. r5� DIVISION 5 METALS GLUE ON BACK)FOR ATTIC STOCK. FLOOR TRANSITION STRIPS 0 0 SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS SANITARY ROOF VENTS 0 0 SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES � STRUCTURAL FRAMING SYSTEMS 0 0 0 ULTA G.C.TO PROVIDE STRUCTURAL FRAMING SYSTEM AT MANAGER'S WAIL COVERING VINYL 0 0 SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES. G.C.TO PROVIDE U � OFFICE. ULTA PROJ.MANAGER WITH ROD AND VIDEO SCOPE OF SEWER LINES TO tuL_ SANITARY SEWER ROUGH-INS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES 0 0 LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START&TURNING SPACE 0 PAINTING EXTERIOR FACADE O 0 OVER TO ULTA. COPY OF VIDEO TO BE PROVIDED TO PROJ.MANAGER AT STEEL LINTELS,H-FRAMES,RTU-CURBS,MISC. i � N OO 0 0 0 SEE GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET CS-1. TIME OF PUNCH LIST. FABRICATION SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS.PROVIDE(1)FULL GALLON OF EACH Co N PAINTING OF INTERIOR GYP BOARD AT STOREFRONT 0 0 COLOR FOR ATTIC STOCK. 0 0 SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES PLUMBING FUTURE V 0 � REINFORCEMENT FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT TOILET,URINAL,ELEC.WATER COOLER • SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS.PROVIDE(1)FULL GALLON OF EACH SCHEDULE PAINTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS I O DIVISION 6 WOODS & PLASTIC COLOR FOR ATTIC STOCK. RESTROOM SINKS 0 0 SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES PLUMBING FIXTURE 9 1 0 PAINTING INTERIOR DOORS&FRAMES/WINDOW FRAMES 0 0 SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS.PROVIDE(1)FULL GALLON OF EACH SCHEDULE. COLOR FOR ATTIC STOCK. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES PLUMBING FIXTURE ROUGH CARPENTRY 0 0 AS APPLICABLE TO EACH CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE OF WORK SINKS IN MILLWORK 0 0 SCHEDULE, Q PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES 0 0 SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS&NOTES. G.C.TO PROVIDE � � 03 FINISH CARPENTRY 0 0 AS APPLICABLE TO EACH CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE OF WORK FRP PANELS 0 0 MOP BASIN-SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS GAS LINE STUB IN FOR WH 0 0 0 APPROPRIATELY SIZED LOW PRESSURE GAS LINE STUB INTO SPACE FOR C 0) WATER �uui WATER HEATER. rim � MILL WORK 0 0 WINDOW SHADES 0 0 &L LANUL RD SHELL DRAWIN LANLOORD TU RESTROOM TRIM AND MOLDINGS 0 0 PROVIDE FULLY FUNCTIONING UNITS CONNECTED TO THE GAS AND METAL PANELS AT INTERIOR STOREFRONT 0 0 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND OPERATIONAL AND POWERED UP AS OF THE WALL BLOCKING 0 0 SEE NOTES ONSHEET AI.1&A2.0 PREMISES DIVISION 10 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES UTILITIES TO ROOF TOP UNITS 0 0 • SCHEDULEAELIVERY DATE. THE FACTOR STARTUP ORLEACHH ACUNIOTSHALL A?INA�EAND U a BLOCKING FOR PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES IN SALES 0 o AREA 0 0 FOR SURFACE MOUNTED CLEATS SEE SHEET A-2.0 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 0 0 0 SEE A-6.3 DETAILS FOR LOCATION&SCHEDULE APPLICABLE TIME. G.C.TO COORDINATE FACTORY START UP SCHEDULE d = WITH LANDLORD IF REQUIRED AFTER COMPLETED DUCTWORK LANDLORD PROVIDING 314'EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD BLOCKING AT FRONT AND SIDE EXTERIOR WALL SIGNS. TOILET ROOM MIRRORS 0 0 SEE A-6.3 DETAILS FOR LOCATION&SCHEDULE Lno WALL BLOCKING FOR EXTERIOR WALL SIGNS GAS/ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 0 0 ULTA G.C.TO VERIFY WITH KiEFFER IF LOCATION OF PLYWOOD IS co 0 0 0 � SUFFICIENT,IF NOT,ULTA G.C.TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BLOCKING AS SKIN CARE MIRROR SHAMPOO SINKS 0 0 ,.. LL REQUIRED. U SALON STATION MIRRORS 0 0 � ` � DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE CONTROL AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODES. G.C.TOPREPARE E 4) ,°', a b SPRINKLER SYSTEM DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT FOR SEPARATE PERMIT AS '"" EXTERIOR SIGNS 0 O I FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK REFER TO A•7.1&E1.1 SPRINKLER MAIN&SPRINKLER SYSTEM 0 0 0 0 • i °` _ °o _ ROOF INSULATION 0 0 0 REQUIRED FOR MODIFICATION TO SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INTERIOR �� y ° INTERIOR ILLUMINATED SIGN BOX FURNISHED BY ULTA VENDOR(KIEFFER TENANT LAYOUT. IL ROOF ACCESS AND LADDER 0 ROOF ACCESS IN LANDLORD COMMON UTILITY ROOM.FIELD VERIFY INTERIOR ILLUMINATED SIGN BOX 0 0 SIGNS),INSTALLED BY LANDLORD G.C.,FINAL ELECTRICAL WIRING AND PER LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. G.C.TO PREPARE SPRINKLER SYSTEM o " LOCATION WITH ONSITE MALL MANAGEMENT, CIRCUITING BY ULTA G.C. REWORK OF SPRINKLER SYS INCL DESIGN,HEADS& DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT FOR SEPARATE PERMIT AS REQUIRED FOR U a o INSULATION IN EXTERIOR PERIMETER WALLS AND0 0 0 0 I SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE AND DETAILS ON A-2.4 FOR CASH COUNTER/RECEPTION DESK 0 0 SCRIBE TOE KICK BASE TO FLOOR ACCESSORIES 0 * MODIFICATION TO SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INTERIOR TENANT LAYOUT. DEMSIING WALLS INSULATION AT STOREFRONT. G.C.TO SUBMIT SPRINKLER DRAWINGS TO ULTA FOR REVIEW. a _ INSULATION IN INTERIOR PARTITION WALLS 0 0 SEE A-2.0 FOR LOCATIONS SALES AREA FIXTURES 0 0 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL DIVISION 8 DOORS, WINDOWS & GLASS INTERIOR SIGNAGE&GRAPHICS(NON ILLUMINATED) 0 0 O SERVICEIMAINI SUB-PANELS/TRANSFORMERS 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES. EXTERIOR DOOR,FRAMES AND HARDWARE 0 0 I 0 0 SEE DOOR&HARDWARE SCHEDULES. INTERIOR SIGNAGE(ILLUMINATED) 0 0 ADD'L SUB-PANELS DISTRIBUTION,J-BOXES,WIRING& 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES OUTLETS INTERIOR DOOR,FRAMES AND HARDWARE 0 0 SEE DOOR&HARDWARE SCHEDULES RECEIVING ROOM SHELVING,UPRIGHTS AND BRACKETS 0 O CIRCUIT BREAKERS 0 1 0 • SEE ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM NOTES ON E0-1 STOREFRONT GLAZING 0 0 M SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS SOUND SYSTEM&SPEAKERS 0 REFER TO ELEC.FOR G.C.SCOPE OF WORK UNDERGROUND CONDUIT&J-BOXES 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES DOOR VISION PANELS WITH ONE WAY MIRRORSIGLAZING 0 0 SEE DOOR&HARDWARE SCHEDULES SALON FIXTURES/SEATiNGMALL CABINETS 0 0 FLOOR BOXES 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES. SEE SPECIALTY CT VENDOR Revisions CONTACT INFO ON CS-3 SHEET. ions COLUMN ENCLOSURES 0 0 OFFICE FIXTURES,SHELVING UPRIGHTS&BRACKETS 0 0 UNDERGROUND WIRING&BOXES 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES /� ISSUE FOR CLIENT/Ll.REVIEW _ SECURELY ADHERE TO FLOOR, COORDINATE WITH INSTALLATION 02/11/15 - STOREFRONT MODIFICATION 0 0 SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS SAFE 0 0 INSTRUCTIONS&ULTA WIRING&J-BOXES FOR FIXTURES 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES ISSUE FOR BID = COFFEE MAKER 0 0 02111/15 = VESTIBULE SYSTEM,SOFFIT ABOVE,DOORS&HARDWARE 0 EXIT SIGN WIRING&TIME CLOCKS 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES ISSUE FOR PERMIT REFRIGERATORS 0 0 0 C-17-FURNISHED BY G.C. Z�s 03/04115 INTERIOR ENTRY ARCH PORTAL >♦ I` C-10-FURNISHED BY TENANT. STOREFRONT SIGNAGE 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTESCOMPLY WI IH LOCAL COUE REQUIREMENT6.6.G.MUS f HASE FIRE Q i INTERIOR ENTRY ARCH DOORS AND HARDWARE 0 0 SEE DOOR&HARDWARE SCHEDULES FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 0 0 EXTINGUISHERS FROM ULTRS VENDOR.SEE CONTACT INFO ON SHEET EXTERIOR SITE LIGHTING 0 0 0 u HANDRAILS 0 0 SEE DETAILS AND PLANS FOR LOCATIONS SECURITY SYSTEMS 0 0 0 INTERIOR GENERA!LIGHTING W/LAMPS LOCKERS 0 0 SECURELY ADHERE TO WALL. COORDINATE WITH INSTALLATION L� INSTRUCTIONS&ULTA WIRING&J-BOX FOR INTERIOR LIGHTING AND TIMERS 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES Q SALON TIP BOX 0 0 TO BE LOCATED NEAR THE TOP INSIDE EDGE OF THE CABINET DOOR WITHIN THE CONCIERGE DESK AND CASHWRAP. SEE SHEET F-1.1 B. INTERIOR ACCENT LIGHTING W/LAMPS 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES DRAWING STORAGE TUBE 0 0 4"DIA.CAPPED PVC TUBE LOCATED NEAR ELECTRICAL PANELS EXIT&EMERGENCY LIGHTING 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES EXTERIOR AWNINGS 0 SEE SHEET A-7.1. POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR MECH EQUIPMENT 0 0 SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES WALL STORAGE SYSTEM 0 0 SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS OF STAGING AREA, STORAGE SYSTEM TO BE 0$.O�t - 1 S ORDERED AT START OF CONSTRUCTION. WEATHER PROOF RECEPTACLE @ EA.HVAC UNIT 0 0 DOOR CHIME W1 TRANSFORMER&PUSH BUTTON 0 0 CONDUIT AND WIRE BY G.G. ��j��`�D ACS AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODES. G.C.TO PREPARE FIE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM O 0 0 ALARM DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT FOR SEPARATE PERMIT.SEE VENDOR C7 JOHN A.C1?'. i1 CONTACT INFORMATION FOR APPROVED ULTA FIRE ALARM VENDOR- VECTOR. No.3653 CHECK-POINT SECURITY SYSTEM 0 0 0 CONDUIT BY G.C.IF REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO ELEC.DWGS.AND DES PLAIN ES,IL NOTES FOR MORE INFO. ,n SECURITY SYSTEM(GENERAL) 0 0 0 CONDUIT BY G.C.IF REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO ELEC.DWGS.AND NOTES FOR MORE INFO. CONDUIT,J-BOXES,COVERPLATES FOR SOUND SYSTEM 0 0 CONDUIT BY G.C.IF REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO ELEC.DWGS.AND NOTES FOR MORE INFO. CONDUIT,J-BOXES,COVERPLATES FOR TELEPHONES 0 0 CONDUIT BY G.C.IF REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO ELEC.DWGS.AND NOTES FOR MORE INFO. CONDUIT,SECURITY SYSTEM,J-BOXES COVERPLATES 0 0 CONDUIT BY G.C.IF REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO ELEC.DWGS.AND - NOTES FOR MORE INFO. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE-LEGEND PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDUIT STUB 0 + OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR NOTE: RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. LGC LANDLORD GENERAL CONTRACTOR G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR VIF VERIFY IN FIELD TELEPHONE BOARD 0 0 NOTE: TEMP LIGHTING DURING CONSTRUCTION PER OSHA 0 0 REGULATIONS(STANDARDS 29CFR)ILLUMINATIONS-1926.56 1. G.C.TO PROVIDE FORK-LIFT WITH FORK EXTENSIONS ON SITE THROUGH ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. SEE VENDOR CONTACT STANDARDS ARCHITECT INFORMATION ON CS-3 SHEET. 2. G.C.TO CONTACT LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE FOR LANDLORD REQUIRED CONTRACTORS. SEE COVER SHEET FOR LANDLORD Drawn By Checked By CONTACT INFO. L SW 3. G.C.TO FURNISH AND INSTALL TENANT SPACE ADDRESS PER LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. Scale Date 4. G.C. TO VERIFY SIZE AND SHAPE OF TENANT SPACE BEFORE LAYING OUT STORE. NONE 2/11/15 5. G.C.TO PROVIDE 314"PLYWOOD PROTECTION UNDER ALL DEBRIS BOXES AND STORAGE CONTAINERS. 6. G.C.TO PERFORM FINAL CLEAN PRIOR TO PUNCHLIST WALK THROUGH, PRIOR TO STORE OPENING ULTA TO PERFORM Job No. PROFESSIONAL CLEANING AND FLOOR CLEANING THE WEDNESDAY BEFORE THE FRIDAY SOFT OPENING, U`=� U�/ 7. G.C.TO TOUCH UP PAINT PRIOR TO STORE OPENING, IJ 2 B. G.C.TO USE ULTA VENDOR FOR FINAL CONSTRUCTION DUMPSTERS. SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION ON CS-3 SHEET. Sheet No. 9. G.C.TO PROVIDE PHOTOGRAPHS TO ULTA CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.SEE REQUIRED PHOTO LIST ON CS-3 SHEET,ALL PHOTOS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A DATE STAMP. ALL PHOTOS SHALL BETAKEN AND PROVIDED TO CM PRIOR TO WALLS BEING ENCLOSED AND MIRRORS BEING INSTALLED TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION. m< z 0 z ® 0 a: �, I 00) z � ILD ca � � � C a REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS S u0 < M0 PHOTOGRAPHS DATE SENT 34 M o Z CPM: 0 + 3 IN-WALL BLOCKING AT MILLWORK FIXTURES 0 SEPARATE 0SHOP DRAWING/PRODUCT TESTS/SUBMITTALS AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS ATE PERMIT SUBMITTALS � V) c (IF SYSTEM IS REQUIRED 8Y AHJ) IN-WALL BLOCKING-VALANCE BRACKETS � 3: CD SUBMITTAL ITEM DESIGNED AND/OR SUBMITTAL. INSPECTION o DESIGNATED BY: REVIEWED BY REQUIRED/BY: SUBMITTAL ITEM PERMIT AS REQUIRED: SUBMIT WITH ARCH DRAWINGS: IN-WALL BLOCKING-MIRRORS,INCLUDING J-CHANNEL e 3 it ALUM.STOREFRONT SYSTEM/WINDOW MULLION ARCHITECT ARCHITECT NO INSTALLATION 0) 0 Cly SYSTEM YES NO YES NO Q � n AUTOMATIC DOORSI SECURITY GRILLES ARCHITECT OWNER NO IN-WALL BLOCKING-TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES ® /�fn1 (LOSS PREVENTION) FIRE SPRINKLER SHOP • . Cm c �uu��n n �J�! CANOPIES/AWNINGS OWNER VENDOR OWNER NO DRAWINGS CONTINUOUS PLYWOOD AT BACKSIDE OF VALANCE 0 .n INTERIORIEXTERIOR PAINT ARCHITECT ARCHITECT NO FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS/ CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT ASTM F1869-STANDARD TEST ARCHITECT ULTA INDEPENDENT TESTING EQUIP SPECIFICATIONS CEMENT BOARD IN TOILET ROOM AND AT MOP BASIN - METHOD FOR MEASURING MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION RATE OF AGENCY CONCRETE SUBFLOOR USING ANHYDROUS CALCIUM CHLORIDE STOREFRONT/WINDOW • • IN-CEILING CONTINUOUS BLOCKING AT ALU TRACK AND ASTM F 170 PH TEST AND ASTM F-2170.09 STANDARD TEST RECOMMENDED 3RD PARTY SIGNAGE U o METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN CONCRETE CONCRETE TESTING: TOILET ROOMS THE SATURDAY PRIOR TO OPENING v 0 40 SLABS AND USING RAPID RHt RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND IFTI(INDEPENDENT FLOOR LOW VOLTAGE PERMITS 1 SUBMITTALS ` ; .N TEMPERATURE SENSOR KIT AS MANUFACTURED BY WAGNER TESTING&INSPECTION) EXTERIOR SIGNS,INCLUDING PYLON-DAY AND NIGHT N y'o,: METERS(800)634-9961,OR EQUAL AND PH TEST PAPER AS 1850 GATEWAY BLVD, (IF SYSTEM IS REQUIRED BY AHJ) • _ MANUFACTURED BY MICRO ESSENTIAL LABORATORY,OR EQUAL. SUITE 230 WIRING AT EAS-STORE ENTRANCE AND TOILET ROOM a — „o TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY u CONCORD,CA 94520 SUBMITTAL ITEM PERMIT AS REQUIRED: INSPECTIONS REQUIRED CORRIDOR u TESTING AGENCY WITH RESULTS SUBMITTED TO ULTA. TESTING PERFORMED BY FLOORING INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT: ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT-IF FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TGC JENNIFER CHAMBERS YES NO 'YES NO +- NOT BE ACCEPTED BY ULTA. - TEL:800 490 3657 X 208 WALL BASE AT COLUMNS AND CORNERS jennifer@floortest.com MUZAK u N WALL COVERING WHERE VALANCE MEETS ADJACENT STOREFRONT SIGNAGE OWNER VENDOR OWNER NO OFFICE STORAGE FRAMING-G.C.TO HIRE AN INDEPENDENT STRUCT.ENGINEER OWNER TESTING LAB EAS SYSTEM HANGING ALU FRAMES ALONG STOREFRONT TO VIEW STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR TESTING AGENCY TO INSPECT THE OFFICE FRAMING TO MEET THE STANDARDS SET FORTH FOR THE BURGLAR ALARM 1 C.C.T.V ALIGNMENT � � CONSTRUCTION OF THE OFFICE WAILS SUPPORTING THE ALL FLOOR TRANSITIONS AS INDICATED ON A4.1 - PLATFORM.LETTER OF COMPLIANCE TO BE FORWARDED TO ULTA. TELE I DATA ARDEX MATERIAL BEING USED POST CONSTRUCTION AS BUILTS GC OWNER NO HVAC EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS MECH.ENGINEER MECH,ENGINEER NO 'IF INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED,THE VENDOR WHO PULLED THE PERMIT MUST CALL IN FOR EACH INFECTION AND VAPOR BARRIERS&DOWELS AT TRENCHES-MIN.OF 3 HVAC AIR BALANCE REPORT MECH.ENGINEER MECH.ENGINEER INDEPENDENT TEST BE PRESENT FOR EACH INPECTION. LOCATIONS REMOTE FROM EACH OTHER AGENCY SEISMIC REQURIEMENTS RODDING AND SCOPE OF SANITARY SYSTEM GC OWNER INDEPENDENT TEST COMPLETED EXHAUST FAN DUCT WORK AGENCY G.C.TO SEE MECHANICAL,PLUMBING,AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. Revisions NOTE: G.C. IS TO COORDINATE THE SHIPMENT, DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF ALL ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND ULTA'S VENDORS. VENDOR CONTACTS ARE AS FOLLOWS: ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW Z�02/11/15 ACRYLIC PANEL: CLEANER: DOOR HARDWARE: EXTERIOR SIGNS: LIGHTS: "HAIR DRYER BOX FIXTURES,PCA PORCELAIN TILE CLEANER: TILE GROUT: ISSUE FOR BID CAPITOL LIGHT&SUPPLY SHOP,NESTING,PROMO,FRAGRANCE A02111/15 CREATIVE CONCEPTS CLEANWAY LOCKNET KIEFFER CONTACT:JANE YOUNG &CHI TABLES,ID BOUTIQUE,NAIL BAR (TEXSPAR PLUS) MAPEI ISSUE FOR PERMIT CONTACT:BRYAN KOESTNER (P):631.288-6300 CONTACT:JEFF CARROLL CONTACT:MARIA ARROYO 3146 SOUTH BENTON CIRCLE AND MISC.PRODUCT DISPLAYS WATER LEGGE COMPANY CONTACT:MIKE GRANATOWSKI 03/04/15 (P):630.940.0500 800.332.6996 (P):800-353.2562 x239 585 BOND ST. MESA,AZ 85212 '"BACKROOM SHELVES AND (P):800.345.3443 (P):949.212-2363 0 EMAIL:jeffreyc@locknet.com AND 1 OR LINCOLNSHIRE,IL 60069 (P):480-986.0557 STANDARDS INCLUDING,12'X www.leggesystems.com EMAIL:mgranatowski@mapei.com COLUMN COVER: CONTACT:JEFF KIRKNER (P):847.415.5710 (F):480.986-9275 48'METAL, 20'X 48'METAL, Q + BACKROOM EQUIPMENT; (P):800-353-2562 x131 EMAIL:marroyo@kieffersigns,com EMAIL:jane.young@capitollight.com 121 WALLMOUNT STD HD, SALON EQUIPMENT: TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES: _ GRAINGER MOONLIGHT MOLDS,INC. EMAIL:construction@locknet.com HANG ROD BRACKETS,12', 0 CONTACT:HEATHER GLEASON 14920 S.SAN PEDRO ST. 24 HOUR SERVICE SPECIALTY-CT HANG ROD,48' COLLINS MANUFACTURING CONTACT:PAMELA ROOYAKKER P 800-353-2562 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: CONTACT:LORRAINE GARIGLIANO Q (P):630•$80.1725 GARDENA,CA 90248 ( ) MUSIC: CONTACT:BEN SWANN (P):773-289-1221EMAIL:service@locknet.com OR JESSICA RIVEIRA (P):800.292-6450 EMAIL:pamela.rooyakker@bun�usa.com EMAIL: heather.gleason@graingeccom TEL:310-538-9142 COMMERCIAL FIRE,INC. 35 INDUSTRIAL PARK ROAD#10 - "LOCKERS,4-WHEEL CARTS,LADDERS, FAX: 310-538-9717 CONTACT:ERIK CROSS MOOD MEDIA E-MAIL:ben@collinsmfgco.com OR "TOILET PAPER DISPENSER&PAPER EMAIL: aures-9717 li htmolds.com CENTERBROOK,CT 06409 CONTACT:LINDSAY MIJARES CUSTOMER SERVICE TOWEL DISPENSER BABY CHANGING TABLE&WETIDRY 1 @ 9 EAS: 2465 ST.JOHNS BLUFF RD,S. (P):860-767-0110 x 211 1703 WEST 5TH STREET CONTACT:MELINDA SWANN SHOP VAC JACKSONVILLE,FL 32246 EMAIL( ssfi hbn com or " COLUMN COVER:(ALTERNATE) 9@ 9 9� AUSTIN,TX 78703 SHAMPOO BOWLS&REMAINING CHECKPOINT (P):800-241-1277 x197 kr ssli hhn .Cour WALLCOVERING: CONTACT: LYNN SEILO EMAIL:erik,cross@commercialfire.com 1 @ 9 9 (P}512-563-8606 SALON EQUIPMENT BRACKETS&GRAPHIC TRACK: FORMGLAS PRODUCTS LTD. EMAIL:lindsay.mijares@moodmedla.com p�j Dc I CONTACT:DAVID AQUILINA 8180 UPLAND CIRCLE LIGHT BULBS: DESIGNTEX tS FHC MARKETING 2 CHAMPAGNE DRIVE CHANHASSEN,MN 55317 SPECIALTY-CT SECURITY SERVICES: CONTACT:AMY JAGUNICH GLASS: D CONTACT:KELLY MARTIN TORONTO,ONTARIO M3J 2C5 (P}:206-283-9299 CONTACT:LORRAINE GARIGLIANO NEW STORE INSTALLATIONIBREAK FIX (P)800-221-1540 x6009 416-6354119 (C):206-501-1337 35 INDUSTRIAL PARK ROAD#10 SUPPORT: ULTA (F}303-722-7703 -,� _ (P):773-724-3004 �) DILLMEIR GLASS ? :1-11, .,� EMAIL lynn.seilo@checkpt.com CENTERBROOK,CT 06409 CONTACT:DAN PETROUSEK EMAIL:ajagunich@dtex.com n F 416-635-058$ �-=:_-�<< , EMAIL:kmattn@,fhcmarke6ng.com F keting.com CONTACT:PHYLLIS COOPER P 860-767-0110 x211 630.410.4833 C7 JOHN A :_�! r6 "METAL BRACKETS FOR GONDOLA EMAIL'daquilina@formglas.com ( )' COMPUCOM,INC.INC ( }� (P):800-325-0596 x207 EMAIL:lg@ssfighbng.com CONTACT:JOHNNY RESTREPO EMAIL:dpettousek@ulta.com No.3653 n SHELVES-RECEIVED BY G.C. www.formglas.com ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: EMAIL:p000per@dilimeirglass.com WEARLON COATING: 0-i _ (INSTALLED BY STORE "PROVIDES ALL GLASS SHELVES THAT MILLWORK: PROJECT MANAGER o k, www.compucam.com DES PLAINES,IL UNIWEB GONDOLA"ALLIED PANELS' GRAYBAR WILL REQUIRE A LIFT TRUCK(RECEIVED CAP VINYL GRAPHICS: ECOLOGICAL COATINGS,LLC BRACKETS CONCRETE LEVELING AGENT: (P):800-784-6059 BY G.C.If INSTALLED BY STORE) CONTACT:CHARLENE PROSNICK Ohnny.restrepo@compucom.com compucam.com PRINTED BY: (P):518-383-9585 "W-8 SHELVING&LED LIGHTING 445-455 McCORMICK BLVD. (P):201-030-3499 ARDEX (C):732-4$5-9$4$ CONTACT:JENNIFER DAVISCOLUMBUS,OH 43213 GFX CCN,BURGLAR: NATIONAL ACCOUNT SPECIALIST ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: GONDOLA"ALLIED PANELS": (P);614-863-3363 CONTACT:JOEL McREE WINDOW SHADES: VECTOR SECURITY (P):724.203-5062 EMAIL:cprosnik@cap-associates.com PLEXI DISPLAYS AND X3C TABLE: (P):847-543.4635 NOVAR UNIWEB INSOLAR WINDOW TREATMENTS CONTACT:NICK KRATSIOS CONTACT:BILL BENDER CONTACT:Mika Weyrich (C):95i-850.73$4 EMAIL:jmcree@gfxi.cam OR ulta@gf>v.com 1001 EAST TOUHY AVENUE,SUITE 250 EMAIL:jen.davis@ardexamericas.com ROGERS-WADE ARRAY MARKETING SHIPPED THROUGH: CONTACT:JULIE DORFMAN& I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- (P):312-587-8565 (P):800-4864932 CONTACT:DARREN HAMNER UNITED FULFILLMENT JERRY HERST PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST DES PLAINES,IL 60018 CONTACT:VAANEE KUGARAJAH OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, (C):847-867-6395 EMAIL billb@uniwebinc.com 1401 3RD S.W. CONTACT:CHRIS HUMBLES (P):847-6754114 REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR ( ) EMAIL:nick.kratsios novar.com EM 416-299-9847 x129 P:847.428.1402 RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. EMAIL:mweyrich@vectorsecurity.com CONSTRUCTION DUMPSTERS: kratsios@novar.com TEXAS 75460 EMAIL:vkugarajah@arraymarketing.com (P).312.431-0600 EMAIL:insofar@insolar.com Joe ICutzL:m eydc@vectorsecur riy .cm IT INSTALLER: (P):903-783-3653 "PRODUCT RECEIVED AND INSTALLED JAMIE BOYD-jpboyd@vectorsecutlty.com WASTE MANAGEMENT C&D TEAM EQUIPMENT RENTAL: EMAIL:dhamner@rodgerswade.com BY G.C. TELEPHONE&DATA: VINYL FLOORING(AMTICO►: (REQUIRED FOR FINAL DEBRIS BOX) ARCHITECT CPT NETWORKS "WALL CLEATS 866.338.2342 HIT OPTION 2 AND A LIVE UNITED RENTALS (2 DAYS PRIOR TO PORCELAIN TILE; TELAID CONTACT;KEN VAN MANNINGTON MILLS,INC. REPRESENTATIVE WILL BE READY TO CONTACT:TOM PARETI FIXTURE DELIVERY) Drawn By Checked By CEILING TILE: 1062 THORNDALE AVE. "PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES& CONTACT:JACK THOMAS JR. CONTACT:RICH CAMPBELL TAKE YOUR CALL STRATEGIC ACCOUNT MANAGER TRANSCERAMICA BL BW = BENSENVILLE,IL 60106 9550 MONTICELLO ROAD 1750 N.WOLCOTT AVE.S-105 THIS PHONE LINE IS AVAILABLE EMAIL:�are�@ur.com ARCHES,INCLUDING THE SALON ARCH CONTACT:NOREEN SCHERTLER ARMSTRONG @ (C):630.735-7006 " LENEXA,KS 66227 CHICAGO,IL 60622 Scale Date 2417/365 OR EMAIL TO: CASHWRAP,SALON,CONCIERGE, 314 WEST SUPERIOR CONTACT:BETH RINEHART WMSSCDTEAM@WM.COM (C):630174 9896 ulta@cptnetworks.com COLOR LIBRARY,MGRS.OFFICE,SKIN (P):913 7681996 (P):773-697-8539 CHICAGO,IL 60654 NONE 2/11/15 (P):800.442.4212 CARE ROOM,BACK RM.STANDARDS& (P):312.342-4689 (C):913.620-9092 (C):173-191-3305 EMAIL:armsVongcsa@armstrong.com SHELVES EMAIL:jthomas@telaid.com EMAIL:dch_campbell@mannington.com Job No. ( ) EMAIL:ns@transceramica.com 14- oo ,372 GONDOLA SALES FLOOR FUTURES VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION Sheet No. ---- SCALE: NONE C3 � � Z) min 9 min 12 min 12 min 915 8 ^ ^ p,e LJ 1 _615 alternate 36 min 18 rn8 18 m$ 42 min 18 �JvL�L,LJ,� gg II�� door location 815 455 455 455 455 065 455 I�i 30 EA.MSIDE00 v rl o' E I -E N Lav' c L' c P24 I �1 J° -t 7 6F/ CONTROIMAX. a \ clear E mA flaar oro - \� t� � r `O �'space Clear `O Boa l y spCLEAR floo spaFLOOR Q space ` - ' c 7 m Flo 19" SPACE Q 48min _ 4 4 TO 1 m % 34min 48 min 60 min (a w Q 1> zz� 1525 Proportions 60 min - 56min W. wall mounted w.c. 48 min International Symbol of Accessibility 125 30 1 4" 122o Fig. 28 (o) (b) i 9• w. wall mount 59min w. flr. mounted w.c. Clear Floor Space at Water Closets 30 60-in (1525-mm)-Diameter Space T-Shaped Space for 180 Tums 42 min latch 59min Iauuw. fir. mounted w.c. (0-1 760 Fig. 3 approach only, Standard Stall end of row) I ( 106s Wheelchair Turning Space .�'1 e other opprooches b - oaf 00 48 min ^� DisplayU)nditions ' (a U`v International Symbol of Accessibility r��. , oro R as N w x Standar Stall ` /��i !I u handsdesk arm N \( O �3 10 7 7 10 42 min 12 max 36 min / to 0 36min 6" 915 54 min accessible path of travel 915 i 36 mi 1370 12 min 12 min 12 42 min Fig. A3 (a) s I n M I I 30 305 }OS 1 5 tdlet ■ ■ . . . CSR. ( n paFer _ O I°a 2a M m t�w N o ' 78 min A' �♦ a MEMO 001965 6"MAX. 8" MIN. � Q 12mox ID ro r R ro ^ � � � � � � °� M DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1370 Baca WDII b Wall Hung Type Urine - - - n (c Sid �oll (0) n 42 min 66min w. wall mounted w.c. Rear Wall of Standard Stall International 7DD Symbol —+- 1065 - 69min w. flr. mounted w.c. Fig. 29 � 174s �( Grab Bars at Water Closets 36 19 19 36 Q� !� 12 max 40 42 min iy� l t 760 760 91s 46s ass 915 6 r 305 101 1065 fib_ 065 _............... .. �1 I m Minimum Clearances lgfo�Seating and Tables NOTE: Footrest may extend further for to people Fig. A2 1/2" MAX. I E u 17 min Q 32 min e BEVELED THRESHOLDS 1/4" MAX. �� n tolletpaper 1, Dimensions of Adult-Sized Wheelchairs � g y1I _.............. . LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING: THERE SHALL BE A LEVEL AND 4z min latch d E rn n -E pain iG/ approach only, 1 m x aldol 12 % } $ space x / min CLEAR AREA ON EACH SIDE OF AN EXIT DOOR. THE LEVEL other approaches 48 min O AREAS SHALL BE AS SHOWN BELOW IN FIGURE 7A. THE SPACE 36max E (d) 615 / O N BETWEEN TWO CONSECUTIVE DOOR OPENING (VESTIBULE) SHALL (b) Fig. 30 915 " International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss QP) N o Side alls .65 17-19 PROVIDE 48 INCHES OF CLEAR SPACE FROM ANY DOOR Alternate Stalls Toilet Stalls 430-465 Pe 00 - Fig. 43 p� OPENING INTO SUCH SPACE (SEE BELOW). 48 min International Symbols - (b) V) a� 48 1320 6 max tae 1 Fig. 32 knee 8 mil , clearance 32 min -- - _ Hinged Dow Clear Floor Space Lavatories clearance depth B1s D��oil 32 min ........... _ . 430 Do c 5 Wal Fig. 31 n, 0000 e min Q o° Lavatory Clearance f_ E R 5 CD Mn I, ... ....... .. w I� , 00 c c - gg 4� I Sliding)Door uEi p{ ..._....... .... ........ 8 1220 Ei° ® •e d 48 - 0 10 ox 30 I e51-760 455 y U /1a N - 1zz0 Clear Flu Space 8 min 6 Max 25s zine E E equipment permitted n ehaese area Clear Door Space(a)Parallel Approach ` Knee 1Clearhonce (d) Maximum Doorway Depth = V Q f Folding Door � G < o Fig. 24 •— " oro High ForwarBeach Limit 36min �N Clear Doorway Width and Depth + „ = n ( \ X 915 48 min 4y a) 17-19 min 48min o° Fig. 1 I 430-48 Ino zm o M 9 1 2 3 4 Minimum Clear Width 10 max o - �. 760 r Ca — Takes lrarefs, position, swings Removes armrest. transfers Moves wheelchsir Out of the Positions an toilet, releases for Single Wheelchair `........ V ,o footrest put of the way, sets way, changes position (some broke. 760 � y brakes. people fold &air or piwt it °- c > a p ---- ---.—.. 90• to the talaQ- b � Eo _ c , Forward proach 3 ^HX Ia 4 0 ° > AZ Diagonal approachIt 24 ma%48 on � •� N o_ 610Fig. 26 j - Gear R(OOf Space h- Two Hinged Doors in Series 48 v 48 - Fan etas Peen etas 20 _ II NNOTE: z �h II be 25 (6 z dl be x. en 20 i (510 m,•then shall be 48 in 1220 mm maximum. ( ) c Bhan z is 2� to 25 0 10 to tiSTJmm then 1 e 4z4 n 1{20 RanMIX. Y ( ) (c) 30 min b Y ( I Unobstructed Side Reach Limits E Parallel Approach ) 760 1 2 3 I I 18 min, 24 referred rb1 Takes transfer position, removes Transfers. Positions on toxet. e35 Maximum Forward Reach over On DbStNCtI01 armrest, sets brakes. 30 Fig. 5 b) 1e25 i 760 < Forward Reach Side Approach clear width an amount Fig. A6 Fig. 2 x - O N Jf Wheelchair Transfer Minimum Clear Width R 180 610 24 NOTE:x=12 in (305 mm) aloe has both a Revisions for Two Wheelchairs = Closer and latch. Lobb 4max rreoterthan12 �a) X QISSUE FOR CLIENTILLREVIEW Lobby 100 Pun side Front Approaehe - Swinging Doers 12 mo Push side 02 11115 3os resterrealer than - 54 min C) 1370 ISSUE FOR BID as NOTE:x X24 in (610 mm). Fountain a Coder = /ISSUE FOR PERMIT Free tan in o o } r N H a 03/04/15 y�� 22 mn E \I a E g t E - 48 30 min not to exceed a f Q old oro N N b O 1220 fountain depth r'l I s I r Plan Elewaa / (1525 lIi z 942 n m(065 m�miif num 60 0yh \\\VIIIIIII Fig. 8 (c) Free-Standing Overhanging Objects x 54 7 ) 9 - _ �c) NOTE = 48 in 1220 mm) minimum if door has n mm. - o Maximum Side Reo over Obstruction both a lalch and dose. protect shaded E x = if door has both a latch and closer. area from I 66 min I N TE:x c 15 in (380 mm.) SidegReach Sb) cross-traffic 1575 Hinge Side Approa es - Swinging Doors X Fi . 8 a Walking orallel to Wall " T (d) Pull Side 4 min X Push Slee c^'I (a) Clear Floor Space in Alcoves (d) a in 4 ott CANE Forward or Rear Access Fountain ort Cooler X .... ....... DETE ncane hits post a pytan A n before person Mla Object Fig. 27 0 Fig. 8 (c-1) Overhead Hazards Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers Dy l5 E° " NOIE:y= 54 in (1370 mm minimum if door has .,D A a x o ° closer � � a NdOT�y= 48 in (1220 mm) minimum if door has ti j�1, E JOHN A. C' iO,' rY1 ^m f E ° Latch Side Approac�c� - Swinging Doers Na 3653 >< t predominant direction gg 30 6 21 max. NOTE NI doors in alcoves shall comply with the clearances for front approaches. H E of troffic Minimum Passage FWdth/for One Wheelchair a 335 Fig. 25 ® DES PLAINES,IL 0 Dewtian cane range cane range (( �� 12 Max 1 2 max and One Ambulatory Person manneuverin 4c�eaPonlce of 6 m��g0 mm s�arbe / 9 54 min ,,t an dd'ti al Maneuverin Clearances at Doors 3os Fig. 8 ula 13 added as shown. c 370_ .._. g (� Walking Perymdicular to a Wall P (a) Shelves Objects Mount Ig on Posts or Pylons ��1 =a E E d Fig. B 54 Fig. 8 Protruding Objects Tableware Areas Protruding Objects (Continued) � THEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- Fig. B If) Fig. 8 (g) ( ) ( PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST 12 max Th of X - Q6 min Front Appr hd- idin DOaS Slide Side Approac� - Siding Doors OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, 305 Carpet Pile ICkOeS$ Gratings n ! a 1 an tding �oN and Folding Doors RELATINGTIOS RUCTURESOAND UIEDIOSTIGARD.OR long,dimension perpendicular to E joeange route of travel 8 � NOTE: AI doors n alcoves shall comply with the deorances for front approaches. NOTE:if x >15 in (380 mm), i a ditional eum—m ARCHITECT moneuvermq deaance of 12 m� 05 mmn shall be21 ma I 66 min provided as shown. s3s 1676 o E Drawn By Checked By this overhang can be E v CW BIN greater than 12 (305) (b) (eP1 , $ because no object can Side Access Additional Maneuvering Clearances for Alcoves (b) Closets (f) Scale Date fr. thi the coon - hom this direction pia, Latch Side Approach - Sliding Doers and Folding Doors AS NOTED 2/11/15 Fig. 46 Fig. 4 /, PP 9 9 5 Fig. A4 Space Requirements for Wheelchair Minimum Clear Floor Space for Wheelchairs Fig. 38 Fig. 8 h) P q P Storage Shelves and Closets Fig. 25 Job No. Cane Technique q' ( Seating Spaces in Series Fig. 53 Maneuverin Clearances at Doors Continued Grating Often ation 9 P 9 9 (Continued) � Food Service Lines 14 -00372 4 -0 �3 7 2 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS Sheet No. SCALE: NONE ° ° v o ° ° KEY DESCRIPTION F 1-1 REMOVE EXISTING ROOF EQUIPMENT AND ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS,INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED EXISTING PORTION OF THE STOREFRONT IS TO BE REMOVED. PATCHED THE AREA AS REQUIRED. ITEMS. PATCH&REPAIR ROOF SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. REFER TO A-3.3 ROOF PLAN AND f 1j ENSURE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB IS SMOOTH AND READY TO ACCEPT TENANT'S FINISHES. SEE FINISH MECHANICALIPLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR NEW LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT. 0 FLOOR PLAN A-4.1 AND CS-2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. GC.TO REMOVE EXISTING TILE AND CONCRETE. PREP THE AREA FOR NEW STOREFRONT FOUNDATION. ENSURE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB IS SMOOTH AND READY TO ACCEPT TENANTS FINISHES. SEE A-2.4 FOR n2 EXISTING EPDM ROOFING TO REMAIN-PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. MORE DETAILS AND DIRECTION. GC.TO REMOVE EXISTING STONE VENEER. PREP THE ARE FOR THE NEW STORE FRONT INSTALLATION. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR NEW ROOF (D SEE A-2.4 AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MORE DETAILS. Lm 31 F PENETRATIONS AND NEW EF.SEE ROOF PLAN ON SHEET A-3.3 AND MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. EXISTING PARAPET TO REMAIN 171 ( I I Cncc 0 0 a: z0 16= m z Cr LL < 0 0 a i ( t ' I 0 0 DEMO. FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES DEMO. ROOF PLAN KEY NOTES Cn SCALE: SCALE: N.T.S. Co C44 GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: fn 111 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i I if lhll�_Yl I I 111'Tyli- I "I IU) I fit III I III I I I 1 11 IIIiIIIIIII IT IdIIIIIIII L' 411 Li LI Yirij" i 1. DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE&REVIEW ALL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS&DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WORK&BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THEM THOROUGHLY BEFORE PERFORMING ANY 1A IJ' L _L-LT1_'L iH �11 1,1 ii I I I # • IIiIIIIIII I I I I I fill 11 I 1,L TY -"4r�Y DEMOLITION WORK.BY THE ACT OF SUBMITTING A BID,THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE COMPLIED WITH THE FOREGOING.TO HAVE ACCEPTED SUCH CONDITIONS AND TO HAVE MADE ALLOWANCES -L L IL I Ld ly THEREFORE IN PREPARING A BID. 2. THESE DRAWINGS WERE PREPARED BASED ON INFORMATION ATTAINED FROM A LIMITED SITE SURVEY-CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXIST.CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO DEMOLITION&NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN % 0 CASE OF DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING.DEMOLITION IS TO BE EXECUTED SO AS NOT TO DISTURB EXIST. STRUCTURAL&ROOFING SYSTEMS.(EXCEPT WHERE NOTED)VERIFY ALL CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED i EXISTING ROOF LADDER Cm THAT IS NOT INTEGRAL TO STRUCTURAL SYSTEM PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. AND HATCH. ACCESSIBLE 0 3. CLEAN ALL EXCESS CONCRETE SPOTS,SOLID DEBRIS AND PAINT SPOTS FROM FLOOR.REMOVE ALL WAX,DIRT,GREASE,PAINTS AND OLD ADHESIVES AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH INSTALLATION. I FROM THE COMMON I I 3 I 3 3 4. ALL FLOORS SHOULD BE LEVEL. CONCRETE FLOORS SHOULD BE TROWELED SMOOTH AND CONFORM TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AS RECOMMENDED BY PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOC. EXISTING PARAPET TO TELEPHONE ROOM. 5. CRACKS,HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS IN THE FLOORING SYSTEM SHOULD BE FILLED WITH PORTLAND CEMENT COMPATIBLE W/NEW FLOOR FINISHES. REMAIN 6. SWEEP AND VACUUM THE FLOOR AFTER PATCHING AND DEBRIS REMOVAL.DO NOT USE AN OIL BASED SWEEPING COMPOUND. ALL AREAS ARE TO BE CLEAN. 7. REMOVE ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS NOT UTILIZED IN THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 8. DEMOLITION RESPONSIBILITIES ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THOSE LISTED HERE. WORK INCLUDES REMOVAL AND LEGAL DISPOSAL OF ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ITEMS THAT ARE NOT UTILIZED IN THE FINISHED PROJECT. REMOVE ALL ITEMS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND ITEMS WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE FINISHED PROJECT. 9. WHERE EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS ARE REMOVED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING OR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS,PATCH EXISTING MATERIALS WITH:INSECTICIDE SOIL TREATMENT AT DISTURBED AREAS,4"THICK CRUSHED ROCK SUBGRADE,6 MIL POLY VAPOR BARRIER&CONCRETE SLAB WITH WWF REINFORCING, fu 9,-T L _ EXISTING EQUIPMENT 10.SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST IN ADVANCE OF CUTTING OR ALTERING ELEMENTS WHICH AFFECT: TO REMAIN A.STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF ELEMENT. 'LL L[L-, 0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- B.INTEGRITY OF WEATHER-EXPOSED OR MOISTURE-RESISTANT ELEMENTS, - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - 4- U RATE. 11.PATCH ALL PENETRATIONS RESULTING FROM REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT,VENTS,AND UTILITIES. FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SUBST CI CO 13.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING DEMOLITION THAT MAY AFFECT OR INTERFERE WITH ANY NEW WORK. 12.REMOVE EXISTING CEILING TILES,LIGHTING FIXTURES,DUCTWORK,ELECTRICAL CONDUIT ETC.AT CEILINGS NOT REQUIRED OR REUSED IN FINISHED PROJECT. E _ F j 14.ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN AS EXISTING SHOULD BE FIELD VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. I u 15.CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH SURFACE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. A'1' U 16- 16. MAINTAIN SECURED AND WEATHER TIGHT BUILDING SHELL. PROTECT EXISTING AND REUSED ITEMS FROM DAMAGE. PROTECT BUILDING SHELL AND OCCUPANTS DURING DEMOLITION, < Cm 0 17. CONTRACTOR TO ADHERE TO TIGARD,OR,REQUIREMENTS FOR RECYCLING DEMOLITION DEBRIS. LIE I L A_ -1 L 18.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL OF ALL CONSTRUCTION RELATED DEBRIS.TRASH,RUBBISH,ETC.AND TO DISPOSE OF ALL MATERIALS IN A LEGAL MANNER.CONTRACTOR IS TO KEEP THE PROJECT AREA CLEAN AT ALL TIMES. EXISTING PARAPET TO :�' ( I r t 19. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY,COORDINATE,AND SCHEDULE ANY AND ALL DISCONNECTIONS OF EXISTING UTILITY SERVICES WITH THE MALL REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO THE WORK BEING DONE. REMAIN APPROXIMATE LOCATION L 1_LarLr; OF LEASE OUTLINE 20. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO DEMOLITION WORK.ERECT TEMPORARY COVERED PASSAGEWAYS AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.REMOVE PROTECTIONS FROM SITE AT COMPLETION OF WORK. '-pi'm SPECIAL CONDITIONS TO REDUCE THE IMPACT ON THE MALL'S PATRONS,TENANTS.AND EMPLOYEES. 1�! 1-i I i U tA L�_i i I U 1, 21. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY THE MALL'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY AND ALL DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION THAT INVOLVES EXCESSIVE NOISE,ODOR,ETC.THIS WORK MAY HAVE TO BE DONE AFTER MALL HOURS OR I fill ', n Y1 I iri d i Lr414'Lr';1'1' T'i I T- 22. MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITY SERVICES AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION 23. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS.COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REGULATIONS,LAWS,AND ORDINANCES CONCERNING REMOVAL HANDLING,AND PROTECTION AGAINST EXPOSURE OR ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION. I if !if i ITIJ 24. ALL DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC.EXTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN IS APPROXIMATE.FIELD VERIFY Revisions - - - - - - - - - - - - 25. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL. 1 " 11 26. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS WITH LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. L I 27. G.C.TO COORDINATE REMOVAL,REUSE&SALVAGE OF ALL ITEMS WITH OWNER. ISSUE FOR CLIENTILL REVIEW A02J11115 AISSUE FOR BID 02111/15 EXISTING PARAPET TO REMAIN ISSUE FOR PERMIT 03104/15 if 1 2 L 1 i-E- LLL 1 L L-i I it if :0 111 if CO t -rLT111T4 Y; rYNf%l_Y W _LTirLi-111r� itlyly it! I DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES lyrw !,I 1 0 [it I 31 I .Li"41VrW y" 'tw4r'FyTyf� 1.1 'I lj� SCALE: 41i IV tTI-IT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - oili 15 3- 1'-0" :z II ( 0 OD APS, :z Lu IPMAN tl� 0 JOHN A CH 0 No.3653 Iz- 7' 9 LL ► 0 • DES PLAINES,IL • 0 uj LL: - I � I I � = t i I :> 00 A I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE. PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, 1 25'-ro 1/2" REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR V.I.F. RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. ARCHITECT Drawn By Checked By BL BW - - - - - - - LLIJI 77 117, zi Scale Date I118*=I'-0" 2/11115 EXISTING PARAPET TO PLAN Job No. REMAIN NORTH NORTH 14 00 %372 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN Sheet No. m< .3 PARAPET TO scl YE BSCALE: 1/8"=V-0, T A SCALE: 1/8"=V-0" D-1.0 SITE PLAN FOR REFERENCE ONLY - ALL EXTERIOR & SHELL BLDG. WORK BY LANDLORD UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. m< W BUILDING A BUILDING B CIO 0 r_______________________________________ _______________________� IN. - _ _ _ r------- -------------------------------------- 01E LTLj j I uu -�I � C) ror o e) � 1 1 I II � g � 1 I it N E _ I I it � � ® �► � --- ---------- F F ICp E' 0 CO ------ � --- ---------- - � I— I I I II E1 '� � e -------------------- ------ -- ------ _ E52a ro � I — pn L r doR +M 0 _W Ulm .p Qta "p �a / 2 . 6 A 00 / � r-•/� V Qcva � / ,jj - 471 r /�- 4 .. ,. j .R;, Revisions ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW 02/11/15 / ISSUE FOR BID �02/11/15 fi `j a ISSUE FOR PERMIT X103104115 / r rj r / r �/ 03• �y . tS o�D ARS JOHN A.CFII2Iv1AN tTt � i J i 'T/ No.3653 DES PLAINES,IL UILDING C --AREA OFWORK- INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT FOR PROPOSED IHEREBYCERTIFYTHATTHESEPLANSHAVEBEENPRE- U LTA BEAUTY PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. ARCHITECT G Drawn By Checked By 1 CW BW Scale Date Y1/4"=1'-0" 2111/15 Job�INo. U`U'— `:�' 3 7 10 NORTH Sheet No. A—®r, i ALLIED PANEL(AP54)PLACEMENT NOTES: I\ } HAIR FASHIONS-ALL ALLIED PANELS HAIR ACCESSORIES-ALL ALLIED PANELS COSMETIC APPLICATORS-ALL ALLIED PANELS I TRIAL-ALL ALLIED PANELS � < PRO BRUSH-1 ALLIED PANEL AT OUTSIDE ENDJ,f .-..-_......._.m..__...- BATH ACCESSORIES � ALL ALLIED PANELS EXISTING rr 5 6 MASS COSMETICS-ALL ALLIED PANELS-NO DIVIDER PANELS RAMP r' m EASI HAIR-ALLIED PANEL r SHAMPOO/ l WHEN THERE IS 24'OF MASS COSMETICS ON THE WALL THE BRANDS THAT WILL GO IN THAT LINEAR WILL I 0/ OFFICE I SALON GAS - DRYING CLOSET HALLWAY WASHER/DRYER ALWAYS BE ALMAY AND REVLON.FOR THOSE BRANDS,THE OUTRIGGERS THAT GO ON THE PERIMETER l `, € I , l WALL DO NOT GO ON THOSE SECTIONS DUE TO THE CABINETRY BEING USED BY THE VENDOR. I 103 I 105 METER 106 109 111 104 ..----- _ __ ....... IT.. _ . ._.._._ .. l __. _ . W _ _ �_ I I I EXISTINGrf J I EXIT#2 RAMP r I .: CLEAR EXIT WIDTH:36" Ll J-1 l l I I -1 OCCUPANT LOAD: 36'70.2" I I Q l r PER PERSON= E0. 180 PEOPLE Y...... ....._.......... _..___ _ __.._...... lHIAHId[II ��r/II } C t o^mak$ 1a � fL _ /,F i L � '�' -� F JCS :ill „-ss a' II I r 40 WOMENS :.> - - - - - - - - � 108 STAGING ff M-207 M-207 CO --- < < < MENS Q 107 €Y <L CORRIDOR <r EXIST.TRASH w" I THE SALON �, _ 110 ROOM(N.I.C.) K'-•, 1 L '1 _ 97co _ Matrix 10'H Redken 10'H � v� _ \ 4 O ♦, _. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dermologlco 9' C . 1 SALON HAIRCARE , _!._ / I ' R- � �' x � , . ..; 3...:.i:� I DERMALO ICA I I [rl - t I \ I l 1 i RESTROOM EAS SECURITY p EXIST.ELEC. Ko a N 1:f o ;I -_ m iv oHww wuw i auw i T , N m I � I i :., i WALL MOUNTED DEVICE ROOM(N.LC) !a Iv_iv o r `�c N a _ I I I I O p a O O L= � I © � L111 I ~ o"04 f= N °c di I Z m Z' a I w I a I u O m° :I Z 2 a N I I ` I °u Pro Sun 6' Promo E O r. 1 can!a .,,:ne .. ... O g.... d o ::, I c u i7I w o. I° - , I L . i o E - x S N c' • I S ".M w,um•e x l [.: ) I E §({ V W € a IZ 3€ E E U I 1 iU Morio t3adescu 6 Juice N _ �� 0 o a. Q y c V u, =Y i= 0 4 - yc0 aI c� I I I B Q i I rl. n `a (X w ( o f > o I LRP PR MiscSkl.S/ t a v I r°' ° a o"�j 'o o ° 1 Pro Nail I u 1,5_1.5 Promol.5 Promo U EXIST. € o m a E o o i o i� - -- - 1 w TEL. ROOM �� i. I ''' " 1 '1 - cz I °' ar I --- 2 _ _ _ -� (N.LC) 11 1 0 8 x.,,r 1 ° Clorisonic 6' 3'Prestige __ Pro Nail 1HighTech qj + '- 1 O ( I IT Pro Nail I �` c 1 ,Promo Pro.Nail Treatment 8' I Bliss 6 Co _. . _.. - w - - - -- -- - - - — - - - - - - - - —_ � 6 - — — - - - - - - � - _ — - ^/ _ y 1 LLLB X-'u L {1 �, > >'.'; Y?_F; °. .O N Murad 6' PTR Q� m a 1 EXIST.MAINT I M ProlBrush 16 ~ PRESTIGE f > d € €€ �- cw ROOM ESTI IN ( 4' Hair Hair IN.I.C) m yl N y •, j{ N StylAcc's Hair Extensions 8' Fashions 4' U) U Exuviance6'_ IStriVec_.,L C N 1 1 3 a ti -.r O OI O i0 O O F- f•'' vSdV i vSdV l vSdV VSdV ou f w I [ - 0. E T ' 1'- > 5['__ FI1 _. 1 j m r:ix Y L Co • ¢� HorrlFoshlons 16 blend Promo (Promo o T Derma .�,I{ C4 in 4 P 0 ' op xF 'j Ac s Cos Bas 12' Pur_..Minerals..6',. Promo ° p 1,......... . I - ._ v9dV 18 . a _ STYLING TOOLS _______. ___ .__ _ _____ ` 4 Mass Oral Wht Bath Acc's 8' U r Lipstick Cauha Idr S 1 W HighTechl LU Queen I m BATH & BODYCARE Dryers 8 Demo Dryers 8 Non Demo Setters w EvDoy (D L __ z Mirrors L Bath 4 Prestige Bath 8 Butter Loroc 6 _ N m, �J __ I _. ' U 13 1 _ X:, r Q I` Haircare 16' L__ k 26 L x X i o __ _ __ • - — _�.. v I Prestige Bath 16' `r m Torte 9' I oc C y !N I I Ha€rcoI r 12' Haircare 4 — _ _ — Mens Grooming_ _ — _ — _ — _ — T_�:_ __.___- TProHair 4' Mens Shavers 8' 6 t - n It Cosmetics 9' -x x : .. -��Lx .€ r> L — ..__ .. _ ._ .._...._... ._. _- ._ L o` Revisions I Skincare 20' I ,�� =_ �c> _. I m`w sA ^?^ X [; Q ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW ' I Min's Grooming Men's Skincore 8' I It Brushes 9' 02/11/15 I I w Skin care 120 I PrP Hair 6' 1 - I _ I I _ ISSUE FOR BID (j 5 Men'slFravance 16' y U 02/11/15 LL z I Lash/4` 4' Gel 12' Nail Trays t I i j "� ISSUE FOR PERMIT Nails x J� _ O 1 ! ! 1 __ x- z ,.t. -a X,v z, •y X o, z 03/04/15 Lip ULTA Men's Fragrance 16 I - m Z Q Q I _ Solutions EC Essence EC Color EC 1 ''" q�J ® z w lio LL l.� Y_a-4 ( Frog I I a 1 F k r lu u I L Y` o- Rouerboll - I BENEFIT( Q N Z W m c �:;m E E I �2 I d f Q € L) vlI o a o a E a ! uF I � 1 m j v a i,4ay a s y O Q a N� L N FR ES1 o x p I Q y 1 `' a AGRANC (�t a' I o iV 0- a 1 c c�d ✓''....^-'i N ....::.; l. ..-i l % ., " I ! E N a'. .0 1 o y u '::R .c u O I r Q iz E o E a O n a ' a l y 3I o 1 • 3 0 U_ I U I h a D a u u I w Molly 6'. - —o - - ) - 1 - - - - =^ - - - - - - - - M I N 0 a O �n n a O E C c 3 aui 0 Smashbox 9' , I <I d x I _ p I COLOR COSMFTICt) ; o d 5a °' o o€ n � :a o I I Urban Decay 1 I I! w c w .... .. 1 ._. • ur t5 En 1 X 3A X-ad Urban Decoy 9'- o I MASS COSMETICS SALES I t;,. -T c� y � 101 i C �f-1 I �� 4 Ir- r y.:`-�i I JOHN A.C -,;IIMAN � w, 1 BareMinerols 1 1 SECURITY o. 3 _ N 365 ,.� t' 0 , I BOLLARDS X �, DES PLAINES,[L .— .,. BARE r j � r I 1 a BareMinerols I - 4q. I lr I H lL_X�i L- JI . ( ! r _ I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT TH LANS HAVE BEEN PRE- PAR UNDER MY ON AND THAT THE EST OF MEYDKNOW EDGE,THE R AIMIEE COMPLY WITH OALL RULES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. i EXIT#1 CLEAR EXIT WIDTH:72" .......__._----.------..................._ ...-_ ............. ...._...... _ __ OCCUPANT LOAD:72"/0.2' I ARCHITECT PER PERSON=360 PEOPLE I F I Drawn By Checked By CW BW Scale Date 2/11/15 l I l PLAN 0< f NORTH NORTH Job No. — 14 - BE` 3'17 2 A MERCHANDISE PLAN Sheet No.A-1.0 SCALE: 118"=1'-0" FURNITURE SCHEDULE ITEM NOTE: ----- Supplied by Installed by u Description Remarks 1. ANY REVISED/ADJUSTED FIXTURE PLANS RECEIVED FROM ULTA,WILL SUPERSEDE THE FIXTURE A-2 PRESTIGE ARCH With Filler Panel Filler Panels ULTA G.c. LAYOUT INDICATED ON THIS SHEET. PLEASE NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY CONFLICTS OCCUR. 1 A-2 PRESTIGE SKIN ARCH ULTA G.C. 2, INSTALL HOLDING CLIPS FOR PLEXI DIVIDERS AT PERIMETER. SEE EXTERIOR A-3 SALON HAIRCARE ARCH ULTA G.C. 3. REFER TO FIXTURE MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ON ALL FIXTURES. ELEVATIONS& s A-31 DERMALOGICA POD ULTA G.C. 4. TENANT CONTRACTOR TO UNLOAD THE ARRAY ORDER WHICH CONSISTS OF 25 PALLETS OF STORE CS-2 FOR AWNING A-4 PCA ARCH ULTA GC EQUIPMENT. INFORMATION, I A-s COLOR LIBRARY ARCH ULTA G,c. 5. LEVEL ALL OWNER SUPPLIED FIXTURES.. f TYP. I t r A-6 PRESTIGE ARCH ULTA G.C. 6. THE FOLLOWING FIXTURES WILL RECEIVE GLASS SHELVES: W-5,W-5-S,W-4,W-4-S,X-lAL,X-1 BL, ,� •.- ---• .- �I W X-12,X-2AL,X-2BL,X-10L,X-10H,AND X-11. A-9 SKINCARE ARCH ULTA GC 7, SCRIBE M-513 PANELS TO ADJACENT WALLS AS REQUIRED. `e EXISTINGI m AL-A 22x28SIGNHOLDER ULTA G.C. 8. PLUG IN ALL OWNER FIXTURES THAT NEED TO BE PLUGGED INTO OUTLETS. �� RAMP AL-A TABLE MOUNTED SIGNAGE ULTA ULTA 9. ADJUST THE HEIGHTS OF THE ILLUMINATED ARCH FIXTURES AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE I ,I. SHAMPOO/ AL-B TABLE MOUNTED SIGNAGE ULTA ULTA CEILING ELEVATION BY CUTTING DOWN THE BASE TO ACCOMMODATE THE UNEVEN FLOOR SLAB. I -� I ;i - I I AL-83 11X14 WI PANEL PIVOT MOUNT ULTA G.c. VERIFY WITH MILLWORK MANUFACTURER. OFFICE SALON gas T ' DRYING CLOSET HALLWAY WASHER/DRYER AL-C SIGNAGE-YOLK MOUNTED ULTA G.c. 10. ASSEMBLE THE ROLL-AROUND CARTS(6 ROLL-AROUND CARTS TYP. PER STORE). SHELVES ARE TO I - I 103 I 105 METER 106 109 I 111 104 BE 12"O.C. __ - ,' ; c - -- _ .__ . ., AL-D SIGNHOLDER ULTA G.G. .__._.__.._. .._._.._.. _.... _.._. /, I _._ ._.._..._.._..._u.. ..._-_._..._._ _: .__:-..:_. ___ ___gym_.__ _. 11. UNLOAD ETAGERE UNITS&STORE THEM IN THEIR ASSIGNED STORAGE AREA. ! i r - . I AL-F DEMO STATION ULTA G.C. _. _.. __. 12. ALL JOINTS/SEAMS TO BE CAULKED WHERE MILLWORK MEETS WALL U.N.O.,CAULK COLOR:WHITE AL-H MIRROR-TABLE MOUNTED ULTA G.c. 13. SECURE I.D.BOUTIQUE END CAP SHELVES TO BRACKETS. ( EXISTING 7{ir� AL-M TRACK VERIFY LINEAR FOOT ULTA G.C. ; I EI ,` EQUIPMENT I 1 14. G.C.TO FURNISH AND INSTALL STANDARDS,BRACKETS,AND J-HOOKS FOR MISC.FIXTURE RAMP I --- 4 SMALLG PHIC RAMS- I ( .... ABOVE,SEE AL-Mi ULTA G.C. STORAGE IN STAGING. SEE INTERIOR STAGING ELEVATIONS. I ( 5/A-8.3. I WF-1 TRACK HUNG LARGE GRAPIc FRAME- 15. FIXTURE RUN DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONFIRM ACTUAL MILLWORK WF-1 AL-M2 ULTA G.C. LARGEGRAPICF AME- DIMENSIONS WITH FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. I I SEE A-4.1 AND A-7.2 AL-M4 ULTA G.C. I /� SEE A-4.1 AND A-7.2 WALL HUNG SMALL GRAPHIC FRAME- 16. G.C.TO INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED FIRST AID KITS IN SALON AND STAGING. COORDINATE WITH AL-MS WALL HUNG ULTA G.C. ULTA CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR EXACT LOCATION. AP54 48X54 ALLIED PANEL ULTA G.C. __ -- - - --- 17. CAULK SEAMS&JOINTS IN FIXTURES USING WHITE CAULK.CAULK COUNTERTOPS TO CABINETS. I, �` ae° I A a - c•15 i 4 AWER FILE CABINET , c-o, OFFICE ULTA c c 18. G.C.TO COORDINATE FINAL SHELF LOCATION WITH STORE SET TEAM AND STORE MANAGER. _ _ _�-, - - - - - - - 7 :^ �PA{ELS� L CA6 1�- 148 I �v D GC TO VERIFY HANG ROD �^ - - - - - - - - - - LOCKERS.TGC TO ALSO %" �.• i ----- I C 9 5 5 LENGTH AND LOCATION OF v - ?_ L I C-09 FURNISH AND INSTALL 1 112' ULTA G.C. I w w I _ - I P LOCKERS WITH ULTA PRIOR TO I --5=1� 3'-5" 3'-6" 3' 10" oo DIA HANG ROD INSTALLATION ! j ! a C•15 C•15 C-15 coArs G 5 C09 I <0 C-10 REFRIGERATOR IN STAGING ULTA G.C. _)! I °J N I '� WOMEN) INSTALL 121"STREATER HEAVY I H 108 -WEIGHT DOUBLE SLOT �+ < 4 2 4 0 0 ® o C-15 SHELVING ULTA G.C. STAGING j SHAW p A F-0 I p)J UPRIGHTS&16"FLANGE BRACKETS(48"OC) I I I .} -I -- - .{- I r� M-207 I ___ __ I M-207 �` n n n 102 4Bi IF 54 54" i�I A8 Nis U UNDER COUNTER SEE MILLWORK CUT SHEETS I j T-08 / III / III co REFRIGERATOR DANBY 2.5 CLL FOR COFFEE BAR AND i STORAGE ABOVE T-08 C-15 - I \ I 1� 30' L- ---L-� 30" C-17 FT.COMPACT REFRIGERATOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR G.C. G.C. a OFFICE,SEE A-8.2 'e CLEANING -_J I 0 I I L-- 60" M 07S (WHITE)MODEL DAR259W ALLOWABLE AREA FOR ' a I 48" / C-01 co C-15 -1 3-4- ALTERNATE: T•D i M-229 -0 C 4 C 43 C 43 HAZER 2.5 CU.FT. REFRIGERATOR COMPACT REFRIGERATOR I _ 148" 54" _ n WHITE MODEL:HNSE025 /- -\ U I �• I o: -60, l i/ ALM4 ZEA ° 60-- 70"/� ^��\ �'} 06 C-19 COFFEE MAKER G.C.TO SUPPLY 114'WATER ULTA G.C. ( I I LL 5:•� o I II I so - 4 I III I I -- LINE I I -I"- C-21 WASHER ULTA G.C. wN ` a , ALIGN l �"' I 1CIP 48" I 14B' 10^I 48 I CORRIDOR C-22 DRYER ULTA G.C. I I [T-0�5 �I 5 5 15 WH ALIGN I i; L---- --\__J / I I EXIST.TRASH -- _ , .., 19'-9"CUSTOM ` L 110 z --- �„ , C-25 MICROWAVE IN LOUNGE ULTA G.C. I R00 M(N.LC.) I' II 49 W-4 W-4 W-4 W-4 W-0 "�' I , , ,p ® o ROLLING HAIR DRYER AND II - - - W VV._7J -W O ° ,...,,..,... Vn � W C-35 CHAIR ULTA G.C. I Ooh I-------- I i 48" , , �. A-3 �s � C-45 �VI �J ------- 1 -------- --------- L D I M _._.. I '14CD CQ I I _ _ 0� C-39 ROLLING CLIMAZON AND CHAIR ULTA G C. I I E AL 1i ', AL H 1 M COAT- W p v 'cun"p 6„ SHAMPOO BOWL WI48"W. - - - - - r - ...IARIpN -7MAIRRP' -MRIIOR - I- - - - > - - - y C ' C-43 ULTA G.C. I ' I - - D9us�! D011Ll�ORD �l�� a� CABINETS 2'-0'_ - C-45 SKIN SINK ULTA G.C. I� �� Y-1-L 3'-0 Y-1 Y 1 rn _ I - - I w I = OJ ch INSTALL 121"STREATER HEAVY I !• _ I 3 I O' LU ¢ Q � M -WEIGHT DOUBLE SLOT 4'-0" 4'-7" 4'-0" 4'-0" .`- I f_ I LL a I Q w O Lh C-46 SERVER CUBE UPRIGHTS&16"FLANGE ULTA SYSTEMS EXIST. ELEC. x ( x x I o 'V• I g 4'-3" UCn BRACKETS(48"OC) ROOM N.I.C. R ID 6 > e O O I ( ) Y-1-L 3' fQ 3,4 I A-32 (D d a C-48 DEMO STATION ULTA G.C. ( �._.. =" I w a I W I I C CH-1 30"H.ALUMINUM BAR STOOL ULTA G.C. I L -J ALIGN FACEI F _ ROOF DRAIN COAT-3 COAT HOOKS OTY.3 G.C. G.C. FOR POWER ROUGH-INS,SEE I o 3 X x x X z-sLW-B Q M-513 WITH ACE o - _____ _� o DRYER TESTING. DETAIL 2/F-1.1BAND �: N I OFVALANC M y �� / 2'-0" -\ DT ULTA G.C. M-52 REQUIRED ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. �- m I m m m AL- I CHAIR CHAIR ® x-35q Z-3D FR-12 OFFICE CHAIR ULTA G.C. I x I >< x >' 3-8 3'-8 I ULON Mona AMA Y X-3A X-3B X-3B FR-14 LOUNGE CHAIR ULTA G.C. 4 10 0 <3 l� FR-15 BREAK TABLE G.C. ,I I I -' _ �f' SALON HAIRCARE 12'GONDOLA I' a I ¢ a a 0 'p LB-144 ULTA G.C. ".' x x x x �„} Q, LIGHTBOX EXIST. SINK AND FAUCET FURNISHED ALL SOLID SURFACE TOPS TO ! _ __ __ __ � 4'-10" 525 4'_1" M 3 10" M-205 COFFEE BAR ULTA G.c. I I > 34"HIGH ADA COUNTER. FOR POWER ° &INSTALLED BY G C TEL.ROOM AL-B3 s X-3A X-3 X-38 _ BE JOINED, FUSED AND I' T-8" 4'0" M-206 DOUBLE RESTROOM VANITY SINK AND FAUCET FURNISHED ULTA G.c. (N.LC.) _ x-03A ROUGH-INS SEE DETAIL 3/F-1.16 AND C*4 &wsrALLEDBYGc FINISHED BY AN EXPERIENCED o 0 0 q o 03 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. t1J �'�, SINK AND FAUCET FURNISHED M-207 SINGLE RESTROOM VANITY ULTA G.c. SOLID SURFACE CONTRACTOR I �- I STO �r,+• 2I co &INSTALLED BY G.C. �, _� 3' 'a' v- �' - 7'-10" SHELVING AT LOUNGE AREA, I:. � 9''8" USTdM s, 5 o _ M-212 STREATER SHELVES ULTA G.C. - - _ _ _ _ o - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ n 1 w-. a - "- MANAGERS OFFICE COUNTER 9 X-2A-L X-28-L X-28-L X-2B- X-3A X-38 X-38 \\`// U `o VERIFY s¢EsWITH EXIST. MAINT., 4 I 0 5'S" M-213 TOP AND SHELVING REEVE MILLWORKER ULTA G.C. I 1 PROVIDE WB-1 AT BASE ON LOW CURVED STANDARDS I o M-229 GLASS STORAGE CABINET ROOM. co TO BE ASSEMBLED IN FIELD. (N.LC.) � x I o _ I M ` 7'-3" I TOPANELS ASSEMBLED LARGERFIELD. o o _ = Q ; - o MILLWORK FIXTURE WALL. SEE A-4.1 FOR - w M-513 MILLWORK CORNER FILLER ULTA G.C. I CV = v o o `¢ .J i ,,, c-, � ca J p„ SPECIFIED FOR ADJUSTMENTS 4 ;� X x � X v 3'-10" r, o SPECS. = U d IN FELD. 3 ;a '0 6'_0" X-2 L X-2B•L X-2B-L X- -L X-3A X-3B X-36 = t.. p +^ xco M-524 NESTED TABLE ULTA G.C. I! o W I I I ! 3 V N r M-525 TIERED PROMO ULTA G.C. I = I = 3 I i o O Q� c+� FLOOR ELEMENTS. SEE "' M-526 FRAGRANCE FEATURE TABLE ULTA G.C. 4'-1" 5'-4" 3'-6" 7 10 7-4' CLIP BOARD HOLDER 48"IN SHEET A-4.1 FOR DETAILS.- CLIP10" CEILING ELEMENTS. T-01, LENGTH(1x4 PAINTED P-1 WITH X-2 L X-28-L X-28-L X-2 -L X-3A X-3B X-38 T-02 (7)CLIP BOARD HOLDER 7 HOOKS)TO BE MOUNTED G.C. G.C. DIRECTLY BELOWBULLENTIN I I I o FOR DETAILS. BOARD AT 2'-9"A.F.F. Cl) i� m T-03 MAIL SLOT/FILE MOUNT BOTTOM AT 3'-6"A.F.F. ULTA G.C. ' 3 4'_Q" DT DT V BATTERY OPERATED WALL MOUNT ABOVE DOOR IN iv > X-gA-L X-2B-L X-2B-L X-2B-L X-2B-L M �. T-05 ULTA G.C. q i- r O CLOCK OFFICE AND DOOR IN LOUNGE co X L X•2B-L X-2B-L X. -L X-3A X-3B -38 3'-10" T-06 BULLETIN BOARD 36"X48" BOTTOM MOUNTED AT 2'-5"AFF ULTA G.C. ,� _ I O 6-11 _ U ]'-3" = J3 v EN T-08 BULLETIN BOARD 24"X36"MOUNT AT 2'-5"AFF ULTA G.C. USTOM o I o cv MOUNT AT 40"AFF IN cn FIRST AID AND BLOOD BOURNE STOCKROOM NEAR SLOP SINK a ,2 4'_Q" - C' T-09 ULTA G.C. - s ,,,€ p A PATHOGEN KIT AND IN DISPENSARY NEAR > X-A-L X-2B-L X-2B-L X-2B-L X-28-L 3 8 ! -53 3-2" SINK p I I J� ReVISIOnS WALL MOUNT AT 48"AFF m M525 y ROOF DRAIN LOCATE AT BACKROOM DOOR p I X•2MA-L X-2MB-L X-2M8-L X-3A X-38 X-3B ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW T-10 SAFETY CONE LEADING TO SALES FLOOR, ULTA G.C. D 3'-$" L 3'-0" "K s 02/11/15 INSIDE DISPENSARY ROOM, Cl) o I = ' t AND NEAR FRONT DOORS _ Q ISSUE FOR BID SECURE 2 HEAVY DUTY EYE w 3'-11" Y 9 4'-$ U 02111/15 BOLTS IN A 2x4 SECURED TO (> Y X-A-L X-2B-L X-2B-L X-2B-L X-2B-L T-14 LADDER STORAGE ULTA G.C. - ------ Z WALL,@60"AFF WITH CHAIN. I 3'_g" I _ ISSUE FOR PERMIT VERIFY LOCATION WITH ULTA. Z +� 53 I X-30C E I 4'-2" F- -0 L X ML X-4ML X-0 L X4ML -4ML -4 L -0 L _ ZQ A03/04/15 T-16 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER ULTA G.C. Z M I M-525 _ Z T-17 WET/DRY SHOP VAC ULTA G.C. Z 20'-5" Cl) v' I _j W Y-4-L I Y-4-L Y-4•L Y-4-L 3'_8" 8'5.. 1, O �! O F_ W-2 PERIMETER WALL UNIT ULTA G.C. J J J I J Z Q W-3 37"W PERIMETER WALL UNIT ULTA GC O U 49"W PERIMETER WALL UNIT Q 3 xl X >< xLU q 4-8' ED I _ 1 ' O W-4-S ULTA G.C. --- W1 DRYER TESTING I Q W-5 PERIMETER WALL UNIT ULTA G.C. ! J} n Q E V I io � X-30C ( I 2 00 52 5'2" C• wM 3 ---- - - a I 49 W PERIMETER WALL UNIT _ 4'-9" m X x x �c I „ � .. W-S-S W/DRYER TESTING INSERT ULTA G.C. _ 5-11 __ W-7 DERMALOGICA CABINET ULTA G.C. W STO 49"W ARCH PERIMETER WALL ULTA G.C. ¢ m m m a k W-8 UNIT WI MIRRORS,DRAWER _ POWER - - ® � - - - - - - - - � - - �r - - - - B U d} 6'-4" ' X-3A X-3 X-38 X-10H PCA HIGH GONDOLA ULTA G.C. J 3- „ J m� X-10HE PCA HIGH GONDOLA END UNIT ULTA G.C. d' ¢ ¢ -P _ W N N N - -. O X-10L PCA LOW GONDOLA ULTA G.C. 'M 30 " - M-525 4--O m (V 11 4'-1" Al.330, X-10LE PCA LOW GONDOLA END UNIT ULTA G.C. _ __ X-11A MERCHANDISING TABLE(CHI) ULTA G.C. 3 4'-7"' - � 3-4" � I 10'-11" } X-3A X-3 X-38 g� 03.04. t 3 i? M-524 X-12 NAIL BAR FIXTURE ULTA G.C. I -I �Q` F�Ln l X-16-W B.E.WALL UNIT ULTA G.C. - 8_6�� ` ��' J� � AL-B X-1A-L RETAIL GONDOLA CA&PRO ULTA G.C. O �J trj��^ ^��?*� MASS GENERAL, SALES MASS GENERAL,PCA&PRO 101 I �B IF •F X-41 GI I g'_g" JOHN A,Cl-': i L'I A N rsft a , FLOOR ELEMENTS. x-18-L ULTA cc 6 8 hti�^ o �� 0" „ SEE SHEETA 4.1 FOR z,� RETAIL GONDOLA o o ^ BENEFIT BACKWALL - ch '• '` co - x-z7-w ULTA G c 3; �Q 6 �. r, No. r.�3 PERIMETER FIXTURE G.C.TO START INSTALLING PERIMETER ,;,. 0" ., _ _ g• 3-0 ROLLING B.E.MAKE-UNDER WALL FIXTURES FROM THIS POINT _ x. - D j I CO e o I x -, DETAILS. A DES PLAINES IL -'�-- - .- X-28 BAR ULTA G.C. 3_6� Fri cv a X-42 I Cl? 0 X-2A-L MASS COSMETICS GONDOLA ULTA G.C. 7 It ,.), _,.,. ; ',, _ I _..- i.. I J r• O 33"HIGH ADA COUNTER WITH 30"WIDE x-28-L MASS COSMETICS GONDOLA ULTA GC ACCESSIBLE SIDE APPROACH, SEE 1/A-6.1. i Z-5-L-58 X-2J-L COLOR LIBRARY GONDOLA ULTA G.C. FOR POWER ROUGH-INS,SEE DETAIL CN oma. z-4 _ I ^' `;, I �? IL_X�?'L___.,I x-2K-L COLOR LIBRARY GONDOLA ULTA &C1/F-1.1 B AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. o j z, �., 6'9" _ _ _ _ - r_ - -= -r - - == BENEFIT COS AND BROW i-10 ® 24 0D CU��M T� A HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- X-30 TABLES-narrow ULTA c.c. G.C.TO COORDINATE CASHWRAP LOCATION PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST X-34A IMPULSE TOWER ULTA G.c, WITH CONDUIT STUBS AND ELECTRICAL OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, X-35 GIFTCARD MERCHANDISER ULTA G.C. REQUIREMENTS. LOCATE CONDUIT TIGHT - REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF T R IGARD,OR RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. X-3A PRESTIGE GONDOLA ULTA G.C. TO SIDE OF CASHWRAP,SEE ELECTRICAL I WF-1 X-3B PRESTIGE GONDOLA ULTA G.C. DRAWINGS FOR ROUGH-IN PLAN. SEEA-4.1 ANDA-7.1 X-4L LOW FIXTURE ULTA G.C. NOTE: 7818 I G.C.TO START INSTALLING X-4LE LOW END FIXTURE ULTA G.C. 1. ALL SOLID SURFACE TOPS TO BE SEE EXTERIOR PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES ARCHITECT F JOINED, FUSED AND FINISHED BY AN I I ELEVATIONS&CS-2 FOR I FROM THIS POINT X-CL-5 5 BAY COLOR LIBRARY INSERT ULTA G.C. + BOX AWNI Drawn By Checked By MASS GENERAL.PCA&PRO /� p p p/�p p Imo- p p p EXPERIENCED SOLID SURFACE NG INFORMATION I RDL BW Y-1-L ENDCAP ULTA G.C. /L1\II II O\V A p II E FK SH AREA CONTRACTOR _- !/s\1LL�L� V V//////'�\111 L�LL� IIII o V II 11 ///// "\Vll IIILLL��!/V _.__. .__,..._....__._.._.._... ......_ 1 -__- ____ _ - - l-: Y-2-L MASS COSMETICS ENDCAP ULTA G.C. AREA/S.F. __ _ _..._ _ ._ ._....__.,..._____.. ... :; .._.."lr��. _ ...._-___ Scale Date Y-3 PRESTIGE ENDCAP ULTA G.C. SALES/RETAIL AREA 990 2. FOR CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP SEE EXTERIOR I ( `SEE EXTERIOR I 1/8"=1'-0" 2/11/15 INSTALLATION ONLY-SCRIBE TOE ELEVATIONS&CS-2 FOR I I I PLAN Y-6 PRO NAIL ENDCAP ULTA G.C. ELEVATIONS&CS-2 FOR Job No. Z-1-(L/R) CASHWRAP LEFT OR RIGHT ULTA G.C. SALON AREA 950 KICK BASE TO FLOOR AND INSTALL BOX AWNING INFORMATION AWNING INFORMATION, ( NORTH 14o Z-1A SERVICE COUNTER GATE ULTA G.C. SUPPORTAREA DSPESTAGING,OFFICE,NSARY,ALLWAYS',OETTC. 1 230 SECONDARY BASE AFTER. (�" �� '('�)) STYLING,CUTTING,COLOR Z-2 SINK AND FAUCET FURNISHED Z-2A AND WASHING STATIONS WI AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ULTA G.C. TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE 10,170 Sheet No. ARCH Z-3 CONCIERGE DESK ULTA G C AREAS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CALCULATING OCCUPANCY,EXITING,PLUMBING FIXTURE PLAN MILLWORK-PARTIAL HEIGHT FIXTURES,ETC.FOR USE BY ULTA ONLY.SEE CS.1 FOR OCCUPANCY CALCULATIONS e Z-SLW-8 SALON WALL TO BE ASSEMBLED IN FIELD. ULTA G.C. SCALE: 1/8"=V4, PLAN KEY NOTES: 1-1 EXISTING DEMISING/BUILDING WALL TO REMAIN. STL.STUD ° "� 16O.C.SEE EXISTING DEMISING WALL: G.C.TO FIELD VERIFY COLUMN LOCATIONS&NOTIFY ARCHITECT&ULTA CONSTRUCTION PROJECT PLAN FOR STUD SIZE EXISTING GYP.BOARD OVER METAL MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCY. STUD OVER EXISTING STUCCO. G.C. 1 ❑ GYP. BD.-5/8" ( F" PROVIDE(7)ROWS OF 2 x 4 HORIZONTAL FIRE RATED BLOCKING FOR INSTALLATION OF 10'-0"TALL TO VERIFY CONSTRUCTION IN FIELD A-7 2 3 011 STANDARDS. SEE DETAIL 7/A-8.3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 4❑ G.C.TO PROVIDE PLYWOOD BLOCKING IN WALL FOR MIRRORS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFO. W� 3 � �5� SKIM COAT WALL TO LEVEL 5 FINISH FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF ARCH. f d EXISTINGCONTINUOUS 4"x 314"FIRE-RATED PLYWOOD BACKING PLACED ABOVE GYP.BOARD&SECURE TO GYP. 1RAMPw I j1 1 EXISTING EXTERIOR 6❑ BOARD CEILING FRAMING SYSTEM BETWEEN STUDS.TRACK STARTS @ 6"FROM INTERIOR PARTITION cn WALL CLEAT WITH 2X8 1 SHAMPOO/ COVER WALKWAY. OR ARCH FIXTURE U.N.O. cn w `n Lu x CONTINUOUS WOOD i G.C.TO INSTALL ULTA(FIXTURE CONTRACTOR)SUPPLIED WALL CLEAT&G.C.SUPPLIED&INSTALLED [ifM LL I I OFFICE ; SALON GAS DRYING CLOSET I HALLWAY WASHER/DRYER I I x � BLOCKING BEHIND � i 7� WALL BLOCKING(2 ROWS)AT HEIGHTS INDICATED IN PERIMETER WALL.SECURE CLEAT TO BLOCKING. x u ,x-� OCCURS AT PERIMETER 1 METER 103 I 105 ! 106 109 - 111 104 LL N - .._....--- ! u FOR BLOCKING&LOOSE CLEAT HEIGHTS,REFER TO 2/A-2.0. ----- - WALL FIXTURES ONLY. ��---• � i WINDOW SHADES ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL WINDOWS. SHADES WILL NOT BE LOCATED ON N M`!' Q N FURNISHED BY ULTA& - "T "'' � N CS w INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE t j� I FF TRANSOM AND VESTIBULE WINDOWS. SEE A 4.1 FOR SHADE SPEC. o w o N L6 j x BLOCKING DETAIL 9/A 2.2. IE RIAMPGMo LL9❑ SEE DETAIL 8/A-8.3 FOR WALL BASE INSTALLATION AT PERIMETER FIXTURES. u _ x u v) EofQ NAILER RAIL OCCURS AT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -� - - +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10 G.C.TO PROVIDE(2)2 x 12 FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING IN WALL FOR LENGTH OF VALANCE. o co 4 o co o O° PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES co u- m cn � _ 1028 I I I ATTACH PLATE WITH 3 1/2"LONG LAG BOLTS. SEE DETAIL 1/A-3.1 FOR ADDTIONAL INFORMATION. to = v N ONLY. FURNISHED BY ULTA 1 I O p 11 REFER TO SHEET P 5 FOR WATER HEATER REQUIREMENTS. M &INSTALLED BY G.C. w I 1..4.. E _.._ _. _. _.,.. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND LIGHT II ' ;- PH.BD 12 00 SWITCH LOCATIONS AT OFFICE AND COORDINATE METAL STUD FRAMING. ' I / E' B B ELEC. 314"FIRE RATED PLYWOOD FLOOR SLAB TO 6"ABOVE CEILING ON ALL THREE SIDES OF ETAGERE - �'}" -'� - - - - - - - 7 �,�s / - - - - - - - _C 13 NOTE: G.C.TO INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING WITHIN WALL. PATCH/REPAIR GYP.BD. ? A 109 STORAGE PAINTED P-1. TO ORIGINAL CONDITION WHEN BLOCKING IS REQUIRED INSIDE EXISTING WALLS. 1 I D A ! v� \ � BACK OF SIDEWRAP TO BE ANCHORED TO WALL. G.C.TO INSTALL 2X8 WOOD BLOCKING IN WALL. TOP ii j I " --' 13 I `{ 1� h C 104 p 14 OF WOOD BLOCKING TO BE MOUNTED AT 31"A.F.F. SEE DETAIL 91A-2.2 FOR BLOCKING DETAIL. I 1 3 1 I 15 '-TYP.A�. 1 WOMENS 15 G.C.TO FLAT TAPE WALLS POST INSTALLATION OF FLOORING; G.C.TO FLAT TAPE ALL WALLS TO BLOCKING AT PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES,RES, TYP. STAGING 1 I 1 B 3 TYP 108 FLOOR FOR WALLS THAT REQUIRE COVE BASE. 2 I I 3 C 4 4 1 ft- SCALE: 1 112"=V=0" NOTE: 1 A I I D I MENS FOR WALL CLEATS AND WOOD BLOCKING,REFER TO LATERALLY BRACE TO LATERALLY BRACE TO F 1 C C BLOCKING AT PERIMTER WALL FIXTURE DETAIL THIS SHEET. STRUCTURE ABOVE. SEE STRUCTURE ABOVE. SEE I 1 I I 103 a` 108 107 1 107 0 NOTE#10 BELOW. ATTACH NOTE#10 BELOW. ATTACH TO 11 I 1 12 TO TOP OF TRACK WITH 2 NOTE: O � v � TOP OF TRACK WITH(2)#10 1; C �', 15 I I 15 1 D 1 � � A #10 SCREWS. OFFICE WALLS TO , SCREWS. TYP 1 { 102A r - ----J B 7 B TYP. ® Q EXTEND TO DECK I I ICORRIDOR i �i EXIST.TRASH �.,..,.. x. ^� M 110 1 WITH GYP. BD.ON ROOM(N.I.C.) - 15 Iwh OUTSIDE FACE.SEE I { '.._ , I v O g Cm ppp LINE OF CEILING SEE A-8.2 FOR FRAMING LINE OF CEILING SEE I I 10 LO O l�ul REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR STORAGE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1 I I I 15 I B 7 9 I / PROVIDE LE E 15 FINISH I Oa 7 ABOVE OFFICE _ _1 C / G.C.TO VERIFY 1 1 1 1 GYP.BD.-5/8", 1 I 1 1 i�onn EXISTING STUD 8'5" 29'-1 29' 1(Y 1 8'8 FRAMING,SIZE, GYP.BD. 5/8" (CEMENT BD.AS REQ'D.) I EXIST. ELEC. I 0 co SPACING,GAUGE I ROOM(N.LC.) 1 ( I 1'2" 1 7" 11 1 - 1 ?- 10 STL.STUD @ 16"O.C.SEEAND p I��I WIDTH AND I 1 1 1 O Q PLAN FOR STUD SIZE I L A 2.2 15 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �l _. REPORT FINDINGS STL.STUD @ 16 O.C.SEE � � � TO ARCHITECTS. PLAN FOR STUD SIZE SOUND ATTENUATED INSULATION "' 1 FLOOR ELEMENTS. "' ! q LINE OF EXISTING 1 ------------ N I �4A N I SEE SHEET A-4.1 `" I D ( N 1 DEMISING I EXTERIOR WALL.PATCH AND FOR DETAILS. 4B A21 POWER DRIVEN FASTENER @ POWER DRIVEN FASTENER 1 g i A 6.1 i i 7 •o w w REPAIR AS REQ'D.TO 32"O.C.(TYP.) SEE DETAIL @ 32"O.C.(TYP.) SEE MAINTAIN FIRE DETAIL 5/A-2.2. EXIST 10 g o w RATING 5/A 2.2. I TEL.ROOM I I I •s o ao STL.STUD RUNNER STL.STUD RUNNER 1 (N.LC) I I I I 10 w � �' 'or: fHOLD GYP. BD.FROM HOLD GYP. BD.FROM ` v ,�m UNFINISHED FLOOR.SEE f UNFINISHED FLOOR.SEE 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ °- 8/A-8.2 FOR DETAILS AT ag - - - - - - - - - - - � rt- - - - - ~ a- � 8/A-8.2 FOR DETAILS AT u a PERIMETER WALLS AND PERIMETER WALLS AND EXIST. MAINT. 8'4" 1 29'2" I 1 29' 10 , 1 8'-8" A g A-4.1 FOR FLOOR FINISH C A-4.1 FOR FLOOR FINISH 00 ROOM V-2" 7" 7" r LOCATIONS. LOCATIONS Q. BLOCKING NOTES: p I 7 t I I I ECc 2 1 U QN W i` LATERALLY BRACE TO �� i` LATERALLY BRACE TO GENERAL NOTES: 1 u r n ti i l i` STRUCTURE ABOVE. SEE NOTE i�� STRUCTURE ABOVE. SEE NOTE 1. ALL IN WALL BLOCKING BY T.G.C. I g o I l N ( I D q ti i` #10 THIS SHEET. ATTACH TO TOP \ /' �� #10 THIS SHEET. ATTACH TO TOP 2. PLYWOOD BLOCKING IN WALL BETWEEN STUDS FOR N 1 ( N 1 N 1 N N i� OF TRACK WITH(2)#10 SCREWS. ��( 1 i` OF TRACK WITH(2)#10 SCREWS. ANCHORING 3. ALL WOOD BLOCKING TO BE MIN.3/4"THICK FIRE RETARDANT - I LINE OF CEILING-SEE TREATED(AS REQ'D.BY CODE) REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LINE OF CEILING-SEE P 1 N N 4. ALL PLYWOOD AND BLOCKING TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED a, 7 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (AS REQ'D.BY CODE) I I I 11 I g 10 'IT � � HEADER TRACK 1 SALES: o - ,' PERIMETER WALL CASE FIXTURES: r ! o f 1 = ! o 1 STL.STUD @ 16"O.C.SEE FIXTURE CLEATS FURNISHED BY ULTA&INSTALLED BY G.C., o tLi ' - 4 GYP. BD.-5/8" I 1 - - - - - - - - - - - = T - - - - - - - � - / PLAN FOR STUD SIZE LINE OF EXISTING WALL ! I BLOCKING FURNISHED&INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE MILLWORK FIXTURE - �--� STL.STUD 16"O.C.SEE PLAN FOR 5/8"GYP.BD. ! 1 I 8'4" 1 29'-2" 29' 5" ! 9' 1' Revisions @ 1 I 5/8"CEMENT BD. CUT SHEETS AND BLOCKING AT PERIMETER WALL DETAIL THIS SHEET. GYP.BD. 5/8" STUD SIZE. NOTE: STUDS&BACK SIDE i i F1,2„ I 7 , 7" Q ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW OF GYP.BD.TO BE PRIMED WHITE ! I FRP PANEL FOR RETROFIT INSTALLATION AT EXISTING GYP. BD., REMOVE ! 02111/15 PRIOR TO GYP.BD. INSTALLATION i i DRYWALL AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL CONTINUOUS 2x8 AND REPAIR 7 1 ! I ! I ISSUE FOR BID WHEN WALL IS LOCATED ADJACENT AN P 1 1 I WITH NEW GYP. BD.TO MATCH EXISTING DRYWALL TYPE AND I I I 2 A-6.1 3 I j 02111/15 / STL.STUD @ 16"O.C.SEE PLAN 1 MOP SINK SIDE v g �1 z EXTERIOR WINDOW. 1 I THICKNESS. 2X8 CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING WITH KERF AT STUD z Q ISSE FOR PERMIT FOR STUD SIZE SECURELY o 1 1 LINE OF EXISTING WALL REFER v 1 1 RETURN. SCREW BLOCKING TO EXISTING STUDS THROUGH STUD t p � z 03/04/15 ATTACH NEW STUDS TO EXIST. z I i t I J Q TO PLAN FLANGE AND STUD WEB TO SECURE EACH SIDE. USE"TRU GRIP" Q Eo M I w o z Q / STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION. SCREWS. w N ! I N ! 1A N I t w M Lu / 1 1 2 1/2"DIA.STEEL POST AT EACH j SECURELY ATTACH NEW STUDS TO I 1 END. CORE AND GROUT SOLID z ) o N w EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION I I INTO CONCRETE SLAB WITH OFFICE: Lu I I I CEILING ELEMENTS. I , Q POWER DRIVEN FASTENER @ WB 2 1 I COUNTER TOP-18"HIGH BLOCKING 30"A.F.F.CENTERED a p I TYP.OF 5 1 { 1 SEE SHEET A-3.1 1 o Q WHERE OCCURS TO MATCH I NON SHRINK GROUT. @ 32"O.C.(TYP.) SEE DETAIL 1 SHELVING-36"HIGH BLOCKING @ 63"A.F.F.CENTERED TYP. 7 FOR DETAILS. - a 5/A-2.2. POWER DRIVEN FASTENER 32° EXISTING BASE TO / @ WRAP AROUND ALL 1 i POWER DRIVEN FASTENER @ 32" L A 2 2 I ( 1 A-2.2 1 / STL.STUD RUNNER O.C.(TYP.) SEE DETAIL 5/A-2.2. 1 O.C. TYP. SEE DETAIL 5/A-2.2. STAGING AREA: I - - - _ I <` SIDES (TYP.) CONTINUOUS SURFACE MOUNTED HORIZONTAL FIRE RETARDANT 2x4 ♦ ( f7 t / HOLD GYP.BD.FROM STL.STUD RUNNER 1 1 STL.STUD RUNNER �_ UNFINISHED FLOOR.SEE VT 4 1 1 BLOCKING AT EACH SCREW HOLE IN WALL STANDARDS. SEE '� U iti r, HOLD GYP.BD.FROM I - - _ - _ - - _ _ + _ _ _ INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. r-- - - SIA 8.2 FOR DETAILS AT UNFINISHED FLOOR.SEE I 8'4" 29'-2" 29'-5' ` 9._01. B PERIMETER WALLS ANDA 4.18/A-8.2I 1- G.C.TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT WALL BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED ! FOR DETAILS AT I I. STORAGE.SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS& I 1 1 D FOR FLOOR FINISH LOCATIONS CAND1'2" 7" 7" C PERIMETER WALLS A 4.1 C �--�: VT-4 SPECIFICATIONS. �� , I I 7 3 ` FOR FLOOR FINISH LOCATIONS 1 1 FLOOR ELEMENTS. SEE 1 9❑-y-.._ S .� r EXISTING DEMISING WALL: RESTROOMS: EXISTING GYP.BOARD OVER TOILETSFY CONSTRUCTIONGRAB BARSROVIDE FAND ACCESSORIICIENT WALL ES. SEEPLUMBING NG FOR WALL SHEETS I I . SHEET A 4.1 FOR DETAILS. I UNTED 10 CONSTRUCTION N FIMETAL STUD. G.C. OELD PRIOR D ///l FOR TOILET SPECIFICATIONS. = 1 1 B 1 1 B 1 ' TO START OF WORK. SALES N f) I °° I <\% f ❑5 C? JOHN A.P'11P,4AN 'O DEPTH FLANGE WIDTH N 1 co 1)THE BOTTOM PLATE OF ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS SHALL BE 3)THE TOP TRACK OF EACH FULL HEIGHT WALL SHALL BE ATTACHED 1 A-6.1 _ A-6.1 N N (1/100 IN) f(1/100 IN) ATTACHED @ FLOOR W/177 SHANK DIA.x 13/4"PENETRATION @ 32" DIRECTLY TO THE FRAMING WHEN THE WALL IS PERPENDICULAR TO 101 N 1 SIM. 1 1, z No.3053 800 J 200 54 O.C. POWER DRIVEN FASTENER HILT]DS,0.177"SHANK, 1-1/2"MIN. FRAMING AND TO BLOCKING BETWEEN FRAMING @ 4'-0"WHEN THE I I I • DES PLAINES,ILLO • MEMBER PENETRATION,2,000 PSI MIN.CONCRETE,ESR-1663. WALL IS PARALLEL TO THE FRAMING. - +� - y - - - - - - - - - - -ice +� �•._ t j� TYPE THICKNESS 2)WALL STUD TABLE: Lu 4)PROVIDE MIN 4'0"HIGH CEMENT BOARD @FLOOR BEHIND ALL FRP. EXISTING DEMISING WALL: ' --<A> I I 17„ I w CONVERSION (MILS=.001") MAXIMUM 5)PROVIDE CEMENT BOARD UNDER ALL WALL TILE. EXISTING GYP.BOARD OVER f ( t w J=JOIST OR STUD TABLE STUD SIZE SPACING REMARKS 6) NOTE:ALL BRACING AND SUSPENDED COMPONENTS ARE FROM METAL STUD. G.C.TO VERIFY r 1 1'-2" 15 TYP. 6 8 1 8 15'-11" 1 9'0 "' o ( ) WALL HEIGHT o S=STUD MILS GAGE STRUCTURE(NOT FROM DECK). DO NOT PENETRATE THROUGH DECK CONSTRUCTION IN FIELD PRIOR 14 9'-3" 15'-10" 13'-6" 362S162-33 16"O.C. ABOVE. TO START OF WORK. T=TRACK F6=8 1 101 ,'1 15 6 8 18 25 7)ALL COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS BY CLARK DIETRICH, - - - - - - - - - - - - _ - - 16'0" 362S162 43 16"O.C. , ` -. ESR1166P. TYP. o I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- A PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST 27 22 18'-0" 362S162-54 16"O.C. 8 INSTALL COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING ACCORDING TO TABLE AND x. N A A " l N OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, .....: N GC.TO WRAP THE GYP. BD. . • --_t-�� ,�,--•�, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR 33 20 20'0" 362S162 68 ALT.600S162 33 16"O.C. AISI'S STANDARD FOR COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING GENERAL AROUND THE CORNER. 1 ...... __. RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDING& PROVISIONS"AND TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. I 43 18 22'-0" 60OS162-33 16"O.C. g)WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD SHALL BE USED AS A 1 1 54 16 24'-0" 60OS162-43 16"O.C. BASE FOR THE TILE IN WATER CLOSET COMPARTMENT WALLS INSTALLED 26'-0" 60OS162-54 16"O.C. Fy=50 KSI IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. I ------- --- I, - -•------------- ---- I 1 ARCHITECT 68 14 10)WALLS TO BE BRACED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE USING ALTERNATING Drawn B Checked B 28'-0" 60OS162-54 16"O.C. Fy=50 KSI STUDS(3625162-33). MAX.UNBRACED LENGTH OF 4'-0". SEE CONNECTION I �"3 ._. __ . . -_ s ( I y y 97 12 r I �_..... _.. BL BW 30'-0" 80OS162-43 16 O.C. DETAILS ON SHEET A-8.1. _. _. NEW PARTITION WALLS,SEE WALL NOTE: ALL STEEL TO BE MIN.Fy=33 KSI U.N.O. 11)SEE STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ON SHEET A-2.2. TYPES FOR FUTHER INFORMATION ---- - -- t - - -- --_.^ - �. . ._:_ _._ - - 4 --=-- ----_- -:._.__ __._. Scale Date NOTE: GAUGE EQUIVALENT STUDS ARE NOT AN ACCEPTABLE STUDS WITH FIXTURE ATTACHED TO WALL TO BE BRACED WITH I ---_____ __ -____ �- I AS NOTED 2111115 �- EXISTING PARTITION ALTERNATE. G.C.TO PROVIDE COPY OF MANUFACTURER'S 150U50-54 COLD ROLLED CHANNEL(CRC)@ 4'-0"O.C.VERT. 1 1 1 EXTERIOR AWNINGS,REFER TO I EXISTING EXTERIOR PLAnI METAL STUD SUBMITTAL TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING. SEE DETAIL 6/A-2.2. " `' %' NEW INSULATED INTERIOR PARTITION I I A-7.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. I COVER WALKWAY. NORTH NORTH Job No. A7.1 1405372 WALL TYPES NOTE: G.C.TO INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING WITHIN WALL. PATCH/REPAIR GYP.BD. DIMENSION PLAN Sheet No. TO ORIGINAL CONDITION WHEN BLOCKING IS REQUIRED INSIDE EXISTING WALLS. A n o ^ Q SCALE: 1-112"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" W m l { l 1 dl WASHING/ I 16= 12. OFFICE ,' I DRYING CLOSET HALLWAY = ca 103 I 106 6D A-6.2 6B 109 I 111 8A Q � I � Co _ ...._......._..........................._.... �J 8D 1 � I 6C I A-6.2 8B CQ I f I I O g SCM 8C Iffn 0 \ / d \i 78'-7 3/4" 0 co Cm _� z \ f' 6 1/4 I H 1 \ 3 1/4" 5" 5" 4 1/4" 6'-4" I 32'-1 1/ " 1 3'-4" 17'-0 1/2" T-10 114" 1 4' 1" 4'-13/4" R.O. ( I R.0. I HOLD 4D A 6.2 4B d 00 O A-6.4 \ i ! o \vi A-8.3 - - _ - - - I 4C :1 _J — ........... _ CD ELEC. I ;..�_- •...- ..: ...��,� .., _..._:. .��,,.,�� -�------- si I -_ 1'-2" 1-110" �,�,� � ._..-.......x JN . o0 1 I v _ `� _.. to M 00 i 1A � 1 WASHER/ �� °N 20'8" 1'3" 5'0" 11" 1 1 v U o' n 1 h , A-6.4 I = c v - " _ 5 _ ` mm 1 �r, o O - W: " _ ..._ _._._.__ _.. ____ -__-=- . __-s' 0 1 1 3A �, :01, 5" I c0 V V CV Q w j ® j 104 I I ! 12'-4" I 4'2" _ .______- _____��.__ i 101-81, 16'6" I°° 3D 36 -------------- A64 .� A � � � � � � � � � � � � I I A 6.2 I I ny .<. ,,. - i A 6.3 0 .o STAGING 1H E MEN 1 A-6.4 A-6.4 1 G 1 D I 3 C � 1 : I 1 i ( I 102 A 6 4 A-6 4 � 1 1 1 107 I , I 8 1" 4'3" 4'-6" I o, i A-8.2 � � I� I� r■ � I� � �� -- -- -- i - N 1 F WOMEN 1 I M 1 Revisions 5 I 1 C o a i '5"5', i I .I-..5.. r, N 1 --- ----- --- ---- --- D.O. I ; ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW M i 9 I 5 1t4 _ Do - 2/11/15 ISSUE FOR BID i 1 I o , i I '" 5.. I I 1 I C_- 7 l I02/11/15 1 D A 2 I r� ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1 L 4' 11" 3'-0" 1' 1" T-0" 4'-11' 11B _......___.. .__.._ __. 5A . ..._...___.____._.__.___...._...._._ ._._ D.o. D.O. 0 � � � � mmmm � mmmm � mm � � m 03/04/15 E I O O 15.. 1'6 16' 11" CORRIDOR r, 00 5D A 'x -- : 110 ' t r- -. 4 114" 7A Q - _ _ { ....__ .._.. ...__.. _........ __.. __ .......- .. .... . ....._ ..._.. _..... .. _..... .. .... ( ! .. 1 _ _ _: MIN. I �� rr/ 18-110" A 6.2 7B r5 C? I i 1rib ;� ♦ 1 A-6.2\ A-6.2 �___ :-_ ___._ - _._.._—__---.._._._._._..-.__. _ < 1 I 1 I ! 1 i I PP. C — — - — - — - — - — —- -_71/ — - — - — - - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — — - - - - - - - - - - — - — — - - - - — - — - — - — - — - — - - — - —- - - - - - - - - IC �- —a —+- I + -+- ----- ---- -...— - 4 114 I \ r' ♦ E r: ` � 2'-4'q � 3'-0" 25'-5" � 25'-81/2" `' ♦ � D.O. 78'-3 112" ....... ♦ c73• �/ • s , 1 71 INSTALL WC-5 AT SIDE OF NEW WALL (~JOHN A.rF?FP�.1AN�y CONSTRUCTION.WRAP WC-5 BEHIND SALON I ARCH. INSTALL WALL COVERING I f/ 1 I No.3053 I 1 PRIOR TO INSTALLING LIGHT ARCH 105 i I • DES PLAINES,IL 1 TO ENSURE WALL COVERING EXTENDS BEHIND ARCH.EI 1 ARCH . F, _ :5- INTERIOR WALL --j INSTALL WC-5 AT SIDE OF NEW -----_-__�__ _..._----- � � � � � � WALL CONSTRUCTION.WRAP i __ i I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- I 1 I WC-5 BEHIND ARCH. INSTALL I 1 r I PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST E(n ,' WALL COVERING PRI OR TO 1 ! I OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, 1 ! i I ULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR REGI INSTALLING LIGHT ARCH TO I , RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. =- I ENSURE WALL COVERING 1 1 ..... ...... . EXTENDS BEHIND ARCH. 1 I I 1 ARCH 1 I I i ARCHITECT - -� INTERIOR WALL Drawn By Checked By CW BW NEW PARTITION WALLS,SEE WALL TYPES FOR FUTHER INFORMATION Scale Date �— EXISTING PARTITION 1/4"=1'-0" 2/11/15 PLAN NORTH NORTH Job No. a - ��>'\LL !' ��!'� �` NEW INSULATED INTERIOR PARTITION 14 o 60' ENLARGED SALON PLAN Sheet No. A-2.1 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" NOTE:REFER TO MANUFACTURERS DETAILS12"DIAM.(U.N.O.) AGT 1 FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION. PREMANUFACTURED P-1 G.C.TO FIELD VERIFY STRUCTURAL COLUMN COLUMN COVER FIBER SIZES.NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF COLUMN IS TOO REINFORCED GYPSUM P-6 LARGE FOR PREMANUFACTURED COLUMN PROVIDE COLUMN TRIM RING AT CEILING. ENCLOSURE. LT.GA.STIFFENER @ WB_1 m< G.C.TO USE"MANUFACTURER APPROVED4'-0"O.C.VERT. VINYL LATEX TOUCH UP PAINT"ON ALL COLUMN COVER TO EXTEND 6"ABOVE CEILING < CUT EDGES OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS. 362S16243 _ o FASTENERS @ 6" P-1 i� O.C.-COUNTERSINK i + I RUNNER TRACK P-6 I+ _ TAPE,FILL AND SAND BY ATTACHMENT ALL SIDES I I i INSTALLER x TYPICAL SHIM AS REQ'D RUNNER TRACK BLOCKING AS REQ'D A-2.2 STRUCTURAL STEEL BEND METAL RECEPTACLE COLUMN-EXISTING x FACE PLATE TO MATCH COLUMN x WB-1 ENCLOSURE RADIUS. PROVIDE COLUMN TRIM COORDINATE LOCATION AND RING AT CEILING SEE SHEET CS-3 FOR HEIGHT WITH ELECTRICAL COLUMN COVER VENDOR. DRAWINGS SECTION COLUMN COVER COLUMN COVER DETAIL SSEE PECIFICATIONS CIO Q = 8 7 cc SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'=0" NOTE:REFER TO MANUFACTURERS DETAILS FOR EXISTING ROOF DRAIN o � 77- TYPICAL a ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION,G,C.TO Cr FIELD VERIFY STRUCTURAL COLUMN SIZES.NOTIFY 16"DIAM.(U.N.O.) + JAMB PREMANUFACTURED P-1 BRACING SCHEDULE STUD ARCHITECT IF COLUMN IS TOO LARGE FOR PREMANUFACTURED COLUMN ENCLOSURE. COLUMN COVER FIBER P-6 ITEM ORDER# REMARKS TYPICAL M � tt E REINFORCED GYPSUM WALL STUD tout COLUMN COVER TO EXTEND 6" "CRC" 112CR16 "BRC"TO BE ATTACHED WITH ABOVE CEILING ~~. LT.GA.STIFFENER @ WB 1 BRC-3 STUD SIZE=3l" (2)-#10 SCREWS 0 co 00 r 4'-0"O.C.VERT. "BRC" TO"CRC"AND TO THE STUD * \ BRC-6 STUD SIZE=6"OR 8" is r0 - x 3625162-43 NOTE: 3 Z i CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT PRODUCT INFORMATION FOR REVIEW IF ALTERNATE VENDOR IS SELECTED. 1 TOP TRACK ATTACHMENT SCHEDULE g ® + FASTENERS @ 6" + + O.C.-COUNTERSINK x x MATERIAL FASTENER SPACING REMARKS Q r + HiLTI DS,0.177"SHANK, ��LL��, (0 TAPE,FILL AND SAND BY TYP.LATERAL BRACING SPLICE f CONCRETE 1-1/2"MIN.PENETRATION, 32"O.C. EMBED 1"MINIMUM tt"-' C) &Z + INSTALLER USE:(1)-12"LONG"CRC" � CV 0 INVERTED OVER CENTER OF SPLICE � 2,000 PSI MIN.CONCRETE, "e p� SHIM AS REQ'D WITH MIN.(3)-#10 SCREWS x x ESR-1663 P- co M00 BLOCKING AS REQ'D ON EACH SIDE OF SPLICE 1ti X U P.A.F. WHERE BRACING TERMINATES AT - _ (1)-#10 SCREW 32"O.C, MATERIAL>43 MILS(? - 8 ��` STRUCTURAL STEEL "CRC"(COLD ROLLED CHANNEL), BUILT-UP JAMB OR POST,EXTEND"CRC" STEEL a - A-2.2 COLUMN-EXISTING TO BE SPACED AS REQ'D BY DESIGN INTO PUNCH-OUT.ATTACH"CRC" (1)-#10 SCREW 16"O.C. MATERIAL<43 MILS(<18 GA.) _ PROVIDE COLUMN TRIM TO JAMB OR POST WITH"BRC"WITH •�- - _ SCREWS @PRE-DRILLED HOLES ri n - BEND METAL RECEPTACLE FACE PLATE TO RING AT CEILING OTHER ATTACHMENT TO BE APPROVED BY DESIGN ENGINEER y MATCH COLUMN ENCLOSURE RADIUS. w °" SEE SHEET CS-3 FOR COORDINATE LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITH c CO COLUMN COVER VENDOR. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 0- .r- U � ,o COLUMN COVER DETAIL SSEE A4.1 FOR PECIFICATIONS PARTITION DETAIL - LATERAL BRACING PARTITION DETAIL - TOP TRACK tt 11 6 2 �.M 2 N SCALE: 11/2*=1'=0" SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T,S. U c SL cc NOTE:G.C.TO FIELD VERIFY STRUCTURAL 162S125-18 FRAMING CLIP TOTYPICAL D: PARTITION TYPE FROM A-2.0:NEW STUD WALL COLUMN SIZES. EXISTING COLUMN @ 4'-0"Q.C. WALL STUD ADJACENT EXISTING INTERIOR METAL STUD WALL. VERTICAL TO 6"ABOVE CLG. SEE A-20 FOR WALL LOCATION. ! SEE DETAILS 1/A 8.1 FOR (SEE PLANS t j j j COLUMN COVER TO EXTEND 6"ABOVE CEILING TYP. CONNECTION DETAILS TO FOR SIZE) NOTE:ALL WORK TO MEET LOCAL BUILDING �'` / STRUCTURE ABOVE. CODES,ORDINANCES,AND SSMA SPECIFICATIONS. - HILTI DS,0.177"SHANK,1-1/2' ✓ / i MIN.PENETRATION,2,000 PSI MIN.CONCRETE,ESR-1663 ATTACH KICKER WEB TO TOP OF TRACK W/(4)-#10 + 518"GYP.BD. SCREWS i� r�.Q� KICKER BRACES 3625162-33 @ 8'-0"O.C.MAX. KICKER BRACES NOT TYPICAL RUNNER TRACK �o WALL CLIPS ARE PROVIDEDIRED WHERE Z (SEE PLANS FOR SIZE) TOP TRACK 1 LATERALLY BRACE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE Revisions - 3625162-33 MAX. ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW 0 16 GA.CLIP ANGLE AT TOP -' 0 02/11115 ~ I P 1 CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB OF EACH WALL STUD / UNBRACED LENGTH OF BELOW TOP TRACK WITH 2 4'-0"O.C. A02/11/15 ISSUE/ 50R BID - P-6 #10 TEK EACH LEG. % / "MINIMUM G.C.TO VERIFY t ISSEU FOR PERMIT - EDGE DISTANCE 8 WB-1 -� CONSTRUCTION OF ",-" � A03/04/15 A 2.2 EXISTING WALL AND / ! CEILING LINE h EXISTING COLUMN V.I.F. .. PROVIDE IN AREAS / (SEE ARCH DINGS) FRAME TIGHT WHERE SECURITY MESH j % ,-'i Q TO COLUMN DOES NOT OCCUR. + r- i/ + EXISTING METAL STUD - DEMISING WALL CONSTRUCTION. G.C.TO VERIFY WALL / COLUMN DETAIL SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR FINISH PARTITION DET A I L - TRACK ANCHORAGE CONSTRUCTION IN FIELD. 10 5 SCALE: 1 112"=1'-0" SCALE: N.T.S. 16 GA.CLIP ANGLE AT o3.O�• �S 54 MIL(16 GAGE) EACH STUD WITH 2 -#10 D SLOTTED SLIP TRACK. TEK EACH LEG.CLIP x ANGLE AT MID-SPAN OF ATTACH SLOTTED SLIP TRACK EACH LEG.G.C.TO VERIFY TO MAIN STRUCTURE x 1"GAP CONSTRUCTION OF JOHN A- ';'nN 16"O.C.(N.T.S.) (SEE ATTACHMENT SCHEDULE) LIJ O EXISTING WALL AND '` + No.1 53 O PROVIDE IN AREAS -' GYPSUM BOARD WALL 1"GAP ALLOW WHERE SECURITY MESH + O DES PLAINES,IL A, COVERING(SEE PLANS) FOR VERTICAL DEFLECTION DOES NOT OCCUR. / I NEW/EXISTING LIGHT GAGE METAL WALL STUDS(SEE PLANS FOR NEW STUD SIZES) 0 EI HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- SECTION VIEW ' I PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST -- -- - - - - `- - _ "O.G. 3625162 43 16OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TtGARd.OR RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. NOTE: L" 2x8 WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALTERNATE GAP AMOUNT, NOTIFY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SEE DETAIL#5/A-2.2 FOR ARCHITECT NOTCH KERF FOR STUD #9-15x1%"ITW BUILDEX TRACK ANCHORAGE FLANGE LIPS "TRU-GRIP" TYPICAL Drawn By Checked By SCREWS,MIN.2 PER SIDE WALL STUD--.,,,, 'f ATTACH TRACK TO STUDFIN.FL. CW BW ---.______-_-__- _..__._ __..__________ ._�_ �E___ _ _.__- WITH SCREW FOR ATTACHMENT OF SLOTTED _ EL:0'-0" Scale Date @ EACH FLANGE. SLIP TRACK TO WALL STUDS: d AS NOTED 2/11115 TIGHTEN SCREWS,THEN BACK OFF 112 TURN. I Jab No. NOTE:SEE PLANS FOR BLOCKING HEIGHTS/LOCATIONS 4 3 7 9 BLOCKING DETAIL 4 PARTITION DETAIL — SLOTTED TRACK 1 WALL TYPE D DETAIL Sheet No.A-22 SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. ° 101 SALES 104 WASHER / DRYER CLOSET '~---------^' - NOTE:CABINET GRADE WOOD TRIM PROVIDED I EXTERIOR DOOR PULLS. AND INSTALLED BY G.C.TRIM PIECES TO BE MOUNTING HT.NOT TO BLOCK t STANDARD ITEM IN STOCK.CUSTOM PIECE IS ITEM QUANTITY FINISH MANUF. MODEL# ITEM QUANTITY FINISH MANUF. MODEL# t WHITE ACCESSIBLE LOCK ACCESS los 1 SYMBOL(TYP.) NOT REQUIRED. t i ( MEN WOMEN � MANUAL FLUSH BOLT 1 STAINLESS STEEL ROCKWOOD 555 TRACK 1 - JOHNSON 100 LOCATE CLOSERS / BRAILLE LETTERS NOTE:SEE PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS [7L_ INSIDE `�—_r___-_----' PER ADA � FOR APPLICABLE LOCATIONS. t 3/4"FINISHED WD 1/2"x2"PERIMETER WD. i i ACCESIBILITY&GENDER < JAMBIHEAD. DO NOT " 4112"X4112"B.B.WI TOP PIVOT SET 2 - JOHNSON 107 ALUM.STRFT i { CASING.SETBACK/ t SIGNAGE AS PER STATE BUTTS 3 PR. NON REMOVABLE DOORS(BY PROVIDE STOP AT FROM FACE OF JAMB PINS �. STOREFRONT &LOCAL CODES(ONLY JAMB) DOOR HANGER 2 - JOHNSON 1125 � .: ________-------______ ______ MFR.) RESTROOM DOORS) CHARCOAL GREY WITH 2X FIRE TREATED WD.BLOCKING A. WHITE LETTERS& TRACK STOP 2 JOHNSON 1155 Y SYMBOLS UNLESS SEE A-2.0 FOR WALL TYPES PUSH 2 ELMES �\ ,., o o o OTHERWISE REQUIRED CASED OPENING. "------------1/2"x2"PERIMETER-------_ \\ � _- o N BY CODE (DO NOT PROVIDE PANEL HINGE 3 PR. - JOHNSON 1703 cs STOP AT JAMB} CASING.SETBACK" 518"GYP.BD.TYP.BOTH SIDES.SEE PULL 2 - ELMES T6010-01-001-L452 o " KICKPLATE SOLID CORE. PLAN VIEW FROM FACE OF JAMB INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH l �- BOTTOM PIVOT 2 - JOHNSON 1706 DOUBLE KEYED/ OBOTTOM PIVOT YLNDER(N PIN A CLOCK ..---" FLUSH-BOLT B &CONSTRUCTIP-1 LOCKSET 1 BEST 2 - JOHNSON 1011 TOPAND \ CORE)CYLINDER BRACKET AS APPLICABLE BOTTOM f \ PROVIDE WHITE DEADBOLT SEE DOOR HARDWARE / CAULK,TYP.@ DOOR ALIGNER 1 - JOHNSON 1808 SCHEDULE 1L INSIDE CORNERS \ VISION PANEL WITH \ CLOSERS/PIVOTS 2 TOP JAMB MOUNTING "EMPLOYEE ONLY' 1 " TEMPERED GLASS P-1 \ j DOOR KNOB 2 - JOHNSON 33 LOUVERED SIGNAGE MOUNT � (REFLECTIVE SURFACE n,p DOOR FACING OUTSIDE OF tut 1�1 I THRESHOLD 1 ALUMINUM PEMKO#255A IN GROUT SOLID CABO117.A4.13.B PLIANCE (ANSI 100 SHAMPOO/ DRYING - EXTERIOR (BACK} WITH FAORE DIRECTLY UNDER LSE VISION PANEL..SEE_E? ROOM).PAINT FRAME p n tl tuul WD.TRIM, GASKETING&SILL LOUVER.SEE DOOR SCHEDULE P 1 I WEATHERSTRIP 2 - DETAIL 1A FOR LOCATIONS. 03 TYP. ?, �� / SWEEPS ITEM QUANTITY FINISH MANUF. MODEL# THIS SHEET EQ' EQ' SOLID CORE. �? PREMACHINED FLUSH \ // 102A STAG i N GBUTTS EXIST. STAINLESS STEEL DuX41/2"HEAVY P 1 "" DOOR. co \ , TY KICKPLATE P_1 ( luui -_ ITEM QUANTITY FINISH MANUF. MODEL# #TEL105LOCKNETM PANIC DEVICE 1 - LOCKNET CONTACT: Cr JEFF CARROL Co BUTTS 1-1/2 PR. US26-D BOMMER BB5000 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 800-8874307 EXT.239 C D ISOMETRIC VIEW PASSAGE LOCKSET CLOSERS EXIST. ALUMINUM HEAVY-DUTY SPEC. VIEWER@ p1 tj P1 LOCKSET 1 626 YALE AU5401LN W1 THRU BOLT 60"AC .F.F. INSULATED O( all n 12"x12"ONE WAY GASKETS&SILL 11 3.0 \ INSULATED QC VISION PANEL 1 ONE-WAY - GLASS MIRROR WEATHERSTRIP EXIST. - SWEEPS ` HOLLOW HOLLOW co CM TEMPERED GLASS METAL DOOR METAL DOOR g D. PEMKO#255A IN COMPLIANCE W/ �� EXIT Co � E WOOD CASED WALL OPENING DETAIL STOP 1 U526D ROCKWOOD 440 THRESHOLD 1 GROUT SOLID ANSI CABG �r DEVICE EXIT DEVICE 7 117.A4.13.8 � s� K105010"HIGH x 34" ` ' 3 Q SCALE: N.T.S. KICKPLATE 2 US32-D ROCKWOOD #8400,10"HIGH X 35" �\ ° �� WIDE SATIN STAINLESS WIDE- (Jlj ® M KICKPLATE EXIST. NEW \`� ,r� STEEL 8400 US32D-10X35-CS ICKPLA� KI PLATE HICKPLATI, COCLOSER 1 689 DORMA 7414 ARP SNB PUSH SIDE \ �WHERE NECESSARY DRILL HOLES TO107 MEN ADHERE BREAK METAL TO FEED WIRES THROUGH VERTICAL 102B STAGING - EXTERIOR DOUBLE DOOR FLUSH BOLT TOP d i i STOREFRONT MULLION MULLION SYSTEM TO CAMERA. E AND BOTTOM F WITH 3M TWIN STICK TAPE ITEM QUANTITY FINISH MANUF. MODEL# ITEM QUANTITY FINISH MANUF. MODEL# i OR SCREW FASTENER IF I l APPROVED BY LANDLORD -� BUTTS 2 PR EA.LEAF EXIST. STAINLESS STEEL NON REMOVABLE PINS BUTTS 1-1/2 PR. US26-D BOMMER BB5000 4 112 X 4 112 �"` 'c \ RUN CABLE HEAVY-DUTY SPEC. W/ U v o rL THROUGH BREAK CLOSER EXIST. d o THRU BOLTS.1609 STRIKE PRIVACY LOCKSET CLEAR SPACE j METAL TO DOOR IN COMPLIANCE W/ANSI LOCKSET 1 626 YALE 18" AU5402LN r MULLION THRESHOLD EXIST. tU L v MIN. CENTERED ON TACTILE I CABO 117.A4.13.B ° LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORS CHARACTERS jl ( CAMERA STOP 1 US32-0 ROCKWOOD WALL BUMPER 409 c f j l DOOR SWEEPS EXIST. j l / BREAK METALGASKETING AND SILL CLOSER 1 689 DORMA 7414 ARP SNB a �o j \ WEATHERSTRIP EXIST. CHANNEL TO REMAIN SWEEP � �A If OPEN AT ENDS � -m ''/ RAIN HOOD EXIST. KICKPLATE 1 US32-D ROCKWOOD K1050 10"HIGH x 34" WIDE •� +� / SATIN STAINLESS #622 ONE WAY VIEWER ON U o VIEWER EXIST. STEEL ROCKWOOD ACTIVE DOORY o U aCo DOOR MULLION CAMERA 108 WOMEN / SATIN STAINLESS K1050 10"HIGH x 35"WIDE- �� GC TO PROVIDE 1/2"x 112"16 KICKPLATE EA.LEAF EXIST. STEEL ROCKWOOD US32D-10X35-CS PUSH SIDE ITEM QUANTITY FINISH MANUF. MODEL# DOOR TYPES SEE A FOR FINISH GAUGE U-SHAPED BREAK 2 SPECIFICCATIONS. I \� j SAMPLE , j // METAL CONTINUOUS FROM FLUSH BOLT 1 PR.EXIST, STAINLESS STEEL MTD.ON INACTIVE LEAF "_ " ®/ TEXT If // MULLION TO MULLION TO BUTTS 1-1/2 PR. 0526 D BOMMER 865000 4 112 X 4 112 SCALE: 1/4"=1-0 CONCEAL WIRE FOR DOOR GC TO PROVIDE AS ` -.. "• \ / / CAMERA. COLOR TO MATCH SILENCERS REQUIRED ROCKWOOD 608 PRIVACY LOCKSET LOCKSET 1 626 YALE AU5402LN _ / STOREFRONT SYSTEM. #TEL-105 TEL-DDA 48226 518"TYPE"X" X _� TTXX-377;LOCKNET Z a PANIC DEVICE CONTACT LOCKNET LOCKNET STOP 1 US32-D ROCKWOOD WALL BUMPER 409 GYP.BD.EACH ` - CONTACT:JEFF CARROL SIDE OF THE 800-8874307 EXT.239 STUD FRAME CLOSER 1 689 DORMA 7414 ARP SNB � WALL DOOR SEE Revisions �\ DOOR HOLDER 2 US26-D ROCKWOOD 461E KICK DOWN STOP 4 518" BOX MTL. � FRAMING STUD FLOOR PLAN KICKPLATE 1 US32-D ROCKWOOD K1050 10"HIGH x 34" j A02111/15 21;;FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW DOOR BELL EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. WIDE LINTEL CAULK i P 1 109 COAT CLOSET BOTH ISSUE FOR BID Q 02/11115 16 GAUGE SIDES 16 GAUGE STEEL ISSUE FOR PERMIT HEIGHT OF TACTILE CHARACTERS ABOVE FLOOR OR GROUND 103 OFFICE STEEL DOOR DOOR FRAME. b 03/04/15 ITEM QUANTITY FINISH MANUF. MODEL# FRAME. P_1 Q ITEM QUANTITY FINISH MANUF. MODEL# TRACK 1 JOHNSON 100 P 1 \' MTL.FRAMING LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORS r� TYPICAL DOOR MULLION CAMERA DETAIL A SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" SCALE: 112"=V-0" BUTTS 1-1/2 PR. US26-D BOMMER BB5000 4 1/2 X 4112 WOOD FACIA P-1 Q NOTES: OVERHEAD TOP PIVOT SET 2 JOHNSON 107 �. TO CONCEAL �` 1. ALL HARDWARE SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL,STATE LOCAL ENTRANCE LOCKSET 518"TYPE"X"GYP.BD. Q ' FRAME LOCKSET 1 626 YALE MARK LOCATION TYPE SIZE DOOR TYPE FINISH HARDWARE REMARKS ACCESSIBILITY CODES(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO MOUNTING HEIGHTS, B-AU5407LN DOOR HANGER 2 JOHNSON 1125 TRACK '4 EACH SIDE OF THE OPERATING FORCE,&GRIP REQUIREMENTS). p-1 I SEE STUD FRAME WALL 2. ALL TRIM FOR INTERIOR DOORS TO MATCH DOOR FINISH STOP 1 US26D ROCKWOOD 440 PLAN 3. ALL EXTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY G.C.UNLESS NOTED TRACK STOP 2 - JOHNSON 1155 BI-FOLD 101 SALES A {2)3'-0"X 7-0"X 1-314" ALUM. ALUM. SEE ELEV. 101 1,3,4,5,7,8,9 OTHERWISE. 12"x12"ONE WAY DOOR SEE 4. G.C.VERIFY HARDWARE ON EXISTING EXTERIOR DOORS. VISION PANEL 1 ONE-WAY - GLASS MIRROR FLOOR PLAN BI-FOLD JAMB 5. ALL EXITS TO BE OPENABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT KEY OR SPECIAL TEMPERED GLASS PANEL HINGE 3 PR. - JOHNSON 1703 HEAD 102A STAGING D 3'-0"X T-0"X 1-3/4 WOOD H.M. SEE ELEV. 102A 1,2,11,13,15,16,17 KNOWLEDGE. P-1 03- 014 . 15 6. NOT USED CLOSER 1 689 DORMA 7414 ARP SNB BOTTOM PIVOT 2 - JOHNSON 1706 � D 102B STAGING E (2)T-0"X T-0"X 1-314"EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. SEE ELEV. 102B 1,2,3,4,5,8,10,12,13 7. EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR SHALL HAVE SIGN ON OR ADJACENT TO DOOR THAT R AR STATES"THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHENEVER THE BUILDING IS K1050 10"HIGH x 34" U I-F 0 L D D 00 R DETAIL SEE A-4.1 SPECIFICATIONS. FINISH OCCUPIED"WITH 1"HIGH LETTERS IN CONTRASTING COLOR WITH KICKPLATE 2 US32D ROCKWOOD WIDE BOTTOM PIVOT 2 JOHNSON 1011 �� :� 103 OFFICE D 3'-0"X T-0"X 1-3/4" WOOD H.M. SEE ELEV. 103 1,2,11,13,17 BACKGROUND. BRACKET 1A 0 JOHN A.C11—k!N A�� 8. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPEN DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED: SCALE: 3"=1'-0« A. 5.0 L.B.F.(22N)FOR EXTERIOR DOORS. DOOR ALIGNER 1 - JOHNSON 1808 No.3553 104 WASHERIDRYER C (4)1'-0'X T-0"X 1-3/4" WOOD H.M. SEE ELEV. 104 1,2,13,14 B. 5.0 L.B.F.(22N)FOR INTERIOR DOORS W/OUT CLOSER. Q DES PLAINES,IL C. 15.0 L.B.F.(67N)FOR FIRE DOORS. L SEE 518"TYPE"X"GYP.BD. - SHAMPOO/ 9. COORDINATE LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT FOR THE HOURS OF DOOR KNOB 2 JOHNSON 33 PLAN 5/8"TYPE"X"GYP.BD, EACH SIDE OF THE 106 F T-0"X T-0"X 1-3/4"EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. SEE ELEV. 106 1,3,5,8,10,13 OPERATION DECALS WITH ULTA. EACH SIDE OF THE STUD FRAME WALL DRYING 10. LOCKNET HARDWARE. T.G.C.TO CONTACT LOCKNET AT START OF CONSTRUCTION. G.C.TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH LOCKNET. STUD FRAME WALL 107 MEN B T-0"X T-0"X 1-314" WOOD H.M. SEE ELEV. 107 1,2,11,13,14,17 LOCKNET CONTACT:JEFF CARROL 800-8874307 EXT.239 3 MTL.FRAMING 11. HM FRAMES TO BE KNOCK-DOWN TYPE AND TO BE INSTALLED AFTER FLOORING = BOX MTL.FRAMING INSTALLATION. FINISH FRAME JOINTS TO PROVIDE AN EVEN SURFACE AND NO STUD LINTEL 16 GAUGE STEEL DOOR I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- 108 WOMEN B X-0"X 7'-0"X 1-3/4" WOOD H.M. SEE ELEV. 108 1,2.11,13,14,17 IMPERFECTIONS.ALL SCREWS SHALL BE RECESSED,CAULK FRAME TO WALL. FRAME.PAINTPARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST CAULK BOTH SIDES P_1 OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, 12. G.C.TO INSTALL ULTA SUPPLIED STICKER WITH STORE TELEPHONE NUMBER ON REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR REAR DOOR TO COORDINATE DELIVERIES(AFTER CONSTRUCTION). I RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. 109 COAT CLOSET C (4)V-3"X T-0"X 1-3/4" WOOD H.M. SEE ELEV. 109 1,2,13 -__ T.=TEMPERED SAFETY GLAZING WHERE INDICATED NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOULD BE VERIFIED IN FIELD BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO STOREFRONT FABRICATION. n �' 2. ALL GLAZING SHALL COMPLY WITH SAFETY GLAZING CODE REQUIREMENTS AS APPLICABLE. 3. G.C.TO SUBMIT STOREFRONT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ULTA ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. SECURELY ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. P 1CONT.CAULK AND 11'-6" 12'-2" SEE DETAIL 1/A-8.1 CONNECTION DETAILS �t 5/8"GYP. BD. SEALANT,BOTH SIDES EQ EQ EQ I V-6" 6'-0" 4'-2 1/2" �LU � m EXIST EL=21'-0" � TO REIMAINOOFING AND STRUCTURE T/PARAPET N T 6"METAL STUD,20 GA EXISTING COVERED WALKWAY. / V @ 16"O.C. C? \ ' — — -- - o 3/4"PLYWOOD R-19 BATT INSULATION M ALIGN N T. 6"METAL STUD T. T. T. T.' \ / T EXISTING EXTERIOR i WALL PATCH&REPAIR 518"TYPE'X'GYP. BD. AS REQUIRED. 1 TAPED AND SANDED FROM FLOOR TO ROOF DECK. � co n TYPE DESCRIPTION FINISH MANUFACTURER/NOTES ® z ® ;RO STOREFRONT DOOR/FIXED WINDOW SYSTEM MATCH EXISTING MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT. DETAIL WINDOW TYPES EXISTING AWNINGS j EXISTING AWNINGS 7 6 UNDER SEPARATE j UNDER SEPARATE r� SCALE: 1"=1'0" SCALE: 118"=1'0" 3 � PERMIT. ! PERMIT. CZ ca ® CM ot EL= 11'0" i O g P 1 SIDE MOUNT SHADE. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S B/GYP. BD.SOFFIT f ; IL^ N Q 2 x BLOCKING s t!—" � � 518"GYP.BD. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR BLOCKING G.C.TO PROVIDE 6"x4"FIRE RETARDANT --- _ REQUIREMENTS. SHADE SHALL EXTEND FROM 4. PLYWOOD BLOCKING,THE ENTIRE _ �_____ EL= 10'0" ! EL=10'0" I�J�J iuui TO OF VERTICAL MULLIONS SO THAT THE SHADE LENGTH OF THE SHADE. — - _ T/STOREFRONT B/AWNING NEW STOREFRONT. CONT.CAULK AND PULL CORDS ALIGN WITH THE CORD TENSION AMOP 1' 10' SEALANT, BOTH SIDES DEVICE MOUNTED ON THE VERTICAL MULLIONS. a SEE A-4.1 FOR WINDOW SHADE SPECIFICATION. P 1 Q H& O �J ♦� EXISTING I PA �Jd _ G.C.TO PROVIDE 4 PIECE OF 3ff FIRE _. :_...:: '=====: REPAIR AS REQUIRED. - - ¢ i co OL RETARDANT BLOCKING FOR TRACK, B/GYP.BD.SOFFIT -• / THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE TRACK, _ BETWEEN STUDS. SEALANT,BOTH SIDES ._ ' ! INTERIOR EXTERIOR __ _ / /• __ _ ___ P 1 .' _,,1 ` CONT.CAULK AND LINE OF WALL BEYOND 518"GYP.BD. }i `�� , SEALANT,BOTH SIDES j REFER TO A-3.1-RCP s� I EXISTING PORTAL • v BEYOND. N CONT.CAULK AND A - NEW STOREFRONT TO MATCH EXISTING. -- -- - ' REFER TO DETAIL 6/A-2.4,WINDOWS TYPE. EXISTING STONE VENEER SEALANT,BOTH SIDES i I O J :' TO REMAIN.GC TO �- a __._._ , _ 314"PLYWOOD __ ___ ......___.._ _ PROTECT AS REQUIRED LJ i .s �' -`------------- '- DURING INSTALLATION OF tU C, I i EXISTING SOFFIT PATCH& NEW CONC.TRENCH, FOOTING&SLAB. THE NEW STOREFRONT. c NEW STOREFRONT. REPAIR AS REQUIRED. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DWGS. _ _______.� •Q 2 x BLOCKING EXISTING VENEER AS - ------ ---- REMOVE PORTION OF REQUIRED FOR NEW P 1 _._...._ ____.____ J _._... .............-"-"'...._............._.._._ t� 5/8"GYP. BD. 1/4"WOOD SHIM WITH STORE FRONT INSTALL I _ SEALANT(BACKER ROD 'CD4 a EXISTING COLUMN �� WHERE REQUIRED)BOTH - __ - TRACK-ATTACH TO WINDOW HEAD FRAMING OR SIDES. _ ��- -- — CEILING HEAD FRAMING EVERY 12"WITH#10 _ SCREWS,AS APPLICABLE.SEE PLAN FOR I I EXISTING STONE VENEER TO REMAIN.GC TO LOCATION OF TRACKING. I 6"METAL STUD,20 GA. a - --- EL TI SAAB NSOTECT AS REQUIRED DURINGTALLATION OF THE NEW STOREFRONT. _ REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING VENEER AS I EXISTING SIDEWALK,PATCH AND REQUIRED FOR NEW STORE FRONT INSTALL. REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 8'-5" 4 GC.TO VERIFY EXTENT OF NEW CONCRETE IN FIELD A-2.4 Revisions ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN STOREFRONT SECTION ISSUE 5 3 2 ISSUE FOR BID 02/11/15 SCALE: 1.1=11-011 SCALE: 112"=1'0" SCALE: 1/2"=1'0" ISSUE FOR PERMIT NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING 27'-0" AREA OF NEW CONCRETE NEW INTERIOR WALL,REFER �03104115 SYSTEM REFER TO WINDOW GC.TO VERIFY'E\ TENT- F NEW CONCRETE IN FIELD SLAB AND FOUNDATION._._._._..t._..._..._ .i......._................. ,.........._1.�......................................._ TO A-2.0 FOR MORE INFO Q j( TYPES DETAIL 6/A-2.4. t _ — _... — ___. ____ ____ __... _.._. — — /_'- MILLWORK,REFER TO A1.1 FIXTURE PLAN / w ... ....... ........ ....... _ _ ., z / ) .. NEW INTERIOR WALL,REFER �� , x Z I -i1 TO A-2.0 FOR MORE INFO .:.. w w II SECURITY - ( Q - - \ ! BOLLARDS ( oo w z SEALANT, BOTH SIDES S i.. o o it I _._..._ ....... _.. l J 0 z EXISTING DEMISING WALL. I --- - -!1 SEE STOREFRONT PLAN 1/A-2.4 REFER TO A-2.0 FOR MORE INFO 26'3' 25' 10" V.I.F. ALIGN I.F. V.I.F. I ALIGN 8" 8" 1 i , 1 ,�l JOHN A.C_-IIP�i 4;lN a a . 25'7.. ° J ....... _.. , 0::. V.I.F. .:::::: ...............-....:.i_:: t.i . . ....::: z....... 0. _.. d. T AREA NEW STOR FRONT SYSTEM.SEE 6/A-2.4 m ° i DES PLAINES,IL #4x1'-0"@ 18"OC. EMBED v _ A-2.4 rn > 4"INTO EXIST.SLAB w/Hilti EXIST.SIDEWALK. HIT HY 200 ADHESIVE. ° ° a LINE OF NEW AWNING OPP. 7 LINE OF NEW AWNING 1/2"EXPANSION JOINT ABOVE.REFER TO A7.1 2 1 � � A 2.4 ABOVE.REFER TO A7.1 NEW TRENCH,FOOTING a V-0" MATERIAL. HOLD DOWN 1" EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. O > EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS &NEW CONC.SLAB.REFER AND FILL WITH SEALANT. A-2.4 TO STRUCTURAL DWGS. c c ° EXISTING STOREFRONT I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- 1/4' WOOD SHIM WITH ______ ____ ____ .___. __.._.._,__ _ EXISTING STOREFRONT PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST SEALANT BACKER ROD RECAULK&RESEAL TO j / RECAULK&RESEAL TO OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, ( MAKE WATER TIGHT. REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR WHERE REQUIRED)BOTH / ` ' MAKE WATER TIGHT. RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS n a SIDES. f ' l t ARCHITECT _. _... .. Drawn Checked By BL BW LINE OF EXISTING EXISTING ACCESSIBLE LINE OF NEW AWNING Scale Date WINDOW TYPE\SEE EXTERIOR CO ER RAMP TO REMAIN. ABOVE.REFER TO A7.1 1/4"=1'-0" 2/11/15 O DETAIL 6/A-2.4. WALKWAY. EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. PLAN 1 1 � NORTH NORTH Job No. 14 /OB 6 3 7 4 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN Sheet No. SCALE: 1"=1'4" SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0 A-2.4" G2 2'-0"STAGGERED FLUORESCENT TUBE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE G8NS 8'-0"FLUORESCENT TUBE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE,NON STAGGERED ARMSTONG CEILING TILES LIGHTING NOTES AT WALL FIXTURES: 1. THE SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 6"ROUND DOWNLIGHT-REFER TO LIGHTING PLAN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OF BETH RINEHART(NATIONAL ACCT.REP.) 1 CCTV HEAD END IN I.T.RACK ASTM C635,ASTM C636,AND OTHER APPROVED METHODS AS MODIFIED BY THE FOLLOWING: G3 3'-0"STAGGERED FLUORESCENT TUBE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE OSD (P)800-442-4212 LIGHT FIXTURE ARMSTRONG PRODUCT 1. FIXTURE WORK STOPS AT CEILING FOR ILLUMINATED ARCHES. REFER 2. CABLE RUN FROM RACK TO 1.1. A HEAVY DUTY T-BAR GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE USED.REFER TO DETAIL 2/A-8.4THE WIDTH OF G3NS 3'-0*FLUORESCENT TUBE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE,NON STAGGERED DOWNLIGHT-REFER TO LIGHTING PLAN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OF LIGHT #2712 DUNE 2'x4'SECOND LOOK 11 TO 31A-8.1 AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL L.P.PORT IN OFFICE THE PERIMETER SUPPORTING CLOSURE ANGLE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 2.0 INCHES. IN FIXTURE #769 CORTEGA 2'x4' INFORMATION. ACOUSTICAL CEILING TO EXTEND TO PERIMETER WALL. 3. CABLE RUN FROM IT.RACK EACH ORTHOGONAL HORIZONTAL DIRECTION,ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE G44'-0"STAGGERED FLUORESCENT TUBE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE DOWNLIGHT,DOUBLE LAMP,FIXTURE WIRED TO EMERGENCY/NIGHT LIGHTING SYSTEM- #7300 12'MAIN RUNNER 2. AT VALANCE LOCATIONS WITH TWO TUBE FLUORESCENTS,CENTER TO CHECKSTAND PULLED ATTACHED TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. THE OTHER END IN EACH HORIZONTAL DIRECTION G4A REFER TO LIGHTING PLAN ON ELEC.DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OF LIGHT FIXTURE #7301 12' RUNNER HEAVY DUTY GROUP OF LIGHT FIXTURES OVER RUN OF MILLWORK LEAVING BLANK THROUGH TO LOCATION OF SHALL HAVE A 0.75 INCHES CLEARANCE FROM THE WALL AND SHALL REST UPON AND BE 4'-O"SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE-SINGLE ROW FIXTURE CIV PENDANT 100W.SEE ELEV.FOR MTD.HEIGHTS #XL7348 4'GROSS TEE AREAS ON EACH END. CCTV MONITOR FREE TO SLIDE ON A CLOSURE ANGLE.REFER TO DETAILS/A-8.4 G4C 4'-0"FLUORESCENT TUBE WITH BAFFLE UG UNDER CABINET FLUORESCENT LIGHTING.FIXTURE TO BE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF #XL7342 4'CROSS TEE HEAVY DUTY am G4D G4DE 4'-O"SURFACE MOUNT FLUOR. I 4'-0"SURFACE MOUNT FLUOR.FIXT.-WIRED TO NIGHT CABINET.SEE MILLWORK DWGS.FOR LOCATION. #XL7328 2'CROSS TEE m GRAPHIC TRACK #7800 12'WALL MOLDING CLG.HT.@ FIXT.-DBL.ROW FIXT. LIGHTING SYSTEM,EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP #780810'WALL MOLDING 2"x2"SEISMIC GYP.BD.CLG. (E) (�D (E) G4AE 4'-O"SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE,FIXTURE WIRED TO NIGHT LIGHTING SPEAKERS BY MUZAK(DOME SPEAKER IN SKINCARE ROOM)G.C.TO PROVIDE CEILING GRID #XL7318 VCROSS TEE CLG.HT.@ LINE OF EXTERIOR 1 V-0"A.F.F. CLG.HT.@ CLG.HT.@ CLG.HT.@ mliia= SYSTEM,EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP 0 SUPPORT WIRES ONE AT EACH CORNER OF CEILING TILE CONTAINING SPEAKER. BERC 2 SEISMIC CLIP @ 8'-0'A.F.F. I V-0-A.F.F. AWNING,TYP. SHAMPOO/ 9'-0-A.F.F. 9'-0"A.F.F. I V-0*A.F.F. G4NS 4'-0"FLUORESCENT TUBE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE,NON STAGGERED EXIT SIGN,EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP OFFICE OFFICE SALON DRYING CLOSET HALLWAY WASHER/DRYER G6 SURFACE MOUNTED 2-HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT/EXIT SIGN COMBINATION LINE OF OVERHEAD 103 103 105 106 109 1 1 104 - 6'-0*STAGGERED FLUORESCENT TUBE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS STORAGE G6NS SURFACE MOUNTED 2-HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH BATTERY BACKUP - - - - - S___ - 6'-0*FLUORESCENT TUBE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE,NON STAGGERED I G d SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS PROVIDE OPENING IN CEILING I I Lu G8 8'-0"STAGGERED FLUORESCENT TUBE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE V SURFACE MOUNTED 2-HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT GRID FOR IT CABINET. MAINTAIN, CCTV MONITO SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS CLEARANCE OF T-0"FRONT,& 9 MOUSE, GYP.BD.SOFFIT G8A 8'-0"SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE-SINGLE ROW FIXTURE E== Z DIFFUSER GRILLES,VERIFY WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS RETURN DIFFUSER V-0"TOP,BOTTOM&SIDES. SEE KEYBOARD, A @ 6'-8-A.F.F. SEE 3/A-3.1 I I L��N I DETAIL 10/A-3.2 G�� D KVM G8C 8'-0"FLUORESCENT TUBE WITH BAFFLE SECURITY CAMERA BY ULTA VENDOR. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS WITH ULTA. ;;�� O FI IL A-3.2 EQ. I CEILING --------- BELCW. ... ..... ....... ...................... GAD 8'-0"SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE r GZ LLfMVRD!�", 4'-1 -I T G8AE 8'-0"SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE,FIXTURE WIRED TO NIGHT LIGHTING SYSTEM,EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP - - - - - - - - t _ �__-1" _ - -- - _ _ _ - _ G8DE 8'-0"SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE-DOUBLE ROW FIXTURE,FIXTURE WIRED TO LIGHTING SYSTEM,EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP NIGHT L ErICJ CLG.HT.@ WOMENS 03 SEE SHEET CS-3 FOR ULTA ACT-2 EXTENDS ABOVE --- 12'-O"A.F.F. G8D G8D GSD G8D 0 1111 R*--4,> CEILING SYMBOL LEGEND LIGHTING VENDOR V GYP. STAGING Cy a: STORAGE PLATFORM LaD 0 CASED OPENING @ T-0-A.F.F. @ 9'-0'A.F.F. �6# LIU Lu SEE DETAIL 7/A-2.3 CL SCALE: NONE DD_ (D G4D RESTROOM EAS P-1 UJI MENS RECESSEDLIGHT FIXTURE E (:�) an cu SECURITY TY DEVICE 0 CONT.362T162 -WIRE HANGER FILLER PANEL ABOVE C45. G8D G8D -33 _107j GYP.BD.CLG. ATTACH TO @ T-0-A.F.F. Gt CONT.362S162-33 BRACING ......................., 4'-4- G3 SEE SECTION DETAIL 41F EXISTING WALL ATTACH TO HORIZONTAL& 4- VALANCE WITH EGG-CRATE LOUVER 1 z 0 FRAMING. VERTICAL STUDS. CORRIDOR (ED 362SI62-33 @ 16'O.C.W/5/8' CLG.HT.@ GYP.BD. ATTACH VERTICAL G8 G4 JG8 41,14 1 3V 13 9'-0*A.F.F. 13V -2,L--( 9 + J R co cy STUDS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 64 C I IL + + REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET ILL JMI IS ATE D AR'H U) CY C, LLI 2 ILL MI AT AR C W A-8.1 FOR CONNECTION U ,I i I t ............ - -_ _ -_ - I - - 0 - - -- - ----( E ) (Z57 F UJ C. SEE PLAN BOT @ LAY-IN CEILING du 0 LLI �t X Id 1� I SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT TRACK-ATTACH TO WINDOW HEAD FRAMING OR CEILING HEAD FRAMING EVERY 12' r. 0 LLI 0 EXPOSED TEE GRID(SECURED 1== U V) ARMSTRONG:`SJMR' I LIU WITH#10 SCREWS,AS APPLICABLE.SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION OF TRACKING. ABOVE) SEISMIC JOINT CLIP CO G.C.TO PROVIDE 6"A4"FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD BLOCKING,THE ENTIRE 1= L) co A-32 &Z I L U') 7-1- 0 LENGTH OF THE SHADE,BETWEEN STUDS. CAULK 1- 7 2'xTFIRE TREATED PLYWOOD, < 40, .1 . Cal _j LIU LIU BOTTOM MOUNTED 6"ABOVE J Cm Nut G.C.TO CONFIRM EXISTING WALL AND WINDOW HEAD CONSTRUCTION TO a FINISH WITH PAPER EDGE CEILING, SCREW TO WALL STUDS. 9 DETERMINE NEED FOR BLOCKING. BLOCKING FOR TRACK IS A 4"PIECE OF FIRE 04 n 5) P i G.C.TO INSTALL PLYWOOD WITH dj li cli 10'-0"A.F.F. RETARDANT 2"PLYWOOD,THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE TRACK,BETWEEN STUDS. 4 A J BOX ADJACENT TO SIDE FOR TOP STOREFRONT ; z RESTROOM EAS SECURITY z SIDE MOUNT SHADE. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR BLOCKING 0 G8C LIGHT FIXTURES WILL A-31 A-3.1 LO 00 DEVICE.REFER TO DETAIL 9/A-3.2 3 REQUIREMENTS. SHADE SHALL EXTEND FROM k TO rL OF VERTICAL MULLIONS SO THAT THE SHADE EXTEND OVER ACT-1 AT _j PULL CORDS ALIGN WITH THE CORD TENSION DEVICE MOUNTED ON THE VERTICAL MULLIONS. CORNERS SEE DETAIL 2/A-3.1. I G4C r.8CI -r- Zc 0 SEE A-4.1 FOR WINDOW SHADE SPECIFICATION, INSTALL CEILING GRID CROSS Cr. LIU Eju -0 cc EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL. SEE SHEET A-6.1 FOR WALL FINISHES BAR EVERY 4'-0*.PROVIDED BY OU di E� G.C. :)o :0 STOREFRONT-EXISTING 0 (D 0 r, CORD TENSION DEVICE. MOUNT ON VERTICAL MULLION SO THAT BEAD CHAIN 13 TAUT. REFER TO SHADE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, z: U Liu E�u e d, r _TJ L) 1 0 NOTE: ALSO REFERENCE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. DETAIL Lij < co 1 0 Da. u SCALE: N.T.S. 00 0 1 4 0 CL NOTE: _j 4,Cc _j 1. SATIN METAL GRAPHIC FRAME, 03 u KICKER BACK TO L 0 1 G ACRYLIC INSERT,AND WOOD STRUCTURE 48"O.C.MAX. d, E� ou VALANCE BY FIXTURE - - c� F 6u i� REFER TO IIA8.1 FOR ACOUST.CEILING TILE ISEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT G) CID co 1 'T-1 kCT_ STRUCTURE CONNECTIONS A INSTALLED BY G.C. POP RIVET P CL H4 @ SEE INTERIOR SEISMIC JOINT CLI CL .HI .1, ul I I IL CONTRACTOR AND TO BE RMSTRONG:'SJMR' 4L (kCT_ 0 GRAPHIC FRAME TOGETHER. 72:)r , CLG 4H@ . - 0 1 1 ELEVATIONS. RUN COVERING FROM I Y.1 A.".I-. j 0 3625162 33 FRAMING AND BRACING 12*BELOW CLEAT TO UNDERSIDE OF + ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.GYP. TO WALL STUDS @ 16'O.C.ALL Cf) CEILING. + BD.SOFFIT AND FRAMING BY G.C. LIGHTING INSTALLED BY CONNECTIONS(2)#10 SCREWS C14 2. TAPE AND USE BONDO(ALL CORNICE BRACKET W/ADJ.FLANGE 00 0 z + AT 16"O.C.MANUF:CAPITOL 2 A-3.1 /I PURPOSE PUTTY)ON VALANCE +/ -327-6083 co JOINTS FOR SMOOTH TRANSITION HARDWARE 800 9 � I C�j PRIOR TO WALL COVERING FINISH:ANTIQUE IVORY 11'-0"A.F.F. V ACT-1 Revisions JOINTS PRIOR TO WALL CORNICE BRACKET TO BE ATTACHED di d, di e di dt INSTALLATION. SEAL AND PRIME STYLE:2166-18"(+6"ADJ FLANGE) L A COVERING INSTALLATION. TO WOOD VALANCE W/1-1/4"#10 00 00 C> A ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW WC 50 8 02/11115 SCREWS. 0 0 C- kL ISSUE FOR BID 02/11/15 + +- + PROVIDE A METAL AN AND 3/4"X EIU 4'PLYWOOD BACKER(PRIMED)AT I I _ol_8"A.F.F. A ISSUE FOR PERMIT BACK OF WOOD VALANCE WHERE IT CIO GYP.BD.SOFFIT 03/04/15 MEETS ADJ.ARCH/M-513 OR GYP.BD. bu e Ely e 518"GYP.BOARD OVER TO PROVIDE SOLID CONNECTION. J SEE PLAN G) co 00 F-- < -0. 362S162-33 @ 16'O.C. 777 1 77-7-7-117 i EL 11' z TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT ,-WOOD VALANCE BY MILLWORK ARMSTRONG*.'SJMK WRAP WC-5 2%0' BOTTOM OF CEILING SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT 01 1 f- P------' 0 VENDOR. VALANCE SHALL BE SEALED SEISMIC JOINT CLI I di E� PRIOR TO INSTALLING WALL COVERING. E�j Iii bul III di d1 I 1 0 lim INSTALLATION OF VALANCE AND WALL co COVERING BY G.C. Aj --CONTINUOUS 3/4"X 4'PLYWOOD < BACKER(PRIMED)GLUED TO WOOD BACKLIT WHITE ACRYLIC VALANCE.ALIGN WITH BOTTOM OF PANEL WITH LIGHT FIXTURE CC) 3 CORNICE BRACKET MOUNTED ABOVE d, e E'll rij SOFFIT DETAIL RE Z:) LOGD G8C1 SCALE: 1"=1'-0"-0. + CEILING-TYP. 0 T-4 A-3.1 SEE INTERIOR I WIRELESS ACCESS POINT F-I 0 4. 115 ELEVATIONS. WRAP WALL II COVERING AROUND BACKSIDE OF 'D ARC, VALANCE TOP AND BOTTOM. CCTV MONITOR di E�L-=8'-44"AFF 01 4 Top 0 BIPMAN t,6 F RACK�ET SALES IN CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING CHAIN HUNG ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE No. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. SIGNAGE TRACK @ CEILING 121 UNISTRUT WIRE HANGER BLOCKING TO BE GLUED&SCREWED PROVIDED BY ULTA. j, DES PLAINES,IL 0 0 C> - I e TO WOOD VALANCE. INSTALLED BY T.G.C.,TYP_ j WIRE HANGER `FLUORESCENT LIGHTING,INSTALLED ej i t- < CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM E� 7 1jj1 I I I 0 BY G.C. z Q ACT 1 SATIN METAL GRAPHIC FRAME WITH TEGULAR CEILING PANEL z 0 ACRYLIC INSERT. POP PIVOT _j W ft -ce 0 UJ t PARED UNDER My SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST 1-0 Lu EL A.F.F. NOTE: m ILL. u- GRAPHIC FRAMES TOGETHER L I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- ; OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, TEGULAR 00 RELATINREcuNG TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. AND ORDINANCES of T IGARD,OR ACT-1 CAULK SEAM TO PREVENT LIGHT 1. G.C.TO REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND ALL OTHER SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING PANEL ACRYLIC PANEL BY G.C. W /2 P-1 PENETRATION CEILING/SOFFIT INFORMATION AND DETAILS.CONTACT ARCHITECT WITH L 8'- L 16-0- 5-8-11 SIGNAGE TRACK @ CEILING PLEXIGLASS#2447-WHITE LIJ QUESTIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. PROVIDED BY ULTA. 1/8"THICK, G.C.TO PURCHASE ----(2)2 X 12 FIRE TREATED WOOD TYP. GYP. _ITyp- INSTALLED BY T.G.C.,TYP. *T"SUPPORTSAT ACRYLIC PANEL FROM'CREATIVE CONCEPTS" BLOCKING IN WALL LENGTH OF 2. CEILING ELEVATION TO BE 11'-0"FROM HIGHEST POINT OF FLOOR SLAB. LINE OF EXTERIOR @ IV-0"A1.1'. AL ARCHITECT BOX AWNING 4'-0'O.C.,TYP. .............. VALANCE ATTACH PLATE WITH 3 112. 3. ALL CONDUIT&J-BOXES TO BE SUPPORTED BY WIRE INDEPENDENT FROM ------ --- ----------- --------------- - CONTACT:BRYAN KOESTNER ATI ACOUSTICAL CEILING. LINE OF EXTERIOR BOX LONG LAG BOLTS AWNING,TYP. Drawn By Checked By P_ 4. FIXTURE RUN DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONFIRM P-1 (630)940-0500 PERIMETER FIXTURE,INSTALLED BY ACTUAL MILLWORK DIMENSIONS WITH FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. RDL BW -_GYP-13D.CLG__ --GYP.BD..ClCx- G.C. 5. FOR SPRINKLER HEADS LOCATIONS,SEE DETAIL 41A-3.2. @ 11'-0'A.F.F. @ 11'-0 A.F.F. Scale Date ACT-1 PERIMETER WALL CLEAT,COORDINATE 6. FOR SALES FLOOR GENERAL LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS,SEE DETAIL 3/A-3.2, I.P.CAMERA CROSS VIEWS #14 DOOR MULLION CAMERA(EXIT VIEW). AS NOTED 2111/15 NOTE: WITH FIXTURE SUPPLIER,INSTALLED By 7. FOR CEILING TILE AT COLUMN LOCATIONS,SEE DETAIL 7/A-3.2 AND 81A-3.2. I 8. G.C.TO USE"MANUFACTURER APPROVED VINYL LATEX TOUCH UP PAINT"ON CAMERA 5 REGISTERS 4,5,&SAFE MATCH STOREFRONT AS REQUIRED TO NORTH NORTH Job No. CAMERA 4 REGISTERS 1,2,3 LINE OF EXTERIOR EXIST.ACCESS PANEL G.C.TO PROVIDE BREAK METAL TO PLAN G8C LIGHT FIXTURES WILL G.C. AWNING,TYP. PROVIDED BY ILL. EXTEND OVER ACT-1 AT TYP.PLAN CORNER DETAIL LINE OF ARCH,M-513,OR GYP.BD. ALL CUT EDGES OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS. CONCEAL WIRING. SEE DETAIL 5/A-2.3. CORNERS. BEYOND 1 4 6B 3 7 2 SEE SHEET AAA FOR FINISH Sheet No. DETAIL VALANCE DETAIL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS m< LIZ AWNING, 2 SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: 1 1/2"=V-0" A SCALE: 110=11%0" A-3.1 T f -- KICKER BACK TO NOTE:SEE STRUCTURE 48"O.C. ELECTRICAL MAX. DRAWINGS FOR EXTEND GYP.BD.6" POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR PAST TO THE TOP OF IT EAS SYSTEM. A EL=11' 0" CABINET BOT @SALES AREA(ACT-1) 25OS162-33 BRACE ",-----TYP.ACOUSTICAL TYP.ACOUSTICAL @ 48"O.C. ++ CEILING TILE. SEE A-3.1. CEILING TILE. SEE A-3.1. m + o -- EN 3'X2'FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD.SECURELY ATTACH TO WALL STUDS. STRUCTURAL COLUMN STRUCTURAL COLUMN AND COVER SHOWN FOR AND COVER SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFERENCE ONLY. 12'-0'A.F.F. + + NEW 5/8"GYP BD.OVER PROVIDE SECONDARY PROVIDE SECONDARY ACT-2 N ' MTL.STUD FRAMING.SEE GRID PARALLEL TO GRID PARALLEL TO CAULK A-2.0 FOR STUD SIZE. SEE SHORT SIDE PERIMETER SHORT SIDE PERIMETER 362S162 33 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR OF CEILING TILE,TYP. OF CEILING TILE,TYP. WITH 5/8"GYP. EL=9'0" FINISH. INTENT IS TO HAVE AS INTENT IS TO HAVE AS A n BD. PAINT BOT @ CORRIDOR LITTLE SECONDARY GRID LITTLE SECONDARY GRID W P_1 (ACT-1) AS POSSIBLE. AS POSSIBLE. Cu W IT CABINET ACCESS DETAIL EAS AT TOILET ROOM CORRIDOR CEILING TILE AT COLUMN DETAIL CEILING TILE AT COLUMN DETAIL 0 10 W � SCALE: 1.=11=0. SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'-0" SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" CQ0) a to Cu b 0Er z � CONTINUOUS PLYWOOD FOR CD CORNICE BRACKET 0 Iuul CORNICE BRACKET WOOD VALANCE tum z g N O CO TOP OF M-513 TO ALIGN WITH � CSI BOTTOM OF VALANCE. PROVIDE 3/4"x4"PIECE OF PLYWOOD THE vrJ �u�u� WIDTH OF THE M-513 AT BACK jx OF WOOD VALANCE AND M-513 co METAL GRAPHIC FRAME \\ '`� LIGHT FIXTURE WITH CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING. ® b e "> ,� SEE A-3.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. Cu � � WALL COVERING ON M-513 SIDES fi � 5921 _ n� n TO WRAP OVER TOP EDGE - n.� ,�" D IJ -� EGG CRATE LOUVER ^�K - NOTE: > TAPE AND USE WOOD FILLER ON U c VALANCE JOINTS FOR SMOOTH _ o TRANSITION PRIOR TO WALL COVERING INSTALLATION. SEAL H N SIDES OF M-513 TO EXTEND AND PRIME JOINTS PRIOR TO _ 0 " ` ° o TO BOTTOM OF VALANCE. WALL COVERING INSTALLATION. `� �_ ,- O NOT USED VALANCE LIGHTING ACROSS M-513 AT DERMALOGICA AREA E 6 5 �, . a SCALE: NONE SCALE: N.T.S. In `- N m Uor. NOTE: ` U V v 1. SATIN METAL GRAPHIC FRAME, ACRYLIC INSERT,AND WOOD _ VALANCE BY FIXTURE WC-5 SEE INTERIOR _ �) r CONTRACTOR AND TO BE ELEVATIONS. RUN COVERING FROM INSTALLED BY G.C. POP RIVET 12"BELOW CLEAT TO UNDERSIDE OF 4'-0" GRAPHIC FRAME TOGETHER. CEILING. 2' 2'-0" LIGHTING INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.GYP. ACOUST.CEILING TILE ILLUMINATED ARCH. FIXTURE WORK STOPS BD.SOFFIT AND FRAMING BY G.C. CORNICE BRACKET W/ADJ.FLANGE 2. TAPE AND USE BONDO(ALL AT 16'0.C.MANUF:CAPITOL DRAWINGS. CEILING. SEE 31A 8.1 AND ELECTRICAL PURPOSE PUTTY)ON VALANCE HARDWARE 800-327-6083 DRAWINGS. q JOINTS FOR SMOOTH TRANSITION FINISH:ANTIQUE IVORY PRIOR TO WALL COVERING STYLE:2166-18"(+6*ADJ FLANGE) CD — — INSTALLATION. SEAL AND PRIME CORNICE BRACKET TO BE ATTACHED Revisions N JOINTS PRIOR TO WALL TO WOOD VALANCE W/1-1/4"#10 ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW COVERING INSTALLATION. SCREWS. 02/11/15 - PROVIDE A METAL ANGLE AND 3/4"X ISSUE FOR BID 4"PLYWOOD BACKER(PRIMED)AT02/11/15 BACK OF WOOD VALANCE WHERE IT I I G G G3 J 103s04150R PERMIT MEETS ADJ.ARCH/M-513 OR GYP.BD. TO PROVIDE SOLID CONNECTION. 1 L- ---- ---� ----- ---- - -- ----- ---- ---- ----- EL=11-0" \\ BOTTOM OF CEILING J WOOD VALANCE BY MILLWORK TYP.ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE. SEE A-3.1. VENDOR. VALANCE SHALL BE SEALED PRIOR TO INSTALLING WALL SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE CENTERED WITHIN 2'x2' = COVERING. INSTALLATION OF i _ U ( _.__.__ U. u 2'-0" PORTION OF 2'x4'SECOND LOOK ACT TILE,TYP. - VALANCE AND WALL COVERING BYCIj G.C. — --- - — ' - - CONTINUOUS 3/4"X 4"PLYWOOD I ,f- I -- I - I j ( a' ADJUST"V"TYPE PENDANT 4 SPRINKLER HEAD DETAIL BACKER(PRIMED)GLUED TO WOOD VALANCE.ALIGN WITH BOTTOM OF I LIGHT ALONG AXIS INDICATED SO THAT PENDANT IS 3"MIN SCALE: 314"=1'0" CORNICE BRACKET I I I I ( FROM NEAREST CEILING SPLINE. a 3. 4 • S ' INTENT IS TO HOLD OF WC-6 SEE INTERIOR — - - — - - - - - — — - - - - - — — PENDANT LIGHTS 2'-9"FROM ELEVATIONS. WRAP WALL r i EDGE OF SALON COUNTER AND COVERING AROUND BACKSIDE OF _ t CENTERED BETWEEN THE ti ,,�; -_._. f SALON CHAIRS. C� JOHN A.CP 4'-0' VALANCE TOP AND BOTTOM. I I _"� U �� I — u u EL=8'-4"AFF -� No. 1'-0" 1'0" TOP OF BRACKET = , 0 DES PLA,_•:_S �.! CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 4'-8" 4'-2" 4'-2" f' 5'3" - -- BLOCKING TO BE GLUED&SCREWED o TO WOOD VALANCE. 7„ Y SATIN METAL GRAPHIC FRAME WITH i o — co ACRYLIC INSERT. POP PIVOT GRAPHIC FRAMES TOGETHER o Q O G.C.TO PROVIDE WHITE ALUMINUM EL-7'-0"A.F.F. IHEREBYCERTIFYTHATTHESEPLANSHAVEBEENPRE- PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST N Z ANGLE ALONG WALL AND VALANCE AND OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, O° Of T-GRID AT 2'-0"INCREMENTS. THE CAULK SEAM TO PREVENT LIGHT REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR Lu LENGTH OF THE AREA OF EGG-CRATE PENETRATION RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. Lu LOUVER. ALIGN WITH BOTTOM EDGE OF FLUORESCENT LIGHTING,INSTALLED VALANCE AND INSTALL ON PERIMETER OF OPENING TO SUPPORT EGG-CRATE BY G.C. ARCHITECT (2)2 X 12 FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING IN G.C.TO PROVIDE 1"X 1"WHITE EGG Drawn By Checked By WALL LENGTH OF VALANCE ATTACH PLATE CRATE LOUVER AT DERMALOGICA CW BW TYP.ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE. WITH 3 1/2"LONG LAG BOLTS ONLY,SEE PLANS FOR LOCATION. NOTE: ANY CEILING MOUNTED FIRE SEE A-3.1. Scale Date ALARM DEVICES,SPEAKERS,OR LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE CENTERED WC-5 SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS LINE OF ARCH,M 513,OR GYP.BD. AS NOTED 2/11/15 SECURITY CAMERAS SHOULD ALSO BE WITHIN 2'x2'PORTION OF 2'x4' BEYOND PLAN Job No. LOCATED PER THE SAME DIRECTION. SECOND LOOK ACT TILE,TYP. - - NORTH NORTH o 14 50' 3 7 2 3 LIGHT FIXTURE DETAIL 2 NOT USED 1 EGGCRATE VALANCE DETAIL A ENLARGED SALON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Sheet No.A-3.2 SCALE: 314"=1'-0" SCALE: NONE SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" rr- m< 3 4 � / m EXISTING PARAPET TO / REMAIN I �� ! I 8 172 / \ J t I I 1 I 1 i 1 I I I 1 ca z o I I 0 dIf Q i 1 i o i I 0 U-1 I I = I Lo cc I ( 1 M I O Er LL 0 I I ( I 1 0 1 I i I I 0 w I! a � o I 1 4=9 1 1 i Cc a I I I I Ogg z I F I I 1 CC*U tq - - -0 j z 1 ° i � 0 n IY1YIIIIII 111111 111111 LL Q _ � C � 0 1 EXISTING ROOF LADDER 1 1 I�`1 I C 0 AND HATCH. ACCESSIBLE - 6 0 •® I FROM THE COMMON I ( 3 ( I 1 P EXISTING PARAPET TO I TELEPHONE ROOM. ❑❑❑ 5 ❑a a 7 5 I ' REMAIN I I co CRU#4 a ' 1 .� ar � fill a❑❑❑T❑❑ ❑ o RA T ! c�a V�I ( - a ❑❑❑To❑ I ❑TT ❑ �,� ❑ i EXISTING EQUIPMENT I ❑ I- ❑ — _ TO REMAIN — - — - — - — F—T - — - — - — - — - — u T ❑ I RTU#3 I E > 1 911 1 911 CL.— go 1 ! I I ► O a I ❑ I ( NDN L CI ," ! I ❑ I F, � 'QNQr- I I ❑ ( I 1 f " EXISTING PARAPET TO ' I REMAIN ❑ ❑ 2 I I OF LOCATION EASE OUTLINE ❑ 10 I I I 1 ❑ R� I I 1111 Lill ' i ❑ �y I �,� 1 1 -I - - - - - - - - - - -�- -- - - - - -- - -- - - -- -�_ — _ - - - - - - - - - - --� I 1 1 Revisions I I I L E L�� ❑ RTU#2 ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW IIIII �� ❑ 1 L102/11115 °ISSUE FOR BID 1 1115 � �y ❑ I I I EXISTING PARAPET TO � ISSUE FOR PERMIT I LIII a 1 1 REMAIN L.�03/04115 RTU9111 ( 1 ❑T❑❑ ' a z ° KEY DESCRIPTION I n 1.ALL DIMENSIONS THIS SHEET TO BE FIELD VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM INSIDE FACE OF THE PARAPET WALL TO CENTER OF EQUIPMENT ROOF —-— - - — - —- — NEW HVAC UNIT AND ROOF CURB.SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.INSTALL PENETRATION. 1 NEW STEEL ROOF CURB AND JOIST REINFORCEMENT REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. GC TO PROVIDE NEW ROOF MEMBRANE AND RIGID INSULATION A MINIMUM OF T-0"FROM FACE OF NEW CURB. 2.COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ROOF FRAMING MODIFICATIONS ACCORDINGLY. ( I I 3.PROVIDE EXPANSION ACCESSORIES FOR ALL PIPING EQUIPMENT CROSSING BUILDING EXPANSION I I i z I 1 z INSTALL NEW EPDM ROOFING TO MATCH EXISTING,RIGID INSULATION AND METAL DECKING TO MATCH JOINTS,VERIFY IN FIELD 3"/ 1 0 I o EXISTING AS REQUIRED TO INFILL ROOF AREAS WHERE EXISTING HVAC UNITS,EXHAUST FANS,ROOF `" ► 2 VENTS,ETC.WHERE REMOVED. 4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT THE ROOFING AND INSULATION PROVIDES ADEQUATE SLOPE TO 1 !!! ' ' a ROOF DRAINS, 1 I I I w GC TO ROUTE 4"0 PVC INTAKE AND EXHAUST PIPE WITH ROOF TERMINATION FOR INSTANTANEOUS I I o s:i 1�1AN C6 � JOHN A.Cl WATER HEATER PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR 5.ALL ROOF WORK HAS TO BE COMPLETE BY THE LANDLORD ROOFER NOT TO AVOID WARRANTIES. GG TO _ z No.3653 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD. 1 o I I DES PLAIN o ES IL y _ c • Q NOT USED I I �•, I I w a r " 0 4"DIA.VENT THRU ROOF FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES,SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. I I Q EXHAUST FAN(EF 1).SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. I 1 IHEREBY CERTIPARED UNDER Y,THAT SUPE THESEPLANS ON ND ANSHAVEBEET TO PT I I OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, 10"DIA.TOILET ROOM EXHAUST FAN VENT THRU ROOF TO GOOSENECK TERMINATION.SEE MECHANICAL 1 - I - - REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. I I I RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. 4"DIA.DRYER EXHAUST THROUGH WALL TO WALL CAP.SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL 1 1 1 INFORMATION. Lj ARCHITECT QPROVIDE NEW GAS PIPE SUPPORTS,SEE DETAIL ON PLUMBING SHEETS.AT ALL NEW GAS LINES.PAINT =3; ALL NEW GAS LINES SAFETY YELLOW.SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. I 1 1 I Drawn By Checked By PROVIDE NEW ROOFING AND RIGID INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING AND NEW METAL ROOF DECK AT ALL BL BW 10 LOCATIONS WHERE EXISTING ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN REMOVED.SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS I197I I Scale Date FOR NEW ROOF DECK INFORMATION.COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL. 1/8"=1'-0" 2111115 EXISTING PARAPET TO PLAN Job No. 11 GC TO PROVIDE WALK-PADS TO AROUND THE RTU's UNITS. REMAIN NORTH NORTH 1 o � �7 2 j_/JtIL" ROOF PLAN KEY NOTES ROOF NOTES A ROOF PLAN Sheet No. Q SD3 SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: 1/8"=V-0" ° - _______ -,-.--- - - ----------------_ - -___..._1------------------_..._____ __ - ------- - - - � ------- - ------------ __.. 1_� - ROOM FLOOR WALLS REFER TO PLAN CEILING - NORTH I I MARK LOCATION FINISH BASE NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST FINISH HEIGHT /1-�, If/ - ALIGN WALL COVERING AT BACKING MATERIAL CHANGES,CORNERS.AND / I`\ I If )m PT-2/PT-61VT-3 WB-1 WC-5/WC-6 P-1 WC_5mC-6 WC-5/WC-6 ACT-1 III-O" WHERE SOFFITIVALANCE ABUTS ADJACENT WALLSIFILLER PANELS I If i! .I / 4 11- 102 STAGING VT-41VT-5 WB-2 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-2 12'-O" i I \ \\ "� /Y /// :) . . / , I , I < . _,� - 103 OFFICE VT-4 WB-2 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 GYP.BD.P-1 81-01 1 , / I� 1 4 "I 11 // I I =mj W 104 WASHER/DRYER PT-2 WB-2 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-2 1 1 1-0* \\ EXISTING ,,, a 0 - ALIGN WALL COVERING AT BACKING MATERIAL CHANGES,CORNERS,AND y ___� \\\ RAMP i!, T (H) /I f V,---, (�D (�D 1 105 SALON PT-2/PT-6 WBA WHERE SOFFITIVALANCE ABUTS ADJACENT WALLSIFILLER PANELS I ---""-I \ I YT-4 , 1 1; ' SHAMPOO/ WC-5 WC-5 WC-5 WC-5 ACT-1 1 1 I-O" \ I \ :) . -1 -, 1 (:E) 11� I I \ OFFICE ! (:E) ALIGN WALL COVERING AT BACKING MATERIAL CHANGES,CORNERS,AND z 106 SHAMPOO/DRYING PT-2 WB-1 WC-5 WC-5 WC-5 WC-5 ACT-1 1 1 I-O" I I \ I I SALON IGAS DRYING CLOSET 1 HALLWAY WASHER/DRYER WHERE SOFFITIVALANCE ABUTS ADJACENT WALLSIFILLER PANELS � 1 � 1 METER I � I - I ----,) __j \\ ,,1 103 z 1 105 1 ; -LI06J 9 1 1 " f _ ------/ uj [ ____ I_____ FDKI 107 MEN PT-2 PT-2 WC-51PT-2,PT-7 WC-5/PT-2,PT-7 WC-5/PT-2,PT-7 WC-5/PT-2,PT-7 GYP.BD.P-1 91-O" . _____� / 2-1 1 _____. �,--_____ !7=.L .I- --.---------, I �:___ / < I--- '� / m ---- I - � -_-_ I --_ ------ - - t --- -- - ---- -_.�-- I - -_ -_ -111-1 -.1-1 .- .. I—- I... I- I __- ___ ...._. -...-. _ - .... .._ ._ __ __ ___ -11, 11-1. 1111.11 11-11......-_-11 _ ..-.-. _ __ _ .. - � - ---- -_ ____ - -, - _ -_ - - -_ -_ -_ - --- - -_ -_ ____ -_ -- -_ - - -- I - \ 7-- -_ -_ --_ - - LL_ . 11 --- I-OR I / :2� .; -I _1 -_ - -_.--_ - - - - ,- - _ 108 1 WOMEN PT-2 PT-2 WC-5/PT-2,PT-7 WC-5/PT-2,PT-7 WC-5/PT-2,PT-7 WC-5/PT-2,PT-7 GYP.BD.P-1 9 \\\ / 20 . F�i�. .[:] i EXISTING / = UJI PAINT EXPOSED : i . I � \ / C? C) VT-5 � �. 10 A I I 1. 91-0. 1 " RAMP . < ' COLUMN P-1 AT � L...--I I� . . 109 CLOSET PT-2 WB-2 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-2 I \ / M u_ 2=�=`' _ . I " /1, �E REQUIRED " . "'.__ "N 0 1 CLEARANCE OF uj / " f Of 110 CORRIDOR PT-2 WB_1 WC-5 WC-5 WC-5 WC-5 ACT-1 91-0* / �I / u_ I ELEC.PANELS I I .j II I I I I I // �,I ,/ -1��_ ��,__,��__�_ 1-1%�1--l--,..-"-.,--%--,-�,--�,-,--l.,�--"-r-�,--%� ��) M . , I � I I __��.", N _1__ .; ,--- ,�� _ " 1. 1-1 :-____4 �' . I � I ) � . 111 HALLWAY PT-2 WB-1 WC-5 WC-5 WC-5 WC-5 ACT-1 91-0 i .-J 1, __L____.__..___._ ___________.._, ___ -L__ -1�_ - ---1---11-11 .-_________ -----j-_ .�:�, __.- ------.---------- _... ,,� - - ---.-- .---,''._-- ----- -----,----- I 111� I � - .. . .- __ . - ___ on �1_ �_ __ - � � - ____I! -- .1 I .--- - - . H � . z , I - - - __ R . _- - - - - - .- . I j I I I I . L.j I j ;. � � . .__ __ I . - -----, 1'__�,_11_%_;1_,_F_ __,�_f_1__]. ___ . - . , - . � i -- 1 - . --- - I I - I -,:-, .- I . I . I I ------t- I I 111 ,/-, : z I'-,<� , , . . - ! ! L-.��-.-..---.-�...-.-.-,--.-.-..-----j . " . ; : . , , I P�.8 - . . � : - . . �, : 1; - ,- __ � - - i, ; � -, . I t - . ; .11 . FIT-PORCELAIN TILE ACT-ACOUSTICAL CLG.TILE PL-PLASTIC LAMINATE il . " 11- r - -r 'f-t �- - __� r . . I : . . � 1 - -- - � I - / I . I - Ff , q ;11 -7 � ..�- I---- .......I.. I � � I �� C . � 1- ; . i � . :T � SPECIFICATION.(SEE FINISH SPECS.ON A-4.1) I . ; m ...., - . Tf " . .. I f,� 'k,14 1 1 1 . . ,-, - m m Nl' : _ _ - - 1,- - - - - - L - - � ., . --- - - 7�. ��111 _T___ I . I q .. , . . I , __m_- �, - I-- -.--"- I - ! ,--"- �:2 ..-..I-� __1 . . . t -- , -i - '.I— __ I . : I - __0 m . I . , -7 WD-WOOD WB-WALL BASE WC-WALL COVERING [ 11 i � 3 . _.__ __ 7' ��/, - , - -� -I . I I . I I - I . I m , � I�,I ,.: . . : : 1 -4- I- -!, - 11 I I . . . � ", - ,) . . � � FINISH MATERIAL I . . , '. I/ - -1- 1,1 �'. (D::-_ VT-VINYL TILE P-PAINT . I . - -.- - - f I y �; . . : I t I I . . I i 1 i 11 ! i i . m I 7 I � ; . - , I. , i . ! . I. - ;__ .11,11-1.1 -1.......�C�" ;� ��, , _�t, : - , ; , , , L� . T- L I : . . . i 10 . m . , � i �2 ! . I , - ,1 -� --- -, - ____ I _1 2 k - - : � . . ____ _____4 __ z_i % - . " , , - I __ 1. . co . � � . . - - I ' . I I I' , - 41- 11 -ill . . - i I ;"r . . : : I � . a . m : I ' . . ! i m ; . 1 ; I I I �, ; � I A_d___...... .-.-.,. I .. L-1-- ..-.-..-..,I I : , ,_� ' 1 .� I . __ .... _.___........�._- -1 , ,I- i I I . I : i I a I ----t- - . I- 17�- �. - 11 , , 1 -1.�I W . . : m I i I . I WOMENS : I I I i ! i s -j -T- ' -_: -T Cl - I . i I � i I I t ; - m ; I 11 � ') - . I __T____ _ � - 2 � I I—-_- f__ --- --I-__�� _6_I-. �� - ____1 _.__ r ___ __--__---I- - -I- . 11 .1.-1 1. I. �I 1- -, . � -, � - z . I - . . . 11 z __ _ ... - . � � . I i . : I . i m . . I : , , "I ;�, ---� I I� T � . N . . - , , , : . . i ! . z i 11 , i - I � ----r - 108 CD - .11 . , . i i - EXTEND 0 . a � m f . i i 1 m I : , I . - � � K - - " . " ,,, , .',_ i . __ ___ - � �_ _-1-1-1 --I-- - __-__+ �- - - - -1-1.1 -_1L.. � - __�,11� . ,� . - I. L - � % � . . .. �� 1 : ,", ,,, � ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE : . z I . iq I I ; . �. X . - . . �\_ . . - . . : . . i i '.1 ; 1� � __ - __ ! ' ' . I . . i - i - ,�1,-. - . PORCELAIN a: STAGING - � - . � I . - , QD i i __ __--: -- .. -1"I'll..i- ___ - --- --____, -- . - - -4--4-- - -: . .a - I.-' __ ..., .....11- ..) I I � - � - , . I . . i . � I 1 . I T I .1 - ��,_ I . I:1 . 0) : : I : : - - : . - � . . I ; . - - ! I - I-\ I - f Al_ A . -0 UP ALL � . i --_..._........... _.�.-...- - ,�,� i I - . - - .... �.......-1 ___ ..-.-.. I.- 1�4�_., - TILE 4' 1 1 � - : t i i 1 z I I I -_ �, 2 . ; I z ; � I � ; f _1� I SCALE: NONE ; I � . . : . m : i 4 ; . " ,...I � 0 (I) . . I I I I - � � 4 - -.,-- I 0 . i ;�- .--- - __ -I!- -11-t ! I _.__.... _ - . 4 'I I.....--l'- I� . - 4 i , , 1 i . I I I - , . i m 'I i ,_ - �' - , - , � z . - . I - . I . a : . * V " , z - i � � I I I - . m 0 - - , -1 RESTROOM iW-1 I—- - __ - IE �______ , 16= t __ _i__1__-_4�� I z � I oo - - - _ - -,I : ___ .__ �. � " � ) I, I i 1 4, . . . , r �d . MENS a - I � i , , I � WALLS % I : z ; ! . - : I - __ �. 0 ; i - . z I I FLAME SPREAD ! . i : 2 - - 1 % i � i i i i m __- - ____ . : : z .SEE (V ; ; - . � � L ,__ -, � 1 . . ------- 11- - - - �� z , , - ------- --- - ___ __�, '--f � I . I . . . -1 . �, �4 . a . __ __ - I� 1- -I L I " , MAT'L. i I I 4 : - : �� - t � I I mj LL - i � . . . : � - -:-I!"'N -__��-�- � I- - SPECIFICATION NOTES: : 2 : - .. -1-__.. . -_ 2 - .1 � � _ .- .11...._+_ ___ I J � ,I i , .� - - � . I ( KEY MFG. &SMOKE i : I . - . I� - INTERIOR 4 I-- - 1;-_ -4-"--- -,---- .. -- i � : � I � ''I'll ---i 107 ��j . 4 . - � ; z '! � . � f I g : - q - : � z 1. TYPI, ---I � j i ; : � I � . z : .. � I - �- I z i I I I , � I � :P T D-2 Cr � i . � - � z . ____j ( IDESCRIP I. i . -1,1k- - - . --- v ___ __'.....- --J 1;11 ; ELEVATIONS. -q- Co T z .� f / \/ I - t ; 2 . - . . . I : � . ; : i ��__ - - I 1 ; I - � - � I - % ; -, ; , � - - - � �_ ; ; � - -r- -- - - - - I 1_; - -_1 I I : F F-71 r I � I � I _�, \/ / \ I / . , - -_ ---1�_74_- , W 2f DUNE SECONDLOOK#2712 2'X4'X3/4',15116'ANGLED CLASS A-25& SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFO ON SHEET CS-3 FOR t I I 2 ! I , I c 4�_� . 1- .... ..�,� - . � � - klz I . -i--..-. 2 4 I I -. " \/ � I \ !;:� 01A ' - 0 : i . 2 i : 1 ! i � __ - - __ � -�_ r 1 1 . ; � - �----I�-�t-,-+� 1 4-_____J,_�____-__11.1.......� _.....__ - I -1 u , ` � __ �_ : 11 ; W � - i 4 i � � I I � jf-�; -I i (�D ACOUSTIC TILE ARMSTRONG EGULAR WITH PRELUDE 15116* 50 ULTA NATIONAL ACCOUNT � .-.. t_1 1 2 1 ---- i ! i . � ZI, CORRIDOR < 0) I- - I i . I - � 15 -1 I C:� .1 ` z, ,.=" -L-+_ -1 ___ _,�i_ ! M C) -_ � . . z - ; I - . -1 / 41 � A A-82 - -�__ _;� -:r- 1-,-1,,ji_ � ; . - I . : . . - , j __ , � ! 7 - -� - - -� !�- � - - : . � I . I � . __1-,--t- � 1_I,---_* I..I_- � .- E.- I i, I m . . i I . I I I ; � c . , I , .j i f � : T : ; , -. � .� : 4=9 : i jT � I I � + � .-.. _11-f-�.:1- --.4- 7. : I � . I q I z __�� ; 1 - - � _ "", ; ",,,,, ,. CP - - � 7 -� 110 I I EXIST.TRASH ,, � j ; . � � - . 4 ; ; i i i I ; I 1 CORTEGA-769-24x48x5/8*WITH PRELUDE XL 15116* 1 : - - . - � a i < MO 0 : 'I -1, I : I : r" I . 4 I I - j I : z a T - : - 25& SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFO ON SHEET CS-3 FOR i i I . - . . j : � � , � I I I z � � CLASS A i z . , (E) CL 0 ACOUSTIC TILE ARMSTRONG t ROOM(N.I.C.) � � . . : t I I ! � I � I I I z .. 1 j . . . . : I I ; . I ,�; x, . I : � : . . ; ; ; ? i ! . � EXPOSED TEE SYSTEM(WHITE) 10 ULTA NATIONAL ACCOUNT ; : � . L . j . i : : : ! i I . z z i ; T r I-Z�/ \ "I" -, 1 , . -�.. - , i, 1 a= in . . � . �, I :,- ; (�� i I 4 i i ! . _. ,- 14' � - . - I i i m : ; I I q I 2 . I I / , - I !, . , � . � ; m - i 4 \ \ ! : z i v i - i i . I ; q I I � ! : . I . I ; z a � . .- / i ; - . . I / 1,) I I ! : i . I i !", I ; - . 1 1, C __.� 9 � - i i i j � i � � � - I� ,Ij ,�L, t- i- 0 , x 1�_ � ; �* i i I I i I � I I I % I/ � q,I = CM . . I \ __1 , -- � ,-f . : ! z I I : . � x ! � / - ;, I f, REGAL SELECT-PEARL 550 FINISH PEARL(550)FINISH ON WALLS AND FLAT(547) . : z . � ! . . i % - . I I I 1 7 � - ; ;� UJI � I � � � I . i i I ; * i I � �1,� !I K-,;!"T * ,I I i i � ,e - I i 1. I I � I ve � � � � , , _� I z I i I ; i ! ! . Cm ; . : , / m I . : . N . i : - . I I- � I V x - . � - . . BENJAMI i i L - I 2" , - . R== 03 < : g : ; . I I � 1\ I I t . . - . - � : 1 1 2 : � � I I i � 4 t � I " I - i A . � I ; : : . � k ( Cu -4 : , : � , * 1: 0 z I i . ; ; . q q . I / t I . . m ; . f q ; ; � I i � . j �, / \ z . ; w PAINT READY MIX;COLOR:WHITE N/A FINISH GYP.BD.WITH PRIMER AND PAINT TO FLOOR FINISH ON SOFFITS AND CEILINGS.SEMI GLOSS - i I . I i I ; . ; z ; m - _� \ , � .1 /, � ri-) W.1 i ': ; " w I MOORE i " - - - - __ I : z q . 1! . ; I , X, i , . ; . . I (D . I . . a ; IV , , . - - - - - m a t � 1 A% I � -1 P, z TEL.(773)597-8698;CONTACT:JASON WALKER (551)ON DOOR FRAMES&TRIM - - A � - - � -!,�_�� - - ------ - .- : � .�_ �� - ; ?_ I . . I I . . m � t j� m 20 4 4 1 . - . : I . m z � t - I i a . : i ! I : I i z i . ; � � - t ! I ;K,/ - I I � 5 _ __0 ; � . . . z i j : ; I I . �, I I r � . I . . 2 - r � i r . 3 . . q I : i I 1. : . I ; 11 I V. � 7 . . . . a I . : i . ?c zz .; � APPLY TO COLUMN ENCLOSURES,STAGING DOOR ; f - I I . m : : 7 . I : . - I �� /I .: , . . i i r . . . . ! I . . . : i . 5 I . ',.),-' \ \ � r . . I ! m ; a � , \ / A . I I ; I . . i . m : S . . . m : , .e . LL 14 . � . I f . i M . I ; : . ; I . - 1 3: CC - AND FRAME AFTER P-1 HAS DRIED,PRIOR TO i ! 1 I . i q . r � : q I e i p - - : . i ; � 4 � . ; : m . . . z : . � . . i I I . : : � i m I : . I ! . : i 4 . i . m i : ; ; /\ /,\ , T-6, �56 e . ; . z . . : . : i i : 4 . a . i : i I . : . i i . m % . : � i : 1 I , I �, 4 : I COATING WEARLON WEARLON 711 N/A i q - I : . . i i : � � : 2 . - : _ 9 0 INSTALLATION OF WB-1. SEE VENDOR CONTACT t ' EXIST.ELEC. 1 1 � � 11 i � I j I . a i I � � . i : I ( Rt FO I . . m . i I . i i . , I : i . . a . ; i . . z ; 11 I I _r i . z z ; . . . q : N : . I z . i I . � . . . � . ; ; : : � : t . . (H) I i I . . : 1i : : . X - . . 0) . m � : ;i ROOM(N.I.C.)' ! . . . I ! . I i . z I . . \ , " . Im UJ � . . I : ; I . INFO ON SHEET CS-3. i , : � I - - : . - . 2 ; a � I i AL . . . I . ) i i I a . I . � : : . m m / I. ; 0� 4 ! I � ; ! " . i . ; : ; . . I I I , : q - . m : q . I I . : . I � . . p q I . � � I . I CO RID 1 , . . I . . : � IL- I � . . ; . . . . . . . I q i m I q I i . - . : . . . � : � ; m / : I i : � i . ; . ! : ; m . I 0 It= ; , : ; I ! . . I : . S . . . I . . ; ! I . 860539 PEZZATO BIANCO(MATTE) 1/8"GROUTJOINT . ______ : . . . � . . . : i : 0 a. I � . 3 . \ i �= ! , . z . . . m i I I I ; ; I . i TILE PURCHASED AND FURNISHED BY ULTA i . ; i . m : � . I I . : . S _� __--___ q . j � � i I ! i 2 ; I I ; . I � i I I ; 4 A a ii : . I ! A : .- . . m ; . . � I ; ; Cu SETTING MATERIAL:ARDEX X5 G.C.TO USE TEXSPAR PLUS TILE CLEANER IN i ; I . I . q . . I . : I . i a - I � . . . - . . i : I ; ; I . - . . : : . i I I i . . . . m : i ! . . . . . i : : I . i I . . . I . . . I : q I I ? i � : ; . . I i a : ? 4 . � . . - . m . . a : i 1 : i t : : . : : I q i . . x � : . p ? . . z � . . i : . . =u CM 0) 11 . I ! q m I � . . I i -_ A . i . . ; PORCELAIN GRANITI INSTALLED BY G.C. SETTING MATERIALS&GROUT . : q -_ m q q � . . I 1 ! L . . . . . m 1 I z 1 i t : : . m . . i = 0 CO) I . 1 . . q : . . m � I . A . . : ; . . m . !_ . 1 -1 � R - - � � - ; i � I i ! : : - m ; : m . . m . q . q I :, ! a i - ; , 7 � . . . : : ; m . % . . . I I m C) - . . . . . . . u n i a : : I I ? I I . : t . I . z : I I . . q - GROUT COLOR:MAPEI 27 SILVER N/A THEIR FINAL CLEANING OF THE TILE. SEE VENDOR 4 . . ! ! : . I : z I . - . . .j , i TILE FIANDRE � . . . . . . i z q . ; (E) FURNISHED&INSTALLED BY G.C. ALSO SEE i . : m . . . . � q � . : . . . m ; . . : ; � Ill ! . . . . . . � I . - : -_ m . - i I ! � . m m q . . . . m i I 9 I I ! 2 2 � . m . . - I : m : v--- �- I i . . I . � q . . . . . � ; . L . i . . . . . m . . � i . I . . . . . ; q q � . . 1 2 ! . . . � . I I q : I ! . . ; . r m 4 m . i . I I 12*x12"x3/8" NOM.,30 CM x 30 CM CONTACT INFO ON SHEET CS-3 FOR TEXSPAR : � . . ; I m a 9W oz. Od 1 � . � . : . , I ; . . - ! % : I ; : : z : . . " i � � z t : . - . : I . . : : q . j . . - . q . . . I : � I . i ; � . � . . . � . : : : . q � ! . . I m � 1 I : I . : . . TEL.(312)342-4689;CONTACT:NOREEN SCHERTLER PLUSINFO SPECIFICATION SHEETS. zi 4 . . � . m : : . 1� , : 2 i � i : . I . i r I i I . I t . � % . � i � ; . --I m . , . . i ! . ! : � . . �_. i i : m m . : j . m i : ; . ! ! 1 . � . . . I 3 - : . . i . . . _� : � I m ; . i c q . . ! . q i . . . . i ! . I I 1 � . I : . I � . . . . q q � : q . . . : . r ; i . . i m . ! I 4 0 ; , . . . m . 3 . . . I I i : � \ . . z . m � : i i � � � t i ! i m q i I : . : . . �- . . . : m 9 ; z . i ; � I . . . � . _; : : :- 9 . A : . . 2 . ; : : a : q : m : rz . � . 9 : . i . a � F : � : a . � . I : � . ; i i i L . : : � I z i : q I 1 866539 PEZZATO BIANCO(MATTE) 1/8"GROUT JOINT i . ! : : . ; . . I . : I I . . . : : . . . I t : . z . I 2 q � . I . I ! i : . . . z � z ; ! i 2 L t E ; . . . : I i q � i i q q I I : z . . . . . I i . � . . . � . . . m ; I I F ; - � . I ; I i , � t i . ! ; I a : q � . ; . . 1 - � i i t . . . . : - � . ! . . . . � . : z q m I I � t . . . . ! q i . - : I , I . i . % . . i ! . . . . . . . � a . - i 4 I � . : I TILE PURCHASED AND FURNISHED BY ULTA I ! . m I I z : : I ; . m : i ; I - A i I r : I m ; I . . . . . I : ; p ; m . : 4 : I : 4 m . SETTING MATERIAL:ARDEX X5 G.C.TO USE TEXSPAR PLUS TILE CLEANER IN �- . . � m . ; I . � 5 ! I , . m I I I . . . I . i . I . I � ; m m . i m m . : . - ! . p . , ! 4 . m i i I I I : � .1_- -- __ i m I ; . m I . i I I I i - i . ; I � . . . i z I i ! � I . . . . . z � . . i . 2 t � . . - I ; q ; q : a co �Q PORCELAIN GRANITI INSTALLED BY G.C. SETTING MATERIALS&GROUT 0 � _ - _. i : i . : . i 1 1 i � : � ; . m z I : ; . I , . . . . . : . I . . - f . � I i i 9 m I m : 3 ; m GROUT COLOR:MAPEI 27 SILVER N/A THEIR FINAL CLEANING OF THE TILE. SEE VENDOR u . � ; : i : . - . m . t i . . . ; ! q ! : ; I . z . 1 : I : � : I I z . C 0- -a : I : i q . . . z � % I I . i . ; . q . . I : a . . . . . ! j � : : I ! I u m i m : . � t . i ; I � h : . . : q ; 1 1 q i , , , : : z ; i . . L . � � q . I i . . . . � - : r . : CII.- TILE FIANDRE . . __ m I i � . . . � i I 1 . . : � I- I - . ._q . q - . ,I � � i V . � � i I QD FURNISHED&INSTALLED BY G.C. ALSO SEE I EXIST. I : . : i . : i , � � I : t I % z . I ! i - - - i ! : t i � : ; m : ; . . . E m . . : . � I . f I m : : I . . . . � ) - I ! ; : : : ; - - i m i z z . . � . ! . � . . i . m . . I � . 24"x2it"0/8"NOM.,60 CM x 60 CM CONTACT INFO ON SHEET CS-3 FOR t � i . ; : . q . ! . ! i a : ; I I . %jo c I, 0 - m - ! q : I I . t i . - - . : � . . . . . . i � L I ; I -1 . . - ; 1 % I � � � ; ; : . . : I 1 , z I I : : � : : . I - SPECIFICATION SHEETS. � � : . I a ; : . ; I", i 1 1 i z 4 : q q i : : . - - ! : . i . I . . I! 1 I .0 co z i z ; . 2 . . : . . r i - . i 4 : - : ! : . - i m : . I c : I : . I : . z ! 1 I ! : i TEL.(312)342-4689-1 CONTACT:NOREEN SCHERTLER PLUSINFO : TEL.ROOM i . I , I . i m : m I I . . m - - � m . ! 4 I � . q . � � q . . . . - . I . � i I I . . i 5 I ! t I m ; 7 m ; - m 2 q ; . � . � � . m . � t : ! . I : : . 3 . . W �; 0. - � 9 i m i i I : I � I � � t : I , t I . . . . I : p : . ! ! . i � I : i m I i t I i . : . . -1 . � ; I : ; _4 : i i ! [ I . I i . - : i , : i q i : I . . ; � m : I 118'GROUT JOINT (N.I.C.) i ; . I ; ; . z m . m : q . I i . . q 7 4 ; . : . I . z m i ! i I i . i m : . i . z r i - ; � 1 ! 1 ! I 1 ! � 4 i . . . . --,� _,� . : . . f r : t t . . 4 : . i i . ; m m ; i m i I m I . I . z . . t I : . a � I . m : i i i I 0 (D � . z . q a . . � . �__ I A � I I 1 1 i m . I � � i F-- 1 : � i -4 I � - . . . -1 I - I i . . . i. . . : � . - ! I i ! - i m . i i . r i I . 861999 PEZZATO BIANCO(MATTE) G.C.TO USE TEXSPAR PLUS TILE CLEANER IN � ; . a . a - z . i a z . ,�; : . I � - I i : i ; - - . I I j j I - z I I r 7 i - . . a I � a . . I . : m I : ; ; . � m - . i � , " . . ; z - m - i I � : : . : . ; . I p . . . 4 : TILE PURCHASED AND FURNISHED BY ULTA r I .i i I . I I I � :1 ... ,� , : % � . . ..1 1 1 . I 1 , i Ii i I . ? I i . i � I - � ; i f- I ; � I 1 1 1 1 i ! I - r I � SETTING MATERIAL:ARDEX X5 I . . I � ! i-I i . . I i i v : I I I . . . . : . : - . . . ; 5 . . THEIR FINAL CLEANING OF THE TILE. SEE VENDOR - ! a i I I i � ! I i . � I ; I i 11 - i 4 : PORCELAIN GRA )I � . z . :2 10 :: ; 4 . z - - ! : � i . � . - - z . .. 1 I 1 j 1 . I - j ; 1 ) f i % i - i 3 NITI 11NZj I ALLED BY G.C. SETTING MATERIALS&GROUT ,_ i ; � . - . . I ! I p i i . . - . � . - , . . ! I i . � z c . I . ! m c 7 t � : i ! m . .... : � � : ��: z : t ; i z - . . . I . . . . - , - : . . I I . � . . - - GROUT COLOR:MAPEI 27 SILVER NIA CONTACT INFO ON SHEET CS-3 FOR TEXSPAR - - A�_- - - �_---i , -- - - .. � . _�.. . " � ; . - _.� 4.. ; - --i - - -I - � --- - - - - I= Z Z, - - : ; I . . :--------.-- - 1 : . ; � cc q : . � t " 2 ; : a 2 m - I * . � � ; I i � ; i z t i � - z I �, . . i , _. z m . . � a m ; i -6 - � I 2 2 A : I : I . . - i . . � � � z : � . a . . z ! � I . TILE FIANDRE FURNISHED&INSTALLED BY G.C. ALSO SEE i - � i - � i i t - i . 2 I i . � i I I i - �: i 4 a m � E) i , - E � i 2 I i - __�D z z - � ! - 1 - � 1 � 1 1 � � y i R . I 1 � 3 i : � ! i . i - - a ; � 3 . - 11 ! 1 1 i 1 F . . - : - I I ; ! m - 3"xl2"x 3/8* PLUS INFO. G.C.TO USE MAPEI KERACAULK S -i i j z - I � . : ; z I a u -0 � I - z - : . . t - I � 1 ! ! I - z ; . . t � z z : z : CD - 4 � ; - i SPECIFICATION SHEETS. I . - - I I t : 4 i : - � - 1 1 I I z ; . . � : z ! ; ! 2 � . . . - : - ! . . . I i I z - - - - : I : 4 z : . I m : � - - - 1 1 . . . I (D 0 -- TEL.(312)342-4689;CONTACT:NOREEN SCHERTLER (COLOR:SILVER)TO TOP OF BULLNOSE WHERE IT I "-/' EXIST.MAINT.1 I I , q . - , 2 1 : I : i ? t I, - - - . . 4 � . - I - - I I 2 _. : ; - � i i m - . . - . I � � . . I x - - . I . . : i r 2 1 -_ 1 1 m : ; i � z i . I i � . L - I � ; � - � 4 - . . . . - 2 . ; � z ; i : . . . � i - 7 � � - - - . i 4 - - � p I . - . . : . . . q I I ; : . � � I - z w 2 � i � . x i a � . - � � i i � - - I ? - � - i 1 2 z i ! I t - > i .* - : : � � I . 2 - - ; � - . I � - r .4 : - 1 i i - - � I : 7 - - ! - I I . . ; : : E - . �-i ; - � � m � i � i 3 1 z . ; ; i I- I I z - � . . . MEETS THE WALLPAPER. 1 1 - ROOM. I I I I i I - - - . . 4 z ! I ! I i6_ i I - - - - � z � i 2 i i ; I 4 2 i : � I . , I 3 - � i 4 � z z i I z I I I . ; � . ! . � - ; � i : . 2 . i . . � . . . p . . ; - � . ; i c - - a ; I - i a I I z m : . - a . 3 . . ; . . m I . : ; . - � I I I 0.]� - �.- ; . 2 . z - - I� 2 I ; j f i � t ; I , . - I T I . ; ! ; - - I . T . . - : T � : - z � I I � : � - . . . � � 2 i . i m . � . . m z - ; i -i � - ; � - - . . t . . z � I I I I i I : (N.I.C.) ; I ; . : ! I i � ! � : I z _! - a - - - - 1 1 ; : t � - : � 2 t - : ; . : i � ! ! : : 2 . ; . . i . ! i r m . : z - � ; i . . . - - . . � . . . I - : : 2 * % a - - I � � i x : - � : z . : i . � - - - i 9IIIIIIIIIIII 'A'L -- - . . c SPACIA LIMED WOOD NATURAL SS5W2549 PURCHASED AND FURNISHED BY ULTA INSTALLED , 3 ; � - i a 1 ! 1 : 7 � � ; . i c I VINYL FLOOR I I i � I i i - ; i ; : . - ; AMTICO CLASS 1-<450 1 1 i ! - � - . 2 1 ! : i ! I - - � . t ! - . . : . � � I . i i ; - - ; . i i - . . : i i I � : - - ; I - - : ; ! - � . - I- � I : i � z : - : I ..z 7 . - i - i x - - . � � - ; ! . U , F, . f 4 - z I : � . - N I i : � . c 2 TILE 4.5"X 36"X 2.5MM BY G.C. i : � . i z . ! a ! � ! - ; . � I I ; ! m , , � . j i ; : 2 : - - I : : - ! 1 : � . ; j I , , i ! z z ! ! t - ; : a - . I i ; . . : ; x 3 v ; � - . . I : ; . - . . . . . I a ; w a m ; .z : i q c z � I I.-Im . i : ; . � - a : - (�D i i � I -- - - - . - . - - - . � - I z I I � t I . : : : . - i % z q z z 1 I . r t i : � : - � � - - g ! . � i t : - - . m . : . : : : - - - : � z - � . % I - - ; � ; 7 � . � . i : : ! ; - - . z . � . I . ; - I I I : . . . - I - � - I � � % � 7 . I . . � 1 : ! - : I i ! ! - � - i � I - i i � i 1* I s : % I � � . . ; i U <- , ; � : ; i t I m � � . � - i ,I r 7 . I . � . . � . z � . - - . - - t . � � : . . I C4 *_ . . . . . . . - . �_ - ; . - i 1 i 1 �- ! . � - I _ -,, ; -------�....-,-,-.,--__ : - - i � I - i � . � ; I � I - . I i ,- -; � -I - . ! - � ! - � � I ; . . : m I . t . - t .. : i * , z - . I z I VINYL FLOOR STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE �____ _._____ ! i t : : : � : ; I ; ; . - - - - __ I . . i . : 2 I - I � i I i ! ! ; ; 6 ; ! - : . ; i i ; I - f - a i � - � - - i 7 - - . 4 a . . z i ; T I z I ARMSTRONG CLASS 1-<450 FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. . . I i . -i ; ; i z a z : z � : m , c - i. . - 4 � i z z : % w I I . I. T - ; z ; ; - : I 4 .... I .� . - z . - . � I ; � i . ; ; ; I z z : m i z ; . � . ; . m . - � m TILE 51915 CHARCOAL-12*x 12*x . . � - i i , , T_ !!�� . . � . 2 : z . - . . : ; z � : 4 : . t � : a . : � � I : : ; I 1 - , : I � 4 . ; - I (�D a . I i 4 r - t : . ; . : ; i � : . z : i I : : : I t i . I - I � I - �4� ___ i : : : ; m i ; f : : I ; i : i � i ; T - I I i I a - : ! j,- : 1 ; . - - t , - r I! ! 4 a ! ; : 1 p . . . : i i 11, ! 5 . t z . c f i ; : I I ; i I- � � I . : . . . : z i ; : . I - � � ; I ; : � i � - . . . i I - . : I . . z . m ; . I t ; T - � z � � : . : t I � I i 1 1 i I f ! f i � z . ; : . I � ; � : a � . 2 i ! I ; - - . I I i r a : - 7 . - � m � . - ! : � � � � . ! ; : . - . z � : ! . ; . - - ! i I - - - � . ; : I I ; : . i - ; . . I i z ; � -j z � I ; i - . i ; �.- - I a : i i I m ; : I VINYL FLOOR STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE q I I : ; f I - . I I : : : i m - i . . - . . -: z i 1 i i a . � � - ; I z - - . . I : : 7 . - - - � -; - : z w . . ; 4 � i : 4 a . . z I i I 4 i . q . t � ; - . . z a � I . : : R IL : - : : . . : I i . : ! I i � i . i . . . ; . - ; p m ; 7 I � m ; . . - . . . . � . . . . ; . . 1 � . . t : i . L z z m z - - a m : . ARMSTRONG i. CLASS 1-<450 FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. . : : . . - z T I - I � . � . I : i � m - - - i F : z . - . . � - . 1 � : t : . . I i ; . . : - j . i 1. . : ; - . : . ; : a - . . : a - I q - I -_ i : - : . z . (�D TILE 51816 CHERRY RED-12*x 12"x � - : : I � I � I ? - R E DICILI : TC � 1 I I q 4 z ; . ; . i : ; I � : � . : . ; : i 8 . z z : - � ; . � - . : m I ; ; q . : a : . w i a i . I . I I . - . : z I I . � . . . - ; : - - I 4 . . � - y . . . I - - . . - . . i i i q I : -�! . . g ! a . . 4 i � . . 1 m . . . i ; �--- I. : z . : q . . . 1 : . I I I . . I u t N R) I 41 i- -,I I 1 . 1 - I f- � : . I ; : I I . � i . � . . . q . � 2 z . ; : i . I . - I I ; q i z ; - : . . . I i ; I z - - . . . . - a - � . i . . - . : I . I - : i . I . : ! . ; CHAIN CLUTCH ROLLER SHADE 4 . I � i m I � . ; : . z : : : . - . 3 . : I � I - I - . I i . . . t ; - I : : : . . . . . ; . - . . c . - I 9 m . i a . . ; i a I i I m : 7 1 - ; : . : I I f . . . . . : z i I a z : - . . a : : : � - . . 7 m ; I i . i I . ; : : z I . - � i . . � i i I I : i . q i : q q - a - I : . . - : . . : i ; : : i - . . . I m : z . i 4 ; � I . : : m : . � DRAPER ROLLER FLEX SHADES PW4410;3% OPENNESS; SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFO ON SHEET CS-3 FOR GC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ON ALL ; - - . . : . i i � I I a - : . I . i . p . . - . . : I . I - - r I . I m : ; i . i ; . � : ! : � m . . - . � ; ! 3 . : I . � I i ; . ; ; z � q � I m m . . . . . I a ; . I . ! I m ; % ; . - i q ; m L . i : ! WINDOW SHADE DRAPERINC. z .. . - I . . � Sm� t . . i ! : . : I . . . � q I a � I I 4 : . 4 . I- . - : I . : � I i I � A I i ! . : c . . . : m : . m z m . . . ! ; I . . I 1 S I ; i . ; I I i : . I i . I . . . . . % i : m & : a z � � � . I m ! I . I � I . I m : r . . ; : : ; . . a I : (H) COLOR:SNOWY WHITE WITH WHITE MECHANICALLY ULTA NATIONAL ACCOUNT STOREFRONT EXCEPT TRANSOM . ; I � . ! a i z m i i I f .-,I � I I ; I : ! - ; . : i a : ; i . 1 i 1 z a : q � . I : z . . - ; 9 . m p i � � . . . . 4 z I : i � I I � : r I � . . ; I . i - : � z i . . I . �. . - i . . i � m : a ; : ! -1 1 i . . z i � i � . . : . 2 � . : : : I - I . I , � I i ; z ; a � % : m ; ; . . i I a . i . I . . � I . . 2 : : . a � I I . I i : : . i . : � � , 9 m . z ! 3 . . . i � . . FASTENED FASCIA. . . . q : . . % i I : 1 ii I - I : I : : I i - : i : � ! . . � I . ! I ,I I : i ; ! - . z . . . . : ; : i z I � F i i . ! i . : . . I . . : . ; . a : i � � . - . 1 . ; 1 I I : 2 � m I . ! , z z i r I a a ; . ; . I ! I m m . . . ; : . q i. . ; � . i I i 1 i . . . � a . ; : i i � I : : I m � z i . ?? : I 2 � . m q m . , i , , I - . i a ; . - m m i . : . . q i . . . . � - I � � . . � a . - . � I . . . i . i i I . i 1 i i i J : � � , i % j 4 . . I ED,FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. . . . . i ; . � : ! � . ; � . i : t i m ; ; ; i . . . . . . . . m . . . . . . m . . . . m z . � . ; . I , I . . . . . i m : : : . . ; . . t . 2 r � i I . . . . . . . . t m z . � . p . . . ; t z : . . ; z . I . ; . . z . . . . m . . ; � % a m i q . ; ! '! i i.l ,z % : I z . . ; x . i 4 I.. I , ; ; . ; : - a . % G.C.TO SCRIBE THE 4"BASE TO FIT UNDER I HE . 11 I 1 1 ! - I � !I i i� i : : RUBBER BASE-4"WALL COVE MOLDING INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED BY . m . � I I i , ; ; i ': z . T : ; I ! z . I : i I � . ! : . . . . ; ; . : : : : . ; q I i m I i i . i 2 I ! . m I I . . . i I ; ! : : I . q . : q . . � : � z . . . : i z : . z i I . � � . z . ; : ; ; I � i i i q I I : � . : t i q m . . - I m : . m . ; I . ; - : . : ! : , : . . . . ; . m . . . m : : RUBBER BASE JOHNSONITE CLASS A-<450 PERIMETER SALES AREA FIXTURES. USE A : - I i i . . NUMBER:DC-69;COLOR:STERLING SILVER PROFESSIONAL RUBBER BASE INSTALLER. SEE - - I i ! . : 4 . I . q % ; ! � . ; � I ; : . m . q� a . : ; ; - A - - .. -1- - _0-I— -4 - 4 r ? _r_- ;; � � .- . . . I . - � . I . � �- : � - - - - - - - - - q z I . . a . ; z . � i . z m . : I ; - ". ___ __ . (�D i : - - . � m m N z i � i I � t ; . � . � . . � - � - . I I a � q . . ; . . . m . i q : m m I � I . . ; � . . ! : ; � i 1 I I - . : ! � ; c % : . I I q I m . % . 3 - z : I � ; m . I I ! ! I ; CONTINUOUS ROLLED PRODUCTS. PERIMETER FIXTURE BASE DETAIL 8/A-8.3. I I . . i I . . . : I m ! I T.W . _-G) .. z i 1 . I , . . . _ I I T . . . . . : ; I i I i i � I i . . z z q : I I : m . . . ; . . 1i q i m I . r I t m . . . I i : . . . : t T � ; . . q i . . . � : f : ; i i 1: ; , I a . Revisions i 7 . : I t . ; . A : . . . . : . i i q : m ; . r I � . � : z I f � i m m ; i ! m . . � . . I a . s - i I ; A ; a . . . ! . . - : . . ; z i I . 3 . . I I I ! I 1 i i i : . I . . q m - 2 m 4 I . � . . . ; . . . . i : . ; q . . . . . � . a : ; . I - z � � I � z � . . 7 � : I I � � a a m --I : : t i I ; ! m . ; . � ! I � ; . 4 ; o . ; i ; I I I : - PURCHASED,FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. z z I I . . : . . % 7 � i i � : i i ; I ! - a ! : : z . . I . i ; . ; q � m i : � ; I . � � z I i . . . i . I : . : q I . q . . ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW VINYL BASE-4"WALL COVE MOLDING q i i ! I'll I ! � ; a . . . . . t I ; . : ; � : I . . : : m I I z z . z . I . I . I i I � : q : . I . : . . . . 1 1 E . .: q q I . . . . : . . . . . . ; : � . . : . ! ; I � . . : i : i z . z : i I 1 i I z : : : . : . ! . . . : r i i : i : . . : q 1 4 : I . t ; � ; . i - I � � : I i i ; i i . . : . . . . . I . . . m : VINYL BASE JOHNSONITE CLASS B-<450 USE CONTINUOUS ROLLED PRODUCTS. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED BY . m . : I : � I I . . I � ; - 1; ; i Z�02/11115 . ; : : . I : . A i I 2 � j I 1 : ; I i i z NUMBER:CB-48;COLOR:GREY ; __ . . . . . � I I I �_ 1 1 a 9 � I ; ! � . . li . I ; i I : . ; . . : ; : ! . . . ; I . . � : : I : m . . a . - . . : � p I i . � __ i I t : . 4 m : m r . a q ; ; . i . -. . p � . t (�E) z . . . I I f ; i I , � : I : ; t . . I . . . . . ; i . - . f 1 I i � : . . - . ; I i : : . PROFESSIONAL VINYL BASE INSTALLER. i i : i I i . . z : . : I ! : : z I ; . � I � q . . m m ! ; I I i r 4 ; i i : . . . : i ; ; � ! I ; . : I m . . . . . ; i . � . � � . . . : m : ; . . ISSUE FOR BID . : I . . ; q . . I I ; N I ! z ; . ! q : . : i . : z I m m . � . : i i- i . % - z 114 . � . : � m -� . - � I� � � : m . z � ; . � � 5 � .- ; T . . . ! I i q I I . i . : t ; - . . . 4 . i . - I . : . . a i m . . m . . . � : ; i ; . . . . . 1 ! � 1 ? - q . . ! . . . ia I I : . z 2 � . i I � q - . i . . � - . ; . . . : ! m . I z ; I 1 i : � . i 2 . . . . . . . i . . i . . A 02/11/15 . . ! . . . m . : m m : 1 i z � . i : � I . ; : q 3 . . . . : I . I . i I i . 4 . - m : i : . i . . . . i I i . ; r - ; q I . . 1. E I I I . . . � . q q q : -I ; _.; . q . � m . � . . ; . q i I m ; ! � . . . i - . a i . . . � : I , , : i ; ; � � : - r � q . I . . . I : . m . - i � . . . . . . I L ; i I � � : r . . I I i p_ 2 ; m i Z� REVISION PER LANDLORD . . , . r L I . . � . a : i q I � ; ; I ! . . : a . d ; : � i I . z - ; - I . . m . � z . � . . . : : . . : ; : . m . . I D__ . . . � . ; � p � N ! T I . ! � � � i : . - . . . . ; ; - : q : - z i i ; z . I 2� 1 ,I I i . . : i m . . : ; � � . . � I . I m I ! q I I i ; ; � . k � . : m i I. . _1 i i . . . ! : t . � : i � ; ; % � q . . - I - - i . . I . I i ; ; � � � a ; ? . 2 . I m . � . : . - - I I— . 2 . : i � � 4 : � m ; VINYL CUSTOM PRODUCT,'SILVER VINYL WALLCOVERING', CLASS A-20& SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFO ON SHEET CS-3 FOR PURCHASED AND FURNISHED BY ULTA INSTALLED I I : � q m : m . . i . 7 a . I . : . . i . . - . z A 03/04/15 DESIGN TEX �� : . . . . i . i . t i : . : : ! . : . : : i : 4 ; I � i . I I . m . . � I � i � . . q : : . ; m ; t . I : i - z z . � i m : m . . . . . . . � : . . . I : : i - . I - . : q ; I z . t . z I a r : . I r I 4 11 �i ; i . - . i I z � . i I . m L ��I. I � : i � : ; . - � : . � I- ; . ; . i : � ; i . : . m m z . . ; . < . . - i I z ; . : I � - a � . . . � . m . . I . . � � . . . . . I . . . m : i i m m : ! ; 2 (�D WALLCOVERING PRODUCT#439-20152 PROJECT#439/2001595 60 ULTA NATIONAL ACCOUNT BY G.C. z i . . . I ! i : � I : I i . I i � i - . - . - �_, i . . I . . I i - 1 2 . - ISSUE FOR PERMIT < . : m . . . : : ; . : i 2 i z . I : . m : : i i . 3 ; . � : . z . : : I . : i I i i i � . ; a � I i m I p I i I i . . . I . m . . . � I - m ! . ? . . . . I . . ; . - - i ! i I i . i ; : a t I � : . I i . i ! I I �_ � 2 I . : r I i : . . uj i � : . ! r . ; i m : . . i 1 -3 4 I j I I I . � i ! i . . . sm i i - i m t L ! r ; . . - . . . ! ; . � . . . ; ��_==� :z i : q i . . ! I I I I ! ; I v . - A � , , . . I . . . . � . ! j % I.- . I : - . ; I ! i i ! : : I ; z I . a . . ; z z w : E : ; : A z i � . % :`� .. -__-_ . : - a I . I ! . I I . 03/04/15 1 1. . .1...___.. LLJ 2 1 z 3 4 i I - i m � . - : % i 2 : i m . __ I . - ; ? - = : t 3 . . - - - i : I 4 . m m I . � . i . z _ I- . ; z . m 1! - 1 � ; i � t z 1 1 1� f � m I z I . I ; . ! I ! �_ . . . . _. I . . : �-- i . : - --- i � ! - - - r i ; i I 4 i . . . � ; � ; . t . - � a . . 1 : ; I r . � : a : . i i g ; ! : � ; - - � - .6.� - -- I ; : . . - ; � I ! ! i 9 . : 2 � I 1 1 : 4 . i � : : I ; . ! : . m I . . ; � �_ . 2 m 3 � . - : ? . - : 4 . : I i I ; - z 3 . i � z . ! i ! f ; 3 � . . . ! . . - - . . � . I � a I i � ! t t a � i 4 . . ? � i i m i . : t ; . . . : i r - . - I z . . ; . - ; . r ! I . if I . : i i : ! - i : z . � I I t � 1 2 : * : . I - . a ; z . I . m z z ; ui . : . m I � I. m . w a i m - . � . . i ! m m ; i . ! ? � z i . a i i I . q � . i I - z : I ; i 1 i ; : i I . - - a . ; . . i i . � . I . q ; - . m ! . j I a I I : : I I - 0 . . - : a . . . . I I . - . . � i 1 L � ! 1 ; . . q - ! a . . - : a i ; . � VINYL CUSTOM PRODUCT,WHITE VINYL WALLCOVERING', CLASS A-20& SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFO ON SHEET CS-3 FOR PURCHASED AND FURNISHED BY ULTA INSTALLED W � I . . ; . a - ; : - v ; � ; : : . q - . - � - - q � z A . � i � a i t . � - z i . . - i . i I I, I z � I q - - - - � . - . : 4 - ; % ; � . - - I : � . I� ; . . - . i A ; . . t . . h . . m - m . I . . DESIGN TEX u ! � - - g g F p � � i 7 I - i r I I - ; ; ! - . ; I . I � i : z _1� . - - a i q I � I . . z (E) WALLCOVERING PRODUCT#439-20157 PROJECT#439/2001595 60 ULTA NATIONAL ACCOUNT BY G.C. < z I i i . . a i - . r 2 ! I i z � 2 : I � m . . . 7 A ; ; ; z ! , z t � - : : : a ; . p 4 I t - . � - - : . i : : i ! i ! ; I 1 � . I . i : : . - . . 2 z a __ . - i . m . . - . z . � I ; -1 x i - ; . : - I � � ? i z : . ; : 7 � � i I . 7 p � : 4 � � I i . < I I . . - 7 - � i � ! z I I m . - : I - . � 7 . - : . I : : - . 1 . i q . . . - a ; . I ; I � � - . m % ; - . I I : � I - - - - I - I ! ; . : I t ; ; m i m m - . I I - ; 1 1 2 I ; ; : : - 4 : - i r z : : 4 . I - A . - WINDOW FILM TO BE APPLIED TO WINDOWS ON < I 2 - : - - � � .. 2 � : - - z I : . � : : i - - - i i ! z . I i ; 4 z . . i ; I . - i i : z i : I - . z � z : � z - z � , . i p i ! - ; - � - : I I � � I . 2 z - . m - - - . i z - I x : I z . j I i ! f I � : I i z 1 ; z z - � . � i % I ! - . i - � � I ; : . m � . . ; p . . i - t i � : . . � . ! . ; . - � i ! t ! . ; �__111_1__, . � - - ; i I : � i z z 1 z c 1 � i i a . i I p c . z m I � . . . : � : ; � i z . - ; . . i I i I- ; 7 : a ; ; r r ! . i z z f I I z 2 . ; I - ; t : � ; I i ! - r ; ; , , -, I : : - - -� - z I - I 1 ; -1 - . � : I 2 .1 m x 7 i THE INTERIOR SURFACE OF GLASS,PRIOR TO "'�"_"'_'__'_"�' I i i I ; , , 1 I z . a ; ; : I A I i ; z - I - - i I � . I . . I z z : 3 z . - 3M COMMERCIAL ! � z . ; - I : I � z z ; : i ! c t . : ; I : i . . . . z - : T ; 3 � I z . - � 7 i 1 . ; � i . I i m i ; I : m i - i I i i � ; � . i � . 1 m I i ! I : ; � ; � z : z . - - t - . � - � t - I , - i INTERIOR ADJACENT WALL CONSTRUCTION,WHEN . - ; 2 z I � a i � - . WINDOW FILM GRAPHICS SCOTCHCAL-SATIN ALUMINUM-7725-120 ( 0 0 0 WATERPROFING MUST B=INSTALLED IN ALL WET AREAS.THE i - . : : . : 1 � i I i� C -_ : ! 4 - - m - � � i . __ I : : . I z ; : i 2 . - I . - : - . - . � - - - - � I . : i m ; - - - i � i - - z . - f c I i i I z - - ; - . i z ; I I � . . . . . I . - . � - a I . - � z w ; - - . . a . z : ; . : 4 7 i I � - . . . z � ; . - I . . 2 . 7 : . m i p z i I � - I I 4 - z - . z ! I - I � z ; i z % - . . . � - - I . ; ; - . - - - m . a . I . m - : i , , 1 : : � ; � - - I i I . . - . m - . ; - - . i g - ! . i � : (�D APPLICABLE.PROVIDE SAMPLE OF WINDOW FILM ��WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE MUST EXTEND 6"VERTICALLY . I : - 1 1 I I 2 i i � ; t 7 , i ; z I , I m ; � I I I , ; I - 7 2 . ! 1 s I - � - I I - - I � ; i --." � � ; m DIVISION - - - - . I : � - . � . : � I � - ; �- I i a a I ; : ; t & : - . - 1 a . ! z I I . - : . i i : 7 z : c � ; � i I I ; . i ; z I z I . . . z I � ; : - : c z t m . . � I - ; : . I i m I : - � z . r i 2 - - - i i I � - r r i z - TO LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL � ON ALL DEMISING WALLS. THE MEMBRANE IS TO BE WATER � i � a - - - I z i � ; I � I I � 1 1 z r . . . I I - m � ; i - I � . � - . . - 7 1 z - . I - . � i - I � i 7 - - : I __ .- t -1 -14.- 1 1 . � .- I . : � � � : :, . -7 � � � - �-- -_ ; � � 11. � � i � - - -- -- - . - - � � I I . .. - z ; . T_ : -1 , I � .T m - z i ; I . . . I i � - . � ; I � ; , � ; : z z ; . i : . . � i a z ; � : - z ! I - 1 - , z : - : � - . . I ; I i . ; 2 I i I : i - I IOR FLFVS- ( TESTED,INSPECTED,AND SIGNED OFF BY MALL PERSONN-EL I - . ? i ! � - . - z - : I : � ; z ; . � m ; � I t ; z 4 i . z . - - ; ; m ; ! ! i . v i . : f I I I I I PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SEE EXTER - I - t f . ; ; : - . 4 : - � - - - - . z . - I � z -0 � . : ! i I - ! : . 4 . . - . . I I - - - i i I - I � : a : i I � . � ; I - , i - i S i - f ; i . - - - - �. : � - ; . i ! I . I * - m . 7 . - : : . ( i . I , . i . : . t : IF MEMBRANE FAILS THE WATER TEST IT MUST BE REPL : : : - ; � j m - - . i i . . - - - - i 9 ! . - i . ; z m z k ! T ! 2 � - ; z a i 7 . ! I ; I z ; � i - - ; - z ; : . - . ; ! ; ! : � i i i i : : z I : x . z i I - 9 ( ; - - : Ii 4 i a i L ; I . - � . I I - . I z I - I -I : 4 m . . . . . . - I : : . w . - i I : ; I t : c z ! t PLEASE COORDINATE THE TESTING WITH THE LANDLORD. a 2 I - . ! p t ; � ! i ! � : . ! ; L . � i � ? i a ; % : . . ; ! m : z - t z - . I � : - - � . . 1 ; - � � i w ; ; ; ! . � i : . . - . ; . : : � � - . . t ; I i � I FINISH SPECIFICATIONS 2 i : - z i � : q - � . ; - I t ; a i : : I i q i . . . - . . . � 11 ; . . z � - . : t q i z : . � i x q - . : z . t . m : . : �_, j * � : f - - - - - ; I 4 I � : . : 1 . . t . - . . - - - : . r - I . . � � ; . : - w I i . - - . T . I i I i % ; - ; - : 7 1 3 1 . . . . ; ; - . i I % . . : i i i . . - z � . ; ! I I , i I : L - - - j . ; z . � - '_ - � - � . : I : � __ w . z z � ! I . i i I ; ; t i . f . . - I . - I ! I . I : 7 x ; a r z : - - I I i . ; I I z . 9 - I - : : q w a ; i . 2 w ; E I . - t I .1i : I I z I r ! : ; i 03. D4 - IT SCALE: NONE - - - - - - LINE OF CTC EDGE . . : i i . � q . ! j 1 ! : I . i � I I ; , . . - - . I; i i q I I 1 z ; � - I - z . : . : . � ; ; . a ; : - . % . i : t � 1. 4 � z : - . - � " i I i . I : � __ : ! ! . , . , . . . . . . : m ; - 2 ; i z � . ; . t : I I - i � . : I - . a . . . . : - i i i z i ; - , I ; ; I . � i i z ! 2 ; � 4 I 3 : : I . . . a I � . 4 � . . z m I z . . . . . i ; I . i � I t ; I ;: I 1z ' / z i . : i I : : m q . . I - a . I � ; T q . . . ; � . i : I 3 a � . I I . D A I ; q - _. . ; I � . � . - _p ! . i . - : . I I i i I 1 i . � . I- I ; i . I i ; : I : - I � . a . I : : . . . ; : . - : . . . - . � t i I i i i ; i ; ; : r � /�-, /��, : I - . . - . . . . . i i . i W : - i � t � I - I : � 73 V -�_ m ; . . . : ! I i ; � I . -0,1V . . � . m . - ; . . q i . ; I � I 2 � : q . . ! I I . I 0- 1 ,� . i .i ;- I m I i . : : " i - I I . m . . . - � . . . ? i I a � m a I �:: - A�', . : ; : - . ! - i I ; . I i I ; : : : i . - I 4 ,-,^� . . ! ; . o . . I z i i i y 5 m - // \ � ? m I 1, REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FLOOR COVERING AND FINISH CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS. : I . � : f, I , � i f I . ."� ! I m . : i . j . : . a . I : 4 . . PLAN KEY NOTES: ! . . : q q . i 9 z I 1 1 . I , - . i 1, i ; 4 w ; ; I r - ; I , .. i : z : . . . ; / I i . - . ; 107 .11v� . . . m i ; . i I. m I � i 2 . - I . . I i i q i L z I i . i . . � : : . L - . z i . . . . . i ; . . . m z . � ; 2. TILE IS SHOWN FOR FIELD RUN AND PATTERN ONLY.REFER TO COLOR AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS. i . � : i . a ; - i x -7-eU^ 2 ,- . TNIAN r!ft ; I ! . 5 ; ; . - f � I � ; . i . ; , . I . . ; ; . . , I I � . . : ; . . . . . . . i . . I I . i q I ; : . I . : . m m . . . I � N . � v i I - . I . . START TILE @ CENTER OF CIRCLE. 3. PROVIDE WB-1 @ WALLS AND COLUMN ENCLOSURES SALES . ; . . . . : I I � . : . I . (6 J011N A.Cq . q . . i 2 ; I . . . . : . I !- i I . a ! I . : : I . : I z i . . . . . � . 7 - 2 - : i : : ; i I . . . ; m I I . . . q I i q . . : � . � . : . i : I : ; m . � : � i I m i : . . ! . I . . i � 2 9 a r ; . m i I � i . . * , � 1 : 4 :- : 3 ; � . ! . z . . . `,X,'.� - , F i n : , y I 1 1 1 1 1 , / I : \",/ � � I I � 4. ALL PAINTED AND WALL COVERING SURFACES SHALL BE PRIMED. SEE ARCHITECT'S SPECIFICATION SHEET AND PAINT MANUFACTURER I m z ; i ; _1 ; : i a -I . i I, '/ i ! . i m . m . a : : q . q I � . ! ! 2 � ; . . I - i I : . . I ; . : . � 11 , : . ; . m m . a : q . a . � a z z i I : I 101 . m I . % F I i . : . . a ; I . I I : - NOTE: I . : : . ; i � . . . . I � / No.3653 -i a . . . . . ; ; i � � q . . . . /5"-9 i/21'- , " � V-1� / � z ; L . . i . q . . . . : i �._ . � _. : I . - --I z -_ : . 2] CONTROL JOINT. SEE DETAIL 9E/A-8.2 SPECIFICATIONS. m . . _. . . . : . . . I . � I . . . z 7 ; . ; ! . . . : . m i . . I m F � ! . I . I . . m ; t THESE FIGURES ARE F)R I : . ! . . i q � m i ! i � . i � - : IL 0 . z . I : m ; � . j : - 1 - I - ; , � � - - m r : q . I I ; . . i i I ; . - ; . \ / I - i . I m � � � : 5. PAINT ALL SURFACES FLOOR TO CEILING,INCLUDING PRIMING VALANCE PANELS BEFORE WALLCOVERING INSTALLATION. . m : . . I- . I m . i - ! I z I I .-- . I . d q I \/� , '// \/ "/ J I . . I ! - . 0 DES PLAINES, i 2 : . . . . I : i . . . . . . I : : : . - . . I I . . i I f . ; . . I . . p . . z ; . : m . a CUT PORCELAIN TILE WITH A WATERJET. ULTA REFERENCE 0 : ; . . �';� / I . I 2 . . i i � t i . . . z ; /,\ . : . NLY I : i : i , ; : i i � 7 . . : . I � : � . � m q . . I_t:- . . q . . 1: . . I I . . . /,- I . 31 6. ALL METAL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED WITH LOW GLOSS OIL BASE PRIMER AND OIL BASE FINISH COATS IN COLOR INDICATED ON DRAWING. I . : - I I . . - . � / -_ I L . q 'Y f . I . . : : : : r m . q I , \/ / ! . : . . i -i i . . i . � x t : . � i : / / ! . . : . . . . I � . . � ; : : . . . q I 5 ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . i . . . � : i . : I z a . � I I � , � 11>_� F i m . . . Ll- , DO NOT CUT PORCELAIN TILE ON SITE. AND ARE � : m . . � 1 1 1 � . 1 1 1 ! 9 . � . . . . I I . . . i � . . . I a I I / . m : . : � . . I . �, I i . . .. . . . I . I . . . . I . . *'I 7. PAINT ON ALL GYP.BD.SURFACES TO BE APPLIED WITH A HEAVY KNAP ROLLER. i I . . . -1 ; j I ! 41 . � . . x " � / � � ! ; ! q . . . . . : ! . . . / . . . � i ; . i I � I I - -4- 1 1 1 i . . I I � m � . ; . m . APPROXIMATES. G.C.TO I ; i . : I 1 I I 1 � I "I ; i I i I : I I. . ; . . . - m . : : I q I / ! q i � i : q I I i ! 1 4] DETAIL AT PERIMETER WALL. SEE DETAIL 8AJA-8.2. 8. GROUT TO BE SEALED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CLEAN SEALER OFF THE ADJACENT FLOOR FINISHES. . : I - . � . ; i ; z " . 1. / . , 4i I ! . I z . : : 4 : : . m i � : : t _1 I . . . : I -1 i I ; 1 . �0 � 6 j I . - ! - m . I i : � � i : : : i i : . . ; : I � . 4 . I . . I I i I ? 4 1 d I � z PERFORM TAKE-OFFS ! i i � . . . . < i I : . . . . . : - . 1 ; i i � I / 5 I I% I . ; ; . I � I ! I I 9. INSURE PROPER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ARE MET FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL INTERIOR FINISHES. . . : . . . : % z I . I : . . I i i I . .1 A , ; - . I \ I i : . . � I . . AND SUBMIT TO ULTA. i . : : i 1: . I ! I E : 1 1 F I 1 i i 1 i I ? I I � , / ,7 i 7 I . . I � I - - i I , ; : I t I : ; . . . � . ; IS :1 . . i I j " , ! : I F-51 DETAIL AT PERIMETER WALL. SEE DETAIL 8B/A-8.2. 10. SEE DETAIL 9/A-8.2 FOR INSTALLATION AT CONCRETE CONTROL JOINTS. FOR TILE CONTROL JOINTS,FOLLOW TILE MANUFACTURER 1 1 1 1 4 i ! 1 1 . I 1 I � 1. / " I i 1- I . i i . I 1\ i i i I i m . ! 1 � . I : i i I , i i I / ! I ROOM# ROOM NAME FLOOR FIN. AREA ! � -. I I I T 11�11/I i : . : . � i . t . . . . RECOMMENDATIONS. i I 1 I i 2 ! i I - -- - _____ I i . . ; ; � : - - --!.. _: - - - - - - - - -� - - - . - - - - - - , . : :_�Lt -� . - i - . . - 11. FLOOR FINISHES TO CONTINUE UNDER GYP.BD. GYP.BD.TO BE HELD UP FROM FLOOR SLAB. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET 8/A-8.2. IF GYP.BD.DOES NOT 101 SALES PT-6 309.69 SF z . . 4 ; . � : � . I I : : . ; . i � I : i z I . . I . . ; . . I i . . . I . i I i i i - - I : z : . ; a ; . I - i i 4 z . z I ; . _. m . . i q r . ; : : f I ; i f I I m . : m . ; I ; ! : � � i : : m . : . i . I i I � ! 1; : V . I I . : j . j PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST , . z . : : : : -3 ! . ; I � i I I I : I q ; I j i i . . : ; . q I ALLOW FINISH UNDERNEATH,HOLD FLOOR FINISH AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO GYP.BD. 101 SALES VT 752219 SF ; . I a � i I z � , I I�� I -i , i - " I ; -,4-- i --, � i Iftl tl�_ ,- ; A411 - I I I _ _ __G I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- I ,, . . n . ; : ; I ji . I : : . � . � I J I i � . z. : , . , I i . I I i 4 f ; I . I �. 4 ; � I , " . : � . . : . � . .7 � F I 4 4 i �: , OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, . I . : . i ------ __ - � -_.- I z 12. TRANSITION STRIPS TO BE MITERED AT INTERSECTIONS .11."t-11-11-1.11--�---1-_ I 'i REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR j . RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. L_-_---_.--_ - -_-_I I..- - - -.-.,I . I . 102 STAGING VT-5 72.27 SF ---_-_-_-_-_-_ I'll 14. G.C.TO TOUCH UP PAINT PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. 103 OFFICE VT4 56.79 SF . -I, I 13. CUT PORCELAIN TILE WITH A WATER JET. DO NOT CUT PORCELAIN TILE ON SITE. 102 .STAGING VT4 604.00 SF. I -- - -- I -_____ --- -- i I L-_------_-,- �- -__-__ I F-7L- 15. G.C.TO PROVIDE TWO LAYERS OF CRAFT PAPER OVER ALL TILE AND GROUT ON FLOORS. TAPE DOWN AND STAGGER SEAMS BY HALF THE PAPER I I I WIDTH ON THE SECOND LAYER. 105 SALON PT-2 36.55 SF I 1. - �- - I - _ _1_______1 I ARCHITECT 16. FLOOR COVERINGS ARE TO BE SLIP RESISTANT THROUGHOUT THE MEANS OF EGRESS. 105 SALON PT-6 415.64 SF . : V I `__ - ;-;f__.�. I �. , , I I . __ - -I iz� I , I �;! I z� / I i J. I .I , , �111 . \ !il ,I . ;� 17. G.C.TO INSPECT CONDITION OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB AND PATCH/REPAIR SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. IF FLOOR LEVELING IS REQUIRED,ARDEX 106 PT-2 421.20 SF ,,, i; / , 11 � - Drawn By Checked By '_ / S f.. .1 � I .. I , N \ m r MUST BE USED AND IT MUST BE INSTALLED BY AN ARDEX LEVEL MASTER@ ELITE OR ARDEX CHOICE CONTRACTOR INSTALLER. SEE VENDOR CONTACT h I i�_ - -- ____ --- - - --il t----_1 r. I]L --- -!'� // 11 I ,. 107 MENS(FLOOR&WALLS) PT-2 176.63 SF I _ ��z / � I N 11 I"--j I BIL BW � - INFO ON CS-3 SHEET. G.C.TO PROVIDE A WARRANTY LETTER ON ARDEX CORPORATE LETTERHEAD. A MINIMUM OF 5 YEAR WARRANTY MUST BE 107&108 RESTROOMS(WALLS) PT-7 12.72 SF __ ___ __ - - - ___ ___ I__ ___ ---- -__ _- -___ - I ... w I I � - -- --- j�------ - -_-� -_� -. :�_ - --_ ____ --- -_ ____ _ --- -_ --- I--_ - - -_ -- -- -_ - -_ -- -- --- -_ -- --- PRESENTED. E� � Scale Date 18. SEE SHEET CS-3 FOR CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE TEST REQUIREMENTS. TESTING PERFORMED BY FLOORING INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR WILL NOT 108 WOMENS(FLOOR&WALLS) PT-2 175.01 SF I I I AS NOTED 2/11115 � BE ACCEPTED. ! 110 1CORRIDOR I PT-2 I I I PLAN Job No. - 19. G.C.TO USE MOISTURE BARRIER PRODUCTS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER OR EQUAL APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. I I I NORTH NORTH 14-60' 3 7 2 - GENERAL NOTES FINISH PLAN & ESTIMATED TILE AREAS I Sheet No. m< / 111111111�. , ,/ i 'L �_ " �j ( Z� "/ �' pl, I\)i lvx_�" - 0 1 (2D, I Ej rREIRE 1 1129 -0i QU I CLEARAN 1 ELEC.PA, - ____ ___ ____ -:2_ 1. 7 __ ,ri�,6 I Z/..,/ I ,�-,-, ir . I I N �, I �� ,� � �1 A-A 1_1 �, 4 I I 4. , W_r, I %I_iTxPx, 1 i I I � z t_1 , I � I I I � I � _� 4 I I Ne , . I-tQp I � I f n -1 t I I - I I I I - I I I -SCALE: NONE I I A SCALE: 1/8"=I'-O" . I . A-4.1 _______ ------ - ................... �_ - - - ----------- -------- .----- - - CUSTOM VALANCE PROVIDED GYP.BD.WALL GENERAL NOTES: BY MILLWORK CO. INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE 3/A-8.1 FOR EXTENT FIELD VERIFY DIMENSION. G.C.TO CUSTOM 3 S11 SIM. S26 1. INSTALL ALL ARCHES TIGHT TO CEILING TILE. ORDER FINAL VALANCE FRAME SO IT IS WC 5 1 P-1 A-8.1 GYP.BD.WALL A e.1 2. VINYL ARCH SIGNAGE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY ULTA GRAPHIC VENDOR. "CUT TO FIT"VIA FIXTURE VENDOR. A-s.z 1 LEVEL 5 FINISH P_1 1 2 WC 5 3. G.C.TO COORDINATE FINAL SHELF LOCATION WITH STORE SET TEAM AND STORE MANAGER. ot EL=11'-0° 4. PROVIDE GRAY ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES AT LOCATIONS WHERE ACT-1 WC 5 OCCURS. < ' 5. SEE F 1.1A AND F 1.1B FOR FIXTURE DETAILS. W WC-6 _ ' SALON �j 1RCARE ,r ;ciermalogic# 6. ACCESS PANEL TO BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. SEE MEP DRAWINGS. ALL ACCESS PANEL MUST BE m -- -- METAL. ACCESS PANELS HIGHER THAN 24"A.F.F.TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH SURROUNDING WALL. EQ. E f / ACCESS PANELS BELOW 24"A.F.F.TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL FINISH. FACE AND SIDES 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" CAULK BACKSPLASH TO 7. FIX CHIPS AS REQUIRED ON ALL FIXTURES,TYP. WC-5 WALL WITH GRAY CAULK PLAN KEY NOTES: (DAP DYNAFLEX 230) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I M-513 _ I I 1 1 I I I 1 I I I — `.� �, I- GFI ABOVE COUNTER,SEE ELEC. ILLUMINATED ACRYLIC ARCH SUPPLIED BY ULTA. INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS.FOR I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I 1 5 — DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. LIGHTING ARRANGEMENT. / 1 I 1 1 I I 1 I I 1 1 I 1 I 1 0 ❑ OUTLETS FURNISHED&INSTALLED BY G.C.IN THE BACK PANEL OF MILLWORK FIXTURE. LOCATE / 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I U) 2 '1 11 I I 1 I 1 —i 1 I I — AS SHOWN. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 _ w ` ' 1 z G.C.TO PLANE DOWN ENTIRE BUNKER EDGE AS REQUIRED TO FIT BEYOND WALL BASE \ ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! I I i a &REAPPLY EDGE BANDING. , , / \ / \ w CAULK THE PERIMETER OF THE MILLWORK TOP,TO SIDES OF ARCH AND GYP.BD.WALL WITH J 4 WHITE CAULK. \ I I I �� /� m FIXTURE INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR/G.C.TO ENSURE SQUARING/LEVELING OF THE FIXTURES AS FFF EL=0'0" - \ WC 5 5 FIN FLOOR CENTER OUTLET HORIZONTALLY IN BACK BEST AS POSSIBLE. CAULK SEAM BETWEEN WALL PANEL AND ARCH,TYP.EACH SIDE. CAULK A WB 1 CWC-5: 5 WB 1 PANEL OF CABINET.OUTLETS FURNISHED SHOULD BE USED AT A MINIMUM. IF GAP IS LARGER THAN 114",CONTACT FIXTURE VENDOR FOR 1" 6 WB-1 WB-1 PIECE OF MELAMINE AND INSTALL TIGHT TO ARCH. SEE CS-3 SHEET FOR FIXTURE VENDOR W-4-CENTER FIXTURES WITHIN ARCH &INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 5 CONTACT INFORMATION. A-3 A-2 PRO RETAIL 4 ELEVATION - SALES SCALE: 114"= V-0" f� CUSTOM VALANCE PROVIDED SIM. O o BY MILLWORK CO. INSTALLED BY G.C. GYP.BD.WALL FIELD VERIFY DIMENSION. G.C.TO CUSTOM 1 1 SEE 3/A-8.1 S29 5 1 WC-5 GYP.BD.WALL A e S25 1 WC-5 GYP.BD.WALL 5 SIM. S31 l� ORDER FINAL VALANCE FRAME SO IT IS FOR EXTENT A-g,1 LEVEL 5 FINISH LEVEL 5 FINISH A•81 "CUT TO FIT"VIA FIXTURE VENDOR. A-s.2 A-3.1 A-3.1 A3.1 � n n WC-6 WC-5 2 P-1 1 5 WC_6 5 (E�-) 4 1 WC-6 5 P-1 4 1 I��I � EL= I V-0" EL=11'-0" Q ACT-1 .. _::-"_ — _. ACT 1/GYP.BD. i o" __.... __._...... .._. ........_. . _.__ ._ ........ _..._._._. t E . - -_ - E . _ _ _ __ h�loso h K e n e _ :> Miner � Q _ _ ."_ __.. Q ___ ____ - --__-_-___ _ _ h v ar ' __._ ___ Lu __... T-__.___._____._.. ___-_._. __ _. _ T 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 3 "x24" 30"x24" 0"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 0"x24" // 18 1010 f� Q OCO - _ uu, 1 1 I I I 1 I I 1 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 I I 1 1 I 1 I I 1 I 1 I I 1 1r✓ O J ..FACE eF� w - - I 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I 1 1 I I I 1 I I VV�d ao z - SIDES - I I I I I d _ I�o 0 I 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 Y I 1 I I I I I I TT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -ZD WC3 C3 C 6 = w O I I I I T-- I I 1 r I I I 1 1 I I 1 1 I 1 I I I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I I M-513OIL co EL=0'-0" o FIN FLOOR BUNKER FILLER PANEL FURNISHED BY MILLWORK COAT HOOK 3 VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C.BOTH SIDES,TYP. 3 2 WB 1 5 3 2 WB 1 ~^ " WC-5 SEE A-6.3 WB 1 W-3-CENTER FIXTURES WITHIN ARCH WB 1 WB 1 WB-1 M N FOR SPEC. o W-2 5 A-6 W-2 BENEFIT W-2 BARE _ ` co M 0 - 0 .� {} .ca ELEVATION - SALES . ' G 3 SCALE: 1/4"= V-0" _ M1 GYP.BD.WALL OUTLETS FURNISHED&INSTALLED GYP.BD.WALL .. SEE 3/A-8.1 FOR EXTENT BY G.C.SURFACE MOUNTED TO THE SEEEXTENTFOR N Q 5 S34 BACK PANEL OF MILLWORK FIXTURE WC 5 5 S19 WC 5 FACE AND SIDES " P-1 A_g 1 WITHIN THE CHASE SPACE. REFER 1 P-1 A-B 1 1 WC 5 (`El TO FIXTURE DETAIL ON F-1.1 B. SEE WC-6 A-3.1 A•3.1 WC 6 5 1 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 2 1 M 513 EL=11'-0" _ ACT 1/GYP.BD. --_.__ ............_- __.__._._.___—_--."_ _.__. ," i - - : =-== =W _____------_ __ _ _ TYLI G TOOL _ ___ _.___-_. _______-_ _.- �_�-- _ _____-- _ _ __-____ :-. -.W: LL - - __ mm: ___ ULTA N, S - - ----- -- ---- _ _ _ _ — _ - . 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" "x24" 30"x24" 30"x24" r — r ---- Revisions ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW '_..._...........�............-...._..�__.._.._ ..T_........_.__. �.-s..c=__:.-:_: I I ,i' I ;: I �- � ,-., 1 �.. 1 1 1 1 I 1 -.," __,... I :,... I---I .._;I I ',�,...... I ',•-�L_ , 1..;- ,.. "I 1 I 1 I I —r I I 11 1 I I 1 I 02111115 .___— - R BID ------------ , _ . ............_._......................__-._._ '- _:_. I I I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I 1 I 1 I I 02/11/15 .._.._ _._____............... _ _.- . ....,...... -- ' rv - _ - :-- I I I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 I I 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I 1 1 I 1 1 I I 1 ISSUE FOR PERMIT . ..... J ". 5'I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" I I I 1 1 I I 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 I I I I 03/04/15 ! I I ! ! ! ! ! I ! ! ! t ! I ! ! ! I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I O O O O O : / I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I '/ I I 1 I �" 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 1 I I 1 IrT— EL 0'-0" ® ® ® a ® a e FIN FLOOR 3 Q WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 W-8-CENTER FIXTURES WITHIN ARCH W-5 W-4-S-CENTER FIXTURES WITHIN ARCH. W-5 Q A-9 5 A-4-S-4 5 PRIVATE LABEL PCA 2 ELEVATION - SALES SCALE: 1/4"= V-0" 3-o4 VINYL ARCH SIGNAGE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY ULTA GRAPHIC VENDOR GL.=GLAZING(EXISTING) T.=TEMPERED SAFETY EXISTING GLAZING. WITHIN 24"OF EITHER SIDE OF 6 5 4 DOOR AND WITHIN 18"OF A WALKING SURFACE. aDr,A �,''i?it,�AN ALIGN FACE&SIDES G.C.TO INSTALL GRAPHIC HANGING RODS PLUMB. ULTA Interior Signage No.3653 � P 1 P_1 MAINTAIN 3'-0"CLEAR BETWEEN P 1 P 1 P-1 h EL=11'-0" I SECURITY BOLLARD AND ALU FRAMES,TYP. I I EL= 11'-0" Tag Description Remarks DES PLAINES,IL • ACT-1 /GYP. BD GYP. BD SOFFIT @ S4 ADVANCED SKINCARE APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL SOFFIT @ ENTRY ENTRY S11 SALON HAIRCARE APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL EL= 10'-0" I I I o 'i S19 STYLING TOOLS APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL T/EXISTING N STOREFRONT S20 THE SALON APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL !, I S21 THE COLOR LIBRARY APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL 3" 3" S22 COLOR COSMETICS APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL A I - AL-M1 TYP.AL-M2 / v AL M1 AL M2 AL M2 AL M2 AL M2 TYP.AL M2 i S23 prestlgefragrances APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- ` RAPHIC GRAPHIC ` GRAPHIC GRAPHIC GRAPHIC GRAPHIC GRAPHIC GRAPHIC / \ PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST 22"X56" 44"X56" ( S25 BENEFIT APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL 1. i ,� I ` 22"X56" 44"X56" 44"X56" 44"X56" 44"X56" 44"X56" OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, y FRAME FRAME ,� i I FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME FRAME G o ORDINANCES OF T 2"MIN.ABOVE APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL RELATING TIOSTRUCTURES DAND BUILDINGS. IGA S26 DERMALOGICA RD,OR 26"X61" 48"X61 `, � \ ! j ` 26X61 48"X61 48"X61" 48"X61 48"X61" 48"X61 APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL FINAL THE BACKWRAP S27 CLINIQUE ARTWORK TO BE DETERMINED BY ULTA it > I S28 BATH&BODYCARE APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL G f \\ \ i // I - J ARCHITECT GL .�i.... ,- - v� , �C -- _ S29 PHILOSOPHY APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL i T T•, w S30 SKIN&BODYCARE APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL Drawn By Checked By \ j S31 BARE MINERALS APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL � EL=0'-0" ( T T. C. \I, v CW BW FIN FLOOR S32 LANCOME APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL Scale Date S33 URBAN DECAY APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL A WB 1 WB 1 WB 1 B WB 1 S34 ULTA APPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL 1/4"= 1'0" 2111115 FACE&SIDES FACE&SIDES Job No. 1450`�* 72 ELEVATION - SALES Sheet No. A-DA SCALE: 1/4"= V-0" PROVIDE GRAY ELECTRICAL DEVICES PROVIDE GRAY ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES AND STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER. SEE AT LOCATIONS WHERE WC-5 OCCURS. AT LOCATIONS WHERE WC-5 OCCURS. SHEET A-6.3 FOR MOUNTING FACE AND SIDES HEIGHTS.LEAVE ENOUGH WC 5 >. ROOM FOR COFFEE MAKERS o_ � EAS SECURI Y WALL � ACT-11 0 AzT CT_1 MOUNTED VICE � CAULK BACKSPLASH TO WC-5 WC-5 WC-5 WALL WITH GRAY CAULK EL=9'-0" (DAP DYNAFLEX 230) WC 5 WC 5 WC 5 WC-5 ACT 1 .---- --- . -- --. ----- - _....._ _ _...... __.._.............. ACT 1 . =. ,_ - -. _ - ._ ..._.,: _..._....__.._. .._..__._. . .. __..__ _ _..._.._ -- -..... _..- m _....__.........._ , _ .. . ...._..__ .. . - ..__......_.._...........:_.: _.. ....._.... ... ...... . ___ _..__ . ..:_.- _._.. ..._.. .:_ ._...__ .__._. ----_..__._ EL=6.g .............. _. .. ............. . _... l _. _ __ __ _ ... �: / FIRE TREATED __. I GYP.BD.SOFFIT __... ___- _.._ .__._-_ ___ _ .__.___._._ _._...........__... __ ____ -- --_ -__ __ - .. -- :._ ........... ..._..... .......... __ ....... .._...................................:..:............. _ ._.. ....__. .. ....._............. ___.........._ .:..:.:: ...::...... _ .. . _____.._ _....._._--._..._ ___-_-. BLOCKING IN __- _ .____...._._.._.___.__.__. __ , _ _ _... __.._..._.- _ -- _ ___- - _— ...__..._.... - ..._..._ , . .....__...__._.....__ ....__ - .._..... ...... .......= _..:...: �_ c� -.- _ .",= .. THIS LOCATION ____ __ -----_.__.___ _.____...-__...__..____...._-.-_._ c� c� - _.____. _ __ _-- ._._.._......--..._.._.._..._-_._._.___._.__....._._ -. _..--..._.--------_ --------.--------_-. .....I..._..__._._ .._ __ ____... ._._....._. � / __..... _ _ _...._..... .___._.__._........._._._...._. ._. ..._._. .. ._._..... .._.. _._......._...__......_._._......._._.__..._.... -__ - �.== _----_--=— ----- -__=_—=__-----=- z z z --- - - - ----- z z z _ ----- .._... - _... ..._...:::::... === --=- . ----._._..._......_._ . . ...._ _._..._ ® --_.._._...._._.__ ---._....--._.....__.._.._._._.........................................__.... ... . . . . ___ _..__ __ _ -....__ _ _...__. ___._ _ _ ..........._ `_-r Z --- LL _ .....___.____.'--"--__._._...___...__._._...__....._ _.... .-.. _..__..-._........-. Z Z _.... _ ..__ '_.__...:..__.:. .---- ...:.`_... -----� :.:.._... ._. _.... :... __...:..._. .:.' '__ Z Z M 206 -:-------------------- -.--- -_ _- ___ _--_ = / - - _=- ---_------=------_=--_----__=---_ - w -- __. _ ..._.. - - ..._ _. .. ............._....__................._.__._.._....._..... ... ...._.... _..__...__....__._.......... - _.._ w w _._____................__..._..._.._.__.._.__..___.__.__._.._......._......._._..__..._. . ............... .........._ w w OPEN w _ ...__ _ J _.. ._ -_ o -.. ... __._ .._..-.._.__._................_.._.._._. ..._ _--.__..._.__. . -.-_ :__ _. --- . ._.._. : _......_._..._......._.. _....... _ _. __.__..... _.:: -.::...: - _.............. _ l _......�..�......._.............--.-..._. ..-........................._..... .... ................... OPEN _.. _ _.__-. - ..... ....._ ......._. .. .._._._.._......__............. .. _.. .. ... ....... ......._._.._...=L-..=_...._._.........._...- ---- .: _ --------__...... -.._ _ _=....---- ....- TO ,� __............._........_..............._......_._:.:.._............: .............. ......_ _..._ _____. ..... ti / _............ ........................._ _... ______-_.____._.__.__.____-_..____..__. _____......_...._.. _.__ o 0 o I __._. .........._..._.._.... _...._._.._....._.. ....__._.._-_.._ m ------=_- ==------ --_ NOTE: 1. ALL JOINTS/SEAMS TO BE CAULKED WHERE CERAMIC TILE MEETS WALL COVERING,CAULK COLOR: WRAP DRAIN& 8"KNEE GRAY HOT WATER CLEARANCE 2. AT OUTSIDE TILED CORNERS,TILE TO HAVE LAP JOINT IN A CONSISTENT DIRECTION. NO MITERING OF SUPPLY PER TILES. ACCESSIBILITY z 3. CAULK BACKSPLASH TO WALL TILE WITH WHITE CAULK. CODES wo Z 4. CAULK ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES WHERE IT MEETS WALL/FLOOR TILE&COUNTERTOP WITH WHITE a co WRAP WC-5 BEHIND < o z_ Q = o CAULK. z w co a 3"x12"TILE 3"x12"TILE 3 x12"TILE o > w I — J - 5. ALIGN GROUT LINES ON THE WALL AND FLOOR TILE. MIRROR W O — v I I , �' M BORDER BORDER BORDER z o ~ < =x N I I 1 6. PROVIDE GRAY ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES AT LOCATIONS WHERE FRAMELESS MIRROR WITH m aLu - Q URINAL (EWC2 EWC1 WC-5 OCCURS. Il l N 6' AX. OE )( ) PT 7 WC 5 1 1%"FROSTED BORDER. 7 2 9 PT-7 WC 5 WC 5 PT 7 � CLEARANCE ELECTRIC WATER COOLER(EWC) EL=9'0" SEE DETAIL C THIS SHEET 11 r 11" IN. 25"MAX. FOR INSTALLATION - - LAVATORY/MIRRO DEPTH 39"MIN. GYP.BD.(P-1) INFORMATION. DO NOT 41"MAX. NOTE: INSTALL TILE BEHIND 24" 42" 36" 6" IF VERTICAL GRAB BAR IS 3'0" MIRROR. 12" MIN. MIN. REQUIRED,GC TO FURNISH WC 5 = ..- ��\ MAX. AND INSTALL AN EXTENSION - �\ --- z '� z '� z '� 7"MIN. TRIM RING AT TOP BAR M 7 WRAP WC 5 �\ _ z Q z Q ATTACHMENT SO TOP OF GRAB AT CORNER - T M CD M M � = BAR,ATTACHED TO WALL 4 - 2 AND BEHIND i:- r - ; \ 4 Cl) `.' ABOVE WALL TILE,PROVIDES A _ v MIRROR i TYP. SANITARY NAPKIN GRAB BAR/TOILET GRAB BAR TOILET PAPER PLUMB INSTALLATION > w `D DISPOSAL DISPENSER MAINTAINING A CONSISTENT ! o o ►- .._ (WOMEN ONLY) CLEARANCE BETWEEN BAR C? J ; // TOP OF RECESS KIT TO AND TILE.ALL EXPOSED " uj � I EDGE OF WALLCOVERING TOEL w cn / EXTEND BEHIND MIRROR BE 1/2"DOWN FROM TOP PIECES SHALL MATCH GRAB OF BULLNOSE BAR FINISH. � ' � FIN FLOOR n WALL COVERING CAULK ~ PIPES. YP INSULATE EXPOSED PT 2 p PT 2 CPT-2)) D PT 2 LE TOP J-CHANNEL - . D CAULK(TO MATCH GROUT i #D645A = COLOR)AFTER CRLAURENCECQ. = RESTROOM GENERAL NOTES ELEVATION - MEN NOTE:SEE SHEET A-4.1 FOR WALLCOVERING � www.crlaurence.com 3 FINISH SPECIFICATIONS INSTALLATION.SEE PT-7 ra ------- 411* SCALE: NONE SCALE: 114"=1'0" CO NOTES ON A-4.1 SHEET. ! 3/4"IN WALL FIRE TREATED N MIN. "� " PLYWOOD BLOCKING PT-7 CAULK PERIMETER nn� - - 1/4"CLEAR MIRROR uU f ` WITH CLEAR CAULK o \ EXTLEND 1/8"RBE OW WITH POLISHED EDGES IL_ SILICONE IN PLACE o II— TOP EDGE OF TILE. DO NOT GROUT TOP BOTTOM J-CHANNEL W" R' �^� I #D636A DECORATIVE PENDANT Iuul OF TILE. PT-6 �✓ \ CR LAURENCE CO. I I www.crlaurence.com LIGHTS @ 6'6"A.F.F. pp NJd HAND DRYER 0 g CM �I SECTION THROUGH WALL/TILE ` BACKSPLASH PROVIDED BY ULTA WRAP WC-5 3"x12"TILE 3"x12"TILE �1 p� p DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO OUTSIDE TRIM OF INSTALLED BY GC. CVl3 CM iuui o RECESSED KIT.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ROUGH OPENING BEHIND MIRROR BORDER BORDER a SECTION THROUGH MIRROR G Q REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER INFORMATION. FRAMELESS MIRROR WITH 1%"FROSTED BORDER, 1 WC 5 WC 5 L WC 5 pT-7 9 2 7 OIL EL=9'-0" SEE DETAIL C THIS SHEET EQ. EQ. p GYP.BD.(P-1) FOR INSTALLATION p ® iuui TYPICAL MOUNTING D I M E N S I 0 N S INFORMATION. DO NOT 3"x12"TILE 8' Q CINSTALL TILE BEHIND Al- 14 = 00 BORDER SCALE: 1/4"= V-0' MIRROR. / ; = WRAP WC 5 AT F"YPT-7 ITEM# DESCRIPTION COMPANY MODEL MOUNT FINISH REMARKS/SUPPLYCORNERANDORO BEHIND MIRR CR1 COATHOOK HAGER 945PSATIN FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,MOUNTED @ 48"A.F.F.STAINLESS STEEL BY G.C. PROVIDE BLKG.AS REQ'D 2 ` 4 2 ELKAY RLL-VR12 SEE TYP.MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS/BY G.C. CD Lu ACCESSIBLE SATIN FINISH LAVATORY STAINLESS STEEL o > ,,, � TYP. MAT MOP SINK&COFFEE BAR LOCATION. PROVIDED N wo PAPER TOWEL q \ � � � '..3 SURFACE BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C.MTD.MAX.46"TO J - -M LL N ............:.......... ... .i...- i DISPENSER w cn �OPERABLE PARTS/LOCAL CODES EL 0'0"CONCEALED SATIN-FINISH SEE TYP. MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS/BY G.C. � FIN FLOOR °4 GRABBAR BOBRICK B-5806MOUNT STAINLESS STEEL PROVIDE NECESSARY BLOCKING. A INSULATE EXPOSED p (� '" ocoT 2 PIPES.TYP. r. .a- O5TOILET PAPER SURFACE SEE TYP. MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS. PROVIDED UDISPENSER BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C. SANITARY NOT USED ELEVATI0N - WOMEN FIN SH SPECFCATIONSTE:SEE SHEET A-4.1 FOR 4a v 6 NAPKIN BOBRICK B 270' SURFACE SATIN FINISHSEE TYP.MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS I BY G.C.DISPOSAL SURFACE STAINLESS STEEL uSCALE: NONE SCALE: 114"=1'0" 7 WALL MIRROR SURFACE SEE TYP. MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS/BY G.C.8BABY CHANGING GRAINGER KOALA CARE SURFACE MOUNTED AT 34"MAX.A.F.F.TO CHANGING BED.STATION KB200-00 PROVIDED BY ULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C.EXCEL DRYER INC. XL-W WITH RECESSED/ PROVIDED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C.MTD. 9 HAND DRYER XLERATOR@ RECESS KIT LOW PROFILE COLOR:WHITE EPDXY 37"(MAX.)TO BOTTOM OF HAND DRYER/LOCAL CODES NOTE: G.C.TO PROVIDE ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE B TOILET ACCESSORIES Revisions SCALE: NONE ISSUE FOR CLIENTILL REVIEW 02/11/15 L1ISSUE FORBID 02/11/15 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 03/04/15 2A 3A 0 2D A-6.3 2B 3D A-6.3 3B2C 3C2 1 6 46" V-6"75 M-207 I > M-207 5 �D App14U'i' I II n n1—jI I \��O" I� f30" ' ------ ----� 30" � 9 � JOHN A.C' sn�47;.1�No.34`3 I-- J601' 6011 � � ''x � i /� ® DES PLAINES. IL8WOM,FN'S 60° 1 70°/,' ME148„ 48„ nIn48 I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- 130 I / 1 PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST L________—_J_L______ IJ / OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, LJREGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. SEE SHEETA-2.1 FOR WALL DIMENSIONS ARCHITECT Drawn By Checked By NOTE: CW BW 1. ALL JOINTS/SEAMS TO BE CAULKED WHERE CERAMIC Scale Date TILE MEETS WALL COVERING,CAULK COLOR:GRAY2. AT OUTSIDE TILED CORNERS,TILE TO HAVE LAP JOINT IN AS NOTED 2111/15 A CONSISTENT DIRECTION. NO MITERING OF TILES. Job No A RESTROOM FIXTURE PLAN NOT USED Sheet No. Q SCALE: 1/4"= V-0" SCALE: NONE Q v ° 33 } } Z - W maim 0 Ix z 0 C e tuui 0p.� V/ 0 c f� CcCM W co 0 0 CM � i z �aa c Ci O u � _ NOT USED E y SCALE: NONE y - 5 QUAD OUTLET.SEE ELECTRICAL _ C-15 SHELF MOUNTING HEIGHTS DRAWINGS. G.C.TO COORDINATE FINAL SHELF 4 A IT CABINET PROVIDED BY ULTA LOCATION WITH STORE SET TEAM INSTALLED BY G.C. AND STORE MANAGER. BOTTOM AND IDENTIFIED AS _ _ 1 4 ENTIRE AREA OF ETAGERE LARGE OR SMALL SHELVES. A 8.3 STORAGE TO BE 314"FIRE DIMENSIONS ARE TO TOP OF RATED PLYWOOD ( 7 SHELF. SHELVING FURNISHED BY - � � A-8.3 p-1 PAINTED P-1 D P-1 ULTA AND INSTALLED BY GC. ot EL=12'-0" ( ------- I PCA DAMAGES ACT-2 _ 16.5'-smafl shelf 7.5"-small shelf 16.5'-small shelf 7.5"-small shelf S� 16.5"-small shelf TV-small shelf 16.5"-small shelf 9" -small shelf P-1 ` r/ `� shelf 20' -small shelf Revisions 7' -sma16.5"-small shelf 10" -small shelf ll AD 13.5"-large shelf 18" -large shelf ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW — ---- ------- — ---_—_ _-- --------- C-15 C-15 _ FACE& can (gas low as it 02111/15 ISSUE FOR BID SEED AIL SIDES g )- as shelf ` 11A-8.3 OR - _ TYP. ,' - /L r--------- TYP.E STEL. ETAGERE CAL. RAR CLEANING 02/11/15 PH.LA OUT ------- ----- ---- -- STORAGE 10'-small shelf 11'-large shelf /� ISSUE FOR PERMIT _ ---------- '�` g I�03/04/15 = 10'-small shelf - 80'-small shelf 11'- large shelf u 66'-large shelf 19°-large shelf L_---J I I FIN FLOOR ELECTRICAL PANELS SHOWN60 A WB-2 FOR REFERENCE,REFER TO PVC DRAWING WB-2 B WB 2 WB-2 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. TUBE. SEE WB-2 SHEET CS-2 GLADIATOR GARAGEWORKS DEEP HOOK GLADIATOR GARAGEWORKS GEAR TR - 7.5"WX5.25"HX1 VD.MODEL NO.:GAWUXXDHRH ALTERNATE STORAGE SYSTEM:CRAF a �4 ALTERNATE STORAGE SYSTEM:CRAFTSMAN MODEL NO.: 10124 HOOKTITE STANDARD DOUBLE HOOK PROVIDE IN WALL 2X6 FIRE RETARDA 7 7 COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION 7 7 7 3.5"WX5.75"HX10.75"D.MODEL NO.:10102 WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS A -h A-8.3 A-8.3 WITH STORE SET ON SITE. A-8.3 A-8.3 A-8.3 �� P-1 r<H) f-GD r(D P-1 P-1 P-1 SIM. TYP. EL=12'-0" `� - T No.3553 ot ACT-2 SEE NOTES SEE NOTES SEE NOTES SEE NOTES SEE NOTES SEE NOTES C DES PLAINES,IL _ FOR SHELF FOR SHELF FOR SHELF FOR SHELF FOR SHELF FOR SHELF C-15 C-15 �`� C-15 C 15 C 15 C-15 C 15 G15 r--- - - -� LOCATIONS "-� LOCATIONS LOCATIONS LOCATIONS LOCATIONS �_ '� LOCATIONS :WH i T-5 N , I I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- - PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT i0 THE BEST - `� OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, SEE DETAIL 2/A 8.3 CLEANING T 8 I ` REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR FOR MOP SINK _ _ —__ _�__ --------� o ° °___ ---_ M-225-_._— ACCESSORIES. _.. _ _. � , C-10 ° ° _. �--. -�.-.__-_. � ---____.__ ._____ :_ _.. _ _..-_ -- T-16 T-9 T$ \�`�!O WiCL ° a L C-25; �` HANGROD m C17-7 STOKE OR ° ° — / -- - - - - - —---- — _ —_ ARCHITECT SF�I=LVING o T-10 ® - -- —__ �� ---- _.---- - _____ ______ _ --. _._ q Drawn By Checked By OtLOftH _. g_ -_ __.__ __ __.. __.._-._ _ . ---._._ ___.__.. ___ .... '� _. ..... - J / / J CW BW ot EL=0'-0" '� Scale Date FIN FLOOR -9 AS NOTED 2111115 DAMAGES PCA PCA PCA COATS G.C.TO Job No. SURROUNDING MOP INSTALLED BY FRP PANEL(WHITE)TO �+ yyB_2 , SECURELY ANCHOR WB-2 D 4'-0"A.F.F.(ON WALLS E WB-2 WB-2 WB-2 F WB-2 V WB-2 H PROVIDED BY ULTA BASIN).CAULK 'jj—�tJ�"1 n 6 �j„L�1j 7 2 LOCKERS TO WALL � ELEVATION - STAGING Sheet No. 0 SCALE: 114"=V-0" Q U 0 4 ' U LTA H� JOB W OPPORTUNITIES ulta.com/careers NOTE: O O 1. G.C.TO INSTALL WINDOW CONSTRUCTION BANNERS AS INDICATED. VERIFY WITH ULTA CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. SEND DIGITAL PICTURES TO ULTA ONCE BANNERS ARE INSTALLED(WEEK 1). 3. ATTACH THE BANNERS TO THE STORE FRONT WINDOWS USING THE TAPE ON THE FRONT OF THE BANNERS. REPEAT THE LAYOUT PATTERN UNTIL WINDOWS ARE COVERED. 4. RE-ATTACH WITH TAPE TO ALU FRAMES AFTER FINAL CLEANING. 5. CONSTRUCTION BANNERS ARE TEMPORARY AND ARE REMOVED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. 6. CONSTRUCTION BANNERS ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO MALL STOREFRONT. COORDINATE BARRICADE GRAPHICS WITH ULTA. 2 WINDOW CONSTRUCTION BANNERS `W SCALE: NONE NEW STORES V `_ (� �} co Kiat � >n IL� 0 W I u O 6m W Cm � ® Ir "COMING SOON"&"NOW OPEN"BANNERS FURNISHED BY ULTA ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE BY OTHERS UNDER W AND INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C.TO INSTALL"COMING SOON" SEPARATE PERMIT. SIZE AND SIGNAGE TYPE PER BANNER AT CONSTRUCTION START AND REPLACE WITH"NOW ULTA SIGN VENDOR,LL SIGNAGE CRITERIA AND LOCAL CODE. SIGNAGE SHOWN IS PROTOTYPICAL 'A Cm OPEN"BANNER AT THE TIME OF STORE OPENING.THE F SIZE AND IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY. 0 7 4 AMOUNT OF BANNERS TBD. BANNER WILL NEED TO BE �/ ALSO,SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, 6 EXISTING BOX AWNING PROVIDED BY EXISTING BOX AWNING PROVIDED BY EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE BY INSTALLED WITH FULL FRAME OF GREY PVC PIPING WITH FOAM EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE BY LANDLORD UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, LANDLORD TO REMAIN PIPE INSULATION ON THE CORNERS TO KEEP FRAME OFF THE LANDLORD TO REMAIN LANDLORD UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, TYP. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. TYP. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. BUILDING. ATTACH PIPE INSULATION WITH GREY ZIP TIES. G.C.TO REMOVE"NOW OPEN"BANNER AFTER 30 DAYS. PROTECT EXTERIOR BUILDING FINISHES. U v ' 00 � O v � W- 0 - - u _. u..u } r� U `� hd � I I I I cv Cf r- TI PARAPET ; 11FA i 3 Revisions ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW B 'E A U T Y : I I �02/11/15 ISSUE FOR BID 02/11/15 ISSUE FOR PERMIT "NOW HIRING"BANNERS FURNISHED BY A03/04/15 ULTA,INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C.TO Q INSTALL"NOW HIRING"BANNERS ON INTERIOR SIDE OF STOREFRONToL Q EL=10'-0" LU ULTA WINDOWS T/EXISTING STORE -- FRONT-V.I.F. I I I I 0 T. 0 I I O O O O O O NOW O O NOW O O O HIRING HIRING ,STORE: �� STORE, ULTA HOURS -____ ____ > HOURS ULTA 03. -- o �DECAL I DECAL.= _..___ _....._.._.. ..,,_.___...__ _.._. _ ._e._ .._......._ _.........,.. ......_.,,. ,.._...,.. _.. --- _ i� 3 E oL EL-0'0" = I T. T. T. T. ` ' T. N A. eA".PMA _ . ... . FIN.FLOOR HATCH N LOWEST PORTION I I I C� JOH N C� ON STOREFRONT DENOTES WINDOW CONSTRUCTION BANNERS STORE HOURS DECAL APPLIED TO INSIDE No,3553 y WF-1 SEE A-4.1 FOR SPECIFICATION FURNISHED BY ULTA,INSTALLED BY FACE OF GLASS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED 0 1/1".`S PLAINES,IL G.C. SEE WINDOW CONSTRUCTION BY ULTA(SIGNAGE VENDOR). PLACE CENTER BANNERS DETAIL THIS SHEET. OF VINYL TO THE HEIGHT OF DOOR HANDLES 78'-8" AND 2"(HORIZONTALLY)FROM DOOR MULLION. STOREFRONT NOTE: 1. EXTERIOR ELEVATION SIGNAGE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- 2. POWER CONNECTION FOR SIGN NEEDS TO BE WITHIN 6 FT. FROM SIGN. G.C.TO COORDINATE SIGN AND AWNING INSTALLATION WITH ULTA PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, SIGN VENDOR(KIEFFER SIGNS AT 847-415-5710)PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES of TIGARD,OR RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. 3. G.C.TO VERIFY QUALITY OF EXISTING EXTERIOR FINISHES,FOR EXAMPLE; PATCH AND REPAIR AREAS OF FINISHES.NOTIFY ULTA CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY AREAS REQUIRING WORK.IF AREAS OF EXTERIOR FINISH WORK ARE REQUIRED SEPARATE OUT THIS COST WITH EXPLANATION IN BID. ARCHITECT 4. G.C.TO CAULK AROUND WALL PENETRATIONS CREATED BY SIGN INSTALLATIONS. CAULK COLOR TO MATCH EXTERIOR FINISH. Drawn By Checked By CW BW 5. G.C.TO PATCH, REPAIR AND PAINT EXTERIOR TO MATCH EXISTING. Scale Date 6. THE COMING SOON AND NOW OPEN BANNERS WILL BE FURNISHED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C.TO REFER TO INSTALLATION AS NOTED 2/11/15 GUIDELINE PROVIDED BY SIGN VENDOR. Job No. 60' �/'��\J EXTERIOR FRONT ELEVATION Sheet No. A-71 o SCA /4"=LE: 1 1-0' a } 5. } m< LTA JOB ` OPPORTUNITIES �,,,■■J W ultaxom/careers m Hx, NOTE: O O 1. G.C.TO INSTALL WINDOW CONSTRUCTION BANNERS AS INDICATED. VERIFY WITH ULTA CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. SEND DIGITAL PICTURES TO ULTA ONCE BANNERS ARE INSTALLED(WEEK 1). 3. ATTACH THE BANNERS TO THE STORE FRONT WINDOWS USING THE TAPE ON THE FRONT OF THE BANNERS. REPEAT THE LAYOUT PATTERN UNTIL WINDOWS ARE COVERED. 4. RE-ATTACH WITH TAPE TO ALU FRAMES AFTER FINAL CLEANING. 5. CONSTRUCTION BANNERS ARE TEMPORARY AND ARE REMOVED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. 6. CONSTRUCTION BANNERS ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO MALL STOREFRONT. COORDINATE BARRICADE GRAPHICS WITH ULTA. WINDOW CONSTRUCTION BANNERS 2 cc � SCALE: NONE NEW STORES �3 ko 0_ COu CO o RM O C14 Lu 0 0 "COMING SOON"&"NOW OPEN"BANNERS FURNISHED BY ULTA ® AND INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C.TO INSTALL"COMING SOON" Q tuut BANNER AT CONSTRUCTION START AND REPLACE WITH"NOW t�– OPEN"BANNER AT THE TIME OF STORE OPENING,THE J Cm M AMOUNT OF BANNERS TBD. BANNER WILL NEED TO BE x 0 6 INSTALLED WITH FULL FRAME OF GREY PVC PIPING WITH FOAM 5 4 3 P W PIPE INSULATION ON THE CORNERS TO KEEP FRAME OFF THE BUILDING. ATTACH PIPE INSULATION WITH GREY ZIP TIES. EXISTING AWNING PROVIDED BY LANDLORD ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE BY OTHERS UNDER UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. SHOWN FOR SEPARATE PERMIT. SIZE AND SIGNAGE TYPE PER G.C.TO REMOVE"NOW OPEN"BANNER AFTER 30 DAYS. REFERENCE ONLY. ULTA SIGN VENDOR,LL SIGNAGE CRITERIA AND PROTECT EXTERIOR BUILDING FINISHES. — LOCAL CODE. SIGNAGE SHOWN IS PROTOTYPICAL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE BY LANDLORD TO REMAIN SIZE AND IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY. u, EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE BY LANDLORD TO REMAIN I ALSO,SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. I I o a 00 a � I 1 I I a» 00 u � �Q I I I I i U0 CO v EL=22'-0.. I TI PARAPET Revisions ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW � ISSUE FOR BID 02/11/15 B E A T Y ISSUE FOR PERMIT I I I 0 i OJflY/► 0 , '01 ' t>3 IS �eD A C, 44"x56" 44"46" 44 x56" ,'� 44"X56" Q) JOHN A. PIPMAN tr� EL=0'-0" ........... ..............._.:.. �� \ \J I No.3653 � FIN.FLOOR HATCH ON LOWEST PORTION HATCH ON LOWEST PORTION DES PLAINES,IL 9 ON STOREFRONT DENOTES WINDOW CONSTRUCTION BANNERS ON STOREFRONT DENOTES WF-1 SEE A-4.1 FOR SPECIFICATION FURNISHED BY ULTA, INSTALLED BY WF-1 SEE A-4.1 FOR SPECIFICATION G.C. SEE WINDOW CONSTRUCTION BANNERS DETAIL THIS SHEET. 78'-8" ULTA NOTE: 1. EXTERIOR ELEVATION SIGNAGE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE P NS HAVE BEEN PRE- PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, 2. POWER CONNECTION FOR SIGN NEEDS TO BE WITHIN 6 FT.FROM SIGN. G.C.TO COORDINATE SIGN AND AWNING INSTALLATION WITH ULTA REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR SIGN VENDOR(KIEFFER SIGNS AT 847-415-5710)PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. 3. G.C.TO VERIFY QUALITY OF EXISTING EXTERIOR FINISHES,FOR EXAMPLE;PATCH AND REPAIR AREAS OF FINISHES.NOTIFY ULTA CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY AREAS REQUIRING WORK. IF AREAS OF EXTERIOR FINISH WORK ARE REQUIRED SEPARATE OUT THIS ARCHITECT COST WITH EXPLANATION IN BID. Drawn By Checked By 4. G.C.TO CAULK AROUND WALL PENETRATIONS CREATED BY SIGN INSTALLATIONS, CAULK COLOR TO MATCH EXTERIOR FINISH. CW BW 5. G.C.TO PATCH,REPAIR AND PAINT EXTERIOR TO MATCH EXISTING. Scale Date AS NOTED 2/11/15 6. THE COMING SOON AND NOW OPEN BANNERS WILL BE FURNISHED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C.TO REFER TO INSTALLATION Job No. GUIDELINE PROVIDED BY SIGN VENDOR. 14 o 6 7 2 EXTERIOR BACK ELEVATION Sheet No.A-7.2 SCALE: 1/4"= ' "1-0 } F- W m LS (2)SECTIONS OF (2)SECTIONS OF O w©ui UNISTRUT INSIDE CABINET UNISTRUT INSIDE CABINET lam? CONNECTING BOTH CONNECTING BOTH INSTALL TWO 3/8" THREADED RODS INSTALL TWO 3/8" THREADED RODS F VERTICAL THREADED p Q VERTICAL THREADED Fp p Iuul RODS PER HEADER JOINT RODS PER HEADER JOINT SPACED PER SPACED PER 9Z o MANUFACTURERS MANUFACTURERS gCq RECOMMENDATIONS. RECOMMENDATIONS. �P , fl_ < NOTE: � C� z FIXTURE VENDOR PROVIDES THE FOLLOWING: FIXTURE VENDOR PROVIDES THE FOLLOWING: Cm 0 (2)TWO 3/8"X 10'-0"PIECES OF ALL THREAD PER HEADER (2)TWO 3/8"X 10'4"PIECES OF ALL THREAD PER HEADER JOINT. INSTALLED BY G.C. JOINT. INSTALLED BY G.C. (1)ONE 80"PIECE OF UNISTRUT PER HEADER JOINT (1)ONE 80"PIECE OF UNISTRUT PER HEADER JOINT SPRING NUTS,HEX NUTS,WASHERS,AND UNISTRUT SPRING NUTS, HEX NUTS,WASHERS,AND UNISTRUT MOUNTING PLATES.INSTALLED BY G.C. MOUNTING PLATES.INSTALLED BY G.C. u pia EXISTING ROOF DECK00 ?+ N DOUBLE EXISTING 2X SUB-PURLIN. ATTACH TO EXISTING W/12D NAILS @ 4"O.C.(STAG) EXISTING ROOF DECK U a L 2-1/2 x 2-112 x 3/16"x 3"LONG (D W/3/16"0 x 3"LAG SCREW "" } _ L 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 3/16"x 3"LONGI /\I Q o a MILLWORK BUILDOUT W/3/16"0 x 3"LAG SCREW MILLWORK BUILDOUT EXISTING ROOF JOIST " PROVIDED BY FIXTURE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR. EXISTING ROOF JOIST CONTRACTOR. " co INSTALLED BY G.C. —INSTALL ARCH TIGHT TO CEILING INSTALLED BY G.C. INSTALL ARCH TIGHT TO CEILING CEILING GRID CEILING GRID TILE. NO GAPS ALLOWED. TILE. NO GAPS ALLOWED. CEILING/SOFFIT INSTALLATION NOTES: BLOCKING AS REQ'D. SHORT SECTION OF UNI-STRUT BLOCKING AS REQ'D. SHORT SECTION OF UNI-STRUT 1. SUPPORT, BRACE,AND CONNECTIONS OF CEILINGS/SOFFITS TO ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE AS PER 11" INSIDE ARCH W/WASHERS&NUTS 11" INSIDE ARCH W/WASHERS&NUTS ' CONNECTING BOTH THREADED CONNECTING BOTH THREADED APPLICABLE CODES AND MANUFACTURER DESIGN/SPECIFICATIONS. ATTACHMENT TO ROOF DECK IS NOT RODS AT EACH JOINT RODS AT EACH JOINT PERMITTED. DOUBLE TUBE STAGGERED DOUBLE TUBE STAGGERED 2. ALL GALVANIZED STUD AND JOISTS SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL THAT CORRESPONDS TO THE o ; FLUORESCENT LIGHTING.LAMPS o ; FLUORESCENT LIGHTING.LAMPS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF THE A.I.S.I.STANDARDS PROVIDED BY LIGHTING VENDOR, PROVIDED BY LIGHTING VENDOR. INSTALLED BY G.C. INSTALLED BY G.C. 2. ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMERICAN TRANSLUCENT WHITE PLEXIGLAS TRANSLUCENT WHITE PLEXIGLAS IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE(A.I.S.I.)"SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD FORMED STEEL FACE IN METAL FRAME PROVIDED FACE IN METAL FRAME PROVIDED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS"LATEST EDITION. BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR. BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR. Revisions INSTALLED BY G.C. INSTALLED BY G.C. 3. PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES INCLUDING ,BUT NOT LIMITED TO,TRACKS,CLIPS,WEB STIFFENERS, ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW oMILLWORK BUILDOUT PROVIDED MILLWORK BUILDOUT PROVIDED ANCHORS, FASTENING DEVICES,RESILIENT CLIPS,AND OTHER ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE 02/11/15 BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR. BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR. AND PROPER INSTALLATION,AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE STEEL MEMBERS ISSUE FOR BID INSTALLED BY G.C. INSTALLED BY G.C. USED. 02/11/15 DOUBLE TUBE FLUORESCENT DOUBLE TUBE FLUORESCENT ISSUE FOR PERMIT 4. FASTENING OF COMPONENTS SHALL BE WITH SELF-DRILLING SCREWS OR WELDING. SCREWS OR WELDS 03/04/15 LIGHTING PROVIDED BY LIGHTING PROVIDED BY SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO INSURE THE STRENGTH OF THE CONNECTION.ALL WELDS OF GALVANIZED LIGHTING VENDOR. INSTALLED LIGHTING VENDOR. INSTALLED STEEL SHALL BE TOUCHED UP WITH A ZINC-RICH PAINT. ALL WELDS OF CARBON STEEL SHALL BE TOUCHED Q BY G.C. BY G.C. WITH PAINT. WIRE TYING OF COMPONENTS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. Q PAINT GYP. BD.WALL(::E)1 PAINT GYP.BD.WALL P-1 2'4"DOWN FROM UNDERSIDE 2'4"DOWN FROM UNDERSIDE Q OF ARCH U.N.O.ON THE OF ARCH U.N.O.ON THE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. Q 5 ARCH VALANCE SECTION DETAIL 3 ARCH VALANCE SECTION DETAIL 2 SOFFIT/CEILING NOTES SCALE: 1"= V4, SCALE: 1"= V4, SCALE: N.T.S. �3. 0 L EXISTING PLYWOOD EXISTING PLYWOOD SHEATHING SHEATHING 2-10G(D=.19) EXISTING PLYWOOD i WOOD SCREWS SHEATHING ,D 3-10g(d=.19)WOOD EXISTING PLYWOOD �s� SCREWSSHEATHING 12 GA.CLIP ANGLE JOHN A.C"'T'?AN 2X rB EXISTING OPEN WEB 2410 SDS 16 GA CLIP BLOCKING WOOD JOIST 2X BLOCKING 2-10g(d-.19)WOOD - ANGLE W/ SCREWS " I 2410 SDS 0 DES PLAINES,IL I SIMPSON JOIST j EACH LEG + + + I I II HANGER I I I I I I I + SIMPSON , _+ + TRACK I I I � -- - I I I I BLOCKING @ LATERALL Y 362T125-43 WI I JOISTI I I I I I I I -- � JOIST WEB BRACE TO I I I I ; � � � 2-#10 SDS HANGER �� STRUCTURE EA.STUD EXISTING OPENDJ ABOVE USING I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE ANS HAVE BEEN PRE- T BLOCKING I I I I �� WEB WOOD PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST I I I Izz METAL STUDS OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, I I I I @ JOIST 362S162-43 @ I I I I I JOIST REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR WEB RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. I I I I 4'-0'.WALLS �B I I � I I 2X BLOCKING I I TO HAVE I I I EXISTING I I I I I I L' _ L; _, __ 362S162-43 BLOCKING TO �'` — I SECT @ 4'-0"O.C. .D-D MATCH JOIST MAXIMUM OPEN 12 GA.CLIP ANGLE DEPTH ARCHITECT (TYP.) UNBRACED , WEB 3410 SDS&3-10g(d=.19) LENGTH OF WOOD WOOD SCREWS 3625162-43 @ 4'4" 4'-0„ Drawn By Checked By JOIST CW BW A. CONNECTION DETAIL B. CONNECTION DETAIL SECT.B-B C. CONNECTION DETAIL D. LATERAL BRACE E. WALL CONNECTION Scale Date PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST PARALLEL TO JOIST CONNECTION DETAIL DETAIL AS NOTED 2/11/15 AT ROOF STRUCTURE AT LATERAL BRACE Job No. - 8B 3 7 2 CONNECTION DETAILS Sheet No. Q ® o SCALE: N.T.S. ° NOTE: NOTE: EDGE OF VINYL TILE TO BEDOOR 1. TOP OF VT-3 TO BE FLUSH FLUSH WITH VINYL TILE. FRAME WITH PORCELAIN TILE. CTC EDGE ANODIZED ALUM.CLEAR 2. TILE VARIES. G.C.TO SELECT FINISH MANUFACTURED BY CERAMIC VINYL TRANSITION LINE AT BACK STT WOOD STRIP CTC EDGE THICKNESS TILE TOOL COMPANY(800)236-5230 IP OF FRAME(STAGING SIDE) F, FLOORING SALES STAGING VINYL TILE VINYL TILE METAL FRAMING AT �w PERIMETER WALL m ARDEX X5 THIN FEATHER-UP WITH ARDEX ADHESIVE BY 5/8"GYP.BD.AT SET MORTAR K15 LEVELING COMPOUND. MANUFACTURERS ADHESIVE BY MANUFACTURERS PERIMETER WALL 10'-0"WIDE AT PERIMETER. SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION A- PORCELAIN-VINYL DETAIL D -VINYL TILE -VINYL TILE WALL BASE r. VINYL FLOORING I °O CONTINUE UNDER GYP.BD. PEMKO PART#255A PORCELAIN PROVIDE 1/8"GROUT JOINT PORCELAIN SOFT JOINT SOFT JOINT HOLD GYP. BD.318"FROM UNFINISHED FLOOR TYPICAL AT COMMERCIAL N0. 10 X 1 1/2" TILE AS RECOMMENDED BY TILE TILE ALL PERIMETER WALLS WHERE VINYL IS USED I THRESHOLD (FACTORY PROVIDED)PHILLIPS MANUFACTURER LINE OF CONCRETE �/-TILE GROUTED SOLID (FACTA - DETAIL AT PERIMETER & INTERIOR WALLS & VINYL FLOORING ALIGN TILE CONTROL JOINT R SHADED AREA INDICATES cl, _ EXTENT OF CRACK c ISOLATION MEMBRANE ARDEX X5 THIN l THIN SET B - PORCELAIN-PORCELAIN DETAIL SET MORTAR I METAL FRAMING AT 5" MORTAR BASE PERIMETER WALL 518"GYP.BD.AT NOTE: PERIMETER WALL NOTE: JOINT SEALANT COLOR: ARDEX X5 THIN SET MORTAR G.C.TO VERIFY CONTROL PLAN VIEW JOINT SEALANT COLOR: WALL BASE G.C.TO VERIFY CONTROL LIMESTONE �_ JOINT LOCATIONS IN FIELD LIMESTONE 0 PORCELAIN TILE FLOORING o JOINT LOCATIONS IN FIELD AND COORDINATE. ARDEX X5 THIN SET MORTAR TILE TILE iL CONTINUE UNDER GYP.BD. AND COORDINATE. TILE TILE . " � M TILE HOLD GYP.BD.3/4"FROM UNFINISHED FLOOR TYPICAL AT �@ x^n ` \, ALL PERIMETER WALLS WHERE PORCELAIN IS USED O B - DETAIL AT PERIMETER INTERIOR WALLS & PORCELAIN FLOORING ; SLAB APPLY ARDEX 8+9 SLAB luul 0 0 CRACK ISOLATION V-6" EXISTING CONTROL APPLY ARDEX 8+9 CRACK ISOLATION. G 0 (MIN.)TO EITHER SIDE JOINT IN SLAB THE CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE O °: C C - FLR CONTROL JOINT @ COL. LINES DETAIL of CONTROL JOINT MUST COVER THE ENTIRE WIDTH OF THE O 0 EXISTING CONTROL E - FLR CONTROL JOINT @ COL. LINES DETAIL TILE OVERLAPPING THE CONTROL JOINT Q� D JOINT IN SLAB WHERE CONTROL JOINT & TILE JOINT DO NOT ALIGN WITH SOFT JOINTS ON BOTH SIDES. Or 10 ENTRY DOOR TRANSITION 9 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS 8 DETAIL AT PERIMETER WALLS Q ( a z SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: NONE - SCALE: N.T.S. 0 NOTE: ALL STEEL TO BE MIN.Fy-50 KSI NOTE: ALL STEEL TO BE MIN.Fy=50 KSI 04 0 1 112"X 1 112"METAL CORNER � � NOTE: ALL STEEL TO BE MIN.Fy=50 KSI GUARD,TYP.@ PERIMETER 9 OF OPENING NOTE: #10 SCREWS AT 6"O.C. OFFICE WALLS TO EL=8'-7 3/8" �/'� EXTEND TO DECK ACOUSTICAL - - 314"FIRE TREATED APA RATED WITH GYP.BD.ON CEILING TILE o -� STRUCTURAL- 1 PLYWOOD OUTSIDE FACE. U a DECKING W/#10 SCREWS @ 6" OWNS O.C. PLYWOOD EDGES& 12" ' O.C.@ FIELD 'o P 362S137-33 STUD W/(2)#8 SMS INTO EL=12'0" .. _ DBL STUD AND(1)#8 SMS EA SIDE COPE FLANGES AND PROJECT ACT-2 TO TRACK ° WEB TO BEND 2"-FASTEN WITH 2#10 SCREWS 4) a 4- - #10 SCREWS AT 6"O.C.TO 362S162-43 STUD @ 16" (4)#8 SMS @ 8"OC EA SIDE TRACK BELOW O.C.AT AL WALLS •Q u "' 362T125 54 W/ ONE#10 SCREW EACH BLOCK U � =� w ° #8 SMS @ 8"OC u 362S162-43 AT 16"O.C.,TYP. EA SIDE O3/4"FIRE TREATED APA RATED ° STRUCTURAL- 1 PLYWOOD PLYWOOD DECKING W/#10 SCREWS @ 6" SIDE BEYOND ° O.C.PLYWOOD EDGES& 12" 3/4"FIRE TREATED ° (2)362S137-33 EL=8--7 318" O.C. @FIELD (2)362S125-54 W/#8 SMS PLYWOOD DECKING HEADER o �� STAGGERED. 60OS162-43 a-Bz ° �� JOISTS @ 16" — / O.C. . . . . . - ° ( Revisions ° 600S162 43 • • • • • ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW BLOCKING EL=8'0" 02/11/15 16GA ANGLE W/ °� ° (2)#12 SMS IN EA 4'-0"O.C. MIN. • • • • • B.O.CEILING HEIGHT ISSUE FOR BID LEG(T&B) LT.GAUGE _ -- CONT.GYPSUM 600S162 43 JOISTS @ 16"O.C. 5A A02/11/15 CLIP ANGLE BOARD TO TOP OF 362T125-43 OR 60OT125-43 A-az ISSUE FOR PERMIT W/3#10 WALL(NO JOINTS TRACK WITH 2#10(MIN.) 03/04115 SCREWS @ AT FLOOR LINE OF SCREWS @ EACH JOIST Q 362T150-54 EACH LEG PLATFORM) 362S162 43 OR 600S162 43 (TOP&BOT) 362T125-43 TRACK WITH 2#10 STUD @ 16"O.C.SEE PLAN Q #10 SCREWS (MIN.)SCREWS @ EACH JOIST FOR STUD SIZE. AT 7"O.C.TYP.-----/-B SEE PLAN. STUD @ 16"O.C. 1-114"MIN.LEG ON 18 GA Q O TRACK W/#10 X 1"FLAT O HEAD SCREW @ 6'O.C. CERTAIN ELEMENTS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 0.145"DIA SHOT PIN @ 16"O.C.EMBED 1-1/4"MIN. 6 OFFICE STORAGE HEADER DETAIL 5 OFFICE STORAGE FRAMING DETAILS 4 OFFICE STORAGE FRAMING DETAILS SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: 3"= 1'-0" SCALE: 1"= 1'-0" b 3. Lf , l3 NOTE:LIVE LOAD OF STORAGE AREA IS 40 LBS PER S0.FT. EXTEND �A �,D t� ACOUSTICAL NOTE: ALL STEEL TO BE MIN.Fy=50 KSI vg 1 CEILING AND GRID 46 /4Aj� OVER OPENING �r 4'-0" A-8.2 A- .2 � JOHN A.C'TI.TMAN v� METAL CORNER GUARD MAX No.3;;53 AT PERIMETER, REFER TO EL- 12'-0" ® DES PLAINES,IL DETAIL THIS SHEET. ), EL.= 12'-0"A.F.F. ACT-2 �yj „,�,,., B.O.ACT.CEILI G STORAGE AREA PAINTED 8'-7 3/8”A.F.F. BENJAMIN MOORE Y T.O.SHELF 3/4"FIRE TREATED 6 ---- ------ i #007-RED,TYP. �� PLYWOOD SHEATHING ON THREE SIDES A-8.2 362SI62-43 STUD 8'-0"A.F.F. FRAMING _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EL.=8' "A.F.F. B.O.GYP.BD. CEILING 600S 162-43 JOISTS AT 16"O.C. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- B.O. BD.CEILING , 5A n MAX. PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST G.C.TO PROVIDE / OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, i 2 A 8.2 j REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR TEXT WH ICH �� A-8.2 I 5B RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. READS"NO - i A-8.2 MANAGER'S OFFICE STORAGE ABOVE CEILING FRAMING: THIS LINE", ARCHITECT 362S162-43 AND TYP.THREE SIDES �� 60OS162-43 BLOCKING FROM 600S162-43 JOISTS WITH �\ LEDGER TO FIRST INTERIOR Drawn By Checked By 314"PLYWOOD DECK JOIST AT 16" O.C. CW BW EL=0'-0" � Scale Date 518"GYP.BD.SHEATHING EL.=0'-0" FIN FLOOR G.C.TO PROVIDE SIGNAGE AS NOTED 2/11/15 FINISH FLOOR "STORAGE AREA NOT TO Job No. NOTE: EXCEED 40 LBS PER S0.FT." 1 `-t!' o ES � U//�j 2 NOT ALL ELEMENTS SHOWN FOR DIAGRAM CLARITY. SEE DETAILS. CENTERED ABOVE DOOR 3 OFFICE STORAGE DIAGRAM 2 OFFICE STORAGE ELEVATION DETAIL 1 OFFICE STORAGE FRAMING PLAN Sheet No. 0 SCALE: 114"= V-00 0" SCALE: 114"= V-0" SCALE: 1/4"= V-0" ° SHELVES&STANDARDS _ TO BE PROVIDED BY MILLWORK VENDOR AND TYPICAL WALL STANDARD. SEE STANDARD WITH#10 INSTALLED BY G.C. INTERIOR ELEVATION FOR PHILLIPS SCREWS MOUNTING HEIGHT _ _EL=12'0" TO BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 2x4 BLOCKING CEILING ~ 00 FACE UP GYP.BD.WALL < 2X4 BLOCKING SCREWED INSTALLATION NOTES: �+ —— &GLUED TO STUD -CONTINUOUS 2x4 BLOCKING TO BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO WALL AT STUD LOCATIONS. 0° CONSTRUCTION. a? -MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR 2x4 BLOCKING TO PROVIDE(3-3'/z"LONG) CORRESPOND TO SCREW HOLES IN WALL SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION,(7)ROWS STANDARDS. MOP HOLDER AT HEIGHT SHOWN. -SCREW HOLE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FROM THE —— CONFIRM HEIGHTS WI TOP OF THE STANDARD. SCREW HOLES ARE TO LIE 1'-10" PAPER TOWEL �[ METAL STANDARDS IN _ UP WITH THE CENTER OF THE 2x4 BLOCKING EXCEPT DISPENSER FIELD. AT THE BASE.BOTTOM OF STANDARD AT BASE MUST FIRST AID KIT T-16 7A SIT ON FLOOR. T-9 2X4 BLOCKING a-e s SCREW HOLES MUST ALIGN HORIZONTALLY. THE « BIO HAZARD KIT METAL STUD IN WALL BOTTOM OF THE STANDARDS MAY NEED TO BE CUT a FIRE TREATED TO HAVE THE SCREW HOLES ALIGN AND TOC? PLYWOOD,TYP. ACCOMMODATE ANY SLOPE OF THE FLOOR. -STANDARD INSTALLATION SHALL START AT THE HIGH POINT OF THE FLOOR. COORDINATE BLOCKING LOCATIONS WITH WALL o STANDARDS RECEIVED FROM OWNER. 1x4 FIRE-TREATED,TYP. B USE#10 PHILLIPS FLATHEAD WOOD SCREWS 3"-32" MINIMUM. 2x4,TYP. SCALE:N.T.S. SCALE:%"=V-0" C14 `� p� 03 NJO 7 STAGING BLOCKING DETAIL DEMISING/STAGING WALL -`� f SCALE: AS NOTED oCd �uul STEEL DECK G.C.TO PROVIDE MOISTURE RESISTANT BARRIER AT j �P (2)HILTI X-U PAF UNISTRUT UNISTRUT#P4010 POURBACKS.COORDINATE WITH j #P1000 CHANNEL CHANNEL NUT FLOOR FINISH MANUFACTURER. CLEANING RACK 0 "-"G.C.TO ENSURE LEVEL POUR i ! t '�° 0 OPENING BACK TO ALLOW FOR i 1 WIDTH INSTALLATION OF TENANT f� i '� co J t/ C�$ BOTTOM OF PERIMETER ERL P FINISHES ; � i oCq TOP CHORD UNISTRUT#P2864 FIXTURE - ` / v OF BAR JOIST FLAT PLATE DRILL AND EPDXY GROUT INTO ; ��_� w'rrr M 0o .. FITTING EXISTING SLAB WITH#3 REBAR r/ B • , I , ___ ! 18"O.C.EACH SIDE WITH 3" _. .01 UNISTRUT 1354AW ; - . _I �.° -}- MI DOUBLE 1/2"HEX NUT 112"DIAMETER MIN.EMBED. Nl�J ADJUSTABLE y I iI I Q THREADED ROD IC— HINGE TO STRUCTURAL CONNECTION r' C) ti O CHANNEL BELOW ELECTRICAL OR OVERLAP EXISTING AND NEW �' r I WALL BASE ATTACHEd TO 3/8" PLUMBING LINE VISQUEEN(10 MIL)AS MUCH AS �°°' "`� rr/ 0 — EXIST.JOISTNOTE: i PLYWOOD BACKER PROVIDED UNISTRUT P1000 WHERE PRACTICAL,A BEAM CLAMP MAY BE USED AS AN BY GC TO UNDERSIDE OF POSSIBLE BACKFILL W/SAND OR / 3« ALTERNATE MOUNTING METHOD TO THIS ASSEMBLY.BEAM BUNKER, FROM FINISHED 1 'a FIRE TREATED CLAMPS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE TOP CHORD OF THE FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF GRAVEL&COMPACT ` / PLYWOOD TO FLOOR BAR JOIST. BUNKER. TYP.AT ALL TAPE SEAM PERIMETER FIXTURES. NOTE: - STEEL DECK CONNECTION DETAIL 0. SCRIBE TO FLOOR. PAINT 1. NEW CONCRETE IN-FILL MUST BE LEVEL WITH EXISTING _ ,o PLYWOOD P 1 PRIOR SLAB,SMOOTH,AND READY TO ACCEPT TENANT FINISHES. WB-2 2. REFER TO SHEET CS-3 FOR MOISTURE SLAB TESTING TO ATTACHING WALL BASE. REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE MOISTURE BARRIER G.C.MUST LEVEL TRENCH POUR BACKS o r APPLICATION WITH FLOORING VENDOR. TO ACCEPT TENANT'S FLOOR FINISHES. r� z c m .4 {2}HILTIX-U PAF EXIST.SLAB PERIMETER FIXTURE BASE DETAIL SLAB ON GRADE TRENCH DETAIL SHELF STORAGE SECTION MOP SINK ACCESSORIES E $ 6 4 2 9— SCALE: 1"=1'-0" SCALE: 1"=V-0" SCALE: 314"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" `� A�` IT CABINET WEIGHT:475 LBS. UNISTRUT EXIST.BEAM SEE a NUT,BOLT AND '"THREADED P1001 {TYP) UNISTRUT WASHER ROD(TYP) CONNECTION 4"FIRE TREATED ON 91A-8.3 PLYWOOD 3'-2" UNISTRUT 1354A ADJUSTABLE HINGE - - - - - - - - — — — — - - - - - CONNECTION METAL STUD WALL — � NOTE: 3« I IT CABINET I ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED UNISTRUT P1000 UNISTRUT P2867 a FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD P-1.REFER TO FINISH I"0 THREADED ROD I I BEAM CLAMP ATTACH PLYWOOD TO UNISTRUT WITH 4" ( ( 3I4"PLYWOOD SPECIFICATIONS. Revisions NUT,BOLT AND WASHER,TYP.OF(10) 6'-0" ISSUE FOR CLIENTILL REVIEW j4EL�-I V-0"A.F.F. ( I 2x4 FRAMING BLOCKING NOTES: FROM EDGE OF ELEC.PANEL /�02111/15 !T CABINET PROVIDED BY ULTA YTOp OF IT CABINET — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — I INSTALLED BY G.C. — — — -` — — — — - — — — — 314"PLYWOOD FROM TO EDGE OF LOW WALL ISSUE FOR BID STEEL BEAM CONNECTION DETAIL SHELF I FLOOR SLAB TO 6" I I I GENERAL NOTES: 02/11115 ATTACH IT CABINET TO PLYWOOD UNISTRUT I ABOVE CEILING ON 1. ALL IN WALL BLOCKING BY EL=CEILING ISSUE FOR PERMIT WITH WOOD SCREW AND WASHER, UNISTRUT P1000 — — — — — — — — P1325 ANGLE — — — — (I T.G.C. I ) 03/04/15 FITTING(TYP) ALL THREE SIDES OF — 2. PLYWOOD BLOCKING IN TYP.OF(4). USE EXISTING MIN(1)@ EA UNISTRUT ETAGERE STORAGE WALL BETWEEN STUDS I AREA FOR LEVELER HOLES IN CABINET. DIRECTION P1000(TYP) (2)#14 SCREWS(TYP) PLAN 1x6 ALIGN FOR ANCHORING I ROUTER WITH I 3 314"FIRE TREATED UNISTRUT 1354A ( } (2)HILT[X-U PAF EXIST SLAB ADJUSTABLE HINGE 2'-0"x 6'-0"FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD 2 3. ALL PLYWOOD,WOOD i SHELF L� I: PLYWOOD(4'X 6' CONNECTION SECURELY ATTACHED TO WALL STUDS FRAMING,AND BLOCKING I_ I SIZE) Q TO BE FIRE RETARDANT o® e ___®�' AREA FOR VECTOR ----- ----------- ---- - -------- — — — — — ALL TREATEDS REQ'D.BY DOUBLE NUT 5'2" 1 I (A THREADED CODE) I I x CONNECTIONS — — — — — — — — IT CABINET UNISTRUT 3116" 2 L3x3xJlsx6"LONG f A FRONT ELEVATION 2 I 1354AW 3116" 2 wl{2)l"HILTI KWIK BOLT- p e--- - -------------------- --- ----- p 9 �l B o I ADJUSTABLE 1 8"EMBED(ADJUST THE ---- - -------------'------- -- C, HINGE %"0 A36 ANLE LOCATION TO ,, 'z THREADED - I CONNECTION THREADED ROD AVOID SLAB REINF) ROD(TYP) h EL_==CEILING ___ _ .. YY AREA FOR G�"5 y ' Illy SEE UNISTRUT s« I TEL.VENDOR 3'-2" a FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD �► ` — / CONCRETE SLAB CONNECTION DETAIL V CONNECTION ON " o /6 TYP. — — — — _ — —— — �� ------- ----___----- ®------ ® ------- - -- 91A-8.3 2,-0" oit EL=9'6 M 5'-2" SHELF AREA FOR SEE UNISTRUT 3/4" ' PLYWOOD 2x4 PERIMETER I i t A.ri='Eti�iAN Ct1 UNISTRUT 9tA 8CONNECTION ON _ FRAMING,TYP. EMS I Na.3153 P1000(TYP) ( ( EL-7--0" DOUBLE NUT ALL IT CABINET ( I q A WOOD SCREW& SHELF 1x6 I3ES PLAINES IL SHEATHING L5x3x%6(LLV)wl (2)2x8 BLOCKING CONNETHREAdCTIONS ED (DOOR SIDE) WASHER G.C.TO PROVIDE M I I r, Y (2)'V0x3" LAG UNISTRUT 1354A UNISTRUT EL=11' 0"A.F.F. ( ( `_' UNISTRUT P1325 HEAVY DUTY EYE I I - SCREWS BOLTS INA 2X4 I :I ADJUSTABLE HINGE P1000(TYP) `'TOP OF IT CABINET I ANGLE FITTING CONNECTION SHELF = = - - _— — — - — - (TYP) SECURED TO WALL 1 EL=FIN.FLR. -- ___--- --_-_ - -_-__-_-_ WITH CHAIN-TYP. OIL UNISTRUT P1000 2"THREADED (2)2X4 WOOD ELEC.PANEL PVC DRAWING MIN(1)@ EA 2 (TYP) BLOCKING STORAGE TUBE I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- TRUSS 1'-4" 1'-4" PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST DIRECTION I I OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, UNISTRUT P1000 (�'P) PLAN - MIN(1)@ EA 3'-0" I I (2)#14 SCREWS EL=FIN.FLR. RELAATTIINGTOSSRUCTTURESANDBUILLDI GSTIGARD.OR DIRECTION 3116" 2 W 4 4°FIRE TREATED (� UNISTRUT 1354A PLYWOOD METAL STUD WALL L J WB-2 WB 2 "0 THREADED 3/16« 2 2X BLOCKING 2 ADJUSTABLE HINGE I I ARCHITECT ( )�"0 CONNECTION ROD HANGER FIT IN TRUSS THRU-BOLTS ( { Drawn By Checked By WEB(TYP) I�I CW BW UNISTRUT P1000 DOUBLE NUT ALL THREADED I I Scale Date CONNECTIONS I I AS NOTED 2111115 B SIDE ELEVATION Job No. WOOD TRUSS CONNECTION DETAIL 14-0 3 7 4 9 IT CABINET CONNECTION DETAILS 5 IT CABINET SHELF DETAIL - STRUCTURAL 3 ETAGERE SHELF DETAILS TYPICAL EMS/TEL. LAYOUT Sheet No. oSCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: 3/4"=V-0" SCALE: 114"=V-0" SCALE: N.T.S. SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL CEILINGS.THESE CHANGES ARE AS FOLLOWS: COMPLY WITH OSSC 803.9,1613.1 AND NOTE: SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL A.OREGON FALLS UNDER OSSC SEISMIC CATEGORIES D. CISCA CATEGORY D.COMPLIANCE 1.WALL MOLDINGS(PERIMETER CLOSURE ANGLES)ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A HORIZONTAL COMPLY WITH OSSC 8OMPL 613.1 AND B.ONLY HEAVY DUTY GRID MAY BE USED CISCA CATEGORY Q.COMP636 �- - ALSO WITH ASTM C635&C636 FLANGE 2"WIDE,UNLESS ALTERNATE METHODS ARE APPROVED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION BY THE ;�= C.MINIMUM 3/4"CLEARANCE FROM GRID END TO WALL ALSO IED ASTM C635 C C636 MODIFIED PER ASCE 7.COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND THE DESIGNER OF RECORD.ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID MODIFIED PER ASCE 7.COMPLY WITH D.GRID MUST BE ATTACHED ON TWO ADJACENT WALLS,NO ESR-1308 SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE WALL MOLDING,THE OTHER END SHALL A 3/4"CLEARANCE FROM THE ESR-1308 ATTACHMENT ON OTHER TWO WALLS WALL AND FREE TO SLIDE. E.PERIMETER TENDS TIED TOGETHER AT PERIMETERS - (SPACER/STABILIZER BAR)ON TEES THAT ARE 1. THE SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE 2.THE GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS(POP RIVETS OR APPROVED METHOD). w NOT ATTACHED TO PERIMETER MOLDING WITH ASTM C635,ASTM C636,AND OTHER APPROVED METHODS AS MODIFIED BY THE F.PARTITION ATTACHMENT BRACING IS REQUIRED TO BE " NO.12 GA.VERTICAL WIRE FOLLOWING: 3.THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM 314 CLEARANCE FROM THE END OF THE GRID SYSTEM AT INDEPENDENT FROM CEILING SPLAY BRACING 1.1. A HEAVY DUTY T-BAR GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE USED. UN-ATTACHED WALLS. HANGER @4'-0"O.C. G.SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT REQUIRED FOR AREAS>2500 SQ.FT. 1.2. THE WIDTH OF THE PERIMETER SUPPORTING CLOSURE ANGLE SHALL BE NOT LESS (OR FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS) THAN 2.0 INCHES. IN EACH ORTHOGONAL HORIZONTAL DIRECTION,ONE END OF THE HORIZONTAL FLANGE CEILING GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. THE OTHER END IN EACH HORIZONTAL DIRECTION SHALL HAVE A 0.75 INCHES CLEARANCE FROM THE WALL AND SHALL REST UPON AND BE FREE TO SLIDE ON A CLOSURE ANGLE. 1.3. MINIMUM 3/4"CLEARANCE FROM GRID END TO WALL 1.4. GRID MUST BE ATTACHED ON TWO ADJACENT WALLS,NO ATTACHMENT ON OTHER TWO WALLS 1.5. PERIMETER TENDS TIED TOGETHER AT PERIMETERS(SPACERISTABILIZER BAR)ON 8• TEES THAT ARE NOT ATTACHED TO PERIMETER MOLDING 1.6. PARTITION ATTACHMENT BRACING IS REQUIRED TO BE INDEPENDENT FROM CEILING SPLAY BRACING 1.7. SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT REQUIRED FOR AREAS>2500 SQ.FT.(OR FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS) SPREADER BAR NOTE:NOT REQUIRED IF A 90 CIO GENERAL NOTES DEGREE INTERSECTING CROSS OR MAIN IS WITHIN 8" SCALE: N.T.S. 3/4"MIN.AT OF THE PERIMETER WALL. UNATTACHED WALLS (� 0 ruin 4=0 "mac 0 � C CQ lu WALL MAIN RUNNER tLj 9 3 SUSPENDED CEILING - WALL MOLDINGS Q 0)(0 ,101 Ap 614 E SCALE: NONE 16. W Cm �l c) tP� SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH OSSC 803.9, 1613.1 AND SUSPENDED CEILING NOTES: CISCA CATEGORY D 803.9, IANCE 1. PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. ALSO WITH ASTM C635&C636 2. MAIN RUNNER SUPPORT TO BE N0.12 GA.VERTICAL WIRE UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE HANGER @ 4'-0"O.C.@ AND 8"MAX.FROM EACH WALL. ATTACH TO ' MODIFIED PER ASCE 7.COMPLY WITH SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH MINIMUM c o P ESR-1308 "`""`"""' THREE TIGHT TURNS IN 1-112". . 00 COMPRESSION STRUT AT EACH LATERAL -- 3. LATERAL BRACING @ 12'-0"O.C.EACH WAY AND 6'-0"FROM EACH RESTRAINT EXTEND TUBE TO BE TIGHT TO NO.12 GA.VERTICAL WIRE WALL.BRACING TO BE FOUR(4)NO.12 WIRES ATTACHED TO MAIN CS CEILING GRID AND STRUCTURE ABOVE(NOT HANGER @ 4'-0"O.C.@ MAIN RUNNER RUNNER WITH FOUR TIGHT TURNS IN 1-1/2". ATTACH WITHIN 2"OF o ROOF)THEN INSTALL BOLT TO SECURE ONE AND 8"MAX.FROM WALL CROSS RUNNER. SPLAY WIRES 90 DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER D c_ W TUBE TO THE OTHER.TUBES SHALL LAP ONE I AND 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. PROVIDE (Jac ANOTHER AT LEAST 4"IN FULLY EXTENDED I STRUT AT LOCATION OF SPLAY WIRES AND FASTEN TO THE MAIN ( RIGID ELECTRIC CONDUIT-EMT(STRUT).- RUNNER AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. POSITION. REQUIRED FOR CEILINGS EXCEEEDING 1000 5Q FT) SEE CHART 4. ALL CEILING RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES TO HAVE TWO NO.12 ix " 00 DIAM.+1/4"RIGID ELECTRIC CONDUIT- WIRE HANGERS CONNECTED TO THE FIXTURE HOUSING WITHIN 3" U .�"u H �* LATERAL BRACE-N0. EMT(STRUT). CORNERS AT OPPOSITE CORNERS. CONNECT TO STRUCTURE .= o a 12 GA.SPLAY WIRES, DRILL 5132"HOLE AND INSTALL 118"BOLT ABOVE. THESE WIRES MAY BE SLACK. 1 0 0°D FOUR(4)TYP.12'-0"O.C. 5. EACH SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE TO HAVE MINIMUM OF N `" EACH WAY AND WITHIN AND LOCKING NUT TWO 14 GA.POSITIVE CLAMPING DEVISES. PROVIDE A NO. 12 WIRE 6'-0"OF EACH WALL NO.12 GA.SPLAY WIRES,FOUR(4)TYP. HANGER AT EACH CLAMPING DEVICE TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. Z 12'-0"O.C.EACH WAY AND WITHIN 6'-0" 6.CEILING MECHANICAL AND LIGHT FIXTURES OVER 56 LBS.TO BE OF EACH WALL(REQUIRED FOR SUPPORTED SEPARATELY FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE. F CEILINGS EXCEEDING 1000 5Q FT) 7.PROVIDE 1"CLEARANCE AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS ISI 8.PROVIDE POSITIVE BRACING AT CEILING i 2' MAX. MAIN RUNNER Q _ � o , _ Revisions _ CROSS RUNNER _ ISSUE FOR CLIENTILL REVIEW 02/11/15 2" ISSUE FOR BID MAX. SLOT END OF 8"MAX. _ 02/11/15 TUBE TO FIT ISSUE FOR PERMIT OVER CEILING WALL ©03/04/15 SUSPENDED CEILING WIRE RUNNER COMPRESSION STRUT NO.12 ^ HANGER AND STRUT DETAIL SIZING(EMT) [� WIRE HANGER /t DIAMETER MAX.LENGTH (� 1/2" 4'-0" 314" 5'-2- 1. 6'-6- 11/4" '-6"11/4" 8'-6" SUSPENDED CEILING AT L1 11/2" 9'-10" WALL DETAIL 2 SUSPENDED CEILING INSTALLATION DETAILS SCALE: NONE c� 3.�Gt .t �j { .j% M K�rA JOHN A T*N'i 1,N t1ft No.3553 ,..� DGS PLAINES,IL � f�Y I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. ARCHITECT Drawn By Checked By BL BW Scale Date AS NOTED 2/11/15 Job No. 146`33y7 NOT USE Sheet No.A-8u4 SCALE: N.T.S. W I I I I I I ---_-._. __ ---- - ---- - - - -—- - ---- — - -- F ---- - —-777- ISI I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I 1 I � I I I c I I I EX GL 8%4x30 I EX GL 8Y/ax16Y I m -- - - ---- - - - - --------------- - --------------------------------- --- - - -� z � co C=== � ® EX GL 3Yx24 o I I I } no u EF-1 c M z :c N ® � N N RTU-4 I RTU-3 0w NEW WT=1400 LBNEW WT=1400 LB OLD WT=950 LB I i �� 0 �_y y OLD WT=950 LB � F\ �� co �- EX'GL 8/x36 EX GL 8Y4x19Y21 I m ---------- -- - - - - - - --- - - - - ---- - -- -- -� — - - - --- - - p N tx m r Doi= 1 � 1 EX GL 3Y8x24 • o •�Cvco EXIST RTU CURB h•-P SUPPORT 48 (MIN) 0 c< a z -co C } � - pW_ RTU-2 u a /- V z NEW WT=1400 LB ' v 01a CCZ +- .— cCO GWN OLD WT=950 LB - °`" CO Q . o a EX GL 8Yx36 i`\ EX GL 8%W 02 t U o -- - -—- - - w k�� __._. A - - - - - - - -----------f - - - - - - - - ------- -- - - -- - - C ---- ti,,.� � �� _-�a.,.w,,..� � ------ v COp I � • � N E 6 \ N O r `- -RTU-1 I ^ E E C111hNEW WT=1400 LB C3 U M OLD WT=950 LB x v EX GL 6Yx24 I I Revisions A ISSUE FOR CUENT/LL REVIEW I I 1 7 F- a \02/11/15 I I I I I I I I EX GL 82/4x30 AEX GL 8YY4x16Y2ISSUE FOR BID y 02/11/15 I I II ISSUE FOR PERMIT IL 003/04/15 TOP OF SLAB +(0'-0") 4" THICK SLAB ON GRADE w/ 6x6-W1.4xW1.4 WWF OVER 4" DRAINAGE I I I Q COURSE OVER PLASTIC VAPOR RETARDER I I I I 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I RUCTUR, 0 PRO)ce, I I ----__TF1V2 TATG -LO'-8") -- --- - - --- - - -- t EDGE OF SHALLOW FOUNDATION AND SLAB ON GRADE NOTES STOREFRONT SF1. Soil to be stripped, compacted and tested in accordance with the recommendations of the D CONC CURB J!" EXP JT M AT'L soils engineer and project specifications. CONC SLAB SF2. Footings shall be placed on firm, undisturbed soil or on engineered fill. Engineered GENERAL NOTES Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed W T SLAB stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a G1. BUILDING CODES: m +(SEE ARCH) 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. Model Code: International Building Code 2012 T/Fob SF3. Slabs shall be placed on compacted, free-draining, frost-free drainage course. Local Code: Oregon Structural Specialty Code 2014 #5 CONT +(SEE PLAN) Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed crushed stone, or crushed or Model Code Standard: ASCE 7-10 uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent Steel Standard: AISC 360-10, ASD 14th Edition #3x1'-6"0 passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve. All fill shall be Steel Seismic Standard; RISC 341-10 12" OC GRANULAR FILL compacted to a minimum dr density of 95% of the modified Proctor maximum dr density P Y " Y Y Y Concrete Standard: ACI 318-11 (4) #5 CONT , • (AST"1557), placed in 6 to 8 lifts. Pea gravel may not be used as fill. Utility Masonry Standard: ACI 530-11, ASD trenches and excavations under the foundations or slabs shall meet the some Wood Standard: ANSI/AWC NDS-2012, AWC SDPWS-2008 requirements. See soils investigation report for further recommendations. Risk Category: Il, Normal Risk #3 CLOSED SF4. Undercuttingof the soil for foundation and/or slab placement may be required. These g y' TIES 0 12" OC •'� / P Y q Exposure Category: B. Urban & Suburban terrain drawings do not indicate the entire scope of undercutting, fill or bad soil removal TRENCH FTG (TF) that may be required to attain the design soil bearing pressures. It is the G2. ROOF DESIGN LOADS: a responsibility of the contractor to obtain a soils investigation report, before Location Dead Live Snow Mechanical bidding, to assess the extent of excavation and compaction that may be required to meet Existing Flat 20 psf 20 psf 25 psf 50 psf ;�' • the design criteria. The contractor shall retain the services of a soils engineer to PERIMETER INSULATION monitor all backfilling operations and to inspect footing bearing material. A report G3. SNOW DESIGN CRITERIA STOP BOTT `•* - SEE ARCH certified by the soils engineer shall be furnished to the architect/engineer verifying Ground Snow Load: 25 psf BARS 0 that all foundations were placed on a material capable of sustaining the design bearing Minimum Roof Snow Load: 20 psi EXIST FTG g�F� pressures. Sloped Roof Snow Load: 14 psf +(MATCH EXIST) SF5. If dewatering is required, sumps shall not be placed within the foundation excavation. Importance Factor: 1.0 VJVJ SF6. Maintain a maximum slope between adjacent footing bearing elevations of 2 horizontal to Exposure Factor: 1.0 Partially Exposed ca TYPICAL SECTION (c STOREFRONT o- avoidundermining vertical. to 1 vertical slope next to existing foundations to Thermal Factor: 1.0 Heated Structure M SF7. No horizontal joints are permitted in any foundation. Vertical joints are permitted G4. WIND DESIGN CRITERIA 4D 0 SCALE: NTS DET-00115029 S4V only in wall foot i ngs. Wind Speed: 110 mph am SF8. Shallow foundations may be earth-formed where the excavation permits. If earth-forming ASD Wind Speed: 90 mph LO cc � is used, add 2' to the width and length of all foundations. Enclosure Classification: Enclosed 0 C7 LU = EXTERIOR INTERIOR SF9. The bottom of all foundations shall be a minimum of local frost depth below final Gust Factor: 0.85 (J) grade. Internal Pressure Coef.: 0.18 #k G5. SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA M 0M Importance Factor. 1.0 N Nz" EXP JT MAT'L CONC SLAB Mapped Spectral Response, Ss: 0.977 C C Mapped Spectral Response, S1: 0.425 t N L" cm SLOPE T SLAB OIL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE NOTES Site Class: D CO II` ,- - +(SEE ARCH) Design Spectral Response, Sds: 0.722 W Design Spectral Response, Sd1: 0.446 3 T F RC1. All concrete shall have the following 28 day compressive strengths: Seismic Design Category, SDC: D .- +(SEE PLAN)w Overstrength Factor, Omega: 2 f • STRENGTH LOCATION Seismic Response Coef., Cs: 0.222 O N%"�GRANULAR FILL 3000 psi-O% AE All foundations and footings Response Modification R: 3.25 e� - 4000 psi4% AE Exterior slabs, piers, walls, columns, grade beams and concrete exposed Unfactored Base Shear, V: 22.2% W m (4) #5 CONT ' ' to freezing Analysis Procedure: Equivalent Lateral Force Analysis O q 4000 psi-O% AE Interior slabs, fill for metal deck and all other interior concrete Basic SFRS: Building frame system - Steel ordinary concentrically N Q #3 CLOSED braces steel frames Or TIES 0 ED OC 18" RC2. All reinforcing shall conform to the following concrete cover: TRENCH FTG (TF) 5x 0 12" OC COVER LOCATION G6. Reactions and forces indicated are unfactored, Allowable Strength Design (ASD) loads. # G7. If Drawings and specifications are in conflict, the most stringent restrictions and 3 Foundations & Footings: All surfaces; Exterior Slabs: Bottom; Grade Beams & requirements shall govern. Contractor shall bring all discrepancies to the attention of co„ Trench Footings: All surfaces; All concrete cast against soil the engineer immediately. _ U e-a - 2' Exterior Walls, All Piers & All Pilasters: All surfaces; Exterior Slabs: Top; G8. Verify all existing conditions prior to any construction or fabrication. If different PERIMETER INSULATION All exterior concrete •� than shown, notify engineer/architect immediately for modification of drawings. -•. - SEE ARCH 1 1/2' Interior beans, columns & walls: All surfaces; All concrete not exposed G9. All contractors are required to coordinate their work with all disciplines to avoid () V,= . to to weather or in contact with ground conflicts. The architectural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing aspects are not in 0 C a Z -^E3/4 Interior slabs & Walls the scope of these drawings. Therefore, all required materials and work may not be OL = _ +(MATCH EXIST) indicated. It is the contractor's responsibility to coordinate these drawings with all U =:" O W RC3. Welded Wire Fabric (WWF) for slabs and fill for metal deck shall be placed in the other construction documents. Refer to architectural drawings for all dimensions not U 03 TYPICAL S (" ENTRY rO'2 upper-third of the slab or fill. See details. shown on these drawings. Locations, sizes and numbers of all openings may not be � ; C 0. ® v z RC4. All reinforcing steel shall be detailed, supplied and placed in accordance with ACI 315, completely indicated in the structural drawings. The respective contractor shall verify _ _co \ Wcn SCALE: NTS FDN-004 5401 ACI 318 and CRSI MSP-1. their work with all other disciplines. Ci - RC5. All reinforcing steel shall be shop fabricated and, where applicable, shall be wired G10. The contract documents represent the structure only. They do not indicate the method of U o together and conform to ASTM A415, Grade 60. construction. The contractor shall provide all measures necessary to protect the r , - "m s RC6. Chomfer edges of exposed concrete 3/4', unless noted otherwise. structure during construction. Such measures shall include, but not limited to, Q N o 0 E RC7. Contractor shall make four, 6'x12" test cylinders for each 50 cubic yards of concrete bracing, shoring, underpinning, etc. the Engineer of Record is not responsible for the •^; 3 poured for each days operation. Break 1 at 7 days, 2 at 28 days and retain spare. contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or safety procedures during a RC8. All welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A185, Fy(min) of 65 ksi. All welded wire construction. 8 0 fabric laps shall be 8'. G11. Notes and details shall take precedence over general structural notes. Where no details x 3 RC9. All finished concrete, concrete formwork and falsework shall be in accordance with ACI or sections are shown, construction shall conform to similar work on the project. ^ E T 301. Contractor is solely responsible for the design and construction of all formwork, Typical sections and details may not be cut on the plans, but apply unless notedcallsa n falsework and shoring. otherwise. RC10.Provide sleeves for all openings in grade beams or walls to totally separate pipe from G12. Provisions for future expansion: concrete. Vertical: None RC11. Foundations may be earth-formed where the excavation permits. If earth-forming is used, Horizontal: None add 2" to the width, length & thickness of all foundations. RC12. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A, not less than 10 mils (0.25 mm) thick, see specifications. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure-sensitive joint Revisions tape. ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW RC13.Fiber Reinforcement, if indicated on drawings, shall bel00% virgin polypropylene in A02/11/15 collated, fibrillated form, complying with ASTM C 1116, minimum length of 3/4'. Minimum ISSUE FOR BID dosage = 1.5 pounds per cubic yard. 02/11/15 RC14.Adhesive Anchors and Adhesives Used for Reinforcing Anchorage: ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. The adhesive anchor system used for post-installed anchorage to concrete shall conform ©03/04/15 to the requirements of the most recently published ACI 355.4. 2. Adhesive anchors indicated are the Basis-of-Design. Approved equal meeting ACI 355.4 is permitted. _ 3. Bulk-mixed adhesives are not permitted. 4. Anchors shall be supplied as an entire system with manufacturer's recommendations 0 adhered to. 5. Adhesive anchors shall be installed by qualified personnel trained to install adhesive SAWN LUMBER NOTES . anchors. 0 6. Installation of adhesive anchors horizontally or upwardly inclined shall be performed by W1 . Size, species and grade for sawn lumber shall be as follows. All lumber shall be personnel certified by the ACI/CRSI Adhesive Anchor Installer Certification program. grade-stomped: 7. Adhesive anchors installed in horizontal or upwardly inclined orientations shall be continously inspected during installation by an inspector specially approved for that Design Design Alternate Alternate purpose. Size Species Grade Species Grade �gu C TUR j RC15.Bonding agent for bonding fresh concrete to hardened concrete: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type 2x4, 2x6 Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF)No.1/No.2 Douglas Fir-Larch (North) No.1/No.2 ��0 PR OFF 11, nonredispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butodiene. 2x8, 2x10, 2x12 Southern Pine (SP) No. 1 Douglas Fir-Larch 5th GINEF No.1 & Bet ter 44 and Larger Southern Pine (SP) No. 1 Douglas Fir-Larch 89689 PE f' No.1 & Better W2. All wood, connections, accessories, and erection shall be in conformance with the current 0 y OREGON � C-2 edition of NEPA National Design Specification. 2Gq Rv 20,20 W3. All connectors shall be Simpson Strong-Tie, galvanized, unless otherwise approved by McComas �0�A/EY McG� Engineering. W4. All bolts, washers and nuts shall be carbon steel, unless noted. W5. All nails to be common type. W6. All sill plates shall be treated with preservative treatment. W7. All exterior lumber permanently exposed to weather shall be pressure-treated. W8. Attach all sill plates to studs with (4) 8d common nails (toenail) or (2) 16d common nails (end nail). W9. Attach all top plates to studs with (2) 16d nails. W10. Comply with International Building Code Table 2304.9.1 for all fasteners not indicated. rr�r�SmIMT IMT eiar P Y 9 PAtIED ueQ�9�ERw90i aro au►T W wE erST W11. See Wood Framed Wall Schedule and Shear Wall Schedule for additional fastening requirements. arrnrMUM W 9ACWLY WN ALam W12. Provide double joists under all non-load bearing walls. RauuttM Aro OFON""cES OF WAM OR W13. Provide double joists and headers at all floor or roof openings exceeding typical sheathing ROAM TO STRUCTURES AM BULDO . _ span. Provide single headers to support sheathing at edges of openings less than typical sheathing span. ARCHITECT Drawn By Checked By LKM GSN Scale Date AS NOTED 02/11/15 Job No. 14 3 7 T Sheet No.5401 MEI 55029 } NOTE: NOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING F' 1. ALL SHELF HEIGHTS TO BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER. CEILING. 2. FOR ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT THE FIXTURES DETAILED ON THIS SHEET,PLEASE CONTACT MILLWORK VENDOR. VALANCE SIGN CEILING 3. FOR BLOCKING CONSTRUCTION,REFER TO DETAIL 9/A-2.2.ALSO, MILLWORK W/ SEE WALL TYPE DETAILS ON SHEET A-2.0. TRANSLUCENT REFER TO ( ARCH WHITE PANEL ARCHITECTURAL PROVIDED BY DRAWINGS FOR -- , MILLWORK CEILING CEILING FURNISHED BY VALANCE <� I VENDOR. ELECTRICAL OUTLETS:MILLWORK HANGING SIGN W/ ELECTRICAL OUTLETS:MILLWORK NOTE: INSTALL TIGHT HANGING SIGN W/ MILLWORK B/ARCH INFORMATION � ��--- ----- INSTALLER TO CUT HOLES ON SITE TRANSLUCENT WHITE INSTALLER TO CUT HOLES ON SITE TO CEILING. TRANSLUCENT WHITE VENDOR AND HANGING SIGN W/ TO ACCOMMODATE ELECTRICIAN PANEL BY MILLWORK TO ACCOMMODATE ELECTRICIAN --- -- =I PANEL BY MILLWORK - INSTALLED BY EQ. EQ. I TRANSLUCENT WHITE PROVIDED DUPLEX OUTLETS. VENDOR AND INSTALLED PROVIDED QUAD OUTLET. REFER VENDOR AND INSTALLED ;-;` ' G.C.GRAPHICS Y_ ! PANEL BY MILLWORK GRAPHIC OR REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS BY G•C.CENTER WITHIN TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL BY G.C.CENTER WITHIN I BY OTHERS BRANDING --- VENDOR AND BRAN FOR ALL LOCATIONS.NOTIFY FIXTURE. GRAPHICS BY LOCATIONS.NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF I FIXTURE. GRAPHICS BY I - " - - : - - INSTALLED BY G.C. OVERD ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OTHERS.(TYP.OF 4) ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO k-T`-_' MILLWORK ARCH OTHERS. __- s'' MILLWORK WALL CLEAT 1013116" o ih PRIOR TO CUTTING HOLES. CUTTING HOLES. PROVIDED BY _ CENTER WITHIN _ t =_ ARCH FURNISHED TRANSLUCENT li `" FIXTURE. GRAPHICS WHITE PLEXI T Q.EQ MILLWORK M B!B!ARCH h PROVIDED - BY MILLWORK ' EQ.EQ. BY OTHERS. AT ALL VENDOR. "''-""' _ BY t i t t i i VENDOR AND ILLUMINATED MILLWORK r I r I r I INSTALLED ELECTRICAL OUTLETS: I r I + I + I BY G.C. (W 4 S ONLY) ; ARCHES VENDOR. 0 0 0 ' 1 1 t 1 I MILLWORK INSTALLER N iv PLASTIC j 3 2'-6" VENTILATION + I I + " + + RUBBER o I r r l r 1�"BLOCKING TO CUT HOLES ON VALANCE SIGN COATED PIN T'P• " GROMMET I I + + I I" WHITE(3 PER 51/4" V-91/2" 1'9 112 PANEL SUPPORT SITE TO 51 4 1'5" I 1 1 1 1 I ACCOMMODATE DRYER) ca WALL CLEAT WALL CLEAT I I I I I r ELECTRICIAN 8112" 1'-8" 8 1/2" a, 1'4 114" I + + _ FURNISHED BY FURNISHED - I I I I I I O O O P. ' P. ' TYP. -� MILLWORK BY MILLWORK °' + I + + I I + + I I GLASS SHELVING PROVIDED DUPLEX Q OUTLETS. EACH ELECTRICAL 3" VENDOR AND VENDOR AND + I + + I + + + I + 1"BLOCKING PROVIDED BY OUTLET IS ON A I I + I I + + + I I I ULTA AND OUTLET d-d CLEAR SPAC INSTALLED BY G.C. INSTALLED I I I I + + + I + I STANDARD a Q _ SEPARATE CIRCUIT a 11/2" I I 1 1 t r I I I I INSTALLED BY - _ _ _ o` BY G.G. I I I I SUPPORT AND IS TO BE LABELED Zr o SHELVING 1 1 I I r + r r 1 1 0 Cr z M I I + + + I I + + I " HAIR DRYER I 1 1 I I G.C. v ¢ `v v v rh - ----a-----. . .... .. -0--- - ---4 CRCUITNUMIBERTH E rn BY THE EC DISPLAY, P M o ~ M M �:, 1 1 r l r r l r 1 1 BACK PANEL SHELF,AND co PLUG STRIP TO BE v v v �* i I i i r r i i + i WHITE a ;� � El El MLu ILLWORK co CKETS BY W MOUNTED AT THE ELECTRICAL ; I i I I i i + r i I LAMINATE r` a a CENTER OF THE PULL Q VENDOR. OUT DRAWER AND Lll w I I I I I ¢ L OUTLET:REFER ELECTRICAL TO ELECTRICAL _ I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I o o DIVIDER PANEL i i i i i i PLUGGED INTO EACH LO g � n r1 r- ! I r r 1 I I r l i I rn RECESSED a WITH r I I + I ELECTRICAL SHELVING TO SHELVGLASSNG$� OUTLET:REFER DRAWINGS AND �n I + I + I I I + 1 1 I I I IuL- I - STANDARDS o U U U L� TO ELECTRICAL LJ INTERIOR `# 1 1 + + + I + I 1 1 z TRANSLUCENT I ! I I I I 1'-113/4" I 1 1 I I I L ¢ r 7771 1 t�� IDRAWINGS AND ELEVATIONS FOR I E I I t i I I o WHITE ACRYLIC I I + I I I DRAWINGS FOR ALL BRACKETS iuul t- SOLID i i LOCATIONS.NOTIFY OTHERS INTERIOR =�'='" - - ALL LOCATIONS. _ I + I + w I I I I I ARCHITECT OF ANY 9 9ELEVATIONS SURFACE Zv �, o ? i E i i r r i i r i ALUMINUM TRIM r I t I I I - `" u� €o I r I r I r I I I FURNISHED DISCREPANCIES ao 0 FOR ALL I I + I + + t + r + w r r r r I I PRIOR TO CUTTING LOCATIONS. I r I r + + I r I t BY MILLWORK 1 1 r r 1 1 = M a� o I r 1 1 + I I I 1 1 I I I I 11 HOLES. + r I VENDOR. SEE 11 11 II d 3'1" " MILLWORK I I I I I I ® tuL 3' 1 1'-71/2" Lu DRAWINGS. RECESSED C 12'-4" W-7 WITH SHELVESI + I r I + I I I + ALpL 50LIDULK STANDARDS ® � W-7 WITH CABINET I 1 1 I I I iti NOTE: CAULK ALL RECESSED �� M LRWORK TO SOLID STANDARDS W-7 ELEVATION SECTION @ ELEVATION @ W-7 SECTION @ _ SURFACES TO MILLWORK W-7 WITH SHELVES WITH CABINET W-7 WITH CABINET C7. - 1_2 314" WALL BASE , o 3 3/8" - V-6118" 2 314" FLOOR WALL BASE � t1r»a W-5 ELEVATION W-5 SECTION W-4-S ELEVATION W-4-S SECTION - 5`Go U� W-7 FIXTURE W- FIXTURE W-4- FIXTURE =ro 6 5 5 4 S SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. '�� ' d �' U0 ^ � � My GENERAL NOTES: Q 1. THIS SHEET IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.FOR QUESTIONS AND SITE SPECIFIC MILLWORK INFORMATION,CONTACT CAP&ASSOCIATES,INC. CONTACT:CHARLENE PROSNICK WALL 445-455 MCCORMICK BLVD. CLEAT NOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING NOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING COLUMBUS,OH 43213 FURNISHED CEILING. CEILING. (P):614-864-3363 BY _ _ 2. FOR BLOCKING&LOSE CLEAT HEIGHTS REFER TO WALL TYPES ON A-2.0. MILLWORK _T _ 3. REFER TO A-1.1 FOR MILLWORK LOCATIONS. VENDOR I 4. REFER TO DETAIL 8/A-8.3 FOR WALL BASE INSTALLATION AT PERIMETER AND ' CEILING MILLWORK FIXTURES. HANGING SIGN W/TRANSLUCENT INSTALLED WALL CLEAT FURNISHED 5. G.C.TO COORDINATE ALL SHELF HEIGHTS WITH ULTA. WHITE PANEL BY MILLWORK BY G.C. ; VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY G.C. BY MILLWORK VENDOR REFER TO CENTER WITHIN FIXTURE. y ARCH MILLWORK AND INSTALLED BY G.C. MILLWORK Revisions GRAPHICS BY OTHERS. ARGHITECTURA PROVIDED BY B1 ARCH ARCH DRAWINGS FOR ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW BI ARCH y _ MILLWORK PROVIDED BY WALL CLEAT FURNISHED VALANCE J� _ 1013/16" l�02111/15 - MILLWORK BY MILLWORK VENDOR INFORMATION /� ISSUE FOR BID _ M EQ. EQ. VENDOR. EQ. EQ. . VENDOR. AND INSTALLED BY G.C. i3 102111/15 ISSUE FOR PERMIT - --- -- -3_ L�03/04/15 1'S" 11" VALANCE -- SIGN W/ 0 CV FROSTY 3112" 3112" "' TRANSLUCENT ITE PANEL WHITE(MEL) BY MILLWORK GLASS SHELVING 2 6" VENDOR AND PROVIDED BYIL INSTALLED BY ULTA AND GLASS G.C. /� SHELVING A Y 3" 1'-9112" 1'-9112" 3" INSTALLED BY PROVIDED BY 8112" GRAPHICS BY VALANCE SIGN G.C. HANGING SIGN W! OTHERS 8112" V-8- 8112" TRANSLUCENT WHITE PANEL ULTA AND 1"BLOCKING BY MILLWORK VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY -T ISTANDARD ALUMINUM _ _ INSTALLED BY G.C.CENTER GC' GLASS SHELVING r r i i TRIM -- WITHIN FIXTURE. GRAPHICS ALUMINUM RECESSED PROVIDED BY r i i t i i SUPPORT I I I I STANDARDS ULTA AND i i I i TRIM RECESSED ( I BY OTHERS. o INSTALLED BY G.C. I I + I I L STANDARDS v DIVIDER PANEL 0 + I 11 11 TRANSLUCENT II II RECESSED m � P I t I I I I WHITE ACRYLIC STANDARDS co ¢ It II It w ( ( I I DIVIDER PANEL _ Q T o I I ( TRANSLUCENT ¢o LOOSE CLEAT DIVIDER PANEL z z WHITE ACRYLIC z I I - I ( { ( ¢ -INSTALL ON WITH ocn ocn o � SITE Q D T o ( I II TRANSLUCENT it 11 r1 "' w w w �, ¢ i i I I I w _ w " SOLID SURFACE FURNISHED w � ¢ WHITE ACRYLIC Lu 17 V-6 112 u SOLID SURFACE a' z SOLID SURFACE I I BY MILLWORK VENDOR.SEE FURNISHED BY o cn ALUMINUM TRIM CK MILLWORK i 1 1 I i FURNISHED BY r- -� 3 3/4" MILLWORK DRAWINGS. "' w L._ _ I ( � NOTE:CAULK ALL SOLID L J VENDOR. SEE u> i 1 1 i i MILLWORK „i 1 1 1 1 I i I I I I SURFACES TO MILLWORK MILLWORK c 7 VENDOR. SEE + I + I MILLWORK DRAWINGS. i HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- DRAWINGS. u NOTE: CAULK PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST r + I I + 1 /4' " DRAWER WITH HEAVY DUTY �+ LL ALL SOLID OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLYW{THALLRULES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR I I 1 1 + NOTE: HULK d ty SURFACES TO ! RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. + I I + I ALL SOLID 1-5" v SIDES d �F rT - -- d d MILLWORK r I I r SURFACES TO - MILLWORK �' ELECTRICAL OUTLETS: MILLWORK INSTALLER TO CUT o I _ WALL BASE HOLES ON SITE TO _ ___ ACCOMMODATE ELECTRICIAN - - T = _ FLOOR Drawn cB h 4-4 PROVIDED DUPLEX OUTLETS. y Checked By 3'-0 3/4" 1'0" V-2 3/4" CW BW IF REFER TO ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS:MILLWORK t33/E 2 314" DRAWER FRONT 3 318" 2 314" Scale Date DRAWINGS FOR ALL LOCATIONS. 2" INSTALLER TO CUT HOLES ON SITE TO— 1'-6 118" ••�-••••• WALL BASE 1'-10 1/8" T-1" NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY 11-61/8. X-1" ACCOMMODATE ELECTRICIAN PROVIDED AS NOTED 2/11/15 DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO DUPLEX OUTLETS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL W-4 ELEVATION W-4 SECTION W-3 ELEVATION CUTTING HOLES. W-3 SECTION W-2 ELEVATION DRAWINGS FOR ALL LOCATIONS.NOTIFY W-2 SECTION Job N0. DRAWER PULL ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR 14-Oo TO CUTTING HOLES. 3 W-4 FIXTURE 2 W-3 FIXTURE W-2 FIXTURE GENERAL NOTES Sheet No.SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. F-MA - ' ' ' ' - - ' ' ' ' ' ' " ' U 8 ' ' ' ' _______________ ____.___________ ___ ___ - -----__ - ___,__.____._________ __ -------.-. _____ - - - ___ ______ - SECTION 01010-SUMMARY OF WORK A,Coordination. 1.8 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS SECTION 01650-STARTING OF SYSTEMS E. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting selective C. High-Range,Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type F. . 1.1 GENERAL B.Field engineering. A.When specified in individual specification sections,submit manufacturers'printed instructions for 1.PART1 GENERAL demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type E� A. The Project consists of Tenant build-out within an existing Landlord owned building. C.Cutting and patching. delivery,storage,assembly,installation,start-up,adjusting,and finishing,in quantities specified for 1-1 SECTION INCLUDES F. Landlord will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to selective tenant demolition area. E. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type D, 1. Project Location:As described on Cover Sheet. 1.2 COORDINATION Product Data. A.Starting systems, Conduct selective demolition so that Landlord's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 2.8 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT )P. . 2. Tenant: As described on Cover Sheet A.Coordinate scheduling,submittals,and Work of the various Sections of specifications to assure B.Identify conflicts between manufacturers'instructions and Contract Documents.1.8 B.Demonstration and instructions. hours notice to Landlord of activities that will affect Landlord operations. A.Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice.* 11- B.Contract documents,dated 02/1112015,were prepared for this Project by Chipman Design Architecture, efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements,with provisions MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES C_Testing,adjusting,and balancing. G. Landlord assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be selectively demolished. 2.9 CURING MATERIALS . Inc. for accommodating items installed later, A.When specified in individual specification sections,submit manufacturers'certificate to 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS H. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted. A.Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne,monomolecular film forming,manufactured for application to fresh W<:) C. The Specifications following are generic,performance requirement type for general extend of work on B.Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building Architect/Engineer for review,in quantities specified for Product Data. A.Section 01400-Quality Control:Manufacturers field reports. 1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) concrete. 14 - systems performance,and set forth the intent of the Tenant,Ulta Salon,Cosmetics,Fragrance for utilities.Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibility for installing, B.Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements.Submit supporting B.Section 0 1 700-Contract Closeout:System operation and maintenance data and extra materials. 1.3 EXECUTION B.Moisture-Retaining Cover. ASTM C 171,polyethylene film or white burlapi-polyethylene sheet. materials and services to be provided to develop a complete and ready to operate tenant space. connecting to,and placing in service,such equipment. reference date,affidavits,and certifications as appropriate. 1.3 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in C.Clear,Solvent-Bome,Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309,Type 1, Class B. Im D. The Work will be constructed under a single prime contract. C.Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated C.Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product,but must be acceptable to A.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during PART 3- EXECUTION t,4 0 E. All construction procedures used must meet or exceed all national,state,O.S.H.A.,and local codes. diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes,ducts,and conduit,as closely as Arch itect/E ngineer. B.Notify Owner seven days prior to start-up of each. selective demolition. 3.1 FORMWORK . F. Separate Contract: The Tenant,Ulta,Salon,Cosmetics,Fragrance has awarded a separate contracts practicable;place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility 2. PART2 PRODUCTS C.Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication,drive rotation, B. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. A.Design,construct,erect,shore,brace,and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. for construction operations that will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract.That for other installations,for maintenance,and for repairs. A.Not Used. belt tension,control sequence,or other conditions which may cause damage. C. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during B. Support vertical,lateral,static, and dynamic loads,and construction loads that might be applied,until Contract includes the following: D.In finished areas,conceal pipes,ducts,and wiring within the construction.Coordinate locations of 3. PART 3 EXECUTION D.Verify that tests,meter readings,and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by selective demolition operations structure can support such loads. EJ 1. Contract: Separate contracts are awarded for signage,display fixtures,security and alarms.Refer fixtures and outlets with finish elements. A.Not used. . the equipment or system manufacturer. D. Utility Requirements: Locate,identify,shut off,disconnect,and seal or cap off indicated utility services C.Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size,shape,alignment,elevation,and to section N and 0 for additional information. E.Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial E.Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. serving building to be selectively demolished. position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. G.Cooperate with separate contractors so that work under those contracts may be carTied out smoothly, Completion. SECTION 01400-QUALITY CONTROL F.Execute slad-up under supervision of responsible manufacturees representative in accordance with 1. Where utility services are required to be removed,relocated,or abandoned,provide bypass D.Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. F.After Owner occupancy of premises,coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and 1. PART 1 GENERAL manufacturers'instructions. connections to maintain continuity of service to other parts of the building before proceeding with E.Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush H. Not Assigned. Work not in accordance with Contract Documents,to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES G.When specified in individual specification Sections,require manufacturer to provide authorized selective demolition. or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces, Provide top forms for inclined 1. The Work will be conducted in a single phase. 1.3 FIELD ENGINEERING A, Quality assurance and control of installation. representative to be present at site to inspect,check and approve equipment or system installation E. Drain,purge,or otherwise remove,collect,and dispose of chemicals,gases,explosives,acids, surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. J. Contractor Use of Premises: During construction the Contractor shall have full use of premises, A.Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of the project location and acceptable to the Owner B. References. prior to start-up,and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. flammables,or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations. I.Install keyways,reglets,recesses,and the like,for easy removal, including use of the site. The Contractor's use of premises is limited only by the Tenant's right to perform and Architect/Engineer. C. Manufacturers'field services and reports. H.Submit a written report in accordance with Section 01 400 that equipment or system has been properly F. Employ a certified,licensed exterminator to treat building and to control rodents and vermin before and 2.Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. work or employ other contractors on portions of the Project. B.Owner will locate and protect survey control and reference points. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS installed and is functioning correctly. during selective demolition operations. F.Set edge forms,bulkheads,and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and 1. General Contractor shall contact Landlord to verify the times that he may work,routes of access C.Control datum for survey is that established by Owner provide survey. A. Section 01300-Submittals:Submission of Manufacturers'Instructions and Certificates. 1.4 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS G. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads,streets, slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips;use strike-off and areas of use,storage,etc.including deliveries,and secure written approval of same prior to work D.Provide field engineering services.Establish elevations,lines,and levels,utilizing recognized B. Section 01 600-Material and Equipment:Requirements for material and product quality. A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owners personnel one week prior to date of walks,and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. templates or compacting-type screeds. start. engineering survey practices. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEICONTROL OF INSTALLATION Substantial Completion. H. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings,facilities, G.Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 2.Bidders are to better acquaint themselves with conditions under which they will work at project site E.Submit a copy of registered site drawing and certificate signed by the Land Surveyor that the A. Monitor quality control over suppliers,manufacturers,Products,services,site conditions,and B.For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation,perform demonstration for other season and site improvements to remain. Ensure safe passage of persons around are of demolition.Erect H.Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips,wood,sawdust,did,and other . and locate all utilities before beginning work. elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with the Contract Documents. workmanship,to produce Work of specified quality. within six months. temporary barricades and/or covered passageways as required to prevent injury to persons. debris just before placing concrete. K. Use of the Site: Limit use of premises to areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of the site beyond the 1.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING 8, Comply fully with manufacturers'instructions,including each step in sequence. C.Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with 1. Provide temporary weather protection,during interval between demolition and removal of existing 1.Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete,as required,to prevent mortar leaks and maintain areas indicated. A.Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform Cutting and patching. C. Should manufacturers'instructions conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from Owners'personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance, construction,on exterior surfaces and new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage proper alignment. . 1. Allow for Owner/Landlord and adjacent tenant occupancy and use by the public. B.Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements which affects: Architect/Engineer before proceeding. D.Demonstrate start-up,operation,control,adjustment,trouble-shooting,servicing,maintenance,and occurs to structure or interior areas. J.Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, 10 . 2. Keep driveways and entrances clear. Do not use these areas for parking or material storage, 1. Structural integrity of element. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times,at equipment location. 2. Protect walls,ceilings,floors,and other existing finish work that are to remain and are exposed during before placing reinforcerrit. CIO Schedule deliveries to minimize on-site storage of materials and equipment.Delivery schedule shall 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. tolerances,codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E.Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional selective demolition operations. 3.2 VAPOR RETARDER 0 be approved by Landlord. 3. Efficiency,maintenance,or safety of element. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.Cover and protect furniture,furnishings,and equipment that have not been removed. A.Install,protect,and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643;place sheets in position with M L. Use of the Existing Building: Maintain building weather tight.Repair damage caused by construction. 4. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements, F, Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, 1.5 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 1. Erect and maintain dust proof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and did migration and to longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. Protect the building and its occupants during construction.Contractor shall provide barricades as 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. A.Contractor will appoint,employ,and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, separate areas from fumes and noise. B.Lap joints 4 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. en 4) vibration,physical distortion or disfigurement. adjusting and balancing. J. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring,bracing,or structural support to preserve stability and 3.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS %_10 16= necessary so as to prevent public access to unsafe conditions and construction site.Work must be C.Execute cutting,fitting,and patching including excavation and fill,to complete Work,and to: 1.4 REFERENCES B.The independent firm will perform services specified in Mechanical sections. prevent movement,settlement,or collapse of building to be selectively demolished. A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is to Cd secured each evening,or when construction is not preformed,to ensure that patrons/public do not have 1. Fit the several parts together,to integrate with other Work. A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents. o 25 access to dangerous conditions. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. C.Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Architect/Engineer indicating K. Use water mist,temporary enclosures,and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and dirt, attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings,templates,diagrams, ICY M. Partial Tenant Occupancy: The Tenant reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment 3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming Work. C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification for observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified Comply with governing environmental protection regulations. instructions,and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 'g- (O in completed areas of the tenant lease area prior to Substantial Completion. Placing equipment and 4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing, Architect/Engineer before proceeding. requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. L. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT S partial occupancy do not constitute acceptance of the Work. 5. Provide openings in elements of work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work. D. The Contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract 2.PART 2 PRODUCTS M. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust,dirt,and debris caused by selective demolition A.Comply with CRSi's*Manual of Standard Practice"for fabricating,placing,and supporting reinforcement. r_ (0 1. General Contractor is to apply for and obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from building officials prior D.Execute work by methods which will avoid damage to other Work,and provide proper surfaces to A.Not Used. operations.Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder M 0 to Tenant occupancy. receive patching and finishing. Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 3.PART 3 EXECUTION N. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as before placing concrete. .0=4 7 1.5 MANUFACTURERS'FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS rn-r 0) e:-,)) 2. Mechanical and electrical systems shall be operational and required inspections and tests E.Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. A. When specified in individual specification Sections,require material or Product suppliers or A.Not Used- indicated. 3.5 JOINTS .C- In ,�=� completed prior to partial Tenant occupancy. Upon occupancy,the Tenant will operate and maintain F.Restore Work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions,conditions of surfaces 0. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective A.General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. J-_ CY systems serving occupied portions of the lease area. G.Fit Work tight to pipes,sleeves,ducts,conduit,and other penetrations through surfaces. and installation,quality of workmanship,start-up of equipment,test, adjust,and balance of SECTION 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT demolition operations. B.Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of concrete,at (a CY �_ - 3. The Tenant will be responsible for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of the H.Maintain integrity of wall,ceiling,or floor construction completely seat voids. equipment as applicable,and to initiate instructions when necessary. 1� PART I GENERAL P. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required,patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. locations indicated or as approved by Architect. �_ Co 1%, < lease area. 1.Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces,refinish to nearest intersection; B. Individuals to report observations and sit decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES Q. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to C.Isolation Joints: Install joint-filler strips at junctions with slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces,such as Co �: 6) 0 remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. column pedestals,foundation walls,grade beams,and other locations,as indicated. N. Products Ordered in Advance:The Tenant has negotiated purchase orders with suppliers of material for an assembly,refinish entire unit. that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. A.Closeout procedures. R. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or partitions extend 1, Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint,terminating flush with finished concrete and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Purchase orders are assigned to the Contractor. J.Identify any hazardous substance or condition exposed during the Work to the Arch itect/Eng ineer for C. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect/Engineer for review. B.Final cleaning. one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance. surface,unless otherwise indicated. i 3: Cc R.n . . Receiving,handling,storage,and installation costs are included in the Contract Sum. decision or remedy.Verify and locate all,buried or hidden,utilities prior to any sawcutting or coring. 2. PART2 PRODUCTS C.Adjusting. S. Patch,repair,or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform D.Contraction(Control)Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints,sectioning 0 "E,..........I 0.Tenant Supplied Items.The Work includes providing support systems to receive Tenant's equipment, 2.1. PART2 PRODUCTS A. Not Used. D.Project record documents. appearance. concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction oints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the :-< (0 - t? % and mechanical and electrical connections. A.Not Used. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION E.Operation and maintenance data. i < CO V lk:=� 1. The Tenant will arrange for and deliver shop drawings,product data,and samples to the Contractor. 3.1.PART 3 EXECUTION A. Not Used. F.Warranties. T. Disposal: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate concrete thickness. �=- (D L_ W 2. The Tenant will arrange and pay for delivery according to the Contractor's Construction Schedule. A.Not Used. G.Spare parts and maintenance materials. on-site. E.Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt ca 3.Contractor shall submit a construction schedule to Tenant/Landlord prior to work start. 1. Do not burn demolished materials, coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. -A C4 rIX . 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS =) o .10) - 4. The Contractor will inspect items delivered for damage. SECTION 01450-CONCRETE IN-SITU RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND PH TESTING 2. Dispose of demolished materials at designated spoil areas on Landlords's property. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT V 0-- 9) 5. If items are damaged,defective,or missing,the Tenant will arrange for replacement. SECTION 01 150-ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES Part 1-General A.Section 01 500-Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls:Progress cleaning. 3. Transport demolished materials off Landlords's property and legally dispose of them. A.Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R,ASTM C 94,ASTM C 11 16 and ACI 30 1,for measuring, I 1 6.The Tenant will arrange for field services and for the delivery of warranties to the Contractor, A.General Environmental Concerns:Project requires maximum environmentally conscious work feasible 1.01 Section Includes B.Section 01650-Starting of Systems:System start-up,testing,adjusting,and balancing, U. Sweep the building broom clean on completion of selective demolition operation. mixing,transporting,and placing concrete. - I 7. The Contractor shall designate delivery dates in the Contractor's Construction Schedule. within limits specified, available materials,equipment,and products. A.Provide in-situ concrete relative humidity and surface pH testing to all concrete specified to be covered 1.3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES V.It is assumed that all hazardous materials have been removed prior to contractor's work start.If during 1. Deposit concrete continuously and avoid segregation. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers 8. The Contractor shall review shop drawings,product data,and samples and return them noting B.Special Environmental Definitions: with floor coverings or resinous coatings.includes concrete placed below,on and above grade.(For A.Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed,Work has been inspected, the course of demolition,any additional hazardous materials are discovered,contractor is not to disturb no deeper than 24 inches(600 mm),avoiding cold joints,and in depths not to exceed formwork design 1.Environmental Pollution and Damage:Presence of chemical physical,or biological elements or agents 0 0 discrepancies or problems anticipated in using the product. re-model projects suspended slabs may be excluded from this requirement) and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Owner's inspection. those materials and notify Owner and Landlord immediately.Owner will retain and pay for hazardous pressures. r. ,. `.0 which could: B.Provide submittals to Owner that are required by governing or other authorities. ' 2. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment, U 1W ;*. 9. The Contractor is responsible for receiving,unloading,and handling Tenant furnished items at the a.Adversely affect human health or welfare. B.Testing shall take place after allowing concrete to dry for a minimum of 28 days.Testing is to be C.Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum,previous payments and material removal,however it shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor to coordinate this work. 0)r- ,0 "! site. scheduled no less than I and no more than 6 weeks prior to scheduled flooring installation. 3. Screed and initial-float concrete floors and slabs using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and - -- -4 cc b.Unfavorably alter ecological balances important to human life,affect other species of importance to sum remaining due to Owner. W - �0� 10. The Contractor is responsible for protecting items from damage,including exposure to the 1.02 Related Sections open-textured surface plane,free of humps or hollows,before excess moisture or bleedwater appears Z cm SECTION 03300-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE "- . elements.The Contractor shall repair or replace items damaged as a result of his operations. humanity. 1.4 FINAL CLEANING on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. (1) 0) ,, I I c.Degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic,cultural or historical purposes. A.Section 09620-Specialty Flooring A.Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. PART 1-GENERAL &.. , C -1 1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 4. Floors to be level to within il*tolerance in 10 feet,smooth and sealed.Verify intended floor finish.Do In M- ca 1.3 EXECUTION END OF SECTION 01010 2.Class III Landfill:Landfill that accepts non-hazardous waste such as household,commercial,and B.Section 09640-Wood Flooring B.Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view-,remove temporary labels,stains and 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS not seat concrete surface where seater would interfere with floor coating. Comply with floor finish M a- industrial waste,including construction,remodeling,repair,and demolition operations. C.Section 09650-Resilient Flooring foreign substances,polish transparent and glossy surfaces,vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Im .,.. 0- � - C.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. manufacturer specifications. Ili - I 0 3.Construction and Demolition Waste:Solid wastes such as building materials,packaging,rubbish, D.Section 09660-Static Control Flooring 3.7 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS 0 0, . . SECTION 01019-CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS debris,and rubble resulting from construction,remodeling,repair,and demolition operations. E.Section 09670-Fluid Applied Flooring D.Replace filters of operating equipment. 1.2 SUMMARY o 1.� A. Finish formed surfaces as follows: 4- �. �a 1.GENERAL 4.Chemical Waste:Petroleum products,bituminous materials,salts,acids,alkalis,herbicides,pesticides, E.Clean debris from roofs,gutters,downspouts,and drainage systems. A.This Section specifies cast-in place concrete,including formwork,reinforcement,concrete materials, E 4) , r- . F.Section 09680-Carpet 1. Apply rough-formed finish,defined in ACI 301,to concrete surfaces indicated or not exposed to public a..- ag - W 1.1.SECTION INCLUDES organic chemical,and inorganic chemical wastes. F.Clean site;sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. mixture design, placement procedures,and finishes,for the following: = - a *. 1,03 References view. @� "- N A. Schedule of Values, C.Special Environmental Submittals:Comply with general requirements specified in Section 01 300 for G.Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and construction facilities from the site. 1.Slabs-on-grade,infill patching slabs over utility trenches and general floor patching. 4. . A.ASTM F-2170-11-Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs 2. Apply smooth-formed finish,defined in ACI 301,to concrete surfaces indicated and exposed to public = U 0 r, B. Application for Payment, submittals and with following special requirements, 1.5 ADJUSTING 2.Slab on grade,miscellaneous cast-in-place concrete 0 " V C. Change procedures. D. Special Recycling Requirements: Using In-Situ Probes A.Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete,such as " 'D Cc 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1.Implement recycling program as required that includes separate collection of waste materials B.ASTM F-710-1 1-Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floor and Other Monolithic Floors to 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A.Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: waterproofing,dampproofing,veneer plaster,or painting. U <%' N a - A. Section 01 300-Submittals:Schedule of Values. E. Environmental Controls:Comply with federal,state,and local regulations pertaining to water,air,solid Receive Resilient Flooring. A.Maintain on site,one set of the following record documents�record actual revisions to the Work: blended hydraulic cement,fly ash(per ASTM C 618,Class F or C in maximum quantity of 15%)and other a. Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth-formed finish, -� � ____ , � - ��_ , ��- . 3. Apply smooth-rubbed finish to smooth-formed finished concrete surfaces indicated or exposed to -- , :::11,1� ! B. Section 01600-Material and Equipment:Product substitutions and alternates. waste,chemical waste,sanitary waste,sediment and noise pollution. 1.04 Submittals 1. Contract Drawings, po7zolans,ground granulated blast-furnace slag,and silica fume;subject to compliance with requirements. public view. -, , . � I I � 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES F. Protection of Natural Resources:Preserve the natural resources within Project boundaries and outside A.Report all test results in chart form listing test dates,time,depth of test well,in-situ temperature, 2. Specifications. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE - I I , � .. - - I A. Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703-Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation limits of permanent work performed under Contract in existing condition or restore to an equivalent or relative humidity and pH levels. 3. Addenda- A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material,design, B. Finishing Floors and Slabs: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1 R for screeding,restraightening, -� -1. I and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. - ID Sheet.Contractoes standard form or electronic media printout will be considered. improved condition upon completion of Work. 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract. and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of It -�4 " I B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 20 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. G.Hazardous Materials:If hazardous materials are discovered Client Landlord are to immediately notified for B.List test locations on chart and show same on 8%x 1 1 site map(when such map is made available to 5. Reviewed shop drawings,product data,and samples. successful in-service performance,qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a 1. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish,defined in ACI 301,to surfaces indicated and to surfaces to Lma� C. Format:Identify each line item with number and title of the major specification Section. remediation. testing agency) B.Record information concurrent with construction progress. supervisor who is an ACI-cedified Concrete Flatwork Technician. receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile,portland cement D. Include in each line item,the amount of Allowances specified in this Section. C.Deliver results in duplicate for distribution to Architect and General Contractor. C.Specifications:Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete terrazzo,and other bonded cementitious floor finishes. E. Include separately from each line item,a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and 1.05 Quality Assurance installed. products complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment 2. Float Finish: Apply float finish,defined in ACI 301,to surfaces indicated,to surfaces to receive trowel profit. SECTION 01300-SUBMITTALS A.Digital"Reader"and calibrated relative humidity sensors D.Record Documents and Shop Drawings:Legibly mark each item to record actual construction. andACI 117,"Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.' finish,and to surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing,built-up or membrane - ._1 F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders,with each Application For Payment, 1. PART I GENERAL 1.Factory-calibrated"Smart Sensors"using Touch-n-Sense Im technology, E.Delete Architect/Engineer title block and seat from all documents. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING roofing,or sand-bed terrazzo. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 2.NIST-traceable factory calibration F.Submit owner required documents to Owner in format required by owner with claim for final Application A.Steel Reinforcement: Deliver,store,and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and 3. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces exposed to view or to be . A. Submit three copies of each application on AIA Form G702-Application and Certificate for Payment. A' Submittal procedures. B.Wide range pH paper,and distilled or de-ionized water. for Payment. damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. covered with resilient flooring,carpet,ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane,paint,or B. Content and Format:Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. B' Construction progress schedules. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA B.Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture,sunlight,did,oil,and other another thin film-finish coating system. Revisions C. Payment Period:30 days.:Waiver of Lien to Date. C. Shop drawings. Pad 2-Products A.Submit two sets prior to final inspection,bound in 8-1/2 x 1 1 inch text pages to Owner,three ring contaminants. a. After applying float finish,apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven ISSUE FOR CLIENTILL REVIEW 1.5 CHANGE PROCEDURES D. Product data. 2.01 -Manufacturers binders with durable covers. trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform A 02/11/15 A. The Arch itect/Eng ineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to E. Samples. A.Rapid RHO relative humidity and temperature sensor kit as manufactured by Wagner Meters(800) B.Prepare binder covers with printed title"OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS",title of 2.1 FORMWORK in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied ISSUE FOR BID I F. Manufacturers'instructions. 634-996 1,or equal. coatings or floor coverings. . Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by AIA A201,1987 Edition,Paragraph 7.4 by G. Manufacturers'certificates. B.pH test paper as manufactured by Micro Essential Laboratory,or equal, project. A.Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301. b. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled A 02111/15 i issuing supplemental instructions on AIA Form G71 0. C.Subdivide the binder contents with page dividers,organized as described below;with tab titling clearly B.Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous,true,and smooth : 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS freestanding 10-foot-(3.05-m-)long straightedge,resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on ISSUE FOR PERMIT ! B.The Arch itect/Engineer may issue a Notice of Change which includes a detailed description of a Part 3-Execution printed under plastic tabs. concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizesto minimize number of joints. . proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications,a change in Contract A. Section 01019-Contract Considerations:Schedule of Values. 3.01-Quantification of Relative Humidity at 40%of Concrete Thickness D.Contents:Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume,with each Product or system description 1.Exterior grade plywood suitable for concrete forms complying with DOC PS 1,metal,or other the surface,does not exceed the following: Z�03/04/15 � Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required. Contractor Will prepare B. Section 01400-Quality Control:Manufacturers'field services and reports. A.The test site should be maintained at the same temperature and humidity conditions as those identified,type on white paper. approved panel materials. 1) 1/8 inch(3.2 mm). and submit an estimate with seven days. C. Section 01700-Contract Closeout:Contract warranty and manufacturer's certificates closeout E.Pad 1:Directory,listing names,addresses,and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer,Contractor, C.Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood,lumber,metal, least two edges and one side for tight fiL 4. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish,stopping after second troweling,to A C. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting request for change to the Architect/Engineer, submittals. anticipated during normal occupancy.These temperature and humidity levels should be maintained for Subcontractors,and major equipment suppliers. D.Chamfer Strips: Wood,metal,PVC,or rubber strips,3/4 by 314 inch(19 by 19 mm),minimum. surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work,including a complete breakdown 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 48 hours prior and during test period.When a building is not under HVAC control,a recording F,Part 2:Operation and maintenance instructions,arranged by system and subdivided by specification E.Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with,stain,or thin-set method. Immediately after second troweling,and when concrete is still plastic,slightly scarify A A. Transmit each submittal with AIA Form G81 0. hygrometer or data logger shall be in place recording conditions during the test period.A transcript of surface with a fine broom. - indicating labor and materials costs.Include a statement describing the reason for the change,and the B. Sequentially number the transmittal forms.Resubmittals to have original number with an alphabetic this information must be included with the test report. section.For each category,identify names,addresses,and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 5. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete,brooming with fiber-bristle broom A . effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation.Document any requested suffix� B.The number of in-situ relative humidity test sites is determined by the square footage of the facility. suppliers. 1.Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. perpendicular to main traffic route,to platforms,steps,and ramps,and elsewhere as indicated. substitutions in accordance with Section 01600. C. Identify Project,Contractor,Subcontractor or supplier;pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number(s), The minimum number of tests to be placed is equal to 3 in the first 1,000 sq,ft.and I per each G.Part 3:Project documents and certificates,including the following: F.Form Ties: Factory-fabricated,removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties 6. Verify intended floor finish.Do not seal concrete surface where sealer would interfere with floor . - D. Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order.Based on Notice of Change and Contractoes fixed price and specification Section number,as appropriate. additional 1,000 square feet. 1-Shop drawings and product data, designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on coating. Comply with floor finish manufacturer specifications. A quotation or Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect/Engineer. D. Apply Contractors stamp,signed or initialed certifying that review,verification of Products required, C.Determine the thickness of the concrete slab,typically from construction documents, 2.Air and water balance reports. removal. 3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING E. Construction Change Directive:Architect/Engineer may issue a directive,on AIA Form G714 field dimensions,adjacent construction Work,and coordination of information,is in accordance with the D.Utilizing a roto-hammer,drill test holes to a depth equal to 40%of the concrete thickness%i.e,2'deep 3.Certificates. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT General:Protect concrete from excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1-1990 for Construction Change Directive signed by the Owner,instructing the Contractor to proceed with a requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. for a 5'thick slab,or I Y2"deep for a 4"thick slab.Hole diameter shall not exceed outside diameter of 4.Photocopies of warranties, A.Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60,deformed plain-steel bars,cut bars true to length with cold-weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R-1 990 for hot-weather protection during change in the Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in E. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project,and deliver to Architect/Engineer at business the probe by more than 0.04".Drilling operation must be dry. H.Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 7 days prior to final inspection.This copy will be ends square and free of burrs. curing. the Work,and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. address.Coordinate submission of related items. returned after final inspection,with Owner comments. Revise content of documents as required prior B.Plain-Steel Wire:ASTM A 82,as drawn 1. Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot,dry,or windy conditions cause Promptly execute the change, F. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be E.Vacuum and brush all concrete dust from test hole. to final submittal. C.Plain Steel Welded Wire Fabric:ASTM A185,fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. excessive moisture loss. F. Time and Material Change Order.Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. F.Insert a relative humidity probe(sensor)to the full depth of test hole.Place cap over probe. 1.Submit final volumes revised,within 15 days after final inspection to Owner. Minimum reinforcement of 6x6-W1.4xW1.4 WWF,ASTM A185-65ksi 2. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. change,within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract.Architect/Engineer will determine G. Provide space for Contractor and Arch itect/Eng ineer review stamps.Architect's review will commence G.Permit the test site to acclimate,or equilibrate for 1-2 hours prior to taking relative humidity readings. 1.8.WARRANTIES 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES 3. Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by moisture curing, the change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. upon receipt of contractor reviewed and stamped submittals.Submittals received without such General H.Remove the cap,insert the cylindrical reading device,and press button on the device to obtain reading A.Provide duplicate notarized copies. A.Bar Supports: Bolsters,chairs,spacers,and other devices for spacing,supporting,and fastening moisture-retaining-cover curing,or curing compound. G. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis. Provide full information required Contractor review will be returned not reviewed. from the in-situ probe. B.Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors,suppliers,and manufacturers.Provide Table reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire,plastic, 4. Cure and seal floors and slabs with a curing and sealing compound according to manufacturer's for evaluation of proposed changes,and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work. H. Revise and resubmit submittals as required,identify all changes made since previous submittal. 1.Read and record temperature and relative humidity at the test site. of Contents and assemble in three ring binder with durable cover. or precast concrete according to CRSI's'Manual of Standard Practice,"of greater compressive strength written instructions. H. Change Order Forms:AIA G701 Change Order. 1. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties Instruct parties to promptly report any *Elevated structural slab(not poured in pans)should be tested at a depth equal to 20%of its thickness. C.Submit prior to final Application for Payment. than concrete 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Execution of Change Orders:Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided inability to comply with provisions. 3.02 Quantifying pH level. D.For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion,provide updated submittal within 15 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A.Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency see CS-3 for additional in the Conditions of the Contract. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES days after acceptance,listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. A.Vapor Retarder. Polyethylene sheet,ASTM E1745,Class C,10 mil requirements. 1.6 ALTERNATES A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within 20 days after date of Owner-Contractor A,At or near the relative humidity test site perform pH test- 1.9 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS B_ Flexible Waterstops: Rubber,CE CRD-C 513,or PVC,CE CRD-C 572. B.Testing Agency: Tests will be performed according to ACI 301,and additional requirements as indicated A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the Owner's option. Agreement for Architect/Engineer review. 1,Place several drops of water onto the concrete surface to form a puddle approximately 11'in A.Provide products,spare parts,maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual C. Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: Rectangular or trapezoidal strip,butyl rubber with sodium bentonite or in these drawings,CS-3,Specifications and manufacturer requirements.General contractor shall coordinate Accepted Alternates will be identified in Owner-Contractor Agreement. B. Revise and resubmit as required. diameter. specification Sections. other hydrophylic material. and arrange with appropriate parties,Village,etc.,and coordinate with the Owner's Construction Manager all B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required. C. Submit a horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major section of Work or operation, 2.Allow the water to set for approximately 60 seconds B.Deliver to Project site;obtain receipt prior to final payment. D.Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751,asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber,or ASTM D 1752,cork or such testing. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS identifying first work day of each week. 3.Dip the pH paper into the water and remove immediately,compare color to chart provided by paper 2.0 PART2 PRODUCTS self-expanding cork. 3.10 REPAIRS A. Not Used. D. Show complete sequence of construction by activity,identifying Work of separate stages and other supplier to determine pH reading A�Not used. E.Bonding Agent: ASTIM C 1059,Type 11,non-redispersible,acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architec/Owned. Remove and 3. PART 3 EXECUTION logically grouped activities.Indicate the early and late start,early and late finish,float dates,and B.Record and report results. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION F.Epoxy-Boriding Adhesive: ASTM C 881,two-component epoxy resin,of class and grade to suit replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to requirements of these drawings. A. Insurance:Contractor shall,prior to commencement of work,Certificates of Insurance naming Owner, duration. C.FlatnesslLevelness Testing:Comply with ASTM E I 155,but provide a minimum of one line of sampling A.Not used. requirements. Architect,Construction Manager(if any),Landlord(if any)and their agents as Additional Insured,for 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS in two perpendicular directions through each structural bay. 2.5 CONCRETE MIXTURES,GENERAL END OF SECTION 03300 the coverages below: A.Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete,proportioned on the basis of laboratory I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- - 1.Public Liability including Contractor's Protective Liability,covering explosion and collapse,completed A. Submit in electronic format. 1.Perform testing using a"Dipstick Profiler"within 72 hours of concrete placement. SECTION 02070-SELECTIVE DEMOLITION trial mixture or field test data,or both,according to ACI 301, PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST B. After review,reproduce and distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and for Record 1.1 GENERAL OF MY KNOWLEDGE.THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, operations coverages(covering a period of at least two years after the date acceptance of the work 2.Concrete coming from Ulta's Criteria or which fails required Quality Assurance testing,including B.Portland Cement:ASTM C 150 Types I&11 SECTION 035416-HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR by Owner),and broad form blanket contractual liability coverage,and shall insure against any and all Documents described in Section 01 700-Contract Closeout. Flatness/Levelness requirements,shall be removed and replaced at Ulta's discretion.Copy of A. Definitions: As follows: C.Normal Weight Aggregate:ASTM C 33,uniformly graded,not exceeding 1-1/2"(38-MM)nominal size. PART I -GENERAL RELATiNG TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. claims for bodily injury,including death resulting therefrom and damage to the property of 1.6 PRODUCT DATA Flatness/Levelness Test is required to be submitted to Ulta as part of the Project Close Out 1. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled,salvaged,or D. Aggregate: ASTM C 33,uniformly graded,from a single source. 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS other and arising from its operations under the Contract,whether such operations are performed by A. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires,plus two copies which will be retained by Requirements. to remain the Landlord's property. E. Water: ASTM C 94 and potable. A. Drawings,general provisions of the Contract,and other related construction documents such as such Contractors,or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them. the Architect/Engineer.Electronic format preferred, 2. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Landlord's property' F. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturers prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement Division 0 1 specifications apply to this Section 2.Workman's Compensation and Employees Liability Insurance as required by any Employee Benefit B. Mark to identify applicable products,models,options,and other data. Supplement manufacturers' Remove,clean,and pack or crate items to protect against damage.Identify contents of containers and having an air content of 2.5 to 4.5 percent,ASTM C 260. 1.2 SUMMARY ARCHITECT Acts or other statuses applicable where the work is to be performed as will protect Owner's standard data to provide information unique to this Project. 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES deliver to Owner's designated storage area. 2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. This Section includes a cement-based self-leveling underlayment formulated with a special blend of - Contractors from liability under aforementioned. C. After review,distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and provide copies for Record A. k Temporary Power. Provide power service and lighting required for operations,with branch wiring and 3. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated;clean,service,and otherwise prepare them for A.Slabs-on-Grade: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: polymers used to level and smooth interior concrete,terrazzo,ceramic&quarry tile,metal,wooden Drawn By Checked By 3.Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance,including the ownership,maintenance,and operation Documents described in Section 01 700-Contract Closeout. distribution boxes located to allow service and lighting by means of construction-type power cords. reuse-,store and protect against damage.Reinstall items in locations indicated.4. Existing to Remain: 1.Minimum Compressive Strength:minimum 4000 psi(27.6 MPa)at 28 days or match existing(only if substrates,and non-soluble adhesive residue on concrete prior to the installation of finished flooring on CW BW - of any automotive equipment owned,hired and non-owned. 1.7 SAMPLES & Noise,Dust and Pollution Control: Provide materials and equipment necessary to comply with Landlord Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When greater). I all grade levels. 4.Personal injury and Property Damage. A.Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product,with integral parts and local requirements for noise,dust and pollution control. permitted by the Owner,items may be removed to a suitable,protected storage location during selective 2.Air Content: Do not allow air content of troweled finished floors to exceed 3 percent. 1. ARDEX K-1 50 Premium Self-Leveling Underlayment Scale Date 5.Umbrella Liability Coverage:Contractor agrees to hold aforesaid parties harmless on all O.S.H.A. and attachment devices.Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work C. Barriers and Enclosures:Provide environmentally safe barbers as may be required to protect adjacent demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. 3.Slump: 4 inches(100 mm). 2. ARDEX P 51"I Pdmer NONE 1 2/11115 - and Federal and State worker safety requirements,and shall fully comply with all such requirements B.Submit samples of finishes from the full range of colors selected,textures,and patterns for properties from damage from operations:and as required by governing authorities and/or Landlord. B. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused,salvaged,reinstalled,or otherwise indicated to B.Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure,batch,mix,and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94 and 3, ARDEX P 82 Im Ultra Prime Job No. as they apply to the methods and devices used in the execution of the work. ArchitectlEngineer's selection. D. Cleaning:Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish;recycle or dispose of off-site at intervals remain the Landlord's property,demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall ASTM C 1 1 16,and furnish batch ticket information. 4. ARDEX E 251m Resilient Emulsion f�:% 9�) C_%% - C.Include identification on each sample,with full project information. approved by Landlord and complying with special environmental procedures specified in Section 01 150. be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractors option. D.Project-Site Mixing: Measure,batch,and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94. B. Related Sections include the following: D.Submit the number or samples specified in individual specification Sections;one of which will be E. Signs: No signage shall be allowed. C. Photographs or videotape,sufficiently detailed,of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. 1. Section 03 30 00,Cast-In-Place Concrete 14-00 %3174� SECTION 01039-COORDINATION AND MEETINGS retained by Architect/Engineer. F. Removal and Cleaning:Remove construction facilities,clean and repair damage,in excess of Contract improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. 2.7 ADMIXTURES 2. Section 07 26 19,Topical Moisture Vapor Mitigation 1. PART 1 GENERAL requirements,caused by operations or use of temporary facilities. D. Record drawings at Project closeout according to Division 1 Section"Contract Closeout.* No calcium chloride or chloride-ion producing admixture shall be used in any concrete. 3. Division 09 Flooring Sections Sheet No. . 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES I. Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural,electrical,or tF%l -A mechanical conditions, A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, \.,___-� C= B. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type A. Q-)P � I ---------i . - - - --------- _�,� I------------- __ --- � ______ ------- -____ --------- - ---------.- - - - -- - __ __ ----------- - � I— - ----,---.----.------ - - - - _____ � SECTION 05500-METAL FABRICATIONS a.Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. SECTION 07512-ROOFING SYSTEM REPAIR 1.3 EXECUTION SECTION 08410-ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS . A. ASTM C 109M,Compressive Strength Air-Cure Only 1.1 GENERAL b.Use Interior Type A,High Temperature(HT)for enclosed roof framing,framing in attic spaces,and General:When penetration of the existing roofing system is required to accommodate new construction, A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's instructions applicable to products and 1.1 General: B. ASTM C348,Flexural Strength of Hydraulic-Cement Mortars A. Submittals: In addition to product data,submit the following: where otherwise indicated. perform necessary roofing system repair. applications indicated.Clean(and/or prime)joints in accordance with manufacturers recommendations A. System Performance Requirements: Comply with structural performance,air infiltration,and water C. ASTM E84,Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 1. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection,including templates for anchor bolt placement. 2.Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting Coordination prior to start of application of joint sealant.Comply with ASTM C1 193 for use of joint sealants as penetration requirements,indicated,as demonstrated by testing stock assemblies according to test ). . D. ASTM F2170,Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes 2,Samples,materials and finishes as may be requested by Architect. agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Before starting work,verify with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the Landlord the following: applicable to materials,applications and conditions indicated. methods indicated. I- E.ASTM F1869,Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subtloor Using Anhydrous Ca Chloride 3.For structural steel fabrication:AISC Certification for steel fabrication is required. a.For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish,mark end or back of each 1.Existing roof system materials and installation methods. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C 1193. B.Accessibility Requirements:Entrance to comply with ADAIABA Accessibility Guidelines:US Architectural F. ASTM 710-Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring a.Fabricators Qualifications:A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. 2.Repair work responsibilities and warranty requirements. C. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C919 for use of joint sealants in and Transporlaion Barriers Compliance Boards,American's with Disability Act(ADA)and Architectural a<D 1.4 SUBMITTALS and designated as an AISC Certified Plant,Category Sbd. 3.For exposed items to indicated to receive a stained or natural finish,use formulations that do not Qualifications:Repair work shall be performed only by an experienced roofing installer approved or acoustical applications. Barriers Act(ABA)Accessibility Guildelines for buildings and facilities,and ANSI Al 17.1,current version. 4C A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data and installation instructions for each material and b.Welding Qualifications:Qualifying procedures and personnel according to AWS DIA,structural welding bleed through,contain colorants,or otherwise adversely affect finishes, licensed by the existing roofing system materials manufacturer;with not less than five years of successful D.Tooling of Nonsag Sealants:Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing C, Thermal Movement: Provide for expansion and contraction resulting from an ambient temperature . product used. Include manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets. code-steel. E.Miscellaneous Lumber. Provide No.3 or Standard grade lumber of any species for support or experience installing and repairing roofing systems similar to this projects existing roofing system. begins,too]sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, range of 180 deg F(100 deg C)without buckling,joint seal failure,undue stress on structural elements, MA t< B. Qualification Data: For Installer attachment of other construction,including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases,cant strips, Materials:Provide and install only materials approved and recommended by the roofing manufacturer for uniform beads of configuration indicated;to eliminate air pockets;and to ensure contact and adhesion damaging loads on fasteners,reduction of performance,or stress on glass. Doors shall function normally 0 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Provide materials selected for their surface flatness,smoothness,and freedom from surface bucks,nailers,blocking,and similar members. repairing the existing roofing system. of sealant with sides of joint. over specified range. . A. Installation of the ARDEX product must be completed by a factory-trained applicator,such as an blemishes. F.Air-Infiltration Barrier. Air retarder complying with ASTM E 1677;made from polyolefins;either Installation:Inspect roof surface conditions with roof manufacturer's representative to verify extent and 1.Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 1. Wind Loads: Provide assemblies capable of withstanding pressures of 20 psf inward and outward, ARDEX Leve[Master@ Elite or Choice Contractor,using mixing equipment and tools approved by the B. Steel and Iron: As follows: cross-laminated films,woven strands,or spunbonded fibers;coated or uncoated;with or without location of any other repairs required to ensure a watertight roofing system upon completion of the repair 2.Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor acting normal to plane of the wall. manufacturer. Contact ARDEX Engineered Cements(724)203-5000 for a list of recommended 1. Plates,Shapes,and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. perforations to transmit water vapor but not liquid water,and with minimum water-vapor transmission work.Make necessary repairs. Match existing roof slope,insulation materials and roofing membrane sealants or adjacent surfaces. D. Structural Performance: Test in accordance with ASTM E 330.There shall be no glass breakage or EJ installers. 2. Rolled Floor Plates:ASTM A 786/A 786M/Rolled from plate complying with ASTM A36/A,36M,Grand C of 10 perms(575 ng/Pa x s x sq.m)when tested according to ASTM E 96,Procedure A. materials,except as otherwise approved by the existing roofing system manufacturer to accommodate 3.Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C1 193,unless otherwise indicated. permanent damage to fasteners,anchors,hardware or actuating mechanism or permanent deformation B. Product must have a hydraulic cement-based inorganic binder content as the primary binder which or D. G.Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather,in ground new construction and repair work. Install curb flashing furnished by mechanical and electrical trades for END OF SECTION 07901 of framing members in excess of 0.2 percent of their clear span. includes portland cement per ASTM C1 50: Standard Specification for Portland Cement and other 3. Cold-Formed Tubing: ASTM A 500, contact,or in area of high relative humidity,provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A new roof top equipment, 1. Deflection Normal to the Plane of the Wall: Test pressure shall be wind load specified. Deflection specialty hydraulic cements. Gypsum-based products are not acceptable. 4. Pipe: ASTM A 53,standard weight(schedule 40),unless otherwise indicated. Paint black,unless 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel. SECTION 081 1 0-STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES shall not exceed 1/1 75 of clear span,when subjected to uniform load deflection test. C. Manufacturer Experience: Provide products of this section by companies which have successfully otherwise indicated. � 1.Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. 1.1 GENERAL 2. Deflection Parallel tothe Plane of the Wall: Test pressure shall be 1.5 times wind pressure.Deflection specialized in production of this type of work for not less than 10 years. Contact Manufacturer 5. Gray-Iron Castings: ASTM A 48,Class 30. 2.Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307,Grade A(ASTM F 568,Property Class 4.6);with SECTION 07710-MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALTIES A. Submit Product Data for each type of door and frame of members carrying full dead load shall not exceed amount that will reduce glass bite below 75 Representative prior to installation. 6. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type;galvanized ferrous castings,either ASTM A 47(ASTM A ASTM A 563(ASTM A 563M)hex nuts and,where indicated,flat washers. PART 1-GENERAL specified. percent of design dimension or edge clearance between member and fixed glass or other fixed 1.6 WARRANTY ARDEX K15@ installed as part of a floor system,shall be installed in conjunction with the 47M)malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts,washers,and shims as required, H.Metal Framing Anchors: Provide galvanized steel framing anchors of structural capacity,type,and 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS B. Quality Assurance: Comply with ANSIISDI 100. member above to less than 1/8 inch. Clearance between the member and operable door or window recommended ARDEX Tile&Stone Installation Materials or WW HENRY Flooring Adhesive,as appropriate, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F2329. size indicated and as follows: A.Submit Product Data,Shop Drawings,and color Samples. C. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: NFPA 80,identical to assemblies tested per ASTM E 152,and labeled shall be at least 1/16 inch. to provide the ARDEX SystemOne 1 0-year comprehensive warranty. C. Aluminum: As follows: 1. Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide products for which model code research or evaluation B.Provide products that comply with applicable requirements of SMACNA's"Architectural Sheet Metal and listed by UL,Warnock Hersey,or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities 3,Wind loads as per local jurisdictional and code requirements. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING 1. Extrusions: ASTMI B 221 (ASTM B 221 M),alloy 6063-T6. reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence of compliance Manual,"unless otherwise indicated. having jurisdiction. 4.Seismic loads,where applicable. A. Deliver products in original packaging,labeled with product identification,manufacturer,batch number 2. Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632(ASTM B 632M)Pattern 1,alloy 6061-T6. of metal framing anchors for application indicated with building code in effect for Project. PART 2-PRODUCTS 5.Windbone,debris,impact resistance,where applicable. and shelf life. D.Fasteners: Provide plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633,Class Fe1Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc 2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads,as published by 2.1 ROOF SPECIALTIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: E. Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.06 CFM per sq.ft.of fixed area(excluding operable door edges)when B. Store products in a dry area with temperature maintained between 50'and 85*F(I 0*and 29*C)and coating,for exterior use or where built into exterior walls.Select fasteners for the type,grade,&class req'd. manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated, Manufacturer's published values shall be A.Aluminum coping system manufactured by Peterson Aluminum Co.Berridge,or Architect Approved 1. Amweld Building Products,Inc. tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at inward test pressure differential of 1.57 psf. Protect from direct sunlight. E. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing,lead-and chromate-free,universal modified-alkyd primer with determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis,and demonstrated by Equal 2. Ceco Door Products. F. Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water penetration(excluding operable door edges)when tested in C. Handle products in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations good resistance to corrosion,compatible with finish paint systems,and complying with performance comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. B.Finish:As noted or as selected from manufacturers standard colors. 3. Fenestra Corp. accordance with ASTM E 331 at an inward test pressure differential of 6.24 lbf per sq.ft. . 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS requirements of FSTT-P-664. 3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip,zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653,G60(ASTM PART 3-EXECUTION 4. Kewanee Corp. G. Condensation Resistance: Provide units showing condensation resistance factor(CRF)of not less than 3.1 INSTALLATION ,a A. Do not install material below 50*F(10*C)surface and air temperatures. These temperatures must F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint,with dry film containing not less than 94 percent A 653M,Z180)coating designation;structural,commercial,or lock-forming quality,as standard with A.Coordinate with installation of roof decks and other substrates to produce a watertight assembly 5. Republic Builders Products. 45 when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503. cc also be maintained during and for 48 hours after the installation of products included in this section. zinc dust by weight. manufacturer for type of anchor indicated. rmal and lateral loads.ISO 6. Steelcraft. H. Thermal Transmittance: Provide U-value of not more than 0.65 BTU/(hr x sq.ft.x deg F)at 15-mph 0 Install quickly if substrate is warm and follow warm weather instructions available from the ARDEX G. Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements of Division 3 Section*Cast-in-Place Concrete"for normal-weight 1. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fiber-resilient insulation,fabricated in strip form,for use as a sill sealer; capable of withstanding inward and outward loading pressures,and the late B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569(ASTM A 569M). exterior wind velocity when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503. IM Technical Service Department. concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi(20 MPa). 1-inch(25-mm)nominal thickness,compressible to 1/32 inch(0.8mm);selected from manufacturer's metals from dissimilar metals or corrosive substrates using bituminous coatings or other means of C. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366(ASTM A 366M),commercial quality,or ASTM A 620(ASTM A 1. Submittals: Submit the following: PART 2-PRODUCTS H. Nonshrink,Metallic Grout: Factory-packaged,ferrous-aggregate grout complying with ASTM C 1 1 07. standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. permanent separation, 620M),drawing quality. 1. Product Data: Include fabrication methods,data on finishing,hardware and accessories and surface 0 (D 2.1 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 1. Nonshrink,Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged,nonstaining,noncorrosive,nongaseous grout complying J. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-01 that is D. Galvanized Steel Sheets: ASTM A 526(ASTM A 526M),commercial quality,or ASTM A 642(ASTM A maintenance recommendations. 16= 0 ca A. Hydraulic Cement-based Self-Leveling Underlayment with ASTM C 1107. approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturers. SECTION 07720-ROOF ACCESSORIES 642M),drawing quality,with A 60 or G 60(Z 180 or ZF 180)coating designation,mill phosphatized. 2. Shop Drawings: Include layout,installation details,1/4-inch scale elevations,detail sections of 0 0 1. Acceptable Products: J. Fabrication,General: Form from materials of type,size,thickness,and shapes indicated. Work to K.Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels:DOC PS 1,exterior,AC where exposed to view, PART I-GENERAL E. Steel Doors: Provide 1-3/4-inch-(44-mm-)thick doors of materials and ANSI/SDI A250.4,A250.8 and composite members,anchors and reinforcement,hardware mounting heights and glazing details. a a. ARDEX K 150;Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements: 400 Ardex Park Drive,Aliquippa, dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings,using proven details of fabrication and support. [Exterior,C-C Plugged,where acceptable to owner/landlord][fire-retardant treated where required,]in 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS ANSIISDI 100 grades and models specified below,or as indicated on Drawings or schedules: 3. Hardware schedule organized into sets. Include item and manufacturer's name and designation of 'V- (O Pa 15001 USA,(724)203-5000,www.ardex.com Reassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible. thickness indicated or,if not indicated,not less than 3/4-inch nominal thickness. A.Submit Product Data,Shop Drawings,and color Samples. 1. Interior Doors: Level 11,heavy-duty,Model 2,seamless design,minimum 0.0478-inch-(1.2-mm-) each item required. M i. Primer Standard Porous Concrete:ARDEX P 51Tm Primer 1. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately.Remove sharp or rough areas and ease exposed edges. 1.3 EXECUTION PART 2-PRODUCTS thick cold-rolled steel sheet faces. 4. Samples: Pairs of samples of each finish on 12-inch-long sections. Where normal color variations f-= (0 ii. Primer Non-porous substrates,ceramic&quarry tile,non-water soluble adhesive residue, 2. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines,with members plumb,true to line,cut,and fitted. are anticipated,include sets indicating full range of color variations. 0 concrete treated with silicate compounds,metal,and wooden subfloors:ARDEX P 82TM Ultra strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove B� Fit rough carpentry to other construction;scribe and cope as required for accurate fit.Correlate 2.1 ROOF ACCESSORIES(as indicated on drawings) 2. Exterior Doors: Level III,extra heavy-duty,Model 2,seamless design,minimum 0.0635-inch- 5. Certified test reports showing systems have been tested and comply with requirements. W 4. Z A-Prefabricated Curbs and Equipment Supports (1.6-mm-)thick galvanized steel sheet faces. ME) 0) rr:�� Prime welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended. location of furring,nailers,blocking,grounds,and similar supports to allow attachment of other 1.Provide units with cant strips where applicable and base profile coordinated with roof membrane F. Frames: Provide frames for doors,sidelights,borrowed lights,and other openings that comply with J. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturers authorized representative who is trained and approved for r_ 1�k_ iii. Additive:ARDEX E 25Tm Resilient Emulsion 3. Form exposed connections with hairline oints,flush and smooth,using concealed fasteners where construction. installation of units required for this project and an installer who has completed installations similar to - 0 i requirements and with roof insulation thickness and roof deck slope. ANSI/SDI 100;fabricate to be rigid,neat in appearance,and free from defects,warp,or buckle. 0 = CY 2. Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 73* possible.Locate joints where least conspicuous. C. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, B_Roof Hatches 1. For interior frames provide units of the knock-down type, formed from 0.0478-inch-(1.2-mm-)thick those required and whose Work has resulted in a record of successful in-service performance. 0) CM �_ . F+/-3'F(23*C+/-3'C)and 50%+/-5%relative humidity: 4.Form bent-metal comers to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise complying with the following: C.Heat-and-Smoke Vents cold-rolled steel for openings 48 inches(1 220 mm)or less in width and from 0.0598-inch-(1.5-mm-) K. Manufacturer's Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing systems similar to those indicated �== Co N < a. Application:Barrel Mix or Pump impairing work. 1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven staples,P-nails,and allied fasteners. D.Metal Grating Roof Walkway System thick steel for openings over 48 inches(1220 mm)in width. and has a record of successful in-service performance. (0 3: w 0 b. Flow Time: 10 minutes K. Rough Hardware: Furnish custom-fabricated bolts,plates,anchors,hangers,dowels,and other 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 2. For exterior frames provide units with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners,formed L. Design Criteria: Drawings indicate size,profile,and dimensional requirements and are based on c. Initial Set:Approx,30 minutes miscellaneous steel and iron shapes for supporting and anchoring woodwork. 3. "Recommended Nailing Schedule"of referenced framing standard and with AFPA's"National 3.1 INSTALLATION from 0.0635-inch-(1.6-mm-)thick galvanized steel sheet specific types and models indicated. Aluminum entrance and storefront by other manufacturers may be I > CC I d. Final Set:Approx.90 minutes 1. Galvanize,unless otherwise indicated. Design Specifications for Wood Construction.' A.Installation:Unless otherwise indicated,install roof accessory items according to construction details 3. Door Silencers: 3 on strike jambs of single-door frames and 2 on heads of double-door frames considered provided deviations do not change the design concept. .-M. n �L. e.Compressive Strength:4100 psi at 28 days,ASTM C109M. L. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete,as indicated. 4. 'Table 23-I-Q-Nailing Schedule"of the Uniform Building Code. of NRCA's"Roofing and Waterproofing Manual.*Coordinate with installation of roof deck,vapor G. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 1 1 7. 1.2 Products: (0 , 0 f. Flexural Strength:1 000 psi at 28 days,ASTM C78. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts. 5. "Table 2305.2--Fastening Schedule"of the B.O.C.A.National Building Code where applicable. A. Aluminum Members: Alloy and temper recommended;comply with ASTM B 221 for extrusions,ASTM < - barriers,roof insulation,roofing, and flashing to ensure combined elements are secure, waterproof, H.Fabricate concealed stiffeners,reinforcement,edge channels,louvers,and moldings from either cold-or CO 'a g. VOC:0 g1l,calculated SCAQMD 11 68 1. Galvanize after fabrication. 6. "Table 1705.1--Fastening Schedule,'of the Standard Building Code. and weathertight.Verify compatibility for all products and materials used in combination with each hot-rolled steel sheet. B 209 for sheet or plate,and ASTM B 21 1 for bars,rods,and wire. Kawneer screw spline �_ 1= M 2.2 WATER:Water shall be clean,potable,and sufficiently cool(not warmer than 70'F). M. Loose Steel Lintels: Fabricate from shapes and to sizes indicated. 7. 'Table 2304.9.1-Fastening Schedule,'of the International Building Code. other. 1. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware B. Carbon Steel Reinforcement: Comply with ASTM A 36 for structural shapes,plates and bars,ASTM A 0 CU PART 3-EXECUTION .J cm 0) nO- - 1. Galvanize after fabrication. D.Use hot-dip galvanized or stainless-steel nails where rough carpentry is exposed to weather,in I according to SDI 107. 61 1 for cold-rolled sheet and strip,or ASTM A 570 for hot-rolled sheet and strip. n 0 - (0 3.1 PREPARATION N. Shelf and Relieving Angles: Fabricate to sizes indicated for attachment to support framing. Provideslotted ground contact,or in area of high relative humidity. J. Glazing Stops: Minimum 0.0359-inch-(0.9-mm-)thick steel or 0-040-inch-(I-mm-)thick aluminum. C. Glazing Materials: Comply with"Glass and Glazing"section. V- �- A. Concrete Subfloors:Prepare substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, holes to receive 314-inch(I 9-mm)bolts,spaced not more than 6 inches(1 50 mm)from ends and not more E.Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler, SECTION 07840-FIRESTOPPING 1. Provide nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors for D. Panel Core Material: Rigid,closed-cell polyurethane insulation. _1________...J . 1.Prior to proceeding please refer to ASTM F710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to than 24 inches(600mm)D.C. F.Framing Standardi Comply with AFPA's'Manual for Wood Frame Construction,*unless otherwise PART I-GENERAL glass in doors. E. Fasteners: Aluminum,nonmagnetic stainless steel,zinc plated steel,or material warranted to be Receive Resilient Flooring. All concrete subfloors must be sound,solid,clean,and free of all oil, 1. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts,complete with fasteners,to allach shelf angles to cast-in-place indicated. 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS 2. Provide screw-applied,removable,glazing beads on inside of glass in doors. noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum components,hardware,anchors,and other components. grease,dirt,curing compounds and any substance that might act as a bond breaker before priming, concrete. G.Air-Infiltration Barrier. Cover sheathing with air-infiltration barrier to comply with manufacturer's A.Submit Product Data and product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying compliance with K_ Finishes,General: Comply with NAAMM's"Metal Finishes Manual"for recommendations relative to 1. Do not use exposed fasteners except for application of hardware. For hardware,use Phillips flat-head 0 40 10 Mechanically clean if necessary using shot blasting or other. Acid etching and the use of 2. Galvanize shelf angles to be installed on exterior concrete. written instructions. specified requirements. applying and designating finishes. machine screws that match finish of member or hardware being fastened, r. ,*Q- .0 sweeping compounds and solvents are not acceptable. 0. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide as required to complete the Work but not included with 1. Apply air-infiltration barrier to cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch(I 00-mm)overlap. B.Provide firestopping systems with fire-resistance ratings indicated by reference to UL designations as F. Concealed Flashing: 0.01 79-inch(26 gage)minimum dead-soft stainless steel,or 0.026-inch-thick im IV 0*. listed in its"Fire Resistance Directory,"or to designations of another testing agency acceptable to 1. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fabrication. minimum extruded aluminum of alloy and type selected for compatibility with other components. . C "o'! 2. All cracks in the subfloor shall be repaired to minimize telegraphing through the underlayment. 9 4 go structural steel framework. Fabricate as indicated and required to receive adjacent construction.Fabricate a.All manufacturers of air barrier,installation and flashing products are to provide letters of L. Galvanized Steel Sheet Finishes: Comply with SDI 11 2 and the following: U) -_- Q. 3. Substrates shall be inspected in accordance with ASTM F1 869 or ASTM F2170 and corrected for from structural steel of welded construction. Drill and tap to receive hardware,hangers,and similar items. compatibility for these products in combination with each other. authorities having jurisdiction. G. Brackets and Reinforcements: High-strength aluminum;where use of aluminum is not feasible provide = .,4 moisture or any other conditions that could affect the performance of the underlayment or the finished Include anchors for building into other work,spaced not more than 24 inches(600 mm)D.C. C.Provide through-penetration firestopping systems with F-ratings indicated,as determined according to 1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of oil or W 0 V�- . I other contaminants. After cleaning,apply a conversion coating of the type suited to the organic nonmagnetic stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 123. , 0 r� floor covering.For areas where moisture vapor emissions exceed the limits required by the floor P. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate from steel shapes,plates,and bars of profiles shown with ASTM E 814,but not less than the fire-resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. coating applied over it. Clean welds,mechanical connections,and abraded areas,and apply H. Concrete/Masonry Inserts: Cast iron,malleable iron,or hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM 0 &.- V C 1W SECTION 06200-FINISH CARPENTRY :) 0, covering manufacturer refer to Section 07 26 19,Topical Moisture Vapor Mitigation Systems and continuously welded joints,and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices D.Provide through-penetration firestopping systems with T-ratings as well as F-ratings,as determined galvanizing repair paint specified to comply with ASTM A 780. A 123. r. . 0 -� install the appropriate ARDEX Moisture Control System. wherever possible. Provide cutouts,fittings,and anchorages;coordinate assembly and installation with PART 1 -GENERAL(Not Applicable) according to ASTM E 814,where indicated. 2. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20,high-zinc-dust-content paint with dry film containing not [ Compression Weatherstripping: Replaceable molded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM D 2000 a U a ,C, B. Joint Preparation: other work. PART 2-PRODUCTS E.For exposed firestopping,provide products with flame-spread ratings of less than 25 and or molded PVC complying with ASTM D 2287. - .0 less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight. 4) ; 0 Co. l. Moving Joints-honor all expansion and isolation joints up through the underlayment, A flexible Q. Pipe Bollards: Fabricate from Schedule 80 steel pipe capped with 1/4-inch(6.4-mm)steel plate. 2.1 MATERIALS,GENERAL smoke-developed ratings of less than 450,as determined according to ASTM E 84. 3. Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated,apply J. Sliding Weatherstripping: Replaceable wool,polypropylene,or nylon woven pile weatherstripping,with E -,.- 2 C *� sealing compound such as ARDEX ARDISEAL111 Rapid Plus may be installed. 1. Fabricate sleeves for bollards from steel pipe with 1/4-inch-(6.4-mm-)thick steel plate welded to bottom A.Lumber Standards: DOC PS 20 and grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOPPING nylon fabric or aluminum strip backing,complying with AAMA 701.2. . = - ,O air-dried primer specified below immediately after cleaning 0 0. 2. Saw Cuts and Control Joints - fill all non-moving joints with ARDEX ARDIFIXTM Joint Filler or of sleeve. Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. A.As indicated on drawings. K. Hardware: Heavy-duty units required for operation;finish to match door. 0.= I - M. Steel Sheet Finishes: Comply with SSPC-PA 1,"Paint Application Specification No.1., 9� V, A. C! ARDEX SD-F Tm FEATHER FINISH@ as recommended by the manufacturer. R. Finish metal fabrications after assembly, Comply with NAAMM"Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural B.Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1.C.Hardwood Plywood-, HPVA HP-1. PART 3-EXECUTION 1. Ball-Bearing Butts: 5-knuckle,2-bearings,steel ball bearing butts sized to comply with ANSI A156.1, U 0 " 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent-clean surfaces according to SSPC-SP 1. Remove mill scale and rust = , �Ir C. Wooden subfloors: must be clean and free of all foreign matter. Sand to bare wood then vacuum to and Metal Products"for recommendations on application of finishes. Shop-prime ferrous metal items not 2.2 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM 3.1 INSTALLATION . to comply with SSPC-SP 5(White Metal Blast Cleaning)or SSPC-SP 8(Pickling). Grade 1;2 butts for doors 7 feet 6 inches or less,3 butts for taller heavier doors. - P, 0 CO remove all dust, Re-nail any loose boards exhibiting movement. indicated to be galvanized. A.Exterior Lumber Trim: Smooth-textured Clear Heart,western red cedar,Grade A,western red cedar, A.Install firestopping systems to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with . 2. Pretreatment: Immediately after surface preparation,apply a conversion coating suited to organic 2.Non-removeable Pins at all exterior door locations:Provide set screw in hinge barrel that,when U " eq 0- D. Metal subfloors must be clean and free of all rust and foreign matter. Where required,a corrosive 1. Hot-dip galvanize items indicated to be galvanized.Comply with ASTM A 153 or ASTM A 123 as B&B,southern yellow pine. requirements listed in the testing agency's directory for the indicated fire-resistance rating.Furnish coating applied over it. tightened into a groove in hinge pin,prevents removal of pin while entrance door is closed. .11 11.11, ,�_ , B.Exterior Primed Hardboard Trim:High-temperature cured,high-resin,wood fiber composite�factory installer certifies,from installer indicating penetration fire stopping has been installed in compliance wi 3. Surface-Mounted Overhead Closers: Modem type with cover,for hinge side installation. Comply with -�, _, resistant coating should be applied and allowed to dry before priming. applicable. th . :, ," E. Cutback and other non-water soluble adhesive residues must be wet scraped to a thin,well-bonded 2. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3 primed;and recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. requirements and manufacturers written recommendations. 3. Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Apply shop primer that complies with ANSI A224.1 ANSI A156A Grade 1. Comply with recommendations for closer size. Include the following: F�� I-.,- acceptance criteria,is compatible with finish paint systems indicated,and has capability to provide a _",� �, 1. layer. 'Power Tool Cleaning.- C.Interior Trim:Painted Trim C Select,eastern white pine;B&Btr.Select or Supreme,Idaho while, 1.Penetrations in all fire resistant rated walls. a. Hold-open arm. . .11 I , I I F. Non-porous subfloors such as ceramic and quarry tile as well as terrazzo should be clean and free of 3. Apply shop primer per requirements of SSPC-PA I"Paint Application Specification No.1*for shop lodgepole,ponderosa,or sugar pine,Stained Trim rift-sawn,clear,kiln-dried red oak selected for 2.Penetrations in horizontal assemblies. sound foundation for field-applied topcoats. Apply primer immediately after surface preparation and I , - pretreatment. b, Delayed-action closing. &I� -T:" ,, all waxes and sealers. If necessary,clean by mechanical methods such as shot blasting or other. painting. compatible grain and color. 3.Penetrations in smoke barriers. 1.3 EXECUTION c.ADA,ANSI Al 17.1 for accessible entrances. L"..J 3.2 APPLICATION OF ARDEX K 150: 1.3 EXECUTION A� General: Install steel doors,frames,and accessories according to Shop Drawings,manufacturers data, 4. Door Stop: Floor or wall mounted,as appropriate,with integral rubber bumper;comply with ANSI A. Examine substrates and conditions under which materials will be installed. Do not proceed with A. Installation,General: Perform cutting,drilling,and fitting required for installing metal fabrications.Set units SECTION 06400-CUSTOM CASEWORK SECTION 07900-JOINT SEALANTS and as specified. A156.16,Grade 1. installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. accurately in location,alignment and elevation with edges and surfaces level,plumb,and true. Field Installation: 1.1 GENERAL B. PlacingFrames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105,unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately 5. Cylinders are supplied under another Division 8 Section. I B. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction. Protect 1. Fit exposed connections accurately together and weld,unless otherwise indicated. Do not weld,cut,or 1.Install casework plumb,level,true and straight with no distortions,Shim as required using concealed A.Preconstruction Joint Sealant-Substrate Tests: Submit substrate materials representative of actual in position,plumbed,aligned,and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. 6. Thumb-Turns: Inside thumb-turn cylinders of cast aluminum alloy. I I adjacent areas from contact due to mixing and handling of materials. abrade the surfaces of galvanized units that are intended for bolted connections. shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8"in 8'-O"for plumb and level and with no variations in flushness of joint surfaces to joint sealant manufacturer for laboratory testing of joint sealants for adhesion to primed 1. Except for frames located in existing concrete,masonry,or gypsum board assembly construction, 7. Deadlocks: Mortised maximum security deadlock,with minimum 1-inch-long pivoted bolt and C. Priming: 2. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or adjoining surfaces. Scribe and cut to fit adjoining work.Anchor to blocking or directly to substrates and unprimed substrates and for compatibility with joint substrates and other joint-related materials, place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings and after finish floodng installation. stainless steel strike box-,comply with ANSI Al 56.5,Grade 1. 1. Primer for standard absorbent concrete subfloors: Mix ARDEX P-51 1:1 with water and apply similar construction. without distortion so that cabinet doors fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust B. Submittals: In addition to product data submit the following: 2. Install at least 3 anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding 8. Deadlatches: Mortise-type deadlatch with stainless steel strike box;comply with ANSI A156.5,Grade evenly with a soft push broom. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excess primer. B. Set loose items on cleaned bearing surfaces using wedges or other adjustable devices. After the items hardware to center doors in openings and to provide free operation. Anchor countertops securely to 1. Samples of each type and color of joint sealant required. heights on strike jamb. 1. Revisions Allow to dry to a clear,thin film(min,3 hours,max.24 hours). Underlayment shall not be applied have been positioned and plumbed,tighten the anchor bolts and pack space with grout. base units and other support systems as indicated. 2. Certified test reports forjoint sealants evidencing compliance with requirements, 3. Install fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80, 9, Lever Handles: Cast aluminum alloy inside units. ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW until the primer is dry. Primer coverage is approximately 400 to 600 sq.ft. per gallon. 1. Use nonshrink,metallic grout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture-,use nonshrink, Adjust and clean: C. Door Installation: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames,within clearances specified in ANSI/SDI 10. Panic Hardware: Concealed-rod type actuated by full-width crash bar. Comply with UL 305. 2L 02/11/15 2. Primer for extremely absorbent concrete subfloors: Make an initial application of ARDEX P-51 mixed nonmetallic grout in exposed locations,unless otherwise indicated. 1.Repair damaged and defective casework where possible to eliminate defects,where not possible to A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants,joint fillers,and other related materials that are compatible with 100. 1 1.Push-Pull Plates: Aluminum push-pull plates of style indicated. with 3 parts water using a soft push broom.Do not leave any bare spots.Remove all puddles and C. Anchor bollards in concrete with pipe sleeves preset into concrete. Fill space between bollard and sleeve repair,replace casework. Clean,lubricate and adjust hardware for smooth operation. one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions,as demonstrated by 1. Fire-Rated Doors: Install with clearances specified in NFPA 80. 12.Thresholds: Extruded aluminum in mill finish,with anchors and clips,coordinated with pivots and ISSUE FOR BID excess primer.Allow to dry thoroughly before proceeding with the standard application of primer as solidly with nonshrink,nonmetallic grout. 2.Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed,wet work is complete,and HVAC system testing and field experience. D. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection,sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime floor-concealed closers. A 02/11/15 described above for standard absorbent concrete. 1. Fill bollards solidly with concrete,mounding top surface. 1 13.Silencers: At locations without weatherstripping,provide neoprene silencers on stops to prevent is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the B. Colors: Provide color indicated of exposed joint sealants or,if not otherwise indicated,as selected by coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer, A ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3. Primer for non-porous subfloors,wooden or metal subfloors,or cutback and other non-water soluble D. Touch up shop paint after erection. Clean field welds,bolted connections,and abraded areas and paint remainder of the construction period. Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. E. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection,remove protective wrappings from doors and metal-to-metal contact. / I 03/04/15 adhesive residues over concrete: Prime with ARDEX P-82 Ultra Prime. Mix Part A(red)with Part B with same material as used for shop painting, . C. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing,elastomeric frames. L. Framing System: Fabricate from extruded aluminum members of size and profile indicated. Include (white)and apply with a short-nap or sponge paint roller,leaving a thin coat of primer no heavier than E. For galvanized surfaces,clean welds,bolted connections,&abraded areas,&apply galvanizing repair sealant of base polymer indicated complying with ASTM C 920 requirements, END OF SECTION 081 1 0 reinforcing.Provide for flush glazing from the exterior without projecting stops, Shop-fabricate and A a thin coat of paint. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excess primer. Allow to paint. SECTION 07210-BUILDING INSULATION 1. One-Part,Nonsag Polysulfide Sealant: Type S;Grade NS;Class 12-1/2:Uses T,M,G,A,and 0. preassemble. Provide frame sections without exposed seams. dry to a clear,slightly tack film(minimum 3 hours,maximum 24 hours). Undedayment shall not be F.Corrosion Protection:Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout,concrete, 1.1 GENERAL 2- One-Part,Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S;Grade NS;Class25;Uses NT,G,A,andO; 1. InfillPanels: Flush-laminated panels of thickness indicated,with core material laminated with A � installed until primer is dry. Primer coverage is approximately 200 to 400 square feet per gallon. masonry,wood or dissimilar with the following: A. Submittals: Product Data for each type of insulation product specified. formulated with fungicide;intended for sealing interior joints with nonporous substrates exposed to SECTION 08211 -FLUSH WOOD DOORS waterproof glue between two sheets of aluminum. 4. Minimum drying time for ARDEX P-82 Ultra-Prime over cutback adhesive is 18 hours. 1.Cast Aluminum:Heavy coat of bituminous paint. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the high humidity and temperature extremes. 1.1 GENERAL M. Stile-and-Rail Type Entrance Doors: Provide tubular frame members,fabricated with mechanical joints Z� D. Mixing: Comply with manufacturers printed instructions and the following. 2.Extruded Aluminum:Two coats of clear lacquer. fire-test-response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per ASTIVI E 84, D. Butyl Sealant: Manufacturers standard one-part,nonsag,soivent-release-curing,polymerized butyl A. Submittals: In addition to product data,submit the following: using heavy inserted reinforcing plates and concealed tie-rods or j-bolts. - I� Add 7 quarts(6.5 L)of clean potable water per two 55-pound bag. SECTION 06100-ROUGH CARPENTRY ASTM E 119,orASTM E 136 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities sealant complying with ASTM C 1085 and formulated with minimum of 75 percent solids to be 1. Shop drawings indicating location and size of each door,elevation of each kind of door,details of 1. Glazing: Fabricate to facilitate replacement of glass or panels,without disassembly. Provide snap-on A 2. Mix using a%"(650 rpm)low speed heavy-duty mixing drill with an ARDEX T-1 mixing paddle.Do having jurisdiction.Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting nonstaining,paintable,and have a tack-free time of 24 hours or less. construction,location and extent of hardware blocking,and other pertinent data. extruded aluminum glazing stops with exterior stops anchored for nonremoval. not overwater. 1.1 GENERAL agency, E. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: One-part,nonsag,mildew-resistant,paintable,acrylic-emulsion sealant 2. Samples of actual materials in small sections for each face material and finish. 2. Design: Provide 1-3/4-inch-thick doors of design indicated. 3. Aggregate mix:For areas to be installed over 1 Y2*thick,aggregate may be added to reduce A. Submittals: Submit the following: C.All manufacturers of vapor barrier,insulation and flashing products,are to provide letters of complying with ASTM C 834. B. Quality Standards: a. Medium stile(3-1/2-inch nominal width). - material costs. Mix ARDEX K 15@ with water first,then add from 1/3 up to 1 part by volume of 1. Product Data for engineered wood products,underlayment,insulating sheathing,air-infiltration compatibility for these products in combination with each other, F. Silicone-Emulsion Sealant: Product complying with ASTM C 834 and,except for weight loss 1.Comply with the following standards: N. Fabrication: Fabricate components to designs,sizes and thicknesses indicated and comply with washed,well graded pea gravel aggregate(1/8"to 114"or larger). Do not use sand.Note: The barriers,metal framing anchors,and construction adhesives, measured per ASTM C 792,with ASTM C 920,that accommodates joint movement of not more than a. NWWDA Quality Standard: I.S.1-A,"Architectural Wood Flush Doors,"of the National Wood indicated standards.Sizes and profiles are indicated on the drawings. addition of aggregate will diminish the workability of the make it necessary to install a finish coat to 2. Material certificates for dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 25 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 50 percent. Window and Door Association. 1. Thermal-Break Construction: Fabricate framing with an integrally concealed,low conductance obtain a smooth surface. Ardex recommends a 1/4'application of ARDEX K 15@ neat to be installed 3. Wood treatment data,including chemical treatment manufacturers instructions for handling,storing, 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated-,selected from manufacturer's standard G. Acoustical Sealant: Nonsag,paintable,nonstaining,latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and b.AW1 Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards*of the Architectural Woodwork thermal barrier,between exterior materials and interior members to eliminate direct metal-to-metal as the finish coat. installing,and finishing treated materials. thickness,widths,and lengths. effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building Institute. contact. I 4. For pump installations,ARDEX K 156 shall be mixed using the ARDEX Levelcraft Automatic Mixing B, Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Rigid,cellular polyisocyanurate thermal insulation faced on both construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies per ASTM E 90, c.WIC Quality Standard: "Manual of Millwork"of the Woodwork Institute of California. 0. Prefabrication: Complete fabrication,assembly,finishing and hardware application before shipment to Pump. Start the pump at 21 0 gallons of water per hour,and then adjust to the minimum water A. Lumber,General: Comply with DOC PS 20 and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies sides with aluminum foil to comply with requirements indicated below: H. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Nondrying,nonhardening,nonskinning,nonstaining, 2.Performance Grade: the Project.Disassemble only as necessary for shipment and installation. reading that still allows self-leveling properties. Do not overwater. Check the consistency of the certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee's(ALSC)Board of Review.Provide dressed 1. ASTM Standard: ASTM C 1289,Type 1,Class 1 or 2. gunnable,synthetic rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce a.Heavy Duty unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not drill and tap for surface-mounted hardware items until time of installation. product on the floor to ensure a uniform distribution of the sand aggregate at both the top surface and lumber,S4S,with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency. C. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665,Type I(blankets without membrane facing) transmission of airborne sound. b.Extra heavy Duty:public restrooms,exits,staging entrance. 2. Preglaze door and frame units to greatest extent possible, bottom of the pour. 1. Provide lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal of type described below: 1. Tape Sealant: Solvent-free,butyl-based tape sealant with a solids content of 1 00 percent formulated c.Standard Duty:Closet,Washer/Dryer Closet. P. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations. Grind exposed welds smooth. Restore mechanical E. Application: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following. (38-mm actual)thickness or less,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool,or rock wool. to be nonstaining,paintable,and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces with or without 1.2 PRODUCTS finish. 1. ARDEX K 150 must be installed at a minimum thickness of 1/8'over the highest point in the floor, & Wood-Preservative-TreatedMatedals: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C2(lumber)and 2. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass. reinforcement thread to prevent stretch and packaged on rolls with release paper on one side. A.Manufacturers Qualifications:A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody by an 0, Reinforcing: Install reinforcing for hardware and as necessary for performance requirements,sag which typically results in an average thickness of 1/.'over the entire floor.ARDEX K 150 can be AWPA C9(plywood). Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection 3. MineraI-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool. J. Preformed Foam Sealant: Preformed,precompressed,open-cell,high-density urethane foam sealant FSC-accredited certification body.Subject to compliance with requirements,provide doors by one of the resistance and rigidity. installed up to 1%'over large areas neat,and up to 5'with the addition of proper aggregate.ARDEX agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. 4. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and impregnated with a nondrying,water-repellent agent;in precompressed size and in roll or stick form to following(or approved equal): R. Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals with bituminous paint,suitable sealant,nonabsorptive K 15@ can also be featheredged to match existing elevations. 1. Pressure treat aboveground items with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 50,respectively. fit joint widths indicated;permanently elastic,mildew-resistant,nonmigratory,nonstaining,compatible 1. Algoma Hardwoods Inc. plastic or elastomeric tape or gasket between surfaces. Do not use coatings containing lead. 2. Pour or pump the liquid ARDEX K 15@ and spread in place with the ARDEX T4 Spreader. Use the lb/cu.ft. (4.0 kg1cu.m). After treatment,kiln-dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content D, Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665,Type III,Class A(blankets with reflective with joint substrates and other joint sealants;and as follows: 2. Fenestra Corporation. S. Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles,with hairline fit of contacting members. ARDEX T-5 Smoother and featheredge and touch-up. Wear non-metallic cleats to avoid leaving of 15 percent.Treat indicated items and the following: vapor-retarder membrane facing and flame spread of 25 or less);with foil-scrim-kraft,foil-scrim,or 1. Impregnating Agent: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Mohawk Flush Doors,Inc. T. Fasteners: Conceal fasteners wherever possible. marks in the liquid ARDEX K 150. a. Wood cants,nailers,curbs,equipment support bases,blocking,stripping,and similar members in foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor-retarder membrane on 1 face. 4. Weyerhauser Co. U. Provide finger guards of collapsible neoprene or PVC gasketing securely anchored into frame at . 3. Wood subfloors require the use of the mesh-reinforced ARDEX KI 50+E25TM Resilient Emulsion connection with roofing,flashing,vapor barriers,and waterproofing. 1. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass. 2. Density: Manufacturer's standard. B, Interior Solid Core Doors for Opaque Finish: As follows: hinge-jamb of center-pivoted doors. Underlayment System. After priming,install 3.4 galvanized diamond metal lath by stapling to the b. Wood sills,sleepers,blocking,furring,stripping,and similar concealed members in contact with E. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397,6 mils(0.1 5 min)thick,with maximum permeance 3. Backing: Pressure-sensitive adhesive factory applied to one side,with protective wrapping. 1. Faces: Medium-density overlay over standard thickness hardwood face veneers. V. Finishes: Comply with NAAMM"Metal Finishes Manual"for recommendations relative to application wooden subfloor approximately every 6 inches to center. masonry or concrete. rating of 0.13 perm(7.5ng/Pa x s x sq.m)and vapor retarded tape:pressure-sensitive tape of type K. Sealant Backings,General: Nonstaining:compatible with joint substrates,sealants,primers,and 2. Grade: Premium. and designations of finishes. Finish designations prefixed by"AA"conform to the system established by c. Wood framing members less than 18 inches(460 mm)above grade. other joint fillers;approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- 4. Metal subfloors require the use ARDEX KI 50+E25Tm Resilient Emulsion Underlayment System. recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealing joining and penetrations in vapor retarder. 3. Construction: 7 plies. the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST d. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. F. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation:Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to and laboratory testing. 4. Core: Glued-block core. W. Class I Color Anodized Finish: AA-M12C22A42/A44. Comply with AAMA 606.1 or AAMA 608.1. OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY NTH ALL RULES, 5. Steel subfloors require that the substrate first be primed with an anti-corrosive paint, After thorough 1. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed,compressible,resilient,nonwaxing,nonextruding strips of REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR 2. Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment,where possible. If cut after treatment,apply substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates,Verify compatibility of manufacturer of 5. Bonding: Stiles and rails bonded to core,then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. 1. Color: ClearAnodized RELAnNG TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. drying of the paint,prime the surface with ARDEX P82Tm Ultra Prime. field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces.Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood insulation. plastic foam of material indicated below,and of size,shape,and density to control sealant depth and C.Fire Rated Doors:Doors complying with NFPA-80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing 1.3 Execution: F. Curing after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 1.3 EXECUTION otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. agency,for fire protection rating where indicated. A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements,installation tolerances,and conditions that affect 1. ARDEX K15@ can be walked on in 2-3 hours. Moisture-insensitive tiles such as ceramic quarry and 3.For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish,use chemical formulations that do A. Installation,General: Comply with insulation manufacturers written instructions applicable to products a. Open-cell polyurethane foam. D. Fabricate flush wood doors to comply with following requirements. installation. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. porcelain can be installed after 6 hours. Underlayment can accept all other finish floor covering not require incising,contain colorants,bleed through,or otherwise adversely affect the finishes. and application indicated. b. Closed-cell polyethylene foam,nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas,nonoutgassing in 1. In sizes indicated for job-site fitting. B. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions.Set units plumb,level,and true to line,without ARCHITECT materials after 16 hours at 70OF and 50%relative humidity. For resinous systems such as epoxy and C.Dimension Lumber: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the ALSC National 1. Install insulation that is undamaged,dry,unsoiled,and has not been exposed at any time to ice and unruptured state. E. Shop prime exposed portions of doors for paint finish with one coat of wood primer specified in Division warp or rack of framing members,doors,or panels. Install in proper alignment and relation to established polyurethane floors please contact the ARDEX Technical Services Department. Grading Rule(NGR)provisions of the inspection agency indicated. snow. c. Proprietary,reticulated,closed-cell polymeric foam,nonoutgassing,with a density of 2.5 pcf and 9 Section"Painting." lines and grades. Provide support and anchor securely in place. Drawn By Checked By 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Framing Other than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions:Provide Construction or No.2 grade and any of the 2. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly tensile strength of 35 psi per ASTM D 1623,and with water absorption less than 0.02 gram/cubic 1.3 EXECUTION C. Drill and tap frames and doors and apply surface-mounted hardware. CW BW A. Where specified,field sampling of the Ardex underlayment is to be done by taking an entire unopened following species: around obstructions and fill voids with insulation.Remove projections that interfere with placement. centimeter per ASTM C 1083. A. Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and referenced quality standard and as 0. Set sill members in bed of sealant,or with joint fillers or gaskets. bag of the product being installed to an independent testing facility to perform compressive strength a. Species: Southern pine;SPIB. 3. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated,unless multiple layers are otherwise d. Any material indicated above. indicated. E. Refer to"Glass and Glazing'Section for installation of glass and other panels glazed into doors and Scale Date testing in accordance with ASTM C 1091modified: air-cure only. There are no in situ test procedures b. Species: Douglas fir-larch:NLGA,WCLIB,or WWPA. shown or required to make up total thickness. 2. Elastomeric Tubing Joint Fillers: Neoprene,butyl,EPDM,or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D B. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for hardware.Seal cut framing. NONE 2/11/15 - for the evaluation of compressive strength. c. Species: Hem-fir;NLGA,WCLIB,or WWPA. - B. Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached,spindle4ype insulation 1056.nonabsorbent to water and gas,and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to-26 surfaces after fitting and machining and pretreatment. F. Adjust hardware to function properly. 1 3.5 PROTECTION d. Species: Douglas fir south;WWPA. anchors. deg F(-32 deg C). 1. Shop Primer. Zinc-dust,zinc-oxide primer paint complying with performance requirements of FS G. Clean completed system after installation. Avoid damage to coatings. Job No. 2. Framing Other than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions:Provide any species and grade with a modulus of C. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in 3.Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant TT-P-641,Type 11. H. Clean glass after installation. Comply with*Glass and Glazing*Section for cleaning and maintenance. /;:% gz�) A. Prior to the installation of the finish flooring,the surface of the underlayment should be protected from elasticity of at least 1,300,000 psi(8950 MPa)and an extreme fiber stress in bending of at least 850 place with adhesives or other anchorage system.Seat all joints caused by seams,pipes,conduits, manufacturer for preventing bond between sealant and joint filler or other materials at back of joint. END OF SECTION 08410 14-oo ,372 abuse by other trades by the use of plywood,Masonite or other suitable protection course, psi(5.9 MPa)for 2-inch nominal(38 mm-actual)thickness and 12-inch nominal(286-mm actual)width electrical boxes and similar items penetrating objects and vapor retarders,Repair tears or punctures L_ Primer: As recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to for single member use. - immediately before concealment by other work. joint substrates indicated. Sheet No. � D.Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials: D. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, (C-% P. 9:�� 1.General:Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20(lumber)and AWPA C27(plywood). physical abuse,sunlight(UV)and other causes. I I�D__) Z I � _____ - - - . - - - ___� - - SECTION 08710-DOOR HARDWARE L. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying,nonhardening, G.Installing Trim Accessories: For trim accessories with back flanges,fasten to framing with the same H.Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting,clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of SECTION 09305-TILE AND STONE SETTING MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES � 1.1 GENERAL A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: nonskinning,nonstaining,gunnable,synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise,fasten trim accessories according to accessory foreign matter.Use only recommended cleaners by the tile and grout manufacturees and only after 1,11 GENERAL A. Submit samples of hardware items,showing each required finish from each manufacturer(for 1. Grid Suspension Assemblies: joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. manufacturers directions for type,length,and spacing of fasteners. determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of the tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. A.Section Includes acceptance of color and texture only). a. Armstrong World Industries,Inc. M. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with 1. Install comerbead at external comers. 1.Remove latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 1.Tile and stone setting mortars and adhesives. )I. . B. Submit final hardware schedule organized by*hardware sets,"to indicate specifically the product to be b. Chicago Metallic Corp. referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. 2. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed.Provide edge trim type with 2. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturers 2.Grout for tile and stone. 11- furnished for each item required on each door. c. USG Interiors,Inc. 1. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475,seffing-type joint compound recommended for spot-grouting hollow metal face flange formed to receive joint compound,except where other types are indicated. printed instructions but no sooner than 14 days after installation.Protect metal surfaces,cast iron,and 1. Furnish templates to each fabricator of doors and frames as required for hardware preparation, d. Worthington Steel Company(formerly National Rollinzeg Mills). door frames. a. Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning.Flush surface with clean water before and after 3.Self Leveling Underlayment,skimcoating and patching. 0<D 2.Provide keying schedule.Verify keying and master keying requirements with tenanYlandlord/owner as 2. Gypsum Board and Related Products: 2. Fastening Adhesive for Wood� ASTM C557,as recommended by manufacturer. attached to framing or supporting substrate. cleaning. 4.Moisture Mitigation System �< required. a. Domtar Gypsum. 3. Fastening Adhesive for Metal: Special adhesive recommended for laminating by manufacturer b. Install L-bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. 3.Before final inspection,remove temporary protective coating,by method recommended by coating B.RELATED SECTIONS 111111111lizz. - C. For fire-rated openings provide hardware tested and listed by UL or FM(NFPA Standard 80). On panic b. Georgia-Pacific Corp. gypsum panels to steel framing. c. Install U-bead where indicated. manufacturer that is acceptable to brick and grout manufacturer.Trap and remove coating to prevent it from 1.Section 09300-Tile: Ceramic tile materials. UA exit devices provide UL or FM label indicating"Fire Exit Hardware.' c. National Gypsum Co.;Gold Bond Building Products Division. 4. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: d. Install aluminum trim and other accessories where indicated. clogging drains. 2.Section 09380-Cut Natural Stone Tile: Stone tile materials. �111 0 0 - d. United States Gypsum Co. a.Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.033 inch(0.84 mm)thick. e. Install control joints at locations indicated. 4.Finished Tile Work:Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked,chipped,broken unbonded,or C.REFERENCES A. Number Designations: Numbers indicating hardware items are ANSI/BHMA standard number B. Steel Framing Components for Suspended and Furred Ceilings:Provide components complying with b. Fastening gypsum board to wood members. f. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and in specific otherwise defective tile work. 1.ANSI A108 Series/Al 18 Series-American National Standards for Installation of Ceramic Tile. - designations. ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. c. Fastening gypsum board to gypsum board. locations approved by Architect for visual effect. 11111111INNEW B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by manufacturers for 1. Wire Ties: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641 M),Class 1 zinc coating,soft temper,0.062 inch(1.6 mm)thick. 5. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from H.Finishing Gypsum Board Assemblies: Treat gypsum board joints,interior angles,flanges of comerbead, 2.ASTM C 150-Standard Specification for Portland Cement. EJ - various products listed below. An asterisk(*)following manufacturer's name designates manufacturer 2. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641 M),Class 1 zinc coating,soft temper,0.1 62-inch(4.1-mm) 0.033 to 0.1 12 inch(0.84 to 2.84 mm)thick. edge trim,control joints,penetrations,fastener heads,surface defects,and elsewhere as required to THIN SET MORTAR&GROUT 3.TCNA(HB)-Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation;Tile Council of America. - whose products are indicated in Hardware Schedule. Such products are listed in the schedule by diameter. 6. Steel drill screws of size and type recommended by unit manufacturer for fastening cementitious prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Part 1-GENERAL 4.ISO 13007-International Standards Organization;classification for Grout and Adhesives. - specific reference to manufacturer's catalog numbers. Except as otherwise indicated,products of 3. Hanger Rods: Zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. backer units. 1. Prefill open joints,rounded or beveled edges,and damaged areas using setting-type joint compound, 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS D.SUBMITTALS equivalent quality,design,and function by other listed manufacturers may be used,subject to approval of 4. Flat Hangers: Zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. 7. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514. 2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints,except those with trim accessories having flanges not A. Drawings,general provisions of the Contract,and other related construction documents such as Division 1.Submit under provisions of Section 01 300. Architect. 5. Channels: Cold-rolled steel,0.0598-inch(1.5-mm)minimum thickness of base metal and 7116-inch- 8. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM 0 226,Type I(No.15 asphalt felt),noriperforated. requiring tape. 0 1 specifications apply to this Section 2.Manufacturer's technical information for each product specified. 1. Buffs and Hinges: Bommer,Cal Royal,Hager*,McKinney,H.Soss,Stanley,Roton. (1 1.1-mm-)wide flanges,and as follows: 9. Foam Gaskets: Closed-cell vinyl foam adhesive-backed strips that allow fastener penetration without 3. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories,except those with trim 1.2 SUMMARY 2. Key Control System: Key Control Systems,Telkee.Verify with Owner. a. Carrying Channels: 2 inches(50.8 mm)deep,5901bll 000 feet(88 kg11 00 m),unless otherwise foam displacement,118 inch(3.2 mm)thick,in width to suit metal stud size indicated. having flanges not intended for tape,as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer. A. This Section includes materials for the preparation of substrates to include the application of a 3.Samples: Color charts for selection of grout. 3. Cylinders and Locks: Arrow,Best,Corbin&Russwin,Falcon,Sargent,Schlage*,Yale. indicated. 10.Thermal Insulation: Material indicated below,of thickness and width to fill voids formed by Z-furring 4- Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA-2141ASTM waterproofing and crack isolation membrane and materials for the installation of tile and stone finishes to 4.Installation Instructions: Manufacturer's printed instructions for each product. 4. Exit/Panic Devices: Adams Rite,Arrow,Corbin&Russwin,Dor-O-Matic,Locknet*,Monarch, b. Furring Channels: 3/4 inch(19.1 mm)deep,300lb/1000 feet(45 kg/100 m),unless otherwise members: C840- include setting materials and grouts. E,QUALITY ASSURANCE Precision,Reed,Sargent,Von Duprin*,Yale. indicated. a. Unlaced mineral-fiber blanket insulation to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type 1. a- Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas,concealed areas,and where indicated,unless a higher level of finish B. Complete ARDEX product and system installation details are provided in their corresponding Technical 1.Provide tile grout,setting materials,additives,and factory-prepared polymer modified mortars from the - 5, Overhead Closers: Arrow,Corbin&Russwin,Dorma,LCN*,International Door Closers,Monarch, d. Finish: Rust-inhibitive paint,unless otherwise indicated. b. Extruded-polystyrene board insulation to comply with ASTM C 578 for Type IV,and with is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and sound-rated assemblies. Brochure available at www.ardexamedcas.com. same manufacturer. - Norton,Rixon-Firemark,Sargent,Yale. e. Finish: ASTM A 653,G 60(ASTM A 653M,Z 180)hot-dip galvanized coating for framing for flame-spread and smoke-developed ratings of 75 and 450,respectively,according to ASTM E 84. b. Level 2 where panels form substrates for tile and where indicated- C. Related Sections include the following: F.DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING 6. Door Control Devices: Baldwin,Brookline,Builders Brass,Corbin&Russwin,Glynn-Johnson,Hager, exterior soffits and where indicated. I 1.Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397,thickness and maximurn permeance rating as follows: c- Level 4 for gypsum board surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Division 09 Tile&Stone Sections 1.Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until - . Ivee,Quality,Triangle Brass. 6. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645,in depth indicated and with 0.0179-inch(0.45-mm) a�4 mils(0.I mm),0.1 9 perms(1 0.9 ng/Pa x s x sq.m.) d. Level 5 for gypsum board surfaces,as indicated on drawings.Level 5-The highest quality finish is the 1.3 REFERENCES time of use. 2.Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water,freezing,foreign matter or other - 7. Door Trim Units: Baldwin,Brookline,Builders Brass,Hager,Ives,Triangle Brass, minimum base metal thickness,unless otherwise indicated, 12.Vapor Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer most effective method to provide a uniform surface and minimize the possibility of joint photographing A. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE(A.N,S.I.) causes. 8. Kick,Mop,and Armor Plates: Baldwin,Brookline,Corbin&Russwin,Hager,Hiawatha,Ives Triangle a. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653,G 40(ASTM A 653M,Z 90)hot-dip galvanized coating for framing for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. and of fasteners showing through the final decoration.This level of finish is required where gloss, 1. A-1 18.3 Chemical Resistant,Water Cleanable Tile Setting&Grouting Epoxy a.Do not use frozen materials unless specifically allowed by manufacturer. I Brass*. for exterior soffits and ceiling suspension members in areas within 1 0 feet(3 m)of exterior walls. 1.3 EXECUTION semigloss or enamel are specified,or when flat joints are specified over an untextured surface,or where 2. A-1 18.4 Fast-seffing latex thin-set mortar and latex Portland cement mortar b.Deliver and store materials on site at least 24 hours before work begins. ,a 9. Door Stripping and Seals: Hager,National Guard,Pemko,Reese,Sealeze,Ultra,Zero. 7. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645,hat shaped,0.0179-inch(0.45-mm)minimum base metal A. Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to critical lighting conditions occur.The prepared surface shall be coated with a drywall primer prior to the 3. A-1 18.7 High Performance Cement Grouts for Tile Installation . Cd 10.Thresholds: Hager,National Guard,Pemko*,Reese,Sealeze,Zero. thickness,unless otherwise indicated. framing installation. application of final decoration.All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound 4. A-1 18.10 Thin,Load Bearing Waterproofing Membrane c.Provide heated and dry storage facilities on site. 0 1 1.Automatic Drop Seals: Hager,National Guard,Pemko,Reese,Zero. a. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653,G 40(ASTM A 653M,Z 90)hot-dip galvanized coating for framing 1.Examine all areas and substrates including welded hollow metal frames and framing,with installer and immediately wiped with 5. A-1 18.1 1 EGP latex Portland cement mortar. G,PROJECT CONDITIONS cc for exterior soffits and ceiling suspension members in areas within 1 0 feet(3 m)of exterior walls. present,for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance.Proceed with a joint knife or trowel,leaving a thin coating of joint compound over all joints and interior angles.Two 6. A-1 18.12 Crack Isolation Membrane 1.Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with SECTION 08800-GLAZING 8. Steel Resilient Furring Channels: Standard product fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected,Comply with ASTM 840. separate coats of joint compound shall be applied over all flat joints and one separate coat of joint 7. A-1 08.01 General Requirements for Subsurfaces and Preparations by Other Trades referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. 0 4) A 653(ASTM A 653M)or ASTM A 568(ASTM A 568M)to form 1/2-inch-(I 2.7-mm-)deep channel of 2.Install supplementary framing,blocking,and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to compound applied over interior angles.Fastener heads and accessories shall be covered with three 16= 1.1 GENERAL the following configuration: support fixtures,equipment services,heavy trim,grab bars,toilet accessories,furnishings,or similar separate coats of joint compound.A thin skim coat of joint compound shall be trowel applied to the 8. A-108.10 Installation of Grout in Tilework 2.Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tilework from carbon dioxide build-up. 10 ca A. System Performance Requirements: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal a. Single-or Double-Leg Configuration: Asymmetric-shaped channel with face connected to a single construction. entire surface,Excess compound is immediately sheared off,leaving a film or skim coating of compound 9. A-108.5 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Latex Thin-Set Mortar 3.Maintain temperatures at not less than 50 deg F(1 0 deg C)in tiled areas during installation and for 7 C) :3 movement,wind loading,and impact loading,without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable 1 0.A-1 08.17 Installation of Crack Isolation Membrane days after completion,unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation a flange by a single-slotted leg(web)or hat-shaped channel,with 1-1/2-inch-(38.1-mm-)wide face 3,Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading completely covering the paper.As an alternative to a skim coat,a material manufactured especially for D. TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA,INC. standards or manufacturer's written instructions. V- 0) - to: defective manufacture,fabrication,and installation;deterioration of glazing materials;and other connected to flanges by double-slotted or expanded-metal legs(webs). imposed by structural movement. this purpose may be applied.The surface must be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges.The S defects in construction. 9. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings:ASTM C 645,manufacturer's standard direct-hung a.Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling. prepared surface shall be covered with a drywall primer prior to the application of the final decoration. 1. Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation 1.2 PRODUCTS C co - 1. Glass Design: Provide glass tiles in the thicknesses and strengths(annealed or heat4reated)to meet system. b.Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure,except at floor. 5. For Level 4 gypsum board finish,embed tape in joint compound and apply first,fill(second),and finish E. INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ORGANISATION(ISO) A.MANUFACTURERS M 0 or exceed the following criteria based on analysis of Project loads and in-service conditions: C. Steel Framing for Walls and Partitions: Provide steel framing members complying with the following 4.Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members. (third)coats of joint compound over joints,angles,fastener heads,and accessories. Touch up and sand 1. ISO 13007-Ceramic Tile-Grouts&Adhesives 1.Acceptable Manufacturer. MAPEI Americas U.S.A.,1144 E.Newport Center Rd.,Deerfield Beach,FIL .!=A Z - a. Minimum glass thickness,nominally,of tiles in exterior walls is 6.0 mm(0.23 inch). requirements: Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated. between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects and ready for 1.4 SUBMITTALS 33442-1 ASO.Toll Free Tel:80042-MAPEI;Web:www.mapei.com/US-EN CC 0) 0 b. Minimum glass thicknesses of tiles composed of annealed or heat-treated glass are selected so the 1. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653,G 40(ASTM A 653M,attached to and within 1 0 feet(3 m)of B.Installing Steel Framing for Suspended and Furred Ceilings:As follows: decoration. A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and 2.Acceptable Manufacturer: MAPEI,Inc.Canada,2900 Francis-Hughes,Laval,PQ,Canada H7L3J5; *f__ co - worst-case probability of failure does not exceed the following: exterior walls. 1.Sway-brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support, 6. Where Level 2 gypsum board finish is indicated,embed tape in joint compound and apply first coat of product used. Include manufacturees Material Safety Data Sheets. ASO, Tel:450-662-1212;Fax:450-662-0444;Email:mnordloh@mapei.com; Web: J-_ CM �= 1) 8 tiles per 1000 for tiles set vertically or not over 15 degrees off vertical and under wind action. B. Qualification Data: For Installer (a CM c.Provide safety glazing in all hazardous locations as defined by code requirements.Provide labeling 2. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C645/ASTM C754,in depth indicated and with 0.0179-inch 2.Install suspended steel framing Components in sizes and at spacings indicated,but not less than that joint compound. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE www.mapei.com/CA-EN. �_ Co N < - at all tempered and/or safety glazing locations. (0.45-mm)minimum base metal thickness,unless otherwise indicated. required by the referenced steel framing installation standard. 7. Where Level I gypsum board finish is indicated,embed tape in joint compound. A. Installation of the ARDEX product must be completed by a qualified applicator such as an ARDEX 3.Substitutions: Not permitted. co jr. 0) 0 a. Provide 0.0329-inch(0.84-mm)minimum base metal thickness for head runner,sill runner,jamb, 3.Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets 8. Finish exterior gypsum soffit board using setting-type joint compounds to prefill joints and embed tape, I LevelMaster@)Elite or Choice Contractor,using mixing equipment and tools approved by the manufacturer. B.MORTAR MATERIALS B. Submittals: In addition to product data,submit 12-inch-square samples of each type of glass indicated, and cripple studs at door and other openings. vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut and for first,fill(second),and finish(third)coats,with the last coat being a sandable product. Smooth except for clear monolithic glass products,and 12-inch-long samples of each color required(except Please contact Jennifer Davis-ARDEX Engineered Cements(951)850-7384 for a list of recommended 1.Setting Mortar for Large Module Tile and Stone: Medium-bed polymer-modified sing le-com ponent I X - black)for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. b. Provide 0.0329-inch(0.84-mm)minimum base metal thickness in locations to receive cementitious to fit into wall track. each coat before joint compound hardens to minimize need for sanding.Sand between coats and after installers. mortar complying with ANSI Al 18.4 and ISO 13007. MAPEI"Ultracontact",ISO 13007; C2ES1P1 or 3: C) LL backer units. 4.For exterior soffits,install cross-bracing and additional framing to resist wind uplift according to details finish coat. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING MAPEI"Ultracontact RS";ISO 13007 C2FS1 P1 (floors only),or MAPEI"Granirapid*,ISO C2FS2P2(for (0 C. Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products comply with 3.Deflection Track:Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior on Drawings. a.Painting exterior gypsum soffit board after finish coat has dried is specified in another Division 9 < - 0 specified requirements. partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above;in thickness not less than indicated for C.Installing Steel Framing for Walls and Partitions: Install steel studs aiid furring at spacings indicated. Section. A. Deliver products in original packaging,labeled with product identification,manufacturer,batch number and walls)or MAPEI,*Ultralite",ISO:13007;C2TES1 P1 or MAPEI,"Ultraflex LFT",ISO 13007;C2TES1 P1 or (D �1011 RM D. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing materials I shelf life. MAPEI Ultraflex 3,ISO 13007;C2ESI P1 �== L_ were tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants. studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1.Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls,install asphalt felt strips or foam gaskets 9.Finish cementitious backer units to comply with unit manufacturer's directions. B. Store products in a dry area with temperature maintained between 50'and 85'F(10*and 29*C)and 0 03 a.Products:Subject to compliance with requirements,available products that may be incorporated into between studs and wall. END OF SECTION 09250 a.Applications: Interior floor installations;interior wall installations. �J CM 0 0- - E. Compatibility test report from insulating glass edge sealant manufacturer indicating glass edge sealants the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 2.Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, Protect from direct sunlight. 2.Fast-Sefting Thin-Set and Medium-Bed Mortar:Latex modified hydraulic cement mortar MAPE1 n 0 - (0 were tested for compatibility with other glazing materials. 1)Dietrich Metal Framing;SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track. except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over SECTION 09300-TILE C. Handle products in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. "Granirapid System*two-component system,of hydraulic mortar and flexible liquid polymer additive V- 0== F. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers,"FGMA 2)MBA Building Suppliers;FlatSteel Deflection Track,Slotted Deffecto Track. frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide - 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS complying with ANSI Al 18.4 and ISO 13007 C2FS2P2 or MAPEI,'Ultracontact RS"ISO 13007;C2FS1 P1 _L--------------J - Glazing Manual,'and publications of AAMA,LSGA,and SIGMA as applicable to products indicated, 1.1 General A. Do not maintain temperature in tile areas at not less than 501F(1 O'C)or more than 85'F(290C)during except where more stringent requirements are indicated. 3)Steel Network Inc.aLeb VertiClip SLD,VertiTrack VTO Series. support for gypsum board. A.ANSI Tile Standards: Comply with ANSI Al 37 Standard Specification for Ceramic Tile and ANSI 108 installation and for at least 7 days after completion,unless otherwise indicated in the product instructions or"Ultraflex LFT Rapid Set',ISO 13007;C2TFSI P1 4)Superior Metal Trim;Superior Flex Track System(SFT), 3.Cut studs 1/2 inch(I 3 mm)short of full height to provide perimeter relief. a.Applications: Interior wall and floor installations. C>co ,a G. Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for 5)Telling Industries Vertical Slip Track,[Verfical Slip Track 11] 4.For STC-rated and fire-resistance-rated partitions that extend to the underside of floor/roof slabs and series of tile installation standards included under"American National Standard specifications for the and/or in ANSI A108 installation standards. r. U,0 - -4 Category 11 materials. Installation of Ceramic Tile.* PART2-PRODUCTS C.GROUT MATERIALS Iq 0 o- r 4. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645,hat shaped,in depth indicated and with 0.01 79-inch decks or other continuous solid structural surfaces to obtain ratings,install framing around structural B.TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA"Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation`comply with TCA installation - 4,1 10 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council(IGCC). 1 2.1 SETTING MORTAR 1.Grout: Fast-setting sanded polymer-modified grout,ANSI Al 18.6,ANSI Al 18.7 and ISO 13007 � (0,45-mm)minimum base metal thickness,unless otherwise indicated. and other members extending below floor/roof slabs and decks,as needed,to support gypsum board methods indicated. A. Acceptable Products Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements: 400 Ardex Park Drive,Aliquippa,PA CG2WAF;MAPEI*Ultracolor Plus 0- -.4 cc W -- O. � . N 2. Associated Laboratories,Inc.(ALI). 5. Furring Brackets: Serrated-arrn type,adjustable,fabricated from corrosion-resistant steel sheet closures needed to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure.Seal C_Performance Requirements: 15001 USA,(724)203-5000,www.ardexamedcas.com: a.Compressive Strength: When tested in accordance with ASTM C109 at 1 10 percent flow: 0) 0 V)- I I I 0 r, 3. National Certified Testing Laboratories(NCTL). complying with ASTM C 645,minimum thickness of base(uncoated)metal of 0.0329 inch(0.84 mm), construction at perimeters,openings,joints,etc.with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant in 1.Static Coefficient of Friction:For tile installed on walkways surfaces,provide products with the following 1. ARDEX X 5Tm Thin Set Mortar b.Color:27 Silver &- r 1.2 PRODUCTS designed for screw attachment to steel studs and steel rigid furring channels used for furring. accordance with manufactures requirements. - va a -� - V '0 -I A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036,Type 1,Class as indicated below,and Quality q3: 6, Steel Resilient Furring Channels: Manufacturer's standard product designed to reduce sound 5.Frame door openings to comply with GA-219,and with applicable published recommendations of lues as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C1028: B. Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 70' c.Applications: All interior and exterior tile-,joints between 1/8 inch and I inch(3 mrn and 25 mm) r n 0 -_- a.Level Surfaces:Minimum 0.50 thru 0.60 static coefficient of friction. F+/-3*F(21*C+1-3*C)and 50%+1-5%relative humidity: M .*- 0 - 1. Class 1 (clear)unless otherwise indicated. transmission,fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653(ASTM A 653M)or ASTM A 568 gypsum board manufacturer,unless otherwise indicated. b.Step Treads:Minimum 0.50 static coefficient of friction. wide. a B. Heat Treated Float Glass,Fabrication: Fabricate heat-treated float glass by the following method: 1. Meets or Exceeds ANSI A 118.11 &ANSI A 118.4 a U - .0 .0 (ASTM A 568M)to form 1/2-inch-(12.7-mm-)deep channel of the following configuration: 6.Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or,if none indicated,as c.Ramp Surfaces:Minimum 0.80 static coefficient of friction. cl,Applications: Use for all tile for which a different grout is not specified. 4) 4, 4,o. - 1. Vertical(tong-held)or horizontal(roller-hearth)process,at manufacturer's option,except provide a. Single-or Double-Leg Configuration: Asymmetric-shaped channel with face connected to a single required for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above 2.Manufacturer shall verify compliance and submittal documentation for all materials installed on all D.ACCESSORIES -*- ,� C:, horizontal process where indicated as tongless or free of tong marks. WATERPROOFING&CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE E - 0:-,a flange by a single-slotted leg(web)or hat-shaped channel,with 1-1/2-inch-(38.1-mm-)wide face door heads. walking surfaces. I.Floor Skimming Coating and Patching:Per Mapei recommendations. a.= . 0. C. Heat-Treated Float Glass Products: Asfollows: connected to flanges by double-slotted or expanded-metal legs(webs). 7.Install Z-furring members and thermal insulation as indicated and to comply with requirements of D.Submittals: With manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for tile work,submit samples of � V)- 1. Uncoated,Clear,Heat-Treated Float Glass:ASTM C 1048,Condition A,Type 1,Class 1,Quality q3, A. Acceptable Products Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements: 400 Ardex Park Drive,Aliquippa,PA 2.Self-Leveling Fast Track Underlayment: Pre-blended cementitious,for fast track floor covering A. 1� 7. Z-Furring Members: Manufacturers standard Z-shaped furring members with slotted or nonslotted manufacturer's directions. each type,color,and texture of tile mounted on 12-inch-square backing with joints grouted. U 0 " kind as indicated below: web,fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653(ASTM A 653M)or ASTM A 568(ASTM 8.Install polyethylene vapor retarder where indicated to comply with the following requirements: 1.2 Products 15001 USA,(724)203-5000,www.ardexamericas.com: installation,for use in dry interior applications. :E %_ 0 "Iq a. Kind HS where indicated. 1. ARDEX8+9Tm a.Acceptable Product: MAPEI Ultraplan 1 Plus,fast setting;for over cured concrete,exterior grade < r, 0*0 b. Kind FT where indicated. A 568M);with a minimum base metal(uncoated)thickness of 0.01 8 inch(0.45 mm),face flange of a.Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in A. Colors,Textures,and Patterns: For tile,grout,and other products requiring selection of colors,surface B. Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 70* plywood,1/8 inch to 1 inch(3 mm to 25 mm). U N a- - 1-114 inch(31.8 mm),wall-attachment flange of 7/8 inch(22.2 mm),and of depth required to fit place with mechanical fasteners or adhesives. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids textures,patterns,and other appearance characteristics,comply with the following requirements - D. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Preassembled units complying with ASTM E 774 and with other F+/-3'F(21'C+/-3*C)and 50%+/-5%relative humidity: b.Acceptable Product:MAPE1 Ultraplan M20 Plus,fast setting;for over concrete and exterior grade -f��,-�-_ 'F__1 , ___11'�� . insulation thickness indicated. in insulated substrates,including those filled with loose mineral-fiber insulation. 1. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors,textures,and �_- _- requirements indicated. I. Meets or Exceeds ANSI A 118.10&ANSI A 118.12 - � D. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Type,material,size,corrosion resistance,holding power,and other b.Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs.Fasten plywood,1/4 inch(6 mm)to 2 inches(50 mm). ., , , I. For properties of individual glass lites making up units,refer to requirements specified elsewhere in properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; pattems for products of type indicated. 2. Pot Life:45 Minutes --- p.11 vapor retarders to framing at top,end,and bottom edges,at perimeter of wall openings,and at lap B. Sizes and Thickness: As indicated or,if not indicated,as selected by Architect from manufacturers c.Acceptable Product:MAPE1 Ultraplan Easy,fast setting reduced surface preparation self leveling --I I I �- -1 - I this Section applicable to glass products comprising lites of insulating glass units. complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. 3. Coats:2 - 1, - joints;space fasteners 16 inches(400 mm)o.c, standard sizes and thicknesses. underlayment featheredge to 2 inches(50 mm),over cured concrete,exterior grade plywood,and adhesives -� -1 � - I- 2. Performance characteristics designated for coated insulating glass are nominal values based on E. Gypsum Board Products: Types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize end-to-end c,Seal joints in vapor retarders caused by pipes,conduits,electrical boxes,and similar items C. Tile Grade: *Standard Grade"unless otherwise indicated. 4. Dry Time: I hr.-coat 1,2-hr coat 2 residues. (-.�.;1, manufacturers published test data for units with tiles 6.0 mm(0.23 inch)thick and nominal 112-inch butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application. penetrating vapor retarders with vapor retarder tape. D.Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Factory-mounted flat tile and as indicated on finish schedule to comply 5. Accepts Tile: Within 90 minutes d.Primer: As recommended by undedayment manufacturer. dehydrated space between tiles,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C36/C36M-01,in thickness indicated. d.Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarder immediately before concealing it with the installation with manufacturers requirements. 6. VOC Content: 0 g/L(calculated) 3,Self-Leveling Undedayment: Pre-blended cementitious,for thicknesses from feather edge,for use in 3. U-values are expressed as Btu/hour x sq.ft.x deg F. a. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. of gypsum board or other construction. E.Glazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile:Provide factory-mounted flat tile as indicated on finish schedule to comply 7. Flood Test: Begin 4 hours afer second coat has been applied dry interior applications. - E. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants: Products complying with ASTM C 920 requirements indicated on each b. Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. 0.Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with with manufacturers requirements. 2.3 EPDXY ADHESIVE&GROUT a.Acceptable Product: MAPE1 Novaplan 2,normal-setting,polymer-modified;for over cured concrete, 116---m-m-i Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section,in colors indicated, c. Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces. ASTM C 840 and GA-216. F.Trim Shapes: Same material,size,color,and texture as field tile. A. Acceptable Products Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements:400 Ardex Park Drive,Aliquippa,PA exterior grade plywood,1/8 inch to I inch(3 mm to 25 mm). compatible with other materials they will contact. d. Edges: Tapered. 1�Install sound-attenuation blankets,where indicated,prior to installing gypsum panels unless blankets G.Marble Thresholds:ASTM C503,with a minimum abrasion resistance of 1 0 per ASTM C1 353 or 15001 USA,(724)203-5000,WWWLardexamehcas.com: 1. Additional Movement Capability: Provide products,when tested per ASTM C 719,with the capability e. Proprietary Gypsum Board Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side, ASTM C241and with honed finish. 1. ARDEX WA1m Epoxy Adhesive&Grout,color as selected by Architect b.Acceptable Product:MAPEI Novoplan Easy,medium setting reduced surface preparation to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and following products where proprietary gypsum wallboard is indicated: 2.Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid 1 Description:Uniform,fine to medium-grained white stone. a. Color:#1 9 Silver Shimmer self-leveling underlayment 1/8 inch to 1 inch(3 mm to 25 mm),over cured concrete,exterior grade Revisions remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated. 1) Gyprock Fireguard C Gypsum Board;Domtar Gypsum. abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling.Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not 2.Description:Match Architect's sample as indicated on finish schedule. B. Performance and Physical Properties:Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 70' plywood,and adhesives residues. F. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape: Preformed,butyl-based elastomeric tape,with or without spacer 2) Firestop Type C;Georgia-Pacific Corp. less than one framing member. H. Setting Materials: See Section 09305 TILE AND STONE SETTING MATERIALS AND F+1-3*F(21*C+/-3*C)and 50%+/-5%relative humidity: c.Primer: As recommended by underlayment manufacturer ISSUE FOR CLIENTILL REVIEW I - rod as recommended by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated,and complying with 3) Fire-Shield G;National Gypsum Co.;Gold Bond Building Products Division. 3,Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid-core wood doors,hollow metal doors,and doors over 32 ACCESSORiES 1. Meets or Exceeds ANSI A-1 18.3 4.Moisture Reduction Barrier for Concrete Substrates:Suitable moisture reduction barrier to treat Z�s 02111/15 AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 4) SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels,FIRECODE C Core;United States Gypsum Co. inches(813 mm)wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum 1.Elastome'ric Sealants: Manufacturer's standard chemically curing,elastomeric sealants of base 2.4 UNDERLAYMENT&PATCH substrate moisture levels that exceed the manufacturers of subsequent flooring recommendations. ISSUE FOR BID G. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tape: Closed-cell,polyvinyl chloride foam tape,factory coated with 5) SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels,ULTRACODE Core;United States Gypsum Co. panels into frames. polymer indicated that comply with requirements of Division 7 Section'Joint Sealers"including ASTM C 920 as A. Acceptable Products Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements:400 Ardex Park Drive,Aliquippa,PA a.Acceptable Product: Planiseal VS: A two-component,100 percent solids epoxy,one-coat moisture A 02/11/15 adhesive on both surfaces,and complying with AAMA 800 for product 810.5. 1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36,in thickness indicated. 4. Form control and expansion joints at locations in accordance with ASTM C840,or as indicated and as referenced by Type,Grade,Class,and Uses. 15001 USA,(724)203-5000,www.ardexamedcas.com: barrier for concrete slabs that exhibit moisture vapor emissions rates(MVER)up to 25 lbs per 1000 ISSUE FOR PERMIT H. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded,gaskets of material indicated below,complying with a. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. detailed,with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels,as well as supporting framing behind 1.One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealants: ASTM C 920,Type S,Grade NS,Class 25, 1. ARDEX K15@ Self Leveling Undedayment square feet(9.07 kg per 92,9 M2)per 24 hours and reduces transmission rates to less than 3 lbs(1.36 kg). A 03/04115 - standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below,and of profile and hardness required to b. Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. gypsum panels. Uses NT,(3,A,and 0(for use in joints in nontraffic areas). 2. ARDEX Feather Finish@ Self Drying Patch b.Acceptable Product:Planiseal EMB: A two component,1 00 percent solids epoxy,one-coat moisture maintain watertight seal: c. Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces, 5.Isolate perimeter of nonload-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments,except floors,as J Cementitious Backer Units: Proprietary backing units with glass fiber mesh reinforcing and 2.5 ACCESSORIES barrier for concrete slabs that exhibit moisture vapor emissions rates(MVER)up to 20 lbs per 1000 Z!�s 1. Neoprene,ASTM C 864. d. Edges: Tapered. detailed. Provide 114-to 112-inch-(6.4-to 12.7-mm-)wide spaces at these locations and trim edges A. Acceptable Products Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements:400 Ardex Park Drive,Aliquippa,PA square feet(9.07 kg per 92,9 ml)per 24 hours and reduces transmission rates to less than 3 lbs(1.36 kg). 2. EPDM,ASTM C 864. e. Proprietary Gypsum Board Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and water-resistant coating on both faces,complying with the following requirements: 15001 USA,(724)203-5000,www.ardexamedcas.com: Z� 3. Silicone,ASTM C I I 1 5. following products where proprietary gypsum wallboard is indicated: 1.Cement-Coated Portland Cement Panels: High-density portland cement surface coating on 1. ARDEX SX Caulklm c.Testing:Prior to use,test using Calcium Choride per ASTM F 1 869 and ASTM F 21 70. 1 4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber,ASTM C 11 1 5. abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. both faces and lightweight concrete core composed of portland cement and expanded ceramic 2. ARDEX MC'm Moisture Control Systems(RAPID,PLUS,ULTRA) 5.Grout Release and Sealers:MAPEI Ultracare 5. Any material indicated above. 1) Gyprock Fireguard C Gypsum Board:Domtar Gypsum. 6.Wood Framing:Install gypsum board panels over wood framing,with floating internal corner aggregate-,fabricated in panels 7/16-inch thick by 36 inches wide,weighing 3.2-3.8 psf. E.MIXES A 2) Firestop Type C;Georgia-Pacific Corp. construction.Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber,including K.Miscellaneous Materials: Provide the following materials as recommended by manufacturer as 1. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded closed-cell,integral-skinned gaskets of material 3) Fire-Shield G;National Gypsum Co.;Gold Bond Building Products Division. floor joists and headers,Float gypsum panels over these members,or provide control joints to compatible with both tile units and grout: PART 3-EXECUTION a 1.Proportion and mix materials in accordance with manufacturees most current written instructions and - indicated below,complying with ASTM C 509,Type 11,black,and of profile and hardness required to 4) SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels,FIRECODE C Core;United States Gypsum Co. counteract wood shrinkage. applicable ANSI standards. A maintain watertight seal: 5) SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels,ULTRACODE Core;United States Gypsum Co. 7.Where STC-rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated,seat construction at perimeters,behind 1.Temporary Protective Coating: Where applicable,provide protective coating to protect 3.1 PREPARATION 1.3 EXECUTION 1. Neoprene. 2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 931,with manufacturers standard edges,in thickness control and expansion joints,openings,and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout,as recommended by A. Subfloors:Prepare substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. A.EXAMINATION 2. EPDM. indicated. including a bead at both faces of the partitions.Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturers manufacturer compatible with tile and mortar/grout products. 1. Prior to proceeding please refer to ANSI A 108.01"General Requirements for Subsurface*and the 3. Silicone. a. Type: Regular,unless otherwise indicated. L.Crack Isolation Membrane: TCNA's'Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"for detailed information.Substrate and ambient 1.Examine surfaces to receive tifework and conditions under which tile will be installed. 4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber. recommendations for location of edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through 1.General'Installing Contractor is required to field inspect substrate prior to tile installation for temperatures must be a minimum of 50*F(10'C). 2.Do not proceed with tilework until surfaces and conditions comply with requirements indicated in 5. Any material indicated above. 3. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630,in thickness indicated. gypsum board assemblies. acceptable surfaces and provide crack isolation membrane as recommended by manufacturer to reference tile installation standard and manufacturer's printed instructions. a. Type: Regular,unless otherwise indicated. 8.Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing achieve proper tile installation results. 2. All subfloors must be clean and completely free of all contaminants, including dust, oil, grease, wax, J. Miscellaneous Glazing Materials: Products of material,size,and shape complying with referenced F. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI All 18,9 and C1325,in maximum lengths available to minimize standard and manufacturer's recommendations. 2.Provide Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI Al 18.12 for standard sealers, paint, varnish, etc. Prepare floor as required by mechanical means. Do not use chemicals to B.INSTALLATION glazing standard,requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing end-to-end butt joints with manufacturer's standard edges. a.Space screws a maximum of 12 inches(304.8 mm)D.C.for vertical applications. performance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application where required. clean the floor. 1.Install tile in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and the applicable requirements of application indicated,and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. G. Accessories for Interior Installation: Comerbead,edge trim,and control joints complying with ASTM C 9. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches(203.2 mm)D.C. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. 3. Install cementitious patch and underlayment as required and in accordance with manufacturer's ANSI A108 Series for the materials being used. K. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project,with 1047,formed metal or plastic,with metal complying with the following requirement: I 0.Install cementitious backer units to comply with ANSI Al 08.1 1, 1.3 Execution reccomendations. 2.Install tile using TCA methods specified on the drawings. edge and face clearances,edge and surface conditions,and bite complying with recommendations of 1. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip process or rolled zinc. I 1.Install glass-mat,water-resistant gypsum backing board panels to comply with manufacturer's A.Examine substrates,areas and conditions where tile will be installed,with installer present, B. Joint Preparation: 3.Floor Tile install in accordance with TCNA method F205 and F125 Full. product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications as required to comply with system H. Accessories for Exterior Installations: Comerbead,edge trim,and control joints formed from steel sheet installation instructions. for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting 1. Moving Joints-Expansion joints must be provided over existing moving joints and cracks,and where 4.Wall Tile install in accordance with TCNA method W244C,W224F,W245,W246- performance requirements. zinc coated by hot-dip process or rolled zinc complying with ASTM C 1047. 12.Install water-resistant gypsum backing board panels at showers,tubs,and where indicated. Install performance of installed tile.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been substrate materials change composition or direction per ANSI A108 AN-3.7.A flexible sealing compound 5.Install expansion and control joints in accordance with TCNA method EJ 1 71. 1. Clean cut or flat grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square J. Joint Treatment Materials: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C475/C475M and the with 1/4-inch(6.4-mm)open space where panels abut other construction or penetrations. corrected. such as ARDEX ArdiSeal I"Rapid Plus may be installed. C.GROUTING edges with slight kerfs at junctions with indoor and outdoor faces. recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each 13.Acoustical Tile Base:Where gypsum panels form the base for adhesively applied acoustical tile, B.Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures,to form a complete 2. Saw Cuts and Control Joints-filI all non-moving joints with ARDEX ArdiFix1m Joint Filler,as 1.3 EXECUTION application indicated. install gypsum wallboard panels with tapered edges taped and finished to produce a flat surface. covering without interruptions,except as otherwise shown.Terminate work neatly at obstructions, recommended by the manufacturer. 1.Grout joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ANSI A108.10. A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass,sealants,gaskets,and other 1.Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape,unless otherwise indicated. 14.Curved Surfaces: edges and corners without disrupting pattern orjoint alignments. Accurately form intersections and 3.2 APPLICATION OF WATERPROOFING AND CRACK ISOLATION COMPOUND 2.Clean sanding water,dust,and foreign substances from joints to be grouted. glazing materials,except where more stringent requirements are indicated,including those in'FGMA a.Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached,open-weave,glass-fiber reinforcing tape with compatible a.Install panels horizontally(perpendicular to supports)and unbroken,to extent possible,across returns- Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut A. Examine substrates and conditions under which materials will be installed. Do not proceed with installation 3.Clean and dry tile surfaces. Glazing Manual.* joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for curved surface plus 12-inch-(300-mm-)long straight sections at ends of curves and tangent to them. edges of tile abutting trim,finish or built-in items for straight aligned joints- Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 4.After grouting,remove all grout residue promptly. B. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation. application indicated. b.For double layer construction,fasten base layer to studs with screws 16 inches(400 mm)D.C.Center piping,fixtures and other penetrations so that plates,colors,or covers overlap tile. B_ Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction. Protect D.PROTECTION C. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass tiles. b.Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached,open-weave,glass-fiber reinforcing tape with compatible gypsurn board face layer over joints in base layer,and fasten to studs with screws spaces 12 inches C. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating:Contractor to verify and coordinate with tile adjacent areas from contact due to mixing and handling of materials. D. Set glass tiles in each series with uniform pattern,draw,bow,and similar characteristics. joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials (300 mm)o.c. manufacturer methods to prevent adhesion or staining of exposed tile surfaces by grout and comply C. Install Waterproofing and Crack Isolation Compound 1.Floors: Protect from all traffic for at least 72 hours after installation. E. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations for application indicated. 15.Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows in accordance with with manufacturers recommendations and installation instructions. 1. Reference A-108.13 Installation of Waterproofing Membranes and A-108.17 Installation of Crack a.Do not step on floor for at least 24 hours�if traffic is unavoidable after that,use plywood stepping including weld splatter. Isolation Membrane boards. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- F. Remove and replace glass that is broken,chipped,cracked,abraded,or damaged in any way,including 2. Joint Tape for Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by cementitious backer unit manufacturers installation instructions and specifications: 3.Protection:When recommended by tile manufacturer,apply a protective coat of neutral 2. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing of material,installation,and cure. For b.Protect from heavy traffic for at least 7 days after installation. PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST manufacturer. a, Fasten with screws protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with Kraft paper or OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, natural causes,accidents and vandalism,during construction period. questions contact the ARDEX Technical Services Department at(724)203-5000. c.When fast-setting materials are used to allow faster occupancy,comply with the manufacturer's REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR G. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for 3. Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged,job-mixed,chemical-hardening b, Fasten to wood supports with single nailing. other heavy covering during construction period to prevent damage and wear. D. Install Tile with Thin-Set Mortar recommendations. RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. powder products formulated for uses indicated. c. Fasten to wood supports with double nailing. D.At"wet areas,*install cementitious backer units and treat joints to comply with manufacturer's 1. Install tiles following the general office outline procedure set forth in ANSI A108.5. 2.Walls: Protect from impact,vibration and heavy hammering on adjacent and opposite walls for at least inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass a. For prefilling gypsum board joints,use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. d, Fasten to wood supports with adhesive and supplementary nails or screws. instructions for type of application indicated. manufacturer. b. For filling joints and treating fasteners of water-resistant gypsum backing board behind base for 16.Multilayer Fastening Methods: Apply base layers of gypsum panels and face layer to base layers as E.Installation: Comply with ANSI A108.1 and 108.4 through A108.10,as applicable for type of tile, Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing of material,installation,and cure. For 14 days after installation,unless manufacturer's instructions allow a shorter period. H. Lock Strip Gasket Glazing: Comply with ASTM C 716 and gasket manufacturer's printed ceramic tile,use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. follows: setting materials,grout,and methods of installation indicated. Comply with manufacturers questions contact the ARDEX Technical Services Department at(724)203-5000. 3.Protect from food products and chemicals which can cause staining for at least 14 days. ARCHITECT recommendations. Provide supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated. c. For topping compound,use sandable formulation. a.Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. instructions for application of proprietary materials. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4.Protect from freezing and total water immersion for at least 21 days after installation. 4. Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based products complying b.Fasten base layers with screws and face layer with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. 1.Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using tiled floors for at least three(3)days A. Where required,contact manufacturer for field sampling methods and procedures. END OF SECTION Drawn By Checked By SECTION 09250-GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. c.Fasten base layers to wood supports with nails and face layer with adhesive and supplementary after grouting is completed. 3.4 PROTECTION CW BW 1.1 GENERAL a.Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product. fasteners. F.JointPattern: Use grid pattern with 1/16-inch-wide joints unless otherwise indicated. Alignjointswhen A. Prior to the installation of the finish flooring from abuse by other trades by the use of plywood,Masonite or A. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings,provide materials 1) All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. E.Direct-Bonding to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate adjoining tile on floor,base,walls and trim are the same size. Lay out tile work and center fields in both other suitable protection course Scale Date and construction identical to those of assemblies whose STC ratings were determined according to 5.Joint Compound for Cementitious Backer Units: Material recommended by cementitious backer unit (other than studs,joists,furring members,or base layer of gypsum board),comply with gypsum board directions within each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths. NONE 2/11115 ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency. manufacturer. manufacturer's recommendations,and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening G.Expansion,Control,Contraction,and Isolation Joints: As indicated,or as in accordance with TCA Job No. I B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-resistance-rated gypsum board assemblies are K. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints:Manufacturer's standard nonsag,paintable, adhesive has set. Handbook Method EJ1 71.Keep joints free of adhesive and grout. /�:% 9�) - indicated,provide gypsum board assemblies that are identical to assemblies tested for fire resistance nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that is effective in reducing airborne sound F.Exterior Soffits and Ceilings: Apply exterior gypsum soffit board panels perpendicular to supports,with 1.Seal tile joints with elastomeric sealants to comply with Division 7 Section*Joint Sealers." - according to ASTM E 11 9 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing end joints staggered over supports. Install with 1/4-inch(6.4-mm)open space where panels abut other 2.Sealing tile joints is specified in Division 7 section'Joint Sealers.* 14-oo ,372 having jurisdiction. representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.Provide sealants that have VOC content of 250g1l or construction or structural penetrations. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws. less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,supart D(EPA Method 24). Sheet No. . rc",_") P. 9�) I �D--) C __J I _ __ _ __ _____ __ _______ .. .......... SECTION 09510-ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS SECTION 09720-WALL COVERING K.Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air b.Drywall: 3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M,G60. 1.1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL temperatures are between 50 deg F(10 deg C)and 90 deg F(32 deg C). 1st coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater&Primer Sealer(253) 4. Mirror Glass: Nominal 6.0-mm(0.25-inch)thick plate glass conforming to ASTM C1503,Type I,Class A.Submittals: In addition to product data for each type of acoustical panel and suspension system If at any time during the installation a product or installation issue should be discovered-immediately contact L.Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air 2nd coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Pearl Finish(277) 1,Quality q2,and with silvering,electro-plated copper coating,and protective organic coating. required,submit the following:One set of 12-inch-(300-mm-)long samples of exposed suspension your distributor or dealer for further directions,additional instructions and/or resolution to address issue temperatures are between 45 deg F(7 deg C)and 95 deg F(35 deg C). 3rd coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Peart Finish (277) 5. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A153,hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. � s stem members,includin moldin s,for each color ands stem a re uired. before roceedin .After installin the first 3 stri s of an wallcoverin Immediate) confirm ualit .Once 1.2 PRODUCTS c.Concrete(concrete/concrete block walls): 6. Fasteners: Screws,bolts,and other devices of same material as accesso unit,or of alvanized Y 9 9 Y tyP q P 9 9 P Y 9� Y q Y ry 9 F. B.Seismic Standard;in areas subject to seismic zones:Provide acoustical the ceilings designed and again,make sure the product is correct,that there are no quality or product issues with the wallcovering. A.Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that 1 st coat Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler (285) steel where concealed. installed to withstand the effect of earthquake motions according to the fallowing: Should a quality issue or question arise,please call the Designtex installation HOTLINE at 1-800-797-4949, may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 2nd coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Pear!Finish(277) 7. Keys: Provide universal keys for access to toilet accessory units requiring internal access for � 1.Standard for Ceilin Sus ension S stems Re uirin Seismic Restraint:Com I with ASTM E580. O tion 1,Ext.8349 between the hours of 8 a.m to 5 m EST. Desi ntex will not take res onsibilit for an 1.Manufacturers:Subject to corn liance with re uirements,available manufacturers offerin roducts 3rd coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Peart Finish (277) servicin ,resu I ,etc.Provide a minimum of six kens to Owner's re resentative. t 9 P Y q g P Y A P• 9 P Y Y t R q 9 P 9 PAY Y P �C'j 2.Acoustical Installation contractor to veri and corn I with re uirements of authorities havin uali Issues raised after the first 3 stri s are cut and installed. that ma be incor orated into the Work include,but are not limited to: d.Metals(hand rails,doors,frames&grills): C. Surface-Mounted Rall Pa er Towel Dis ensers: Provided b Ulta and installed b G.C.Fabricate of ty PY q 9 q ty� P Y P P P Y Y jurisdiction. a.Benjamin Moore&Co. 1 st coat IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal and Wood Enamel(363) cast aluminum with satin finish. �' 3.UBS Standard 25-2,"Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and for Lay-in Panel Ceilings". Before installing any wallcovering,verify compliance and acceptable conditions,for any moisture problems b.Sherwin-Williams Company(The) 2nd coat Impervex Latex High Gloss Metal and Wood Enamel(309) D. Single Roil Toilet Tissue Dispenser: Provided by U1ta and installed by G.C.Size to accommodate core 0 4.ASCE 7."Minimum Design Loads for Building and Other Structures":Section 9."Earthquake Loads". that could have an effect on mold and mildew growth after the wallcovering is installed.Do not install any c.Coronado Paint 3rd coat Impervex Latex High Gloss Metal and Wood Enamel(309) type tissue to 5"diameter roll. " 5.Special Inspections:Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections wallcovering if the walls appear to have any moisture damage or if the building appears to have moisture d.Pratt&Lambert e.Metals(columns,joists): E. Stainless Steel Grab Bars: Provide grab bars with wall thickness not less than.050 inch(18 gage)and where required by governing authority: infiltration problems.If you are uncertain if moisture problems are present,contact the manufacturer and e.Zinsser 1st coat IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal and Wood Enamel(363) as follows: a.Compliance of seismic design. general contractor for the standard of care and best application or finish for that area and that design of a f.Or Approved Equal 2nd coat Impervex Latex High Gloss Metal and Wood Enamel(309) 1. Mounting: Concealed,manufacturer's standard flanges and anchorages. 1.2 PRODUCTS building.Designtex will not take responsibility for any quality issues if moisture problems are not addressed B. Paint Materials,General: Provide block fillers,primers,finish coat materials,and related materials that are 3rd coat Impenrex Latex High Gloss Metal and Wood Enamel(309) 2. Clearance: 1-1/2-inch clearance between wall surface and inside face of bar. A.Acoustical Tile Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the following: before installation.You should also refer to the Mold Handbook authored by the Wallcovering Association compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application,as f.Ceilings(drywall): 3 Gripping Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard nonslip texture. 1. Suspension system and acoustic panels as listed in finish legend within drawings. with respect to considerations for specifying vinyl wallcovering in various climates and for various building demonstrated by the manufacturer,based on testing and field experience. 1 st coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex EnamelUndercoater&Primer Sealer(253) 4. Heavy-Duty Size: Outside diameter of 1-1/2 inches. B. Acoustical Tile Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard tiles of configuration indicated that comply designs.The handbook can be located at:http://www.wallcove6ngs.org/MOLDbook.pdf C. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material of the various coating 2nd coat Moore's Muresco Ceiling Paint(258) F. Stainless Steel Angle-Framed Mirror Units: Fabricate frame with angle shapes not less than 0.05 inch with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types,acoustical ratings,and light reffectances, A.Before Installing: types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be 3rd coat Moore's Muresco Ceiling Paint(258) (18 gage),with square corners mitered,welded,and ground smooth. Provide in No.4 satin polished unless otherwise indicated. 1. Inspect each piece upon receipt. Immediately make claim with the carrier if the pieces are damaged. acceptable. g.Wood Doors(painted): finish. 1. Mounting Method for Measuring Noise Reduction Coefficient(NRC): Type E-400(plenum mounting in 2. Check to see that you have received what was ordered and that the rolls all have the same style and 1.Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials 1 st coat IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal and Wood Enamel(363) G. Fabrication: Only a maximum 1-1/2-inch diameter,unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo,as which face of test specimen is 15-3/4 inches[400 mm]away from the test surface)per ASTM E 795. run numbers. is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent 2nd coat IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal and Wood Enamel(363) approved by Architect,is permitted on exposed face of toilet or bath accessory units.On either interior 2. Test Method for Ceiling Attenuation Class(CAC): Where acoustical tile ceilings are specified to have 3. If the material is to be stored,make sure the pieces are kept in a temperature controlled,dry area,and products of other manufacturers.Furnish the manufacturer's material data and certificates of Insert schedules for exterior and interior paint systems as required.See the Basic Section for surface not exposed to view or back surface,provide additional identification by means of either a a CAC,provide units identical to those tested per ASTM E 1414 by a qualified testing agency. not crushed. performance for proposed substitutions. examples of various systems. waterproof,printed label or a stamped nameplate,indicating manufacturer's name and product model C. Water-Felted,Mineral-Base Tiles: Type 111,Form 2 acoustical tiles per ASTM E 1264,with painted B.Surface Preparation: D.Colors: Provide color selections made by the Architect from the manufacturer's full range of standard R.Clean-up:During the progress of the work,remove from site,discarded paint materials,rubbish,cans and number. finish,complying with pattern and other requirements indicated on drawings. 1. Site conditions:For best results,finished lighting should be in place at the time of wall preparation colors. rags at the end of each work day.Upon completion of painting work,clean window glass and other H. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories,General: Except where otherwise indicated,fabricate units with D. Wire Hangers,Braces,and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: and wallcovering installation 1.3 EXECUTION damaged paint-spattered surfaces.Remove spattered paint and clean damaged finish surfaces.Touch-up tight seams and joints,exposed edges rolled.Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless 1. Zinc-Coated Carbon Steel Wire: ASTM A 641(ASTM A 641 M),Class 1 zinc coating,soft temper. 2. Acceptable hanging surfaces must be clean,smooth,dry and structurally intact. A.Examination: Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces after completion of work of other trades. steel piano hinge.Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so that its stress at 3 times the hanger design load(ASTM C 635,Table 1, 3. Any mildew must be removed from the walls and surfaces treated to inhibit further mildew growth. In with requirements. Do not begin application until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1.3 EXECUTION Direct Hung)will be less than the yield stress of wire,but provide not less than 0.106-inch-(2.69-mm-) humid,mold,and mildew prone areas use Zinsser Plus Mildew Proof Commercial Wallcovering System B.Coordination: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total A.Installation: Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers'printed installation instructions, SECTION 10260-SPECIALTY WALL PANELS - diameter wire. or manufacturer approved equal that offers protection against the growth of mildew.More extensive systems for various substrates. On request,furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer.Install units plumb and A.Provide surface preparation of substrate wall surfaces and installation of wall protection elements,where � E.Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim:Type and profile indicated,or if not indicated,manufacturer's moisture problems may require additional steps before installation. ensure use of compatible primers. level,firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. t n indicated on the drawings,as specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper installation.Comply n I s a dard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical tile edge details and suspension systems 4. Do not install wallcovering unless temperature above 55 degrees Fahrenheit is maintained. 1.Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by a d evel,firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.Verify and comply with A.D.A.A.G. indicated;formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for ex osed flan es of 5. Prior to rimin ,seal dams ed d wall facin a er rior to skim coatin . others. with manufacturer s installation instructions,recommendations,procedures and installation sequence. American's with Disabilities Act Accessibilit Guidelines,accessibilit uidelines and local ovemin W P 9 P 9 9 ry 9P A p 9 ( Y ) Y9 9 9 B. F P P nets: R a suspension system runners. 6. Note:Crayon,pen markers,ink,screw and nail heads,and heavy pencil marks,and stains C.Preparation: Remove hardware and hardware accessories,plates,machined surfaces,lighting fixtures, authorities having jurisdiction. 0.090"thick x 4'wide"Marlite FRP",#P-100 White or equal USDA accepted,semi-rigid fiberglass reinforced 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: need to be sealed with a stain-killer prior to priming. and similar items already installed that are not to be painted,or provide surface-applied protection prior to 1. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed,tamperproof manner with special hangers,toggle bolts,or tCQ 4) plastic paneling(ASTM D5319).If required per local codes,use Marlite#P-100 FR White,Class A:UL td 1 a. Armstrong World industries,Inc. 7. For all new or refinished wall surfaces,awater-based wallcovering primer should be applied to surface surface preparation and painting. Remove these items,if necessary,to completely paint the items and screws. Set units plumb,level,and square at locations indicated,in accordance with manufacturer's n^ classified flame-spread less than 20,fuel contributed 0,and smoke developed less than 200,per ASTM V D 1a b. Chicago Metallic Corporation. before application of wallcovering. Use a wallcovering primer that dries to a solid color to help conceal adjacent surfaces. Fallowing completion of painting operations in each space or area,have items instructions for type of substrate involved. � E-84. Q c. USG tnteriors Inc. If" ' rk k" 2. Ad�ust toilet a ri f r r r a esti n n v ri th t m nisms fun ti n m thl f drywa joints reinstalled by wo ers s (lied in the trades involved. t ccessa es o p open p a a d e fy a echo c o s oo y. Rep ace � Ij� C. Panel Fitting: Q F.Fire-Resistance-Rated Suspension System: Provide manufacturer's standard metal suspension 8. Where(here is a color contrast between the wall surface and the wallcovering,it is always best to tint D.Cleaning: Clean substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove damaged or defective items. Position panels with i/8"gap between each panel and division bar of moldings to allow for normal expansion systems of types,structural classifications,and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C the primer to match the color of the wallcovering. oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the 3. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after S and contraction and extend 6 inches above ceiling line. Allow not less than 118"gap around pipes,electrical g 635 requirements: 9. Glossy and non-porous surfaces should be primed with a coat of an adhesion promoting primer such cleaning process will not fall on wet,newly painted surfaces. removing temporary labels and protective coatings. 1. Direct-Hun ,Double-Web Sus ension S stem: Main and cross runners roll formed from and ca ed as R-35 rior to installation of wallcoverin . E.Surface Pre aration: Clean and re are surfaces to be ainted accordin to the manufacturer's fittings and other projections. Use carbide-tipped power saws to cut panels or other methods as 9 P Y PP A 9 P P P P 9 � � with prepainted or electrolytic zinc-coated,cold-rolled steel sheet;other characteristics as follows: 10.Verify and comply with all manufacturer's installation instructions and specifications. instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. recommended by manufacturer.Prefit each panel before installing. � a. Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system. C.Adhesive Application: 1.Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. D. Install panels by using Marlite#C 375 adhesive complying with ASTM G557,(or Marlite#C551 adhesives SECTION 11400-EQUIPMENT& FURNISHING INSTALLATION WORK INCLUDED: M �, O where solvent vapors cannot be adequately ventilated)to back of panels for 100/o coverage,with a notched A. Install Owner supplied equipment and furnishings,where shown on the drawings,as specified herein,and m M o b. Access: Upward,with initial access openings of size indicated or,if not indicated,as selected by 1. Provide the use of a good quality heavy duty"clear"vinyl adhesive as made by Zinsser and Roman as 2.Cementitious Materials: Prepare cementitious surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence,chalk, 0 g Ar it r i trowel. Before adhesive skins over,set panels in position and press against wall. Comply with manufacturer as needed for a complete and proper installation. Coordinate for delivery,receive at the site,unload,protect, O til ch ect f om opening s zes approved for the fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated. Locate initial recommenced by wallcovering manufacturer.lt's always advantageous to use a primer and adhesive dust,dirt,grease,ails,and release agents. Roughen to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have � access openings throughout the ceiling within each module formed by main runners and cross from the same manufacturer. been used to improve curing,use mechanical methods of surface preparation. installation instructions as required to flash off solvents.Apply adequate pressure to make full contact set-in-place and coordinate final connections. �+ � � runners,and make additional access available through progressively removing remaining acoustical 2. Do not dilute adhesive. a.Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer. between ganef and wall. B. Related Work:Plumbing and electrical work required in connection with the retail equipment is included in /Z/� tiles. 3. In mildew prone environments,use of a mildew inhibitor is recommended.More extensive moisture b.Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content E. Panel Moldings: other sections of these specifications or as specified on plumbing and mechanical drawings. V 1l 2. Manufacturers: Subject to corn liance with re uirements rovide roducts b one of the followin : roblems ma re uire additional sten s before installation. exceeds that ermitted in manufacturer's rinted directions. Provide one-piece matching trim and panel moldings at all joints between panels and at top and bottom C. Quality Assurance:In addition to complying with requirements of governmental agencies having o f n q A P Y 9 A Y q P p A ed es of anels.Install moldin s with continuous bead of Marlite Silicone Sealant MS-250 durin Installation - a. Armstrong World Industries,Inc. 4. New vapor permeable primers and adhesives are now available to wallcovering installers,which could 3.Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt,oil,and other foreign substances with scrapers,mineral spirits,and 9 P 9 9 jurisdiction,installation of al!retail equipment shall comply with:Underwriters Laboratory(UL)for items with b. Chicago Metallic Corporation. reduce the risk of mold for all types of wallcoverings,versus the use of traditional primers and sandpaper,as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. of panels. Seal joints between moldings and between molding and adjacent finish material. Remove excess electrical components ANSI standards for vacuum breakers and air gaps National Fire Prevention 0 o c. USG Interiors,Inc. adhesives.Vert recommended roduct with manufacturer of wallcoverin .Exam les of such newt a.Scra a and clean small,d seasoned knots and a I a thin coat of white shellac or other sealant immediately. Association(NFPA)National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA) Q ty P 9 A Y P ry, pP Y F. Stainless Steel Wall Panels:18 and 24 au a as scheduled on the drawin s #4 Brushed Finish. Install ty 9 p 9 G. Maintenance stock:At time of completion,provide two packages of each type of acoustic panels to available permeable mildew systems are Zinsser's V.P. Vapor Permeable Im System,specifically recommended knot sealer before applying primer. 9 9 9 D. Coordination:Veri and coordinate rou h in locations of electrical and lumbin connections.Examine 1= W owner for future replacement. Shieldz V.P.Primer and Sure Grip V.P.Primer such as described in their attached flyer b.Prime,stain,or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges,ends,faces, panels in sheets as large as possible. All flush and comer joints to be lapped. Break all comers and edges and inspect rough-in services and installation of floor,ceiling or other conditions under which the equipment � Q C nn 1.3 EXECUTION (www.zinsser.comtel.732 469 8100)and Roman Decorating Products"UltraTM Plus Mildew System, undersides,and backsides of wood,including cabinets,counters,cases,and paneling. to straight true lines. Exposed fasteners to be stainless steel. is to be installed.Verify and coordinate all voltage requirements of owner provided equipment as compatible � cm a) tum A. General: Install acoustical tile ceilin s to corn I with ublications referenced below er manufacturer's s ecificall UltraT"Plus Primer and UltraTM Plus Adhesive www.romandecoratin roducts.com tel.800 c.Seal to s bottoms and cutouts of un rimed wood doors with a heav coat of varnish or sealer G. Clean all panels and protect from damage.Refer to manufacturer's specific cleaning recommendations.Do with rocidng system.Verify that dimensions of such items are acceptable before installation of the work. Do ® "- " 9 P Y " p P P Y ( 9P P ' p y not use abrasive cleaners. not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. � Q � instructions and CISCA Ceiling Systems Handbook. 488-6117) immediately upon delivery. _ 1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations:Comply with ASTM C636/C636M. D. Wallcovering Installation:Verify and comply with manufacturer's current written installation instructions, 4.Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop-coated;remove E. lnstallatian:Set each item of non-mobiEe and portable equipment securely in place,leveled and adjusted to 2. CISCA Recommendations per"Ceiling Systems Handbook"for Acoustical Ceilings: Comply with and as a minimum: oil,grease,dirt,loose mill scale,and other foreign substances.Use solvent or mechanical cleaning SECTION 10522-FIRE EXTINGUISHERS,CABINETS,AND ACCESSORIES correct height.Anchor to supporting substrate where indicated and where required for sustained operation « and use without shifting or dislocation. Conceal anchorages where possible. CISCA"Recommendations for Direct-Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings. 1.determine whether the pattern match is random,straight across,or drop match. Measure the wall methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. 1.1 GENERAL ,�,� -0 B. Sus end ceilin han ers as follows: het ht,allowin for attem match,add 4 inches,and then cut the wallcoverin . It will overla onto the a.Touch u bare areas and sho -a lied rime coats that have been dama ed. Wire-brush,clean with A. Submittals: Submit the followin : F. Adjust and Clean:Test each item of operational equipment to determine that it is operating property. P 9 9 9 9 P 9 P P P AP P 9 9 Ute"; 1. Secure wire han ers to ceilin sus ension members and to su orts above. Connect han ers either ceilin and the base a roximatel 2 inches solvents and touch u with the same rimer as the sho coat. 1. Product Data: Include rou h-in dimensions,details showin mountin methods,relationshi s of box Coordinate repair or replacement of equipment found to be defective with the equipment supplier.Remove .P- 9 9 P PP 9 9 PP Y p p p 9 9 9 p rotective coverin s if an and clean items,read for use. .� _ " direct►y to structures ar to inserts,eye screws,or other devices that are secure,that are appropriate for 2.Cut rolls in sequential order starting with the highest number working down to the lowest number. Make 5.Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so that the and trim to surrounding construction,door hardware,cabinet type and materials,trim style,door p 9 Y y °' , substrate,and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age,corrosion,or elevated temperatures. certain that the run numbers are separated at break points such as comers.Number panels and headers surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal construction,panel style,and materials. 0 � 2 M n 2. Space hangers not more than 48 inches(1200 mm)o.c.along each member supported directly from as they are cut from the roll and apply to the wall in the same sequence. fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. B. Coordination: Verify that cabinets are sized to accommodate type and capacity of extinguishers " o N hangers,unless otherwise shown;and provide hangers not more than 8 inches(200 mm)from ends of 3.Any wallcovering design that does not have specific direction or horizontal match,could be installed F.Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions. indicated,as well as wall depth requirements may be required. ID ` - each member, by reversing alternate strips to ensure color uniformity at the seams. If product appears shaded or 1.Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density;stir as required during C. UL-Listed Products: Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL listing mark for type,rating,and = 3 a - W 3.Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions;offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, paneled after the first 3 strips,we strongly suggest reversing alternate strips. application. Do not stir surface film into material.Remove film and,if necessary,strain material before classification of extinguishes U°C .O countersplaying,or other equally effective means.Where width of ducts and other construction within 4.If the wallcovering is table trimmed,use of a straight-edge and a razor is recommended.A fresh blade using. D. FM-Listed Products: Fire extinguishers approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation for type, - a ceiling plenum produces hanger spacing that interfere with location of hangers at spacing required to should be used on each cut. "Snap off"cutting tools are not recommended. 2.Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. rating,and classification of extinguisher with FM marking. °i .". ' c "? support standard suspension-system members,install supplemental suspension members and hangers 5.The'overlap and double cut"method is an alternative method of installation with many fabric backed G.Application: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best 1.2 PRODUCTS "-- = a a in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. vinyl wallcoverings. suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over dirt,rust,scale,grease, A.Fire Extinguishers: Provide fire extinguishers as recommended by Owner's surety for each cabinet and ��'= .-rr C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where 6.All wallcoverings should be trimmed 2"to 4"on each edge to ensure best appearance. moisture,scuffed surfaces,or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. for other locations required by Owner's surety. U �, H v necessary to conceal edges of acoustical tiles. 7.If paste does get on the vinyl wallcovering,clean it off immediately with warm water and blot dry with 1. Paint colors,surface treatments,and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 1. Dry Chemical Type: UL-rated 10-B:C,5-Ib nominal capacity,in enameled steel container. r , I- a, W D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. clean lint free towel. Use a soft bristle brush to clean if necessary. Change this water frequently. Be 2. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 2. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type: UL-rated minimum 2-A:10-B:C,2-1/2-Ib nominal capacity,in V 0 a Remove and replace dented,bent,or kinked members. certain to wash the ceiling and the baseboard to remove any paste residue. Do not leave any overlap at 3. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the application enameled steel container. E. Install acoustical tiles in coordination with sus ension s stem. Places lines or sus ension s stem the seams since vin I will not adhere to itself. Seams should be vertical,have a ti ht fit,and free from air method. Do nota I succeedin coats until revious coat has cured.Sand between a lications B. Mountin Brackets: Provide brackets of sizes re uired fort a and ca acit of extin uisher indicated, I- P Y P P Y Y 9 PP Y 9 P PP 9 q YP P Y 9 flanges into kerfed edges so that file-to-tile joints are closed by double lap of material. and paste bubbles. Seams should not be located closer than 6"to corners. where sanding is required to produce an even smooth surface.Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to in plated finish. 1. Fit adjoining tile to form flush,tight joints. Scribe and cut file for accurate fit at borders and around 8.Avoid burnishing the face of the material. Use a wallcovering brush or a plastic scraper to smooth the facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied.Tint undercoats C. Cabinet Construction: Bax with trim,frame,door,and hardware to suit cabinet type,trim style,and penetrations through tile. wallcovering onto the wall. to match color if topcoat,but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth.Miter and weld perimeter door frames. ,„., 2. Hold file field in compression by insertig leaf-type,spring-steel spacers between tile and moldings, 9.Use a seam roller to flatten the edges at the seams,ceilings and baseboards. Use light pressure. Do separate coat. 1. Fire-Rated Cabinets: UL listed with UL listing mark with fire-resistance rating of wall where it is spaced at 12 inches(305 mm)o.c. not press hard enough to remove the adhesive from underneath the wallcovering. 4. Apply additional coats if undercoats,stains,or other conditions show through final coat of paint until installed. 3. Fabricate access units for special suspension system access members and tile units modified as 10.After installing the first 3 strips of any wallcovering immediately conform quality of product.Once again, paint film is of uniform finish,color,and appearance. 2. Cabinet Type: Suitable for containing the following: required to allow for removal of access units. make sure the product is correct,that there are no quality or product issues with the wallcovering. 5. The term exposed surfaces includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures are in place. a. Fire extinguisher. 4.Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical tile ceilings,including trim and edge moldings.Comply with Should a quality issue or question arise please call our installation HOTLINE at 1-800-797-4949,Option Extend coatings in these areas to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 3. Cabinet Mounting:Suitable for the mounting indicated: manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage.Remove and 1,Ext.8349 between the hours of 8 a.m to 5 p.m EST.Designtex will not take responsibility for any a. Recessed: Fully recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit trim style. 6. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint replace tiles and other ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to quality issues raised after the first 3 strips are cut and installed. b. Surface-Mounted: Fully exposed and mounted directly on wall. surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture as indicated on drawings. permanently eliminate evidence of damage. 11.If any of the above conflicts with manufacturer's written instructions,manufacturer written instruction 4. Trim Style: One piece with corners mitered,welded, and ground smooth. 7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. - END OF SECTION 09510 shall take precedence. a. Exposed Trim: One-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall Revisions H.Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned,pretreated,or otherwise 12.It is the responsibility of the installer to verify and comply with manufacturer's installation instructions re ared for aintin as soon as racticable and before subse uent surface deterioration. Allow surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge. SECTION 09660-RESILIENT WALL BASE AND TILE FLOORING and provide a complete and acceptable finished product. sufficient time betty en successive coats to permit proper dryi g. Do not recoat until paint has dried. 1) Square-edge with 114-to 5/16-inch backbend depth f A ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW 1.1 GENERAL END OF SECTION 09720 pp pp y p 9 Y A Y pp g 2 Metal: Same metal and finish as door. /-�ISSU 15 I. A Ilcation Procedures: A f asnts and coatin s b brush,roller,s ra or other a ilcators accordin ) ISSUE FOR BID A.Submittals:In addition to product data,submit the following. to manufacturer's directions. D. Door Material and Construction: Manufacturer's standard of material indicated,coordinated with 1. Samples of each type,color,and pattern of resilient base and floor tile. SECTION 09900-PAINTING 1.Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied. cabinet types and trim styles selected. 02/11/15 2. Maintenance data for resilient base and floor tile,to be included in Operating and Maintenance 1.1 GENERAL 2.Rollers: Use rollers of carpet,velvet back,or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the 1. Enameled Steel: Hollow construction with tubular stiles and rails. Q ISSUE FOR PERMIT Manual specified in Division 1. A. This Section includes surface preparation,painting,and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items manufacturer for the material and texture required. 2. Door Glazing: Fully tempered float glass complying with ASTM C 1048,Condition A,Type I,Quality 03/04/15 B. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof,of each and surfaces. 3.Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended for the material and q3,Kind FT,and Class as follows: class,wearing surface,color,pattem,and size of resilient base and floor file installed. 1. Surface preparation,priming,and finish coats specified are in addition to shop-priming and surface texture required. a. Class 1 (clear). 1.2 PRODUCTS treatments. J.Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. 3. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with FIRE EXTINGUISHER lettering applied to door. Provide A.Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,resilient floor files that may be B. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in the schedules,except where a surface Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style,color,size,spacing,and location. Q . incorporated in the work include,but are not limited to,the products specified in the drawings. or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is K.Block Fillers: Apply block fillers at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. a. Application Process: Silk screen. B.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the products specified in the not specifically mentioned,paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is L.Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats,apply a prime coat to material to be painted or finished that E. Identify bracket-mounted extinguishers with FIRE EXTINGUISHER in red letter decals applied to wall A drawings. not designated,the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. has not bee prime-coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction surface.Letter size,style,and location to comply with authorities having jurisdiction. C. Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066,Composition 1 (nonasbestos C. Painting is not required on prefinished items,finished metal surfaces,concealed surfaces,operating spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears,to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects F. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard design. A formulated),and with requirements specified in Vinyl Composition Floor Tile Product shown on drawings. parts,and labels. due to insufficient sealing. 1. Full-Glass Panel: Float glass,l/8 inch thick. D.Rubber Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS-W-40,Type I,and with requirements specified in 1. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories,Factory Mutual,or other code-required labels or M.Completed Work: Match approved samples for color,texture,and coverage. Remove,refinish,or G. Door Hardware: Provide door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type,trim style,and door the Rubber Wall Base Product shown on the drawings. equipment name,identification,performance rating,or nomenclature plates. repaint work not complying with specified requirements. material and style indicated. Provide lever handle with cam-action latch,or exposed or concealed door E.Rubber Accessories: Products complying with requirements shown on the drawings. D. Submittals: Submit the following: N.Cleanup: At the end of each work day,remove empty cans,rags,rubbish,and other discarded paint pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous-type hinge permitting door to open 180 degrees. F. Concrete Slab Primer. Nonstaining type recommended by flooring manufacturer. 1. Product data for each paint system specified,including block fillers and primers. materials from the site. H. Cabinet Finishes: Comply with NAAMM"Metal Finishes Manual." Protect exposed finishes from G.Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: portland-cement-based formulation provided or a. Provide the manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions for 1.After completing painting,clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by damage by application of temporary strippable covering prior to shipment. approved by tile manufacturer for applications indicated. handling,storage,and application of each material proposed for use. washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. I. Steel Cabinet Finishes: Solvent-clean surfaces to remove dirt,oil,grease,and other contaminants that H.Adhesives(Cements): Water-resistant type recommended by file manufacturer to suit resilient floor file b. List each materia!and cross-reference the specific coating,finish system,and application. Identify 0.Protection: Protect work of other trades,whether being painted or not,against damage by painting. could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust from uncoated steel. products and substrate conditions indicated. each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. Correct damage by cleaning,repairing or replacing,and repainting,as acceptable to Architect. 1. Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreatment,apply a two-coat baked-enamel L Edge Strips: Vinyl of width shown,of height required to protect exposed edge of tiles,and in maximum c. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use P.Provide"Wet Paint"signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat.Comply with paint manufacturer's instructions available lengths to minimize running joints. of volatile organic compounds(VOCs). provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. for application and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. 1.3 EXECUTION 2. Samples for initial color selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts. After color selection,the 1. At completion of construction activities of other trades,touch up and restore damaged or defaced a. Color and Gloss: Manufacturer's standard designations. Paint the following: A.Examine areas where installation of tiles will occur,with Installer present,to verify that substrates and Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. painted surfaces. 1) Exterior of cabinet except for surfaces indicated to receive another finish conditions are satisfactory for tile installation and comply with file manufacturer's requirements. 3. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied,with Q.Paint Schedule:Provide the following paint systems(or approved equal)for the various substrates 2) Interior of cabinet. 1. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 before beginning installation: texture to simulate actual conditions,on actual samples of the actual substrate. Provide stepped indicated: 1.3 EXECUTION 2. For wood subfloors verify that undedayment surface is free of surface irregularities and substances samples,defining each separate coat,including block fillers and primers. Use actual colors when 1.Exterior Surfaces A. Installation: Follow manufacturer's printed instructions. with potential to interfere with adhesive bond,show through surface,or stain tile. preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen,color,and texture are achieved. a.Ferrous&Non-Ferrous Metals(doors): B. Install at heights indicated,or if not indicated,at heights to comply with applicable regulations of 3.Proceed with instillation only after substrate passes testing according to floor tile manufacturer's a. Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: 1 st coat:IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal&Wood Enamel(363) governing authorities. written recommendation. 1) Concrete Masonry: Two 4-by-8-inch samples of masonry,with mortar joint in the center,for each 2nd coat:Moore's IMC DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss(M29) 1. Prepare wall recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and style of trim and to B. Preparation: Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates indicated to finish and color. 3rd coat:Moore's IMC DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss(M29) comply with manufacturer's instructions. receive tile. 2) Painted Wood: Two 12-inch-square samples of each color and material on hardboard. b.Galvanized Metal: 2. Fasten mounting brackets and fire extinguisher cabinets to structure,square and plumb. C. Installation: Comply with tile manufacturer's installation directions and other requirements indicated. 3) Ferrous Metal: Two 4-inch-square samples of flat metal and two 8-inch-long samples of solid 1 st coat IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal&Wood Enamel(363) C.Comply with NFPA 10 for extinguisher placement. 1. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls,discounting minor offsets,so tile metal for each color and finish. 2nd coat:Moore's IMC DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss(M29) D.Fire-Rated Fire Protection Cabinets,where applicable,comply with ASTM E814 for fire resistance rating widths at opposite edges of room are equal to one another and are not less than one-half of a tile. E. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system 3rd coat:Moore's IMC DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss (M29) Of walls where they are Installed. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- 2. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in same sequence as manufactured applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for the Project that have resulted in a C.Concrete. PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST and packaged. construction record of successful in-service performance. 1 st coat:Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler(285) SECTION 10800-TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES REGULATIOE�SGAND a D NANe Sof TIGAARo OR a. Lay tiles with grain running in one direction. F. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer 2nd coat:MoorGard Latex House Paint(103) 1.1 GENERAL RELATING To STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. b. La tiles in basket weave attern with rain direction alternatin between reversed in adjacent tiles. as the finish coats. 3rd coat:MoorGard Latex House Paint(103) Y P 9 9 t A. Sut}mittals: Manufacturer's product data for each toilet accessory item specified,including details of c. Lay tiles in pattern with respect to location of colors,patterns,and sizes as indicated on Drawings. G.Field Samples: On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components,duplicate finishes of d.Stucco: construction relative to materials,dimensions,gages,profiles,mounting methods,specified options,and 3. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installing on top of finished tile floor, prepared samples.Provide full-coat finish samples on at least 100sq.ft.of surface. 1 st coat:Moore's Acrylic Masonry Sealer(066) finishes. install tile before these items are installed. 1.Final acceptance of calors will be from job-applied samples. 2nd coat:MoorGard Latex House Paint(103} 3.2 PRODUCTS ARCHITECT D. Install metal edge strips where indicated,using countersunk stainless steel anchors. 2.The Owner will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of 3rd coat:MoorGard Latex House Paint(103) A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide toilet accessories by one of the E. Cleaning: coating and substrate to be painted.Apply coatings in this room or surface according to the schedule or e.Unit Masonry(Concrete block): following: Drawn By Checked By 1.Clean resilient tile floors after installation and 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to as specified. 1 st coat:Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler (285) 1. American Specialties,Inc. CW BW establish date of Substantial Completion. H.Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original,unopened packages and containers 2nd coat:MoorGard Latex House Paint(103) 2. Bobrick Washroom Equipment,Inc. Scale Date 2,Apply protective polish according to floor the manufacturer's directions. bearing manufacturer's name and label with the product trade name manufacturer's instructions. 3rd coat:MoorGard Latex House Paint(103) 3. McKinney/Parker. 3.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning,protecting and polishing floor tile. I. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient 2 Interior Surfaces:(refer to finish schedule on sheet A-4.1) B. Materials,General: Fabricate toilet accessory items from the following materials and according to NONE 2/11/15 END OF SECTION 09660 temperature of 45 deg F(7 deg C). Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly.Remove a.Wood(painted): requirements specified for individual accessory items: Job No. oily rags and waste daily. 1 st coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater&Primer Sealer(253) 1. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304,with polished No.4 finish,0.034-inch(22-gage)minimum (� J.Project Conditions: Do not apply paint in snow,rain,fog,or mist,or when the relative humidity exceeds 2nd coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel(276) thickness,unless otherwise indicated. ((}} 85 percent,or at temperatures less than 5 deg F(3 deg C)above the dew point,or to damp or wet 3rd coat:Moorcraft Super Spec LatexSemi-Gloss Enamel(276) 2. Sheet Steel: Cold-rolled,commercial quality ASTM A1008/A1008M,0.04-inch(20-gage)minimum surfaces. thickness,unless otherwise indicated.Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. Sheet No. p -4 PREPARATION OF SUB-FLOORS: It is designed for slabs with high vapor emission from the water of hydration,or initial mixing. Amtico PS Adhesive should not be used Mannington Commercial suggests that you reference the current on concrete slabs that do not have a vapor retardant membrane ASTM F710,"Standard Practice of Preparing Concrete Floors to properly placed above the sand layer and next to the concrete. - Receive Resilient Flooring"and contact one or more of the following F, or other moisture suppressant system suppliers for assistance: Installation Apply the adhesive to the substrate using the recommended trowel. Ardex(724)203-5000 www.ardex.com Holding the trowel at an angle of 600,spread the adhesive evenly < Koester American Corp.(757)425-1206 www.koesterusa.com over an area of sub-floor that can be covered within the 3 hour W Mapei(800)426-2734 www.mapei.com working time. Wait until the adhesive has tacked up,which is Uzin Ltd.(800)505-4810 www.ufloorsystems.com usually about 15 minutes depending on site conditions,before m placing the files in position. Press tiles firmly into position to obtain A.Subfloor Preparation contract,paying particular attention to the tile edges.Pails of Careful Subfloor preparation is vital for an excellent floor adhesive must be resealed with lid after use. appearance and good file adhesion.The subfloor must be smooth, Finishing firm,flat,clean,dry,free from defects and fit for purpose.A suitable smoothing compound should be used to ensure that no irregularities After the tile have been placed in the adhesives,roll the floor within show through to the surface of the finished floor.In all cases,the the 3 hour working time with a minimum 100 lbs(45 kg)roller to subfloor must meet the moisture and pH requirements before ensure complete contact with the adhesive. Remove any adhesive installation. from the face of the tile with a cloth moistened with denatured alcohol. The finished floor should be protected from point loads and heavy traffic for 24 hours after installation. Tiles may be Below and On-grade concrete subfloors must have a suitable vapor damp mopped 24 hours atter installation. retarder properly installed beneath the slab.Crawlspaces and e basements directly beneath the new floor installation should be maintained with a relative humidity+/-10%of the room relative Trowel Recommendation and Approximate Coverage a humidity where the flooring is installed.This can be accomplished Porous Substrates by proper ventilation and air circulation or using a dehumidifier. Actual size notch: Always follow other manufacturers'written recommendations for the ?" • " X 32 r X 1 32 U-Notch S6 use and installation of their proprietary surface preparation materials. (1.6mm x 0.8mm x 0.8mm) Q ft./gal. 1.Record site conditions,test results and corrective action(s). 200-250 sq. {600-800 sq.ft/4gal.} 1011 t� co 0 Mannington Commercial requires written documentation of site conditions,test results and corrective action(s)before processing Non-porous Substrates ® Z claims. Actual size notch: Q 2.Subfloor must be clean(free of dirt,sealers,curing,hardening or16"X 32"x 4"U Notch M a parting compounds or any substance that may stain or prevent (1.6mm x 0.8mm x 2mm) adhesion),smooth,flat,sound,fit for purpose,free of movement, �J ca W excessive moisture and high alkalinity. [L1� 300-350 sq.ft./gal.(1,200-1,400 sq.ft./4gal.) Q � 3.Slick surfaces such as power troweled concrete shall be profiled0 Note:Trowel dimensions are width x depth x spacing. Coverage is P L' LU to allow for a mechanical bond between the adhesive and Subfloor. approximate and may vary depending on type,condition,and 4.Remove existing resilient floor contaminants by scraps traces of old porosity of substrate and the angle at which the trowel is held. adhesives,paint or other contaminants by scraping,sanding, Trowel illustrations shown above are nota 100%scale. .� e grinding,shot blasting or scarifying the substrate.The use of adhesive removers or solvents in the abatement or removal of existing or old adhesives is prohibited and may void the warranty. Sizes WARNING:ASBESTOS&SILICA-Refer to the current Resilient 1 gallon,4 gallonsCM _ Floor Covering Institute(RFCI)document"Recommended Work y Co Practices for Removal of Existing Resilient Floor Coverings"for Shelf life guidance. 2 years when stored in original unopened containers at 5.Perform corrective actions necessary for elevated moisture or temperatures between+50°F(12°C)and+867(30'C). Protect Q high alkalinity conditions. from freezing. 6.Surface Flatness for all Subfloors:The surface shall be flat to 1/8" Q Q in 10 ft(3 mm in 3 m).Bring high spots level by sanding,grinding etc.and fill low spots.Smooth surface to prevent any irregularities 16= Q or roughness from telegraphing through the new flooring. Q Z 7.Leveling and Patching: Q a.For concrete subfloors,use only high quality Portland cement based materials(minimum 3000 psi compressive strength according to ASTM C109).Mix with water only,do not use latex. Caution:Do not lightly skim coat highly polished or slick power troweled concrete surfaces.A thin film of floor patch will not band to now a slick subfloor and may become a bond breaker causing tiles to release at the interface of the subfloor and patching material. • °' �; b.Wood subfloors require an underlayment(double layer .� construction)with a minimum total thickness of �''0 1"(25 mm).Use minimum%*(6 mm)thick APA rated C to a "undedayment grade"plywood with a fully sanded face or other a = underlayment panel that is appropriate for the intended usage. U °` Install and prepare panels and seams a, N according to the manufacturers'instructions. E .,.' c <)' CL.- B.Installation Procedures S `^ Before starting the Spacia installation,ensure the following are Q satisfactorily completed.Start of flooring installation indicatesao <LN0� acceptance of current Subfloor conditions and full responsibility for completed work. •Acclimation:Acclimate tiles(keep cartons flat),adhesive,jobsite and subfloor to a stable condition between 3 64°$1°F(18°-27°C)and 50%+/-10%RH for a minimum of 48 hours before and after installation. •Flooring Materials:Check quantity of Spacia file and adhesive are sufficient for area to be installed.Check tile for visual defects before installation.Installation of flooring acknowledges acceptance of materials. •Expansion joints,isolation joints,or other moving joints are incorporated into concrete floor slabs in order to permit movement without causing random cracks in the concrete.These joints must be honored and not be filled with underlayment products or other Revisions materials,and floor coverings must not be laid over them. ISSUE FOR CLIENTILL REVIEW Expansion joint covering 02112!15 systems should be detailed by the architect or engineer based upon f� ISSUE FOR BID intended usage and aesthetic considerations. X102111/15 •Surface cracks,grooves,depressions,control joints or other ISSUE FOR PERMIT non-moving joints,and other irregularities shall be filled or 03/04/15 smoothed with high quality Portland cement based patching or underlayment compound for filling or smoothing,or both.Patching Q or underlayment compound shall be moisture,mildew,and alkali-resistant,and shall provide a minimum of 3000 psi Q compressive strength after 28 days,when tested in accordance with Test Method C 109 or Test Method C 472,whichever is appropriate. 0 AMTICO High Moisture PS Adhesive Specifications /� AMTICO High Moisture PS Adhesive offers the following benefits: L� • Very law volatile organic compounds(VOC) • Meets California SCAOMD Rule 1168&Section 01350 Requirements • Solvent-free-non-flammable-non-staining • Extended working time(up to 3 hours) • High tack and bond strength • Excellent plasticizer resistance • Protected against bio-degradation and mold growth • Freeze-thaw stable to 10°F(5 cycles) This adhesive should be used for bonding Amtico and Spacia tile floor coverings to APA registered underlayment grade plywood, terrazzo,existing well adhered tile,radiant heated subfloors where surface temperature do not exceed 857(29.40'C);and above,on, or below grade concrete in the absence of hydrostatic pressure, excessive moisture or alkalinity. Preparation Sub-floors must be sound,smooth,dry and free from any contamination which will affect adhesion. Concrete subfloors must I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- be fully cured,clean,free from curing agents,excessive relative PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST humidity(maximum 93%per ASTM F-2170)and or excessive OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR moisture vapor emissions(maximum 10 lbs./1000 SF/24 hrs.per RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. ASTM F-1869). Concrete must have a 5.0 to 12.0 ph(ASTM F-710). If necessary,a suitable moisture suppressant system should be applied to the sub-floor. On grade and below-grade concrete subfloors must have an approved vapor retardant ARCHITECT membrane(ASTM E-1745)which is properly installed(ASTM E-1673). Wooden sub-floors should be overlaid with a suitable Drawn By Checked By APA"underlayment grade"sanded face,exterior AC or BC plywood CW BW with a minimum 4"(6mm)thickness. Tiles,adhesive and sub-float Scale Date should be allowed to stabilize to a temperature between 64°F (18°C)and 81°F(27°C),for a period of 48 hours before,during and NONE 2/11/15 24 hours after installation. Tiles must be stared flat. Job No. .. Amtico PS Adhesive is not designed to be used over floors with ) // // Moisture Vapor Emission(VE)from water of intrusion or hydrostatic 14 —oo U [2 pressure. Sheet No. P 5 HVAC GENERAL NOTES 1. HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES. TERMINAL DAMPER IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. �. 2. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED IRON SHEET METAL AND BE FABRICATED 17. THE VENTILATION/HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT WRITTEN REPORTS OF ACCORDING TO THE S.M.A.C.N.A. LOW VELOCITY DUCT MANUAL AND ASHRAE HANDBOOK EQUIPMENT ALL AIR FLOW READINGS, STATIC PRESSURES, TEMPERATURE READINGS, MOTOR AMPERAGE, ETC.TO �t VOLUME, 1988. ALL ELBOWS SHALL HAVE PROPER RADIUS,OR HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DOCUMENT PROPER BALANCED AIR FLOW IN THIS HVAC SYSTEMS IN ALL AREAS. DOUBLE THICKNESS,AIRFOIL TURNING VANES REQUIRED BY S.M.A.C.N.A. NO SQUARE THROAT ELBOWS W SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHOUT DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES. 18. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS EXCEEDING 12"X 12" IN SIZE SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH BURGLAR BARS. 3. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL HVAC SYSTEMS AS SHOWN, NOTED AND SPECIFIED. EQUIPMENT 19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTEE ALL MATERIAL AND GUARANTEE ALL WORKMANSHIP FOR ONE MAY NOT BE SUBSTITUTED UNLESS WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OR OWNER'S YEAR FROM SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. REPRESENTATIVE IS OBTAINED. ANY CHANGES TO THE DUCTWORK LAYOUT WILL NECESSITATE SUBMISSION OF SHEET METAL SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW. ANY UNAUTHORIZED CHANGES 20. ALL CONTRACTOR FABRICATED AND MANUFACTURER FABRICATED COMPONENTS OF THE OUTSIDE AIR, WILL BE REMOVED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, IF DEEMED NECESSARY BY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OR SUPPLY AIR, RETURN AIR AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED AIR-TIGHT. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE INSTALLED SYSTEMS SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED AS SPECIFIED. PIPE OPENINGS IN SYSTEM COMPONENT SHALL HAVE SHEET METAL BAFFLES, SET IN SEALANT, TO PREVENT LEAKAGE. 4. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DUCTWORK INSTALLATION WITH ARCHITECT/OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN FIELD AND OTHER TRADES. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION 21. DRAWINGS FOR HVAC WORK ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, SHOWING THE GENERAL LOCATION,TYPE, LAYOUT AND AND HEIGHTS. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR EXACT MEASUREMENTS. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INSTALLATION DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND 5. ALL DUCT CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOADED TYPE VINYL, VIBRATION ELIMINATION INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AS REQUIRED. FURNISH AND INSTALL DUCTWORK, CONNECTIONS, °/ ✓- SEE DRAWING M-2 FOR - CONNECTIONS, (F.C.) FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS. ACCESSORIES, OFFSETS AND MATERIALS NECESSARY TO FACILITATE THE SYSTEM'S FUNCTIONING AS ENLARGED PLAN INDICATED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT INDICATED. THE WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH o 6. ALL DUCTWORK TRANSITIONS SHALL BE (FOT)"FLAT ON TOP" UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ON PLAN. LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SUBJECT TO INSPECTION. CO 7. ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED ABOVE THE SUSPENDED CEILING SPACE UNLESS 22. FLEX DUCT: PROVIDE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CLASS 1 AIR DUCT(UL 181)WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION - �. - - - -- -.-- 1 - w OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS. AND REINFORCED OUTER PROTECTIVE COVER/VAPOR BARRIER. FLEX DUCT SHALL MEET NFPA 90A WITH FLAME SPREAD UNDER 25, SMOKE DEVELOPED UNDER 50, AND SHALL BE RATED FOR 2"W.C. PRESSURE ) f f _ _ 8. ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10'-0"AWAY FROM EXHAUST DISCHARGE OPENINGS AND 0 TO 250 DEGREE TEMPERATURE. MAXIMUM LENGTH SHALL BE PER CODE AND NOT TO EXCEED 5'-0" AND PLUMBING VENT STACKS. LONG. Q L I C �_ 9. ALL BRANCH SUPPLY DUCTS SHALL HAVE (VD) MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS INSTALLED FOR BALANCING. 23. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL'S&STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE COORDINATED I j _._. �._ - _ - K WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF THE UNITS. NOTIFY tCO 10. ALL NEW SHEET METAL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR RECTANGULAR/SQUARE DUCTWORK SHALL BE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WITH DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. � � € � L,� � .._..._ , u �� .,,_.. � m INSULATED WITH 1-1/2' THICK DUCT LINER. DUCT LINER SHALL BE FASTENED TO INSIDE OF DUCTWORK AS I --.----.._ -- -- - --.-. - I � PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS AND S.M.A.C.N.A."DUCT LINER APPLICATION STANDARD". SIZE OF 24. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REROUTE FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING IF REQUIRED FOR THE NEW SUPPLY AIR ' l El 0 t DUCTS SHALL BE INCREASED FOR DUCT LINER INSULATION. SIZES SHOWN ON PLAN ARE INSIDE FREE AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK LAYOUT. I �� Cr AREA. ALL NEW SUPPLY RETURN AND OUTSIDE AIR R UND l 'A ` 1 P , O /OVAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED WITH - ......_ ._.._.._. .(_. .... __ .._..,. . ..I. - _.._ _ 2"THICK FLEXIBLE INSULATION, 1 PCF DENSITY FOIL REINFORCED KRAFT FACING. DUCT WRAP SHALL BE 25. ULTA CEILING SPACE IS NOT PLENUM RATED AND SHALL NOT BE USED AS A RETURN AIR PLENUM. FASTENED TO DUCTWORK AS PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. ROUND/OVAL SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK EXPOSED TO VIEW AND LOCATED IN THE CONDITIONED SPACE SHALL NOT BE INSULATED. ALL 26. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, FIELD VERIFY CEILING SPACE AVAILABILITY TO RUN DUCTWORK AGAINST ( € i _---g - ---.--.•( __._.._ryry__ _ ,. 0 INSULATION R-VALUES SHALL CONFORM TO ENERGY CODE. EXISTING BUILDING STRUCTURAL CONDITION AND CEILING HEIGHT. NOTIFY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WITH I i _ DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. �Jd I ., _ - ____-._ 11. CORE-DRILL OR SAW-CUT EXISTING WALLS, ROOF, ETC.AS REQUIRED FOR PIPING OR DUCTWORK AND I -- n�n� pp ( 3 ) I Z d I N - I Q FIRE-STOP OPENING AROUND PIPE OR DUCTWORK. VERIFY LOCATION OF STRUCTURAL BEAMS, JOISTS, 27. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING OR CABLING SHOULD RUN ADJACENT TO THE PERIMETER SOFFITS NOT MORE I� •- - ---� ---I•- -- •I::- _-_- ;-••---•- ---.�- ._-- .,_ . .., ..,_ , � - � L _ Cq ETC. BEFORE DRILLING. THAN S OFF THEIR DEMISING WALLS. ( - - � Co "t 12. WHEREVER FOUNDATION WALLS OUTSIDE WALLS ROOFS ETC.ARE CUT FOR INSTALLATION OF 28. MOUNT REMOTE SENSORS AT 60"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. W SYSTEMS, THEY SHALL BE PATCHED TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND SEALED WEATHER TIGHT. ---- ; - ---� ---• - = :I �---- I --- __... WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY CRAFTSMEN SKILLED IN THEIR RESPECTIVE TRADES. 29. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AVAILABLE DEPTH FOR DUCTWORK PRIOR TO DUCTWORK FABRICATION. O Q Lr1 (_I ...s _ 13. THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH ALL NECESSARY APPURTENANCES FOR A 30. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL EXISTING COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM. CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE MADE FOR ANY I I £ ? I ( I m ` ALL EXISTING € t p �pp EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOBSITE AND/OR PREDETERMINE N I �I N W 14. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL CONTROL WIRING AS REQUIRED. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE AS CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO , _ -,,_ ., ) $ SCHEDULED WITH THE EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE TRANSFORMERS AS REQUIRED. THE ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION. j ( ? ? I S I ! D C9 � 2 0. I C i eI LI 1 EJ C I I LI 15. PROVIDE UL APPROVED FIRE DAMPERS FOR ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS, 31. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TAG EACH INDIVIDUAL REMOTE SENSOR WITH THE ROOFTOP UNIT f � F I a I £ 1 t I t o I ( c PARTITIONS, CEILINGS,AND FLOORS. INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS AS PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS AND THEY ARE SERVING. a C p I I AS PER UL GUIDELINES. I 32. PROVIDED MEANS FURNISH AND INSTALL. 16. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE SYSTEM TO AIR QUANTITIES SHOWN ON PLAN. BALANCING 4 3 CONTRACTOR SHALL USE DUCT MOUNTED MANUAL DAMPERS FOR AIR SYSTEM BALANCING. USE OF c\ Cf co LEGEND PLAN NOTES q co , _ t 7 ..... 1p AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR DET. DETAIL ' CD CONDENSATE O CONNECT 26/16 SUPPLY DUCT TO DUCT DROP FROM ROOFTOP UNIT, I I I I (D, c �M ` { 1 { I I`s o NTS N DN. DOWN I t o O - I I G RTU 1. PROVIDE TURNING VANE ELBOW AT BOTTOM OF RISER. p i DG DOOR GRILLE SEE ARCH. DWG'S. ` ` t L L ! - m o�m m L.2 t L.,y s ( Y.v 13 Ej ...f .0 •L DWG. DRAWING . .,.. ,..... 4....._ . . ...._..... _.. _._._. ... .{...-_. _..,..._. .._..,..�...___ ..._..._... ._. _ _ .._ Q H _ c _ - - _ _ EF EXHAUST AIR FAN I € ? ! I C (-°a m aiLL E.A.T. ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE O CONNECT 26/16 RETURN DUCT TO DUCT DROP FROM ROOFTOP UNIT, I , I ( I } X003 ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN RTU-1. PROVIDE TURNING VANE ELBOW AT BOTTOM OF RISER. E.E.R ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO O U G 0�� FC FLEXIBLE CONNECTION "-'""' " " " E.S.P EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE 01'`�Ln 3 FOB FLAT ON BOTTOM aj 3 CONNECT 26/16 SUPPLY DUCT TO DUCT DROP FROM ROOFTOP UNIT, E.T.R EXISTING TO REMAIN O FOT FLAT ON TOP GA. GAUGE RTU-2. PROVIDE TURNING VANE ELBOW AT BOTTOM OF RISER. -TIe; 171 , °. ! I I 3 ED ' �- ) :"i W r°, MOD MOTOR OPERATED CONTROL DAMPER L.A.T. LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE - 4 CONNECT 26/16 RETURN DUCT TO DUCT DROP FROM ROOFTOP UNIT, ; 22x22' NC NEW CONNECTION TO EXISTING O I 2 MT'D MOUNTED RTU-2. PROVIDE TURNING VANE ELBOW AT BOTTOM OF RISER. I 1500' NTS NOT TO SCALE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT ) � 22x22 6 1 RTU- _._ __ _- ___ ._,_ ,.___..,. _ ...,. ____ , ..._.. .. ._ MR RTU ROOF TOP HVAC UNIT REQ'D REQUIRED 5 PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTOR PER CODE. INSTALLATION BY MECHANICAL I 1 f I 2 no 2 ,I ) 1500 S SENSOR T.S.P. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE CONTRACTOR, WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE EXTRA N T THERMOSTAT SMOKE DETECTOR HEAD FOR REPLACEMENT INSTALLATION AT I 26/16 TV TURNING VANE ARCHCh SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOR ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS. ) I ( ARCHITECT OR ARCHITECTURAL UCD UNDERCUT DOOR I I L L.. :-., ` 2q/16 5 9;2'0 �...: :.: .___ .' . : ......,m { BLDG BUILDING VD VOLUME DAMPER § I r I Revisions O 18"0 CONNECTION W/V.D. IN NECK. PROVIDE DUCTWORK, VOLUME RTU B.H.P BRAKE HORSEPOWER W.C. WATER COLUMN I i( ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW DAMPER AND AIR DEVICE. I COL. COLUMN W/ WITH i I ; r 'J 12"0 � ._� 02111115 CONST'N CONSTRUCTION O DIAMETER/ROUND 7 TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOCATION FOR RTU, TAG NUMBER INDICATED i I I ( I ` ISSUE FOR BID O ON THE DRAWINGS. SENSOR FURNISHED WITH RTU AND INSTALLED BY 12"f7J I 500 72„ 12 0 002111115 1 1 12"0 i ISSUE FOR PERMIT EMS CONTRACTOR. EACH REMOTE SENSOR TO BE LABELED WITH 0 N 12 0 50p 00 ' ZONE SERVED. DO NOT LOCATE COLUMN MOUNTED SENSORS FACING i 50 I ( - i ( 1003104115 THE FRONT OF THE STORE, LOCATE THE SENSORS ON THE SIDE OR I 26/ i Ej ; € MECHANICAL SYMBOLS _ _, 12 ; BACK OF THE COLUMN WHEN VIEWED FROM THE FRONT OF THE STORE. I 22x22 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER (VD)WITH LOCKING HAND 8 PROVIDE CO2 SENSOR AND WIRING FOR DEMAND CONTROLLED ! i s 2 1500' ° ' s;�3 13 I i QUADRANT HANDLE AND AIR-TIGHT END BEARINGS O ... ., I _.,.,1.... - �__ ..... _. ..i..,... .. _._._.. _. . -._ ._._.__ ___.- VENTILATION OPERATION. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS I {{ 22x22' 6 )t RECOMMENDATIONS AND PER AHJ. EACH SENSOR TO BE LABELED ! ( I 1 2 1500 I I i1 i I I I I I RT1-1 :1 i i 11 RTU-2 S DEVICE SENSOR WITH DEVICE CONTROLLED MOUNTED ON WALL. WITH THE RTU ZONE THEY ARE SERVING. COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND EMS CONTRACTOR. _g SD DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR I i I I �!_; ) I I PRp I tS O S C F I d Co I ti� Co �. 5�� err,<•`s� TEMPERATURE ZONES _ F . , NECK SIZE 12"0 I 1 651 �� 'c is i TYPICAL SUPPLY DIFFUSER. CFM 12 ) I 12"0 I i 1 12'(C I t UNIT ROOMS SERVED _. 5!00 12„04\ 1 I .- 1 ;___..e _.s 12"0 I 12"0 EGOS RTU-1 101 500 12" 500 : OR EG 500 I i T SIZE I 1 ..,.I_ I.,__._ . __, __.... .., .. . . ....... ..___...._ ..,_..�_ .. _-__ --- .. ._ 7- NECK �-/ TYPICAL RETURN OR EXHAUST GRILLE. CFM RTU-2 101 RTU-3 101 ( 1 I 0 1 t ;(PIRATION OA E iNE 30.20/4 RTU-4 -� .. -I,._- ... ,. _.. �• -__ ___... _. __.__ ... .�. _ _._ __.. . -..,.. _.._. __ _-._.__ _. r _ -_.) _. �- -.-._ _. � �__ 102 103 105 106 107 108 111 _.I AIRFOIL TURNING VANES, TYPICAL FOR ALL SQUARE TURNS. I [- ,_ . ; -- s • I_._ t---__.. Signature ' 1 I I ( € -� ) i ( 03/03/2015 NOTE: _ ! n Date MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL STENCIL ��500'0 I ` 12"Q1 12" I 12 1 I 12"0 12"0I - 06/30/2016 _.._ I _. ... __..__ 500 . THE ROOFTOP UNITS. STENCIL SHALL ` 12"0 _. INDICATE STORE NAME, SPACE NUMBER AND 1 500 77 77 EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION IN LETTERING A I ' �'..,,, IHEREBYCERTIFYTHATTHESEPLANSHAVEBEENPRE- MINIMUM OF 2 INCHES IN HEIGHT. _ ..__..__ _ _._.. _: _. .-._... kr_ __. - _._...........___.. - _. _.-.._ ___. -, j PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST V A tt I � �,_, .,_.,r� OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, L La _I CJ 1..2 J REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. EXISTING CONDITIONS NOTES ARCHITECT co co THE CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO VISIT THE SITE AND FULLY I "' ACQUAINT THEMSELVES WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE ' s. . Drawn By Checked By rn 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD SURVEY AND DOCUMENTING OF AK DH DIFFICULTIES INVOLVED IN ACCOMPLISHING THE NEW WORK. EXISTING SYSTEMS. THESE CONTRACT DRAWINGS SHALL SERVE AS GUIDANCE PROBLEMS, DISCREPANCIES OR INFORMATION NEEDED SHALL BE FOR THE CONTRACTOR ALONG WITH FIELD SURVEY INFORMATION TO INSTALL THE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IN WRITING PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS REQUIRED FOR THE NEW EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. v r Scale Date vl SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL. THE SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL WILL 1/8"=1'-0" 2/11/15 Lin INDICATE THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAS FULLY UNDERSTOOD AND 2• REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALLS, CEILINGS, ETC.THAT ARE Job NO. BEING REMOVED. ALL EXISTING SYSTEMS INCLUDING PIPING,WIRING,ANCHORING, o HAS INCLUDED ALL COSTS FOR THIS PROJECT. ETC.THAT ARE EXPOSED SHOULD BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED,COORDINATE NORTH WITH LANDLORD. 14 60': CD MECHANICAL PLAN Sheet No. SCALE: 1/8"=V-0" PLAN NOTES OCONNECT 18/14 AND 18/14 SUPPLY DUCTS TO DUCT DROP FROM ROOFTOP UNIT, 14 RTU-3, PROVIDE TURNING VANE ELBOWS AT BOTTOM OF RISER. JW O2 CONNECT 26/16 RETURN DUCT TO DUCT DROP FROM ROOFTOP UNIT, RTU-3, PROVIDE TURNING VANE ELBOW AT BOTTOM OF RISER. O3 CONNECT 26/16 SUPPLY DUCT TO DUCT DROP FROM ROOFTOP UNIT, RTU-4, PROVIDE TURNING VANE ELBOW AT BOTTOM OF RISER. O4 CONNECT 26/16 RETURN DUCT TO DUCT DROP FROM ROOFTOP UNIT, RTU-4, PROVIDE TURNING VANE ELBOW AT BOTTOM OF RISER. O5 PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTOR PER CODE. INSTALLATION BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE EXTRA SMOKE DETECTOR HEAD FOR REPLACEMENT INSTALLATION AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOR ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS. O18"0 CONNECTION W/V.D. IN NECK. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER, DUCTWORK FITTINGS, FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK, AND AIR DEVICE. 07 TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOCATION FOR RTU, TAG NUMBER INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SENSOR FURNISHED WITH RTU AND INSTALLED BY EMS CONTRACTOR. O 1c EACH REMOTE SENSOR TO BE LABELED WITH ZONE SERVED. DO NOT LOCATE COLUMN MOUNTED SENSORS FACING THE FRONT OF THE STORE, LOCATE THE I Ix SENSORS ON THE SIDE OR BACK OF THE COLUMN WHEN VIEWED FROM THE FRONT OF THE STORE. m O LO ca PROVIDE 18/18 DUCT DROP AND EF-1, PROVIDE TURNING VANE ELBOW AT BOTTOM OF ® Cr RISER. € e l- _ _ __.. __. _.__...__................. . . .. ...... .__ _..... ........ . C 9 PROVIDE 10 0 TOILET ROOM EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO GOOSENECK � � - - -- - " .T.� _.. kL TERMINATION. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. ... _ _ . _-m-_ __ _._}_ _._.,._ _ _.__ __ = MJ �.+ f ..._. 16-0 1 1000 1 6110 _ _._ _ _ . _ __-.-." "..-. 22x22 . . I C < . s 10 FAN SPEED CONTROLLER MOUNTED ON SIDE OF FAN HOUSING FOR BALANCING j ' j 1 1 100 "' 4 """'g'"" '" ® t N I _ 11 PURPOSE ONLY. -..._.___. - �_.....:_ -.. .._. . ...... __. .., ..� .,...,,.. . , _ _ ___-_____... .................... ......u.,. .. .__.. .,..-. ...__-__ .__.,...._.__...____.____ .___. __.._.._ E __ ._. 1 UCD , { Ce 11 PROVIDE DRYER EXHAUST TO WALL CAP. PROVIDE DRYER BOOSTER FAN, FANTECH 11 I MODEL DBF4XLT 705, UL LISTED WITH BACK DRAFT DAMPER. CONNECT 4"0 DRYER _.______-..... _.._.-._ ._..._....."-._ ....... - 10/8 1 EXHAUST TO BOOSTER FAN. FURNISH AND INSTALL LINT TRAP MODEL DBLT4 IN DRYER j ---------�------------------- I-----__.___-_.__- g I �. f I EXHAUST DUCT UPSTREAM OF BOOSTER FAN ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S ' fL ......- LL4 10x10 4 a a Z ; __.._ _ - __ _ _.._. _...... 1Qx10 --- INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. LINT TRAP TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE DRYER IN # '® VERTICAL DRYER DUCT WHICH IS EASILY ACCESSIBLE TO THE DRYER USER. DRYER ? I 1.90 --------- INSTALLATION - -- t�_�_ 0 co �J I _ DE EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH INTERIOR FINISH WITH JOINTS RUNNING 12"0 I '. N 0 z IN THE DIRECTION OF THE AIRFLOW. DUCTS SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED OR _._._-- 12"0 i , INSTALLED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS OR OTHER FASTENERS THAT WILL '1 1 500 ? j 12/6 ! I r 120 J i OBSTRUCT THE FLOW. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS SHALL BE METALLIC WITH A 11 I ' f 12 0 __ 12..0..... _.. ____. _.,, .. .. __ . _.____..�...,_.__ = aD , 10x10 ! MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 6 FEET. TERMINATION SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FROM 1 1 $ �- - � � cv 12/6 3 OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE LOUVERS. MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DUCT ELEVATION TO BE 9'-6". 575 575 I , I 100 , - b 611�( C-4 50 12 NOT USED. 5 +- I 22x10 1 NOT USED. ' 00 250 5 I i I 1 ', .� 3 O .. -.__......... w......... .. ... ........... .__.......... 611/�( (D 10"0 1 ( 50 14 DETAIL 6 ON SHEET M-3 SHALL BE CUT OUT PLACED IN A FRAME AND HUNG IN THE ___.. _ - ._ .. ... _-_ ,._._._._._ . __... 22x22 LO MANAGERS OFFICE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS. 2 _ 1150 �I, ` ( 17 I I N �u'o 1 UCD 1" UCD 'a.� rno0. 15 CO2 SENSOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY EMS CONTRACTOR, SEE EMS DRAWINGS l 1 14 „ ,. CID _j x m O �_2 22x10 ! L .- _ 16"0 Q new H��r FOR MORE INFORMATION. __-____" _._- _-_.._.___..,.____._,__..._,__.. .. _".-._ _,. _.._._....._..-... . ,.. ___. _ VD IN VERT u.�, I 25d € 3 1000 , I - ° < m 0 t _ / - I 15 _ _______. ._-_.__,__ -_,,,__.___ _._ ___._- _._____ c � w 00003: 16 HUMIDITY SENSOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY EMS CONTRACTOR, SEE EMS { ( ; C I / N O O a w o0 3 �_. •C�o�3 DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. INSTALL SENSOR AT 75"AFF ADJACENT TO OR -""- _ 1 _ ._..._,- t -__ _ _ .. S o.n 3 BELOW CO2 SENSOR. © 303 cf) N CID a f 17 PROVIDE CO2 SENSOR AND WIRING FOR DEMAND CONTROLLED VENTILATION ) 10"0 ( 10"0 OPERATION. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND PER AHJ. i — RTU-4 I ~ EACH SENSOR TO BE LABELED WITH THE RTU ZONE THEY ARE SERVING. 00 2 ,,22x22 COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND EMS CONTRACTOR. 800 6 18/14 1 14 12/14 T \I FT 00 I EF-2--t i- NOTE. ........, LL 7 � MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHA ; ( I ,2x22 �� co � " ,, I 12 >l1 12 0 1 Revisions STENCIL THE ROOFTOP UNITS. 1 2 ./ N , �° f f • 1 1 ��; 80C 450 L 450 L, 1 AREA WITH LIMITED STENCIL SHALL INDICATE STORE ( y rl', i ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW 1 ACCESS FOR ROOF NAME SPACE NUMBER AND 002/11/15 i i - PENETRATIONS I -,.._.. . . .........z _ � .. tr,,t _,�,.,..,__ __--; - ---� ISSUE FOR BID EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION IN - LETTERING A MINIMUM OF 2 INCHES i A02/11/15 IN HEIGHT. tr-i I 9 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1 A03/04/15 A. ' ? 18/18 ~4' f 12„0 500 1 g 12"0 1 500 0 co04 N RTU-4 f--RTU»3 6. 122 � r } I _ 3 1 i OREGON CZf I JJ 5 .- -. 18/14 i 2a EYPfRATlCk,t DA E 3NE 30 4 , a 14/14 18/14 4/14 S I I Signature RTU-3 2 Dace 03/03/2015 SII _ I S C'' 06 � ! ;,--�-• /30/2016 3 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BE , I � a N � I j I BEEN PRE- 1 5 r 12"0 + 1 1 7 12"� 1 1 j i f w PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST I (j OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, L!) 4 { 15OQ <p [ 500 ? I REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR j € 1 a II RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. — _ M ,..,., _ ........ . .... co � I 2 22X22 22x22 2 12 0 ARCHITECT 1 12 0 ! _ 1500 150:, ! 11 1 Q, I 500 ( ; ( 500 Drawn By Checked By 3 I � AK DH a N ........ �� Scale Date x I 26/16 r— r _—/7j-" I 1/4"=l'-O" 2/11/15 0 m< Z Job No. 3 E I € NORTH d o 00 072 ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN Sheet No. = SCALE: 1/4” = 1'-0" m 2 ROUND, RIGID DUCTWORK NOTES: NOTE-A INSULATED f BRANCH 1. ALL DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE BRANCH DUCT DUCTWORK HANDBOOK AND PRODUCT DIRECTORY 1988 EQUIPMENT 1 IN 4 SLOPE MAIN DUCT MAIN. VOLUME,CHAPTER NO.1. \\ 6" �\ 2. ALL CONTRACTOR FABRICATED AND MANUFACTURER 45° AIRFLOW �` M• FABRICATED COMPONENTS OF THE OUTSIDE AIR,SUPPLY AIR, AIRFLOW RETURN AIR AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED %401- %^- NOTE A: 45° AND INSTALLED AIR-TIGHT. REFER TO DUCTWORK SEALANT BRANCH TAKE-OFF DETAILS ON THIS SHEET PIPE OPENINGS IN SYSTEM �45' TRANSITION FITTING 6,. NOTE: < COMPONENTS SHALL HAVE SHEET METAL BAFFLES,SET IN - DEPTH AT CONNECTION SEALANT,TO PREVENT LEAKAGE. TO MAIN SHALL BE 1"LESS 1 IN 4 SLOPE THE ROUND BRANCH DUCTWORK LOCATED ABOVE CEILING IN DUCT STRAP FASTENER MINIMUM STRAIGHT SECTION MAIN Ducr S 6„ MANUAL VOLUME THAN MAIN DUCT DEPTH BRANCH DUCT CONCEALED SPACES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1"THICK FIBERGLASS �� ENTRY INTO DIFFUSER SHALL +� AND TRANSITION TO DAMPER. (TYP.) BRA 1 IN 4 SLOPE BRANCHON CT BE EQUAL TO BRANCH SIZE NCH DUCT NOTE-A SLEEVE WITH FOIL JACKET AND ALL JOINTS AND TERMINATIONS / r NOTE-A D SEALED WITH FOIL OR DUCT TAPE, EXCEPT IF DUCTWORK IS OF INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT, J FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION. 5' MAXIMUM LENGTH TYPICAL DOUBLE BRANCH TYPICAL SINGLE BRANCH RTU-4; '' TAKE-OFF TAKE-OFF C IZONE N NOTTOSCALE NOT TO SCALE SUSPENDED CEILING TRANSITION FITTING FOR DIFFUSER, SEE F BRANCH Ducr DIFFUSER IF REQUIRED- 'D'DIMENSION DRAWINGS. NOTES: -a, , FITTING 29"AND LESS DO NOT REQUIRE p - DUCT NECK TURNING VANES. _ Q- 3 DUCT CONNECTION TO CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL 2. TURNING VANE IS OF THE SAME GAUG€ NECK CONNECTION AT METAL AS THE FITTING. RADIUS=1-1/2W D'DIMENSION TOP OF DIFFUSER OR R=1/3'W'(W/NOT LESS THAN 3") SCALE: NOT TO SCALE Ll m< 1 - 1 PROVIDE 6"LONG GRILLE. S=1/3'W' S L-1/3'W' / R MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE N CONNECTION. OUTLINE OF MECHANICAL ROOFTOP ' .�W - ' 1. DUCT BRANCH AND DUCT NECK SHALL BE RIGID SHEET METAL TURNING VANES W EQUIPMENT- INSTALL-TO ROOF RTU-3 CONSTRUCTION. CURB AS PER MANUFACTURER'S ©NE 2. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SHALL BE METAL-EDGE VENTILATION I C FABRIC OR TRIPLE-LQKFLEXIBLE ALUMINUM AIR DUCT. PROVIDE OR INSTALL MANUFACTURER DIRECTION so co p, ° ° SUPPLIED 1/4" THICK NEOPRENE TYPICAL 3d TO 90 RADIUS TYPICAL TOP CONNECTION TO TYPICAL 30 TO 89 PROVIDE 16 GAUGE GALVANIZEDcc RUBBER CURB GASKET IRON COUNTERFLASHING AND LSM N 1 ELL TURN FITTING DIFFUSER OR GRILLE DETAIL NOT TURN FITTINGS / -` NOT TO SCALE TOSCALE NOT TO SCALE , FASTEN TO WOOD NAILER WITH PROVIDE TREATED WOOD SCREWS, 6" ON CENTER AIRFOIL TURNING VANES AIRFOIL TURNING VANES i (SEE SMALL VANE DETAIL) (SEE LARGE VANE DETAIL) NAILER, THICKNESS AND - HEIGHT AS REQUIRED FOR PROVIDE RIGID INSULATION, to Cd 18"&SMALLER > 1s"&SMALLER THICKNESS AND HEIGHT AS �) BRANCH Ducr lr y TEN REQUIRED BY CURB DIMENSIONSCr MAIN Ducr 218 y� J CURB DIMENSIONS FAS 1 31/4 r 2-1/4" NAILER TO CURB WITH P AIRFLOW DUCT TYPICAL TYPICAL i RADIUS SCREWS, 6" ON CENTER ,p AIRFLOW TURNING '� MINIMUM 14" HIGH C `�J✓ VANES SIZE AND 1"RADIUS 90` sea RTU-2 € SPACING SAME AS 90° z"RADIUS RTU-1 BRANCH DUCT TURN FITTING OF nh' PROVIDE RIGID INSULATION sa° a-v2"RADIUS „ ZONE EQUIVALENT SIZE. SMALL DOUBLE AIRFOIL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER --�„ CANT STRIP, 4 HIGH MINIMUM C M ZONE LARGE DOUBLE AIRFOIL pp TURNING VANE ' ® N �l TURNING VANE SUPPLIED TAPERED TYPE ROOF CURB. PROVIDE ASSEMBLY OF ROOF INSULATION e IN• Q TYPICAL DOUBLE 90 ° TYPICAL 90 TURN FITTING ,8' TYPICAL 900 °TURN FITTING ,9" CURB AS PER MANUFACTURER'S x x '. o TURN FITTING AND SMALLER AND LARGER l NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE DIRECTIONS (EQUAL CFM SPLIT SHOWN, i UNEQUAL CFM SPLIT SIMILAR) O NOT TO SCALE / / //� IMPORTANT NOTE RECTANGULAR,SQUARE,ROUND ROOF OPENING AS REQUIRED ROOF CONSTRUCTION m 0 MASTIC SEALANT Qa. APPLIED UNDER SEALANT AND OVAL DUCTWORK 0 SEALANT SHALL BE APPLIED TO DUCTWORK BEFORE p� p DRIVE SLIP EXCESS LIQUID OR MASTIC SHALL BE REMOVED WITH ASSEMBLY BY MECHANICAL ROOFTOP O 1) m z FOLDOVER SEALANT EQUIPMENT •� •r .� PROPER SOLVENT WHEREVER DUCTWORK IS EXPOSED IN OCCUPIED AREAS. NOTES: r DRIVE SLIP 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF CURB INSTALLATION DIRECTIONS AND ROOFING. SEALANT SEALANT ^SEALANT 2. CURB SHALL BE TAPERED TYPE AND MATCH THE PITCH OF THE ROOF. _,,,,, SEALANT i*r NORTH DUCT HANGER OUTLINE 3. SECURELY INSTALL CURB TO ROOF; USE FASTENERS AS REQUIRED BY ROOF CONSTRUCTION.Z1'THICK(6 LB.DENSITY)BY 6"WIDE BY LENGTH OF O DRIVE SLIP BEARING SURFACE WITH FSK FACING,PROVIDED BY SEALANT AIRFLOW SHEET METAL CONTRACTOR AS THE INSTALLATION NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CUT 's'SL1P PITTSBURGH LOCK POCKETLOCK PROCEEDS TYPICAL RTU ROOF CUB INSTALLATION DETAIL ALONG DASHED LINES, PLACE IN FRAME, DUCTWORK SEALANT DUCTWORK SEALANT DETAIL OF INSULATION 2 ; AND HANG IT IN THE MANAGER'S OFFICE DETAIL NO. 1 DETAIL NO. 2 AT DUCT HANGER SCALE: NOT TO SCALE C OD NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE a0 � ■ � Q ; V in RTU ZONES DUCTWORK DETAILS EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE v� '>�° 6 4ca C Q . X0 �, -L.'5 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE STATIC ELECTRICAL 4) 4.1.q m DESIGN. MFG'R. TYPE CFM PRESSURE DRIVE ROOF BACKORAFT cioo� MODEL NO. HP CURB DAMPER REMARKS SUPPLY AND RETURN RISERS WITH 1"THICK, 3 PCF ('-W.C.) (WATTS) PHASE VOLTAGE C�0co3 C 3�;th 3 1"THICK OWENS-CORNING NO. 475-FR FIBERGLASS FLEXIBLE DUCT LINER; DUCT DIMENSIONS SHALL BE LU o 3 DUCT SUPPORT FULL SIZE OF ROOFTOP UNIT CONNECTIONS LOREN COOK ROOF 14 IN. PROVIDE WITH CURB AND GRAVITY co DUCT BOOT (CONTRACTOR FABRICATED) EF-1 150 ACEB MOUNTED 21000 0.6 BELT 1/2 1 115 HIGH GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER `0 RAILS FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR 77777777777777777 ROOF OPENING 1/2"LARGER THAN 3"THICK, 6 PCF RIGID DUCT LINER; EF-2 LOREN COOK IN-LINE 200 0.5 DIRECT (323 W) 1 115 NONE INTEGRAL PROVIDE FAN SPEED CONTROLLER. DUCTWORK ALL AROUND GN-720 INSTALL TO ROOF IN ALL OPEN 18"(MIN.) SPACES INSIDE ROOF CURB NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INTERLOCK EF-1 WITH RTU-4 SUPPLY FAN. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ROOF CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS AT ROOF PENETRATION FOR EF-1. 22 GAUGE STRUCTURAL STRUCTURAL MEMBER GALVANIZED MEMBER PROVIDE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS IN GYP. BOARD CEILINGS ONLY NO ALTERNATE IRON COLLAR WHERE DUCT MOUNTED VOLUME DAMPER IS NOT ACCESSIBLE. DIFFUSER AND GRILLE SCHEDULE MANUFACTURERS. Revisions ROUTE DUCTWORK TIGHT\ 6" (MIN.) TO STRUCTURAL MEMBER \ PLAN MOUNTING MOUNTING MODEL ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW � L MARK SERVICE MODULE TYPE LOCATION FASTENING FRAME MATERIAL FINISH MFG'R NO REMARKS 02111/15 ISSUE FOR BID SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK; ROUTE DUCTWORK TIGHT 1 SUPPLY 24" x 24" PERFORATED CEILING LAY-IN TYPE-3 ALUMINUM #26-WHITE TITUS PAS-AA SEE PLAN FOR NECK SIZE. 02/11115 SEE PLANS FOR SIZES TO STRUCTURAL MEMBER � ISSUE FOR PERMIT 03/04/15 LAY-IN/ TYPE-3/ SEE PLAN FOR NECK SIZE. PROVIDE PFA Q f SQUARE TURN TRANSITION RETURN AIR DUCTWORK; 2 RETURN 24" x 24" PERFORATED CEILING ALUMINUM #26-WHITE TITUS PAR-AA _// ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES SEE PLANS FOR SIZES 24"X 12" SCREW TYPE-1 MOUNTING FRAME FOR GYP.CEILING. GRILLE FASTEN GRILLE TO CEILING CONSTRUCTION 12"x 12" 0 COLLAR WITH POP FASTEN FIBERGLASS 3"THICK, 6 PCF RIGID DUCT LINER; INSTALL TO UNDERSIDE Q LAY-IN/ TYPE-3/ SEE PLAN FOR NECK SIZE.PROVIDE PFA RIVETS, 6"WITH CENTER DUCT TO COLLAR OF ROOF CONSTRUCTION WITH FULL COAT OF ADHESIVE 3 EXHAUST 24"x 24" PERFORATED CEILING ALUMINUM #26-WHITE TITUS PAR-AA 24"X 12" SCREW TYPE-1 MOUNTING FRAME FOR GYP.CEILING. Q WITH SHEET METAL AND MECHANICAL FASTENERS; SEAL ALL AROUND 12"x 12" SCREWS, 6" ON CENTER OPENING WITH SILICONE BASED SEALANT Q LAY-IN/ TYPE-3/ SEE PLAN FOR NECK SIZE.PROVIDE PFA Q 4 TRANSFER 24"x 24" PERFORATED CEILING ALUMINUM #26-WHITE TITUS PAR-AA MOUNTING FRAME FOR GYP.CEILING. 24"X 12" SCREW TYPE-1 24"x 12" SEE PLAN FOR NECK SIZE.PROVIDE PFA ---- ROOFTOP UNIT DUCT DROP DETAIL 5 SUPPLY 12"x12" PERFORATED CEILING SCREW TYPE-1 ALUMINUM #26-WHITE TITUS PAS-AA MOUNTING FRAME FOR GYP.CEILING. '� D P R y 7 TYPICAL RETURN TRANSFER DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE �`/ SCALE: NOT TO SCALE ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE (BY TENANT) _ APPROXIMATE � OhEtw'{1�, 1/4"THICK NEOPRENE FABRICATED CURB CAP, 18 COOLING CAPACITY HEATING CAPACITY CONDENSER E.A.T. ELECTRICAL { � GASKET GAUGE GALVANIZED IRON MANUFACTURER NOMINAL SUPPLY MIN. E.S.P. WEIGHT (LBS) DESIGN STATUS E.A.T. TOTAL SENSIBLE E.A.T. L.A.T. GAS INPUT HEAT OUTPUT AMBIENT MIN. AMBIENT SUPPLY FAN (MIN)COUNTERFLASHING OR AND MODEL NO. TONS CFM O.A. W.C. PHASE VOLTS MCA MOCP E.E.R. REMARKS U. EQUIPMENT BASE- FASTEN TO CFM (°F DB/WB) (MBH) (MBH) (°F DB) (°F DB) (MBH) (MBH) (°F) (°F) B.H.P. OLD NEW WOOD NAILER WITH SCREWS E fPiRArlikl DA E tINE 30.2tl�(s 6" ON CENTER RTU-1 LENNOX LGH092H4 7.5 NEW 3000 750 1.0 80/67 93-0 67.9 58 90 130 104 95 40 3 3 208 48 60 12.5 925 1400 SEE NOTES FOR OPTIONS WOOD NAILER RTU-2 LENNOX LGH092H4 7.5 NEW 3000 750 1.0 80/67 93.0 67.9 58 90 130 104 95 40 3 3 208 48 60 12.5 925 1400 SEE NOTES FOR OPTIONS f Signature 14" HIGH MINIMUM RTU-3 LENNOX LGH092H4 7.5 NEW 3000 750 1.0 80/67 93.0 67.9 58 90 130 104 95 40 3 3 208 48 60 12.5 925 1400 SEE NOTES FOR OPTIONS 03/03/2015 `.- PREFABRICATED Date INSULATED GALVANIZED RTU-4 LENNOX LGH092H4 7.5 NEW 3000 750 1.0 80/67 93.0 67.9 58 90 130 104 95 40 3 3 208 48 60 12.5 925 1400 SEE NOTES FOR OPTIONS 06i30i2016 ROOF CURB WITH 18 NOTES: PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS 0- GAUGE GALVANIZED ROOF INSULATION LENNOX NATIONAL ACCOUNTS CUSTOMER SERVICE: ULTA SALON,COSMETICS&FRAGRANCE, INC. * Z HIGH NEW FACTORY ROOF CURB AT LOCATION OF DEMOLISHED RTU. * ATTACH ROOFTOP UNITS TO CURB FOR EARTHQUAKE OR HURRICANE ZONE PER THE FOR QUOTATIONS AND ORDERS CONTACT: DUSTIN QUESENBERRY, NATIONAL SALES ASSISTANCE, PHONE 800-367-6285 OPTION 1 EXT 6857, SHEET METAL LINER co * FACTORY PROVIDED DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY OUTSIDE AIR ECONOMIZER. LOCAL CODES. IHEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- v FAX 972-497-5112, EMAIL DUSTIN.QUESENBERRY@LENNOXIND.COM. d. * FACTORY PROVIDED POWER EXHAUST FAN. * SMOKE DETECTOR TEST STATIONS. PARED UNDER MY suPERvisloN AND THAT To THE BEST ROOF FOR EQUIPMENT WITH FACTORY INSTALLED ACCESSORIES PLEASE ALLOW 6-8 WEEKS LEAD TIME. OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, LO * HIGH STATIC DRIVE KIT. INSTALL FACTORY FURNISHED ITEMS SHIPPED LOOSE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION. REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR CD CONSTRUCTION BACNET MODULE WITH MODEL REMOTE SENSOR#94L60. * FOLLOW MANUFACTURERS PUBLISHED PROCEDURE FOR TEMPORARY OPERATION OF FOR TECHNICAL SUPPORT CONTACT:NATIONAL ACCOUNT TECHNICIAN CONSULTANT, PHONE 800-367-6285 OPTION 2(HOLD FOR NEXT RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. "' AVAILABLE CONSULTANT), FAX 800-453-7290, EMAIL NATIONALACCOUNTSTECHNICALSUPPORT@LENNOXIND.COM. M DAMPER LOCATION * LOUVERED CONDENSER COIL HAIL GUARDS. RTU'S TO MAINTAIN WARRANTY. FOR PARTS ORDER CONTACT: COMMERCIAL PARTS CUSTOMER SERVICE, PHONE 800-906-4427, FOR IN WARRANTY PARTS PROCEDURES J * FACTORY WIRED AND FACTORY INSTALLED NON-FUSED DISCONNECT. * BURGLAR BARS AT DUCT DROP CONNECTION TO CURB. CONTACT: EMAIL LNXNATIONALACCOUNTSPARTS@LENNOXIND.COM. * FACTORY INSTALLED UNPOWERED GFI WEATHERPROOF CONVENIENCE OUTLET. * STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT AS NECESSARY. ARCHITECT SHEET METAL SCREWS, FOR CREDIT/BILLING ISSUES CONTACT: DEBBIE TIGH,CUSTOMER FINANCIAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATOR, PHONE 972-497-5436, FAX LL. MOUNTING FLANGE 6" ON CENTER * SMOKE DETECTORS, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND * CONDENSATE PIPE ROUTED AND TERMINATED PER CODE. 972-497-6151, EMAIL DEBBIE.TIGH@LENNOXIND.COM. Drawn By Checked By 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED DUCT RISER WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SMOKE DETECTOR TO BE MOUNTED IN SUPPLY& * MSAV DEMAND CONTROLLED VENTILATION AND ASSOCIATED CO2 SENSOR. FOR GENERAL ACCOUNT NEEDS IF ABOVE MEMBERS CAN'T ASSIST YOU, CONTACT: KATIE SCHMITTER, NATIONAL ACCOUNT MANAGER, AK DH 3 RETURN AIR DUCT OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. m IRON PHONE 773-852-2175, EMAIL KATIE.SCHMITTER@LENNOXIND.COM. Scale Date * FACTORY START-UP PROVIDE OUTDOOR LIGHT AT SERVICE SIDE OF ALL RTU'S INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: v� NOTES: * EACH UNIT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S 1. LIGHT SWITCH IN WEATHERPROOF HOUSINGS. FOR FACTORY STARTUP CONTACT: LENNOX NAS, PHONE 800 333-4001, FAX 214-576-3873 ATT RICES, EMAIL AS SHOWN 2/11/15 o LEN NOXSERVICES LENNOXNAS.COM 1. CUT AND PATCH EXISTING ROOFING AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CURB INSTALLATION. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. JELLY JAR LIGHT FIXTURE WITH METAL CAGE TO BE MCGILLE#606 WITH 1435-6 @ LO 2. CURB SHALL BE TAPERED TYPE AND MATCH THE PITCH OF THE ROOF. Job No. * FACTORY INSTALLED CORROSION PROTECTION (EPDXY COATING)WHEN LOCATED AND 13W MEDIUM BASE LED LAMP(OR APPROVED EQUAL). 0 3. SECURELY INSTALL CURB TO ROOF; USE FASTENERS AS REQUIRED BY ROOF WITHIN 10 MILES OF COASTLINE OR AS REQUIRED BASED ON LOCAL CONDITIONS. T PE _j 14e72 CONSTRUCTION. coo TYPICAL PREFABRICATED EF ROOF CURB DETAIL HVAC SCHEDULES Sheet No. 63 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE `_� SECTION 15050 3.05 ARRANGEMENT AND ALIGNMENT 3.03 INSTALLATION,GENERAL-COLD PIPING 2.08 FIRE DAMPERS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS A.ALL PIPING SHALL BE ARRANGED AND ALIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS. ELEVATIONS AS GIVEN MUST BE A.PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS PER DRAWING SCHEDULE,PLANS,DETAILS AND WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. PART 1-GENERAL HELD. FLOOR ELEVATIONS WHERE GIVEN ARE TO HIGH POINTS OF FLOOR. DIMENSIONS MUST BE HELD AS CLOSELY AS A_ALL SURFACES MUST BE CLEAN AND DRY AND PIPE LINES TESTED BEFORE APPLYING PIPE INSULATION. IF COVERING IS r~ POSSIBLE. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE FIELD CHECKED FOR ACCURACY BEFORE PIPE IS FABRICATED. APPLIED AT THE PIPE COVERER'S OPTION PRIOR TO TESTING,AND DEFECTS IN COVERED WORK APPEAR AT OR BEFORE THE 2.09 CURBS 1.07 DESCRIPTION B.INSTALL ALL PIPING STRAIGHT AND DIRECT AS POSSIBLE,GENERALLY FORMING RIGHT ANGLES WITH,OR RUNNING PARALLEL TIME OF INSPECTION AND TESTS,THE COVERING MUST BE REMOVED,AND AFTER DEFECTS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED,MUST A.PROVIDE CURBS FOR ALL ROOF OPENINGS. F A.THIS SECTION DEFINES THE GENERAL PROVISIONS WHICH ARE COMMON TO ALL SECTIONS OF DIVISION 15. WITH,WALLS OR ADJACENT PIPING. ALL PIPING SHALL BE NEATLY SPACED WITH RISERS AND DROPS RUNNING PLUMB AND BE REINSTALLED WITHOUT EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. B.CERTAIN ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE CURBS FURNISHED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. B.FURNISH ALL LABOR,MATERIALS,TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT;FABRICATE,AND INSTALL COMPLETE AND IN PLACE,ALL THE CTRUE. C.ALL OTHER OPENINGS SHALL HAVE INSULATED,PREFABRICATED CURBS OF GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION,PATE OR a C.RUN PIPING IN WALL CHASES,PIPE SHAFTS,HUNG CEILINGS,RECESSES,ETC.,WHERE SAME ARE PROVIDED. 00 NOT B.COVERING SHALL BE DRY WHEN INSTALLED AND BEFORE AND DURING THE APPLICATION OF ANY FINISH. SURFACES OF THY-CURB. COMPLETE AND OPERABLE INSTALLATION. RUN SERVICE PIPING IN FLOOR SLAB FILL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SO NOTED ON DRAWINGS. PIPING SHALL NOT BE COVERED OR COVERING SHALL BE SMOOTH,EVEN AND SUBSTANTIALLY FLUSH WITH ADJACENT PIPE COVERING. D.CURBS SHALL BE SIZED TO FIT EQUIPMENT BASE. � FIXTURES,EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS,SPECIFIED HEREIN,AND AS REQUIRED FORA t ' CLOSED UNTIL TESTING IS COMPLETED. C.MANUFACTURER'S APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL MATERIALS SHALL 8E FOLLOWED.C.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL PERMITS,FEES AND CHARGES REQUIRED FOR THIS WORK. 0.DRAWINGS,IN GENERAL,ARE MADE TO SCALE. ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE CHECKED IN THE FIELD BY THE CONTRACTOR 2.10 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK 0 BEFORE FINAL CONNECTIONS ARE FABRICATED A.PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK PER DRAWING PLANS AND DETAILS. 1.02 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS • - A.DESIGN DRAWINGS: THE DRAWINGS ACCOMPANYING THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC. ANY E.DRAWINGS FOR SMALL PIPING ARE,IN GENERAL,DIAGRAMMATIC AND THE EXACT LOCATION OF THESE LINES SHALL BE D.INSULATION SHALL NOT BE APPLIED OVER PIPE PLUGS,BLIND NIPPLES,NAMEPLATES,INSPECTION STAMPS,OR IDENTIFICATION B.FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL CONFORM TO U1-181 AND WITH A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT OVER 25 AND A SMOKE DETERMINED BY THE CONTR ACTOR FROM FIELD MEASUREMENTS TAKEN BY HIM. THE ACTUAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE SMALL TAGS. DEVELOPED RATING NO HIGHER THAN 50. MAXIMUM LENGTH SHALL BE 6'-0`WHEN FULLY EXTENDED. CHANGES FROM THE GENERAL ROUTING SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SUCH AS OFFSETS,BENDS OR CHANGES IN ELEVATION SIZE PIPING,WHEN ERECTED,SHALL FOLLOW THE GENERAL LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AS FAR AS PRACTICABLE. E.INSULATOR MUST EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION IN THE STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE ADHESIVES AND DURING THEIR APPLICATION. C.ACCEPTABLE FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK CONNECTORS ARE AS FOLLOWS: DUE TO COORDINATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE DONE WITHOUT THE INSTALLATION MADE IN THIS WAY SHALL BE NEAT IN APPEARANCE AND CONVENIENT TO OPERATE,AND SHALL PROVIDE FLEXMASTER MODEL NO.TL-M; ADDITIONAL CHARGE TO THE OWNER. FOR PROPER EXPANSION AND DRAINAGE. B.SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR EACH AND EVERY ITEM OF MANUFACTURED MATERIAL F.INSTALLATION OF PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER WORK TO AVOID BLOCKING BUILDING OPENINGS, 3.04 INSULATION OF PIPING-COLD PIPING FLEXMASTER MODEL NO.M- AND EQUIPMENT. THERMAFLEX MODEL NO.M-KC C.RECORD DRAWINGS: LIGHT FIXTURES,ETC. PIPING SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO VALVES OR EQUIPMENT AND SHALL NOT OBSTRUCT A.BUTT JOINTS FIRMLY TOGETHER. OVERLAP SEAM SHALL BE DOWNWARD ON SIDE OF PIPE,SEALED TIGHT AND SMOOTH. TECHNAFLEX MODEL NO.57K PASSAGEWAYS. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE WORKING CLEARANCE FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. STAPLE OVERLAP ON 6"SPACING. 1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP AN ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL CONCEALED PIPES,DUCTS,VALVES,CONDUITS,ETC, IN ADDITION,HE SHALL RECORD,IN A SPECIAL SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS,ALL CHANGES AND DEVIATIONS FROM THE 3.06 MODIFICATIONS AND INTERFERENCES 2.11 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS THAT OCCURRED DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. B.INSTALL BUTT STRIPS WITH 2"OVERLAP DOWNWARD STAPLE END OF OVERLAP. A.PROVIDE 1 LB.DENSITY LOADED VINYL FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS FOR ALL ITEMS OF ROTATING FAN EQUIPMENT. OF A 2.AT COMPLETION OF THE JOB,THESE DRAWINGS ILLUSTRATING CHANGES OR DEVIATIONS SHOWING BY DIMENSION AND A CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY CHECK AND BECOME FAL WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL,ELECTRICAL AND ALL MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS,AND MAKE NOTE OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE WALLS,PARTITIONS,CEILINGS,STRUCTURAL C.INSULATION SHALL BE FASTENED WITH 9/16"FLARE TYPE STAPLES. 2.12 PREFABRICATED DUCTWORK LOCATION THE EXACT POSITION OF ALL CONCEALED PIPES,VALVES,ETC.,SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. MEMBERS,ETC.,ARE CALLED FOR TO BE FURRED OR CLOSED-IN. A.PROVIDE PREFABRICATED ROUND AND OVAL DUCTWORK WITH SPIRAL OR LONGITUDINAL SEAMS. D.SPECIFICATIONS-REFER TO THE FOLLOWING GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AS THEY ARE A PART OF ALL SECTIONS OF B.MODIFICATIONS TO THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE PIPING SYSTEM MAY BE REQUIRED TO SUIT STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS,OR DIVISION 15. TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL OFFSETS,ADDITIONAL FITTINGS, 0-SEAL OVER STAPLES WITH VAPOR-BARRIER MASTIC,CHILDERS NO.CP-32(WHITE). DUCT CONSTUCTION FOR 2"W.C. 1.DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS;REGARDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES, ETC.,AS REQUIRED TO MEET INSTALLATION CONDITIONS WHETHER DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS OR NOT. DUCT DIAMETER SPIRAL SEAM GAUGE ONGITUDINAL SEAM GAUGE SUBMITTALS,CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS,CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION,AND PRODUCT C.ANY QUESTIONABLE INFORMATION IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE CALLED TO THE ATTENTION OF (INCHES) GALV.STEEL ALUM. GALV.STEEL ALUM. OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS. THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER FOR CLARIFICATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION OR ERECTION OF THE PARTS 3.05 INSULATION OF FITTINGS,VALVES,ETC.-COLD PIPING UP TO 14" 26 .025" 24 .032" 2.DIVISION 2-SITEWORK;REGARDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: SELECTIVE DEMOLITION,EARTHWORK,EXCAVATION AND AFFECTED. IF,IN THE OPINION OF THE CONTRACTOR,ANY ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS ARE NECESSARY,HE SHALL PREPARE 15"TO 26" 24 .032" 22 .040" BACKFILLING. THEM AT HIS OWN EXPENSE,TOGETHER WITH ALL BILLS OF MATERIAL. A.VALVES AND FITTINGS 3"AND LESS SHALL BE INSULATED BY WRAPPING WITH PRE-CUT FIBER GLASS BLANKET INSULATION AND 28"TO 36" 22 .040" 20 .050" 3.DIVISION 3-CONCRETE;REGARDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE,FORMWORK AND SECURING WITH JUTE TWINE. A PREFORMED,MOLDED PVC JACKET COVER SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER THE BLANKET INSULATION. 38"TO 50" 20 .050" 18 -063" 00% REINFORCEMENT. 3.07 PIPE CLEARANCES THE JACKET SHALL BE FASTENED WITH STAINLESS STEEL TACKS AND BUTT STRIPS OVERLAPPING ONTO THE ADJOINING PIPE 52"TO 60' 18 .063" 16 .071` W E.IT IS THE INTENTION OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION THAT ALL ITEMS OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT HEREIN SPECIFIED A.INSTALL PIPING TO PROVIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST ONE INCH BETWEEN EXTREME PROJECTIONS OF PIPING, INSULATION. A VAPOR-BARRIER MASTIC,CHILDERS NO.CP-32(WHITE),SHALL BE USED TO SEAL THE JACKET THROAT AND B.SLEEVES,COLLARS,FITTINGS,ETC.SHALL BE OFF A WALL THICKNESS NOT LESS THAN THAT SPECIFIED FOR LONGITUDINAL " OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS FOR EACH SECTION SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THAT SECTION,AND FLANGES,FITTINGS,VALVES,ALLOWING FOR INSULATION,PIPE EXPANSION AND THE LIKE. JACKET TO THE PIPE INSULATION PRIOR TO TACK AND BUTT STRIP INSTALLATION. SEAM STRAIGHT DUCT UNLESS CERTIFIED TESTING DATA INDICATES SUITABILITY AND IS SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. z INSTALLED BY THAT CONTRACTOR,UNLESS IT IS SPECIFICALLY STATED IN THE SECTION SPECIFICATION,OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS,THAT ANY ITEM OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT IS TO BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR OF A SECTION AND 3.08 DRAINAGE AND VENTING B.FLANGES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH NESTING PIPE INSULATION. THE FLANGE INSULATION SHALL EXTEND NOT LESS THAN 2" 2.13 DIFFUSER PLENUMS INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTORS OF OTHER SECTIONS,OR FURNISHED BY OTHER SECTION CONTRACTORS AND INSTALLED BY THE A.WHERE LINES ARE PURPOSELY PITCHED FOR DRAINAGE OR VENTING,AN ACCURATE GRADE SHALL BE MAINTAINED. LINES OVER THE ADJACENT PIPE INSULATION ON EACH SLOE OF THE FLANGE. INSULATION ON PIPES IS TO BE STOPPED SHORT Of A.PROVIDE DIFFUSER PLENUMS AS SHOWN ON DRAWING PLANS AND DETAILS. " CONTRACTOR OF THE SECTION. SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO PREVENT DEFLECTION OF THE PIPING SUFFICIENT TO POCKET THE LINES. FLANGES TO PERMIT REMOVAL OF FLANGE BOLTS. THE FLANGE INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT IT 1.03 CHASES AND RECESSES go I- MAY BE REMOVED WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE ADJACENT PIPE INSULATION. 2.14 DUCT LINING co 3.09 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PROVIDE DUCTWORK WITH FIBERGLASS LINING WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS PER THE SYMBOL INDICATOR. A.ALL CHASES,RECESSES AND MAJOR MASONRY OPENINGS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL TRADES. A.ALL PIPE SIZES REFERRED TO IN THESE SECTIONS SHOULD BE INTERPRETED AS IPS(IRON PIPE SIZE)UNLESS C.UNIONS SHALL BE COVERED WITH NESTING PIPE INSULATION AS SPECIFIED FOR FLANGES. B.LINING SHALL BE 1.5 INCH THICK,2.0 PCF DENSITY,FLEXIBLE,WITH FIRE RESISTANT COATING TO BOND THE AIR SIDE / SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED OTHERWISE,SUCH AS"O.D.'FOR TUBING. SURFACE OF THE FIBERS. [0 1.04 LUBRICATION B.FULL LENGTHS OF PIPE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. SHORT LENGTHS OF PIPE WITH COUPLINGS WILL NOT BE D.STRAINERS SHALL BE INSULATED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE FOR SMALL VALVES AND FITTINGS. CLEAN-OUT PLUGS SHALL BE LEFT C.LINING SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 3.8 FT2 HR F/BTU THERMAL RESISTANCE. a PERMITTED. ACCESSIBLE SO THAT THE INSULATION IS NOT DAMAGED BY THEIR REMOVAL. D.FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION-ASTM E-84-70 TEST METHOD,25 FLAME SPREAD,50 SMOKE DEVELOPED. 0) OD A.PRIOR TO TESTING,ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY LUBRICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S C.ALL PIPE SHALL BE CUT TO EXACT MEASUREMENT TO BE INSTALIS SPECIFICALLY CALLED FOR). AFTER CUTTING,ENDS SHALL INSTALLED WITHOUT FORCING(EXCEPT WHERE COLD SPRINGING REAMED AND CLEANED TO ELIMINATE FOREIGN MATTER. E.LINING SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY OWENS-CORNING,CERTAINTEED OR KNAUF. IV o U. INSTRUCTIONS. ONE SET OF TOOLS NECESSARY FOR LUBRICATION SHALL BE DELIVERED TO OWNER. AFTER PROPER LUBRICATING, E.WHEREVER NESTING SIZE SECTIONAL COVERING IS USED,IT SHALL BE CUT TO FIT IN A NEAT WORKMANLIKE MANNER WITH ALL ALL UNITS SHALL BE STARTED AND SUCCESSFULLY OPERATED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ARCHITECT LO co AND/OR ENGINEER. D.CUTTING OR OTHER WEAKENING OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE TO FACILITATE PIPING INSTALLATION WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. JOINTS BUTTED AND HELD SECURELY IN PLACE WITH JUTE OR GLASS FIBER TWINE. JOINTS SHALL BE POINTED UP WITH 2.15 VIBRATION ISOLATION 0 = 0 E.ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE MARKED BY THE MANUFACTURER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MARKING SECTIONS OF INSULATING CEMENT PRIOR TO RECEIVING SURFACE FINISH. A.PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR ALL FAN EQUIPMENT PER DRAWING PLANS AND DETAILS. Q B.EXCEPT FOR SMALL ELECTRICAL MOTORS WHICH UNDER NEMA STANDARDS ARE EQUIPPED WITH LIFETIME LUBRICATION,ALL THE STANDARDS TO WHICH REFERENCE IS MADE IN THIS SPECIFICATION MANUAL. STANDARD MARKING SYSTEM FOR VALVES, �� (O(a BEARINGS ON LARGE MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH LUBRICATOR FITTINGS EXTENDED TO THE FITTINGS,FLANGES AND UNIONS OF THE MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY. F.FITTINGS,VALVES,STRAINERS,WHERE VAPOR-BARRIER JACKET OR CLOTH TAPE HAS BEEN FITTED FOR NESTED/MITERED PART 3-EXECUTION EXTERIOR OF THE HOUSING. F.MAKE ALL CHANGES IN SIZE AND DIRECTION OF PIPING WITH FITTINGS. DO NOT USE BENDS,MITER FITTINGS,FACE OR APPLICATIONS,AND COLOR DAMAGED JACKETS SHALL BE SEALED AND PAINTED WITH CHILDERS NO.CP-32(WHITE)AT THE C 0. 1.05 POWER WIRING FLUSH BUSHINGS,STREET ELBOWS OR FIELD-FABRICATED REDUCERS. RATE OF 85-100 SQ.FT.PER GALLON. 3.01 HVAC UNITS(LANDLORD PROVIDED) A.MOTORS UP TO AND INCLUDING 1/3 H.P.SHALL BE 120 VOLT,60 HERTZ,SINGLE PHASE AND MOTORS 1/2 H.P.AND G.CLOSE NIPPLES SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED;USE ONLY SHOULDER NIPPLES. SHOULDER NIPPLE WITH SHOULDER LENGTH A.UNITS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON STRUCTURAL MEMBERS PROVIDED AS PART OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM OF W LESS THAN 1-1/2"SHALL BE OF HEAVY WALL PIPE;NIPPLES HAVING SHOULDER LENGTH OF 1-112"OR GREATER SHALL BE 3.06 INSTALLATION-REFRIGERANT PIPING PREFABRICATED EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS,SEE DRAWINGS DETAILS AND LEGENDS. W LARGER SHALL BE BUILT FOR 460 VOLTS,60 HERTZ,THREE PHASE;UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED PER DRAWING SCHEDULES, B.IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR OF THIS SECTION TO PROVIDE CERTIFIED DIMENSIONS ON EACH p PLANS AND DETAILS. OF SAME SCHEDULE AS CONNECTED PIPE-3.10 REDUCING FITTINGS C. UNIT TO THE STRUCTURAL CONTRACTOR FOR PROPER DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL MOUNTING. C iii N `� co .1 A-INSULATION SHAH BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR 40EF PIPING. a: B.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS WITH H.O.A.SWITCH FOR EACH ITEM OF CUNITS SHALL BE SEPARATE FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM WITH 95%EFFICIENT ISOLATORS EITHER BY INTERNAL /,� B.STARTERS ARE FURNISHED AS A PART OF WIRED EQUIPMENT. THREE PHASE EQUIPMENT AND UNFUSED DISCONNECTS FOR EACH ITEM OF SINGLE PHASE EQUIPMENT,EXCEPT WHERE OR EXTERNAL ISOLATORS. A.USE ECCENTRIC REDUCING FITTINGS OR ECCENTRIC REDUCING COUPLINGS WHERE REQUIRED TO PREVENT POCKETING OF BPROVIDE TWO(2)COATS OF WEATHER RESISTANT PAINT FOR EXTERIOR INSTALLATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S 0-. N . C.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL POWER WIRING INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO THE MOTORS FURNISHED BY THE LIQUID. RECOMMENDATIONS. 3.02 FILTERS Cc NN 0 CONTRACTORS OF THIS DIVISION. 3.11 CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES 3.07 INSULATED DUCT SYSTEMS A.INSTALL FILTER HOUSINGS IN SYSTEM PLENUMS AND PROVIDE TRANSITIONS OR BAFFLES TO PREVENT AIR BY-PASS. D.REFER T SECTION 15900 FOR THE WIRING TO PERFORMED BY THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR AND THE A.PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE TO EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS OR TERMINAL USE POINTS. B.INSTALL FILTERS BEFORE ANY SYSTEM IS PUT IN OPERATION. z ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AS THEY RELATE TOO TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. B.PIPING SHALL BE FABRICATED CAREFULLY AND ACCURATELY TO MEET CONNECTIONS ON EQUIPMENT WITHOUT SPRINGING A.PROVIDE INSULATION ON THE SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK SYSTEMS,EXCEPT WHERE DUCTWORK IS INDICATED TO BE LINED. THE PIPE. 3.03 PLENUM LINING O 1.06 FLUSHING AND TESTING C.PROVIDE UNIONS OR FLANGES AT ALL PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT,ETC.,AT ALL LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON THE B.PROVIDE INSULATION ON THE OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK OF ALL SYSTEMS FROM THE PLENUM OR HOOD INTAKE TO THE HVAC A.ADHERE LINER WITH A FULL COAT OF ADHESIVE AND MECHANICAL FASTENERS..ALL NEW WATER PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL A FLUSHED USING WATER. DRAWINGS,AND GENERALLY AS REQUIRED TO DISCONNECT PIPING FROM EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS_ ARRANGE CONNECTIONS UNIT,EXCEPT WHERE DUCTWORK IS INDICATED TO BE LINED. B.EXPOSED EDGES SHALL BE FINISHED WITH TROWEL APPLIED MASTIC TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBILITY OF EROSION. MASTIC coY,/ x B.ALL OPEN SYSTEMS,CONDENSATE DRAINAGE,ETC.,SHALL BE TESTED WITH WATER,AT A HEAD OF FIVE{5}FEET TO HAVE SAME FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION AS LINER. SO THAT THE EQUIPMENT SERVED MAY BE REMOVED WITHOUT DISTURBING THE PIPING. WHERE VALVES SERVE TO ISOLATE ///yyy�� /� ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR L GRADE. EQUIPMENT OR SPECIALTIES,THE UNIONS OR FLANGES SHAH BE LOCATED BETWEEN VALVES AND EQUIPMENT OR SPECIALTIES. C.PROVIDE INSULATION ON THE EXHAUST AIR DUCTWORK OF ALL SYSTEMS FROM THE SYSTEM EXHAUST AIR CONTROL DAMPER fr-. 0j C.ALL.PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED. IF LEAKS OCCUR,THE PIPE OR FITTING SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED 3.04 EXHAUST FANS ll1l�- L �� p AND THE SYSTEM RETESTED. UNIONS SHALL GENERALLY BE USED FOR PIPE SIZES 2"AND SMALLER AND FLANGES FOR PIPE SIZES 2-1/2"AND LARGER. TO THE EXHAUST AIR PLENUM OR HOOD DISCHARGE,EXCEPT WHERE DUCTWORK IS INDICATED TO BE LINED. A.FASTEN ROOF MOUNTED FANS TO CURBS SIX(6)INCHES ON CENTERS USING HEX HEAD SCREWS AND WASHERS. m D.PIPING SHALL NOT BE BACKFILLED OR INSULATED UNTIL TESTED. TESTS MUST BE OBSERVED BY THE 3.12 DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS 0.PROVIDE INSULATION ON THE OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST AIR DISCHARGE AIR PLENUMS. B.MOUNT IN-LINE FANS TO DUCTWORK WITH VIBRATION ISOLATION SUPPORTS. n 0 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. A.PROVIDE DIELECTRIC FITTINGS BETWEEN FERROUS AND COPPER PIPING. T 1�- 2 3.08 INSTALLATION,GENERAL-DUCTS 395 GRAVITY DAMPERS 1.07 GUARANTEE 3.13 PIPE SLEEVES A.WHERE GRAVITY DAMPERS ARE INSTALLED THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL LUBRICATE THE HINGES AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR - A.IN ADDITION TO GUARANTEE PROVISIONS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS,ALL REFRIGERANT COMPRESSORS SHALL HAVE AN A.PROVIDE ALL PIPE OPENINGS THROUGH WALLS,PARTITIONS AND SLABS WITH SLEEVES HAVING AN INTERNAL DIAMETER AT A.NO INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED UNTIL THE DUCTWORK HAS BEEN TESTED AND PROVEN TIGHT. OPERATION IN USE. EXTENDED WARRANTY OF FOUR(4)YEARS BEYOND THE FIRST YEAR FOR REPLACEMENT OF PARTS AND LABOR TO REPAIR. LEAST 1"LARGER THAN THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE FOR UNINSULATED LINES OR OF THE THICKNESS OF THE INSULATION FOR INSULATED SERVICES. B.ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CLEANED OF OIL,GREASE,LOOSE DIRT,AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER BEFORE THE INSULATION IS APPLIED. 3.06 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS 1.08 SUPPORTS A.INSTALL ACCESSORY DAMPERS IN THE FULL OPEN POSITION. � • m s�: = B.INSTALL SLEEVES THROUGH INTERIOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACES;SLEEVES THROUGH OUTSIDE :' >=-� A.CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ANGLES,CHANNELS,PLATES,OR BEAMS REQUIRED FOR THE SUPPORT OF THE C.EXPOSED ENDS OF INSULATION SHALL BE BEVELED TO THE INSULATED SURFACE,AND THE JACKET ANDIOR VAPOR BARRIER B.IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO ASSURE THAT ALL DAMPERS ARE FULL OPEN BEFORE AIR 0 �<^'-z.' WALLS ARE TO PROJECT 112"ON OUTSIDE OF THE FINISHED WALL FLOOR SLEEVES ARE TO PROJECT 2"ABOVE FINISHED - m�>::"" EQUIPMENT OF EACH SECTION,WHETHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR NOT. FLOORS. SHALL BE SEALED TO THE SURFACE. BALANCING IS PERFORMED. + = a L•y B.FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL RODS,AUXILIARY STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMES,ATTACHMENTS,BRACKETS AND PLATFORMS C.SET SLEEVES IN PLACE BEFORE POURING CONCRETE OR SECURELY FASTEN AND GROUT IN WITH CEMENT. _K- w REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT OF EQUIPMENT FROM OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION FOR THE RESPECTIVE SECTION. D.CUTOUTS IN THE INSULATION FOR NAMEPLATES AND EQUIPMENT TAGS SHALL HAVE ALL EDGES TAPERED TO THE SURFACE, 3.07 ACCESS DOORS . _y_, N 11 C.VERTICAL PIPE RISERS SHALL BE ANCHORED MIDWAY OF THEIR HEIGHT,AND SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT EACH FLOOR BY D.SLEEVE CONSTRUCTION: INSTALL ACCESS DOORS IN THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWING PLANS AND WHERE REQUIRED v 1.INTERIOR PARTITIONS:NO,22 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL WITH SOLDERED JOINT. AND THE JACKET AND/OR VAPOR BARRIER SEALED. A. TO ACCESS CONCEALED EQUIPMENT. 1-1/2'X 1/4"BAR CLAMPS ATTACHED TO PIPES AND RESTING ON THE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. 2.INTERIOR MASONRY WALLS AND FLOORS:SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE. =' D.HORIZONTAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ADJUSTABLE,WROUGHT,CLEVIS TYPE HANGERS,FEE$MASON,ELCEN,OR E.INTERIOR WALLS: FILL THE SPACE BETWEEN OUTSIDE OF PIPE OR INSULATION AND THE INSIDE OF THE SLEEVE OR B.COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 1 ODD E.SPECIAL CARE MUST BE TAKEN IN APPLYING INSULATION AROUND SUCH ACCESSORIES AS REHEAT COILS,FLEXIBLE � �', CRAWFORD. WHERE PARALLEL PIPES ARE INSTALLED AT THE SAME LEVEL,PROVIDE TRAPEZE HANGERS;THE VARIOUS TRADES FRAMED OPENING WITH FIBER GLASS. CONNECTIONS,ACCESS DOORS,ETC.,TO ALLOW REMOVAL OF THESE ITEMS WITHOUT IN ANY WAY REMOVING THE INSULATION 0 �. co SHALL COOPERATE IN THE JOINT USE OF SUCH HANGERS. PIPE HANGERS SHALL BE OF SIZE TO SUIT PIPE COVERING OR BREAKING THE VAPOR SEAL. 3.08 FLUES _ ' F.EXTERIOR WALLS:PACK WITH OAKUM,SEAL WITH LEAD AND WATERTIGHT MASTIC OR ASPHALT. E OD PROTECTION SADDLES. A.SUBMIT DRAWINGS FROM THE MANUFACTURER OF THE FLUE SYSTEM INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO THE EQUIPMENT,FLUE G.PROVIDE ESCUTCHEONS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PENETRATION THROUGH THE STRUCTURE FOR ALL PIPES EXPOSED TO VIEW SUPPORTS,ROOF PENETRATION AND FLUE CAP. Q-C3% - 0 0)E E.PIPES SHALL BE SUPPORTED ONLY FROM THE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OF THE BUILDING. THEY SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT 3.09 INSTALLATION-DUCTS V ,!e 0 SUCH INTERVALS AS WILL PREVENT SAGGING,AND SO THAT EXCESSIVE LOADS WILL NOT BE PLACED UPON ANY ONE SUPPORT. PASSING THROUGH WALLS,FLOORS,CEILINGS,AND PARTITIONS,WHETHER OR NOT INSULATED. FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH B.DO NOT ORDER FLUES UNTIL DRAWINGS ARE APPROVED. 1- ' = ADO U FLOORS,ESCUTCHEONS SHALL FIT OVER THE SLEEVES. t � Im SPACING AND ROD SIZES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: U;-1 c k _ s OBO E H.FIRE-STOPPING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL OPENINGS TO INCLUDE THE ANNULAR SPACE AROUND DUCTS,PIPING, A.INSULATION WRAP SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE DUCT WITH 6"WIDE BANDS OF ADHESIVE ON 12"CENTERS. THE ADHESIVE PIPE SIZE MAXIMUM SPACING MINIMUM ROD SIZE 3.09 MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS .-Z F % �� m CONDUITS,ETC.AND SHALL BE U.L.RATED MATERIALS AND METHODS PER THE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS. WELDING TYPE FASTENERS SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE BOTTOM OF _ V1 Ozj 0 c 1/2" 6'-0"AND AT ALL TURNS 3/8" A.DAMPERS,WHETHER FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTROL CONTRACTOR,SHALL BE INSTALLED SQUARE TO THE Q m 'y SUBMIT THROUGH PENETRATION PROTECTION SYSTEMS FOR ALL FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND THE DUCTS OVER 18"IN WIDTH. THE FASTENERS SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 12"ON CENTERS AND PLACED CLOSE TO BUTT DUCT OR CONSTRUCTION. `- }^ '"' 16 0 -LL'a 3/4",1" T-0"AND AT ALL TURNS 3/8" -` =' m ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. ENDS OF THE INSULATION. THE PINS SHALL BE CUT OFF FLUSH WITH THE FASTENER WASHER. B.DAMPERS SHALL BE MANUALLY TESTED TO ASSURE FREE AND EASY MOVEMENT. a z:ri a ° C4 1-1/4%1-1/2',2' 9'-0'AND AT ALL TURNS 3/8" '- a-4-- Q��0A C.ADJUST DAMPER BLADES FOR FULL CLOSURE. 2-112-,3- 70'-Q"AND AT ALL TURNS 1/2' 3.14 SCREWED JOINTS B.ALL JOINTS,CRACKS AND BREAKS,INCLUDING HOLES FOR THE FASTENERS,IN THE VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE SEALED WITH A �i .... ...... �.. _ " 3.18 DUCTWORK A.PROVIDE DUCTWORK SYSTEMS PER DRAWING PLANS AND DETAILS. SECTION 15900 6.ELECTRIC MOTORS FOR ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT: LEST AND BALANCE CORPORATION B.THE FOLLOWING DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FOR 2"W.C. A. MANUFACTURER 1.ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK_ TEST AND BALANCE MECHANICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS B. MODEL/FRAME START-UP VERIFICATION CHECKLIST 2.ALL RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. C. HPIBHP AND KW 10 3.ALL EXHAUST DUCTWORK. D. PHASE,VOLTAGE,AMPERAGE;NAMEPLATE,ACTUAL,NO LOAD C.DUCT CONSTRUCTION FOR 2"W.C. E. RPM PART 1-GENERAL1< 1.ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE NEAT,ACCURATE,MECHANICALLY TIGHT AND RIGIDLY CONSTRUCTED. OFFSETS OF EXPOSED F. SERVICE FACTOR STORE#: DATE: < DUCTWORK SHALL BE MADE ON SIDE OPPOSITE TO WALLS AND CEILINGS,UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED. ALL 1.01 SUMMARY G. STARTER SIZE,RATING,HEATER ELEMENTS UNINSULATED PANELS WIDER THAN 12 INCHES SHALL BE CROSS-BROKEN. H. SHEAVE MAKE/SIZE/BORE LOCATION: 2.DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF NEW SHEETS OF LOCK-FORMING QUALITY. ENDS OF ALL SHEETS WHICH ARE NOT A.SECTION INCLUDES TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING OF AIR,WATER,AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS AND PERFECTLY SQUARE SHALL BE SO TRIMMED IN SHOP BEFORE LAYOUT IS BEGUN. GAUGES SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN THOSE MEASUREMENT OF FINAL OPERATING CONDITION OF HVAC SYSTEMS. 7.V-BELT DRIVE: SHOWN AS FOLLOWS: A. IDENTIFICATION/LOCATION LARGEST DIMENSION(INCHES) GALV_STEEL GAUGE ALUM.GAUGE 1.02 REFERENCES B. REQUIRED DRIVEN RPM EQUIPMENT MECH. ELEC. CONTROLS READY FOR TESTING UP TO 12 26 .027" C. DRIVEN SHEAVE,DIAMETER AND RPM DESIGNATION CHECK CHECK CHECK DATE INITIAL 1 TO 30 24 .035" A.AABC(ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL)-NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE. D. BELT,SIZE AND QUANTITY 31 TO 60 22 .043" E. MOTOR SHEAVE DIAMETER AND RPM RTU-1 61 TO 90 20 .052" B.NEBB(NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU)-PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND F. CENTER TO CENTER DISTANCE,MAXIMUM,MINIMUM,AND ACTUAL A.ALL CASINGS AND PLENUM CHAMBERS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 18 GAUGE MATERIAL,WITH STANDING SEAMS, BALANCING OF ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS. 8.COOLING COIL DATA: RTU-2 AND FRAMED WITH 1-1/2'X 1-112"X 1/8'GALVANIZED ANGLES. 8.ALL DUCTWORK EXPOSED TO OUTSIDE WEATHER SHALL BE AN 18 GAUGE REGARDLESS OF DIMENSIONS. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. IDENTIFICATION/NUMBER 3.LONGITUDINAL SEAMS OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE EITHER PITTSBURGH LOCK,DOUBLE OR GROOVED. ONLY B. LOCATION RTU-3 ONE TYPE OF SEAM SHALL BE USED IN EACH RUN OF DUCT. LONGITUDINAL SEAMS OF ROUND DUCT SHALL BE GROOVED. A.TEST REPORTS:THE TAB REPORT SHALL BE IN THE FORMAT OF THE AABC NATIONAL STANDARD REPORT OR THE C. SERVICE BUTTON PUNCH SNAP LOCK SEAMS MAY BE USED WHEN INSTALLED WITH SEALANT IN JOINT AND SHEETMETAL SCREWS NEBB CERTIFIED REPORT FORMS AS PUBLISHED IN THEIR MOST CURRENT EDITIONS. D. MANUFACTURER RTU-4 SMACNAE. AIR FLOW,DESIGN AND ACTUAL INSTALLED JOINTS JOINT PERNGULAR STANDARDS. F. ENTERING AIR DB TEMPERATURE,DESIGN AND ACTUAL EF-1 4,TRANSVERSE JOINTS OF RECTANGULAR DUCT SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: B.FURNISH FOUR COPIES OF REPORTS,COMPLETE WITH TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE AND INDEXING TABS AND WITH A.LESS THAN 18 INCHES-POCKET,BAR OR S SLIP AND DRIVE SLIPS. COVER IDENTIFICATION AT FRONT,IDENTIFIED TO CORRESPOND WITH DATA SHEETS,AND INDICATING THERMOSTAT G.ENTERING AIR WE TEMPERATURE,DESIGN AND ACTUAL B.19 TO 24 INCHES-3/4 INCH POCKET OR BAR SLIP AND DRIVE SLIP. LOCATIONS. H. LEAVING AIR DB TEMPERATURE,DESIGN AND ACTUAL EF-2 5.DRIVE SLIPS SHALL BE USED ON SHORT SIDES OF TRANSVERSE DUCT JOINTS IF SIDE IS LESS THAN 24 INCHES. METAL 1. LEAVING AIR WB TEMPERATURE,DESIGN AND ACTUAL AND GAUGE OF S SLIPS AND DRIVE SLIPS SHALL BE SAME AS DUCT. ENDS OF DRIVE SLIPS SHALL BE BENT OVER AT C.INCLUDE A COPY OF AABC NATIONAL PROJECT PERFORMANCE GUARANTY OR COPY OF NEBB CERTIFICATE OF J. WATER FLOW,DESIGN AND ACTUAL LEAST 112 INCH AT CORNERS. BAR SLIPS SHALL BE FASTENED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS ON 12 INCH CENTERS. CONFORMANCE CERTIFICATION. K. WATER PRESSURE DROP,DESIGN AND ACTUAL THIS CERTIFIES THAT THIS PROJECT IS FULLY INSTALLED AND OPERATIONAL AND CORNERS OF ALL BAR SLIP JOINTS SHALL BE FOLDED OVER AND RIVETED. POCKET SLIPS SHALL BE RIVETED TO DUCT ON 6 L. ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE,DESIGN AND ACTUAL INCH CENTERS,AND CORNERS SHALL BE OVERLAPPED AND RIVETED. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE M.LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE,DESIGN AND ACTUAL READY FOR INDEPENDENT TESTING AND BALANCING AGENCY TO BEGIN TAB WORK. w♦ 6.ALL FASTENERS,SUCH AS SHEET METAL SCREWS,MACHINE SCREWS,OR RIVETS SHALL BE CADMIUM-PLATED FOR N. SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE,DESIGN AND ACTUAL zGALVANIZED DUCT. A.PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION, O. AIR PRESSURE DROP,DESIGN AND ACTUAL z 7.ALL DUCTS OVER 18 INCHES WIDE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TRANSVERSE STIFFENERS OF EITHER JOINT SLIPS OR BRACING TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE OR NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING,BALANCING,AND ADJUSTING OF ANGLES ON CENTERS OF NOT OVER 4'-0'FOR DUCTS UP TO fid'WIDE ON THE LONG SIDE AND NOT OVER 2'-0"FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS. 9.AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT: DUCTS WITH LONG SIDE EXCEEDING 60"WIDTH. A. LOCATION 8.FITTINGS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS B. MANUFACTURER MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE DATE 9.WHERE 1T IS NECESSARY BECAUSE OF STRUCTURAL REASONS TO CHANGE SHAPES OF DUCTS,THE ARCHITECT WILL BE C.MODEL NUMBER (COMPANY) (NAME) CIS NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY FOR RESIZING OR REROUTING. EQUIVALENT AREAS MUST BE MAINTAINED. A.THE TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING(TAB)OF ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT D. SERIAL NUMBER 0 10.WHERE RADIUS ELBOWS OR TAKEOFFS ARE INDICATED,THE INSIDE RADIUS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN CONTRACTOR THAT IS CURRENTLY LICENSED BY AABC OR NEBB. THE COMPANY SHALL SPECIALIZE IN TAB OF E. ARRANGEMENT/CLASS/DISCHARGE THREE-QUARTERS OF THE WIDTH OF THE DUCT OR TAKEOFF. WHERE DIVERGING CHANGES ARE MADE IN DUCT SIZES IN THE SYSTEMS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE CERTIFIED F. AIR FLOW,SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL INSTRUCTIONS li DIRECTION OF THE AIR FLOW,THEY SHALL BE AT A SLOPE OF 1 IN 4. BY AABC OR NEBB. G.RETURN AIR FLOW,SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL e 11.ALL TRANSVERSE JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED. USE LIQUID SEALANT ON FLAT SURFACE H. OUTSIDE AIR FLOW,SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL ID B.PERFORM WORK UNDER SUPERVISION OF AABC CERTIFIED TEST AND BALANCE ENGINEER OR NEBB CERTIFIED TESTING, 1. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE(TOTAL EXTERNAL),SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL COMPLETION OF THIS START-UP VERIFICATION CHECKLIST BY THE APPROPRIATE BALANCING, BALANCING,AND ADJUSTING SUPERVISOR EXPERIENCED IN PERFORMANCE OF THIS WORK AND LICENSED AT PLACE J. INLET PRESSURE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR, IS REQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT AND to c WHERE PROJECT IS LOCATED. K_ DISCHARGE PRESSURE SYSTEM COMPONENTS ARE COMPLETE,CORRECTLY INSTALLED, IN OPERATION AND r SECTION 15950 L. SHEAVE MAKEISIZE/BORE ®a p AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 1.06 TIMING M.NUMBER OF BELTS/MAKE/SIZE FULLY READY FOR TESTING AND BALANCING WORK TO PROCEED. CO mu N. FAN RPM ° PART 1-GENERAL A.THE COMPLETE TAB REPORTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER NO LATER THAN ONE(1)WEEK PRIOR TO C 0. CONSTRUCTION END DATE. 10.RETURN AlwourslDE AIR DATA: THE COMPLETED CHECKLIST SHOULD BE SUBMITTED TO ULTA'S PROJECT MANAGER LU 0 Wd 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. IDENTIFICATION/LOCATION sent A.IN ADDITION,THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS APPLY:15050,AND 15800. B. DESIGN AIR FLOW VIA FAX.THIS NUMBER CAN BE FOUND ON THE COVER PAGE OF THE CONSTRUCTION C. ACTUAL AIR FLOW PART 2-PRODUCTS DOCUMENTS- ffC 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK D. DESIGN RETURN AIR FLOW 0 = co A.SEQUENCE OF OPERATION IS HEREBY DEFINED AS THE MANNER AND METHOD BY WHICH CONTROLS FUNCTION. NOT USED E. ACTUAL RETURN AIR FLOW REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE OF CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION ARE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. F. DESIGN OUTSIDE AIR FLOW N B.OPERATING EQUIPMENT,DEVICES AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR CONTROL SYSTEMS ARE SPECIFIED IN OTHER G.ACTUAL OUTSIDE AIR FLOW N DIVISION-15 CONTROLS SECTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. PART 3-EXECUTION H. RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE TAB CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING "� 0 C.THIS SECTION DEFINES THE INSTALLATION OF THE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS REQUIRED AS SHOWN ON THE 1. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST AS PART OF TAB WORK AND INCLUDE DRAWINGS AND AS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED. 3.01 HVAC CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES J. REQUIRED MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE K. ACTUAL MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE THIS DATA AS PART OF THE TAB REPORT - 1.03 DEFINITIONS A.THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT THE HVAC SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE BEFORE TAB WORK IS A.ATC IS AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. STARTED. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PRESENT DURING THE TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING OF THE 11. AIR COOLED CONDENSER: VERIFIED BY TAB TAB CONTRACTOR TO INDICATE WHICHco 0 B.OPEN FOR MOTORIZED DAMPERS,THE POSITION OF THE BLADES THAT CREATES THE MAXIMUM FREE AREA POSSIBLE OF HVAC SYSTEM TO PROVIDE ASSISTANCE TO THE TAB CONTRACTOR. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A. IDENTIFICATION/NUMBER EQUIPMENT OA DAMPER THE DAMPER WHICH ALLOWS PASSAGE OF AIR. B. LOCATION CONTRACTOR RTU EF-1 IS INTERLOCKED WITH C.CLOSE FOR MOTORIZED DAMPERS,THE POSITION OF THE BLADES THAT PREVENTS ANY PASSAGE OF AIR. 1.SYSTEMS ARE STARTED AND OPERATING IN SAFE AND NORMAL CONDITION. C. MANUFACTURER DESIGNATION POSITION %OPEN D.MAXIMUM FOR MOTORIZED DAMPERS,THE POSITION OF THE BLADES OTHER THAN OPEN WHERE THE BLADES ARE ®Q p 2.TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED COMPLETE AND OPERABLE. D. MODEL NUMBER DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL 0 Co luut ADJUSTED TO GIVE THE REQUIRED MAXIMUM CFM. 3.ALL BALANCING DEVICES AND HVAC EQUIPMENT ARE ACCESSIBLE. E. SERIAL NUMBER RTU-1 /NM E.MINIMUM FOR MOTORIZED DAMPERS,THE POSITION OF THE BLADES OTHER THAN CLOSE WHERE THE BLADES ARE 4.PROPER THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS IN PLACE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. F. ENTERING DB AIR TEMPERATURE,DESIGN AND ACTUAL V '� ADJUSTED TO GIVE THE REQUIRED MINIMUM CFM. 5.NEW AIR FILTERS ARE INSTALLED JUST PRIOR TO AIR BALANCE AND IMMEDIATELY AFTER PROJECT IS COMPLETE. G.LEAVING DB AIR TEMPERATURE,DESIGN AND ACTUAL D r F.ENABLED SHALL BE THE CONDITION WHERE THE EQUIPMENT IS ENERGIZED AND/OR OTHERWISE ACTIVATED TO A 6.DUCT SYSTEMS ARE CLEAN OF DEBRIS. H. NUMBER OF COMPRESSORS RTU-2 STAND-BY STATE AWAITING CONTROL SIGNALS FROM THE ATG SYSTEM. 7.FANS ARE ROTATING CORRECTLY. RTU-3 G.DISENABLED SHALL BE THE CONDITION WHERE THE EQUIPMENT IS DE-ENERGIZED. 8.FIRE AND VOLUME DAMPERS ARE IN PLACE AND OPEN. 12.EXHAUST FAN DATA: H.ON SHALL BE THE CONDITION WHERE THE EQUIPMENT IS OPERATING AND PRODUCING THE DESIRED EFFECT. 9.AIR COIL FINS ARE CLEANED AND COMBED. A. LOCATION L OFF SHALL BE THE CONDITION WHERE THE EQUIPMENT IS NOT OPERATING AND IS STANDING BY IN AN IDLE STATE. 10. ACCESS DOORS ARE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED. B. MANUFACTURER RTU-4 .0 L) > 11. AIR OUTLETS ARE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED. C. MODEL NUMBER U 12. DUCT SYSTEM LEAKAGE IS MINIMIZED. D. SERIAL NUMBER PART 2-PRODUCTS13. DUCT SYSTEMS ARE FLUSHED,FILLED,AND VENTED- E. AIR FLOW,SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL TAB CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE TAB REPORT �' = 14. PUMPS ARE ROTATING CORRECTLY. F. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE(TOTAL EXTERNAL),SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL TO EMS CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO EMS COMMISSIONING U 2.01 CONTROL SYSTEMS 15. PROPER STRAINER BASKETS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE OR IN NORMAL POSITION. G.INLET PRESSURE ' ` A.AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL COMPONENTS SHALL BE ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING. 16. SERVICE AND BALANCING VALVES ARE OPEN. H. DISCHARGE PRESSURE � 1. SHEAVE MAKE/SIZE BORE B.THE ATC SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF ALL NECESSARY THERMOSTATS,TRANSMITTERS,RECEIVER-CONTROLLERS,DAMPER C: 00 OPERATORS,RELAYS,CONTROL PANELS,THERMOMETERS,GAUGES,TIME CLOCKS,AND ALL ACCESSORIES AND ELECTRIC WIRING B.IF THE TAB CONTRACTOR DETERMINES THAT A FAN SHEAVE OR BELT REPLACEMENT IS NEEDED TO MEET THE J. NUMBER OF BELTS/MAKE/SIZEGo TO FULFILL THE INTENT OF THIS SPECIFICATION. BALANCING REQUIREMENTS,THEN THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE FAN SHEAVE/BELT AS REQUIRED. THE K. FAN RPM < HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRITING OF THE REPLACEMENT WORK. • W 13.TAB PROCESS 8 PROCEDURE: �-• " U Sa p 2A2 CONTRACTOR �= A.THE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE SUPERVISED AND INSTALLED BY COMPETENT CONTROL MECHANICS AND ELECTRICIANS 3.02 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. TAB CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INITIAL REPORT TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR a C U r l WOQD0 REGULARLY EMPLOYED BY THIS CONTROL CONTRACTOR. FOR REVIEW. IF ANY ITEMS ON TAB REPORT ARE NOT WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10% U L�z �= _ � 6 `16 A.ALL AIR SYSTEMS MUST BE BALANCED WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10%OF DESIGN. OF DESIGN, TAB AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THE APPROPRIATE -o- h pJ x CHANGES TO MEET DESIGN SPECIFICATION. IF DESIGN SPECIFICATION CANNOT r 2.03 WORK TO BE PERFORMED 8Y OTHER TRADES 3.03 ADJUSTING BE MET, SUBMIT A DEFICIENCY REPORT TO ULTA, INC FOR REVIEW. GENERAL I~ >-a=`.'" m m A.THE FOLLOWING INCIDENTAL WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF Ura CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT FINAL TAB REPORT TO ULTA,INC.WHEN ALL ITEMS ARE C_• THEATCCONTRACTOR AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. �s T O 1.THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL: A.VERIFY RECORDED DATA REPRESENTS ACTUAL MEASURED OR OBSERVED CONDITIONS. WITH SPECIFICATION. 0 �, _ _tpD.00DO -t C A.INSTALL ALL AUTOMATIC DAMPERS. r 0 ' 3 B.ASSEMBLE MULTIPLE SECTION DAMPERS WITH REQUIRED INTER-CONNECTING LINKAGES AND EXTEND REQUIRED B.PERMANENTLY MARK SETTINGS OF VALVES,DAMPERS,AND OTHER ADJUSTMENT DEVICES ALLOWING SETTINGS TO BE = 3�3 NUMBER OF SHAFTS THROUGH DUCT FOR EXTERNAL MOUNTING OF DAMPER MOTORS. RESTORED. SET AND LOCK MEMORY STOPS. B. TESTING ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING REPORT MUST 8E COMPLETE AND TURNED to 0 3 C.PROVIDE NECESSARY SHEET METAL BAFFLE PLATES TO ELIMINATE STRATIFICATION AND PROVIDE AIR VOLUMES OVER TO THE G.C'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 1 WEEK PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING SPECIFIED. LOCATE BAFFLES BY EXPERIMENTATION AND AFFIX AND SEAL PERMANENTLY IN PLACE ONLY AFTER C.AFTER ADJUSTMENT,TAKE MEASUREMENTS TO VERIFY BALANCE HAS NOT BEEN DISRUPTED. IF DISRUPTED,VERIFY DATE.THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THEIR m STRATIFICATION PROBLEM HAS BEEN ELIMINATED. CORRECTING ADJUSTMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE. WORK AND THE WORK OF THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS WITH THE G.C.TO ALLOW D.PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS THROUGH DUCTS FOR SERVICE TO CONTROL EQUIPMENT. ADEQUATE TIME FOR TABC TO COMPLETE THEIR WORK. t 10- E.INSTALL DUCTSTATS. D.LEAVE SYSTEMS IN PROPER WORKING ORDER,REPLACING BELT GUARDS,CLOSING ACCESS DOORS,CLOSING DOORS L F.INSTALL SMOKE DETECTORS. TO ELECTRICAL SWITCH BOXES,AND RESTORING THERMOSTATS TO SPECIFIED SETTINGS. C. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE THE AIR BALANCE REVIEW START-UP VERIFICATION CHECKLIST BELOW AND FAX A COPY AS NOTED TO TABC.A COPY 2.04 ELECTRICAL WIRING E.AT FINAL INSPECTION,RECHECK RANDOM SELECTIONS OF DATA RECORDED IN REPORT,RECHECK POINTS OR AREAS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED TO THE G.C.SUPERINTENDENT AT THIS TIME.IF ALL A.ALL ELECTRIC WIRING AND WIRING CONNECTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE ATC,HEREIN SPECIFIED,SHALL AS SELECTED AND WITNESSED BY OWNER. SYSTEMS ARE NOT OPERATIONAL AT THE TIME OF BALANCING,IT SHALL BE THE BE PROVIDED BY THE ATC CONTRACTOR UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN HVAC CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PAY ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. ALL WIRING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 16000-ELECTRICAL 3.04 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE ADDITIONAL TESTING AND BALANCING INCLUDING ALL LABOR,TRAVEL EXPENSES, OF THE SPECIFICATION. MEALS,HOTEL COSTS ETC,INCURRED BY TBC. A.ADJUST AIR HANDLING AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS TO OBTAIN REQUIRED OR DESIGN SUPPLY,RETURN,AND EXHAUST 2.05 SHOP DRAWINGS AIR QUANTITIES(AT SITE ALTITUDE). A.SHOP DRAWINGS OF THE FOLLOWING ARE REQUIRED: D. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PRESENT FOR AIR BALANCE TO VERIFY 1.ALL ATC CONTROL COMPONENTS. B.MAKE AER QUANTITY MEASUREMENTS IN MAIN DUCTS BY PITOT TUBE TRAVERSE OF ENTIRE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF ACCESSIBILITY TO ALL DEVICES,VERIFY ALL OPERATING SEQUENCES AND INSTALL Revisions 2.ATC SYSTEM DIAGRAMS COORDINATED TO INCLUDE PROVISION FOR FUTURE INTERFACE WHERE SPECIFIED. NEW FILTERS ALL UNITS JUST PRETHE AIR BALANCE.HVAC CONTRACTOR DUCT. SHALL INSTALLL A NEW SET OF FILTERRSS AFTER PROJECT IS COMPLETE. ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW 3.CONTROL DRAWINGS WITH DETAILED COMPONENT AND WIRING DIAGRAMS,INCLUDING BILL OF MATERIAL AND DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION FOR ALL SYSTEMS. DRAWINGS SHALL BY 22"X 34"STANDARD SIZE AND SHALL BE C.MEASURE AIR QUANTITIES AT AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS. �02/11/15 MADE FROM 22"X 34"REPRODUCIBLE MYLARS. ISSUE FOR BID 4.PANEL LAYOUTS AND NAMEPLATE LISTS FOR ALL LOCAL PANELS,WITH PANEL DIMENSIONS. D.ADJUST DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO OBTAIN UNIFORM SPACE TEMPERATURES FREE FROM OBJECTIONABLE DRAFTS. A02/11/15 5.DATA SHEETS FOR ALL CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS. E.USE VOLUME CONTROL DEVICES TO REGULATE AIR QUANTITIES ONLY TO EXTENT ADJUSTMENTS DO NOT CREATE ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2.06 CONTROL DAMPERS OBJECTIONABLE AIR MOTION OR SOUND LEVELS. EFFECT VOLUME CONTROL BY USING VOLUME DAMPERS LOCATED IN A03/04115 A.REFER TO THE DAMPER SCHEDULES ON THE DRAWINGS FOR DAMPERS TO BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR OF THIS DUCTS. Q SECTION. B.DAMPERS SHALL BE LOW LEAKAGE,OPPOSED BLADE,GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION. F.VARY TOTAL SYSTEM AIR QUANTITIES BY ADJUSTMENT OF FAN SPEEDS. PROVIDE SHEAVE DRIVE CHANGES TO VARY FAN SPEED. VARY BRANCH AIR QUANTITIES BY DAMPER REGULATION. Q 2.07 CONTROL DEVICES A.ELECTRONIC PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT: 3.05 REPORTS 1.THE ELECTRONIC PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT SHALL CONSIST OF THERMISTOR TYPE OF RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE Q ` DETECTOR WITH A HIGH REFERENCE RESISTANCE AND BUILT-IN RECALIBRATION MEANS. OR THE THERMOSTAT SHALL CONSIST A.REFER TO PLANS FOR EQUIPMENT DESIGN DATA SCHEDULES OF SOLED-STATE PLATINUM RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTOR WITH A HIGH REFERENCE RESISTANCE. THE THERMOSTAT SHALL BE PROGRAMMABLE AT THE FACE AND HAVE MINIMUM TWO(2)SETTINGS PER DAY,SEVEN(7)DAY PROGRAMMING B.REPORT FORMS. Q STEPS AND SKIP-A-DAY FEATURES. THE PROGRAMMABLE INFORMATION SHALL BE MAINTAINED INDEFINITELY,AND THE TIME 1.TITLE PAGE: OF DAY AND DAY OF WEEK SHALL BE MAINTAINED FOR MINIMUM EIGHT(8)HOURS DURING POWER FAILURE. EACH A.NAME OF TESTING ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING AGENCY THERMOSTAT SHALL ALSO HAVE AN INTEGRAL 5 MINUTE TIME DELAY BETWEEN STAGING TO THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM B.ADDRESS OF TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING AGENCY COMPRESSORS. C.TELEPHONE AND FACSIMILE NUMBERS OF TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING AGENCY D.AABC OR NEBB CERTIFICATION NUMBER AND SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR F1; x � 2.08 CONTROLLED DEVICES E.PROJECT NAMEl�c`ti �1 A.DAMPER OPERATORS FOR ALL AUTOMATIC DAMPERS SHALL BE UNIDIRECTIONAL SPRING RETURN TYPE. PROVIDE ALL F.PROJECT LOCATION DAMPERS FOR NORMALLY CLOSED POSITION. DAMPER OPERATORS SHALL BE INSTALLED OUTSIDE OF THE DUCTWORK AND G.PROJECT ARCHITECT icr! OO 12 .. CONNECTED TO AN EXTENDED SHAFT. VOLTAGE SHALL BE 24 VOLTS,1 PHASE. H.PROJECT ENGINEER 2.09 SUPERVISION 1. PROJECT CONTRACTOR J.PROJECT ALTITUDE A.THE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL INSTALLER SHALL SUPERVISE THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL TEMPERATURE K.DATE TAB WAS PERFORMED pR`GON CONTROL DEVICES. 2.SUMMARY COMMENTS: 1/ SFp7 y, U��S 2 10 INSTRUCTIONS A.UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT,THE ATC CONTRACTOR SHALL: B.AO UAL CERTIFICATE PACE TEMPE OF CONURESFORMANCE H CORRESPONDING THERMOSTAT STANDARDS AT POINBC TS BB )FOR THIS ACH UN NEBB) PROJECT � � 1.COMPLETELY ADJUST,READY FOR USE,ALL THERMOSTATS,CONTROLLERS,VALVES,DAMPER OPERATORS,RELAYS,TIME C.ACTUAL VERSUS FINAL PERFORMANCE CLOCKS,ETC.,PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION. IN ADDITION,CALIBRATE EACH INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL LOOP,AND D.NOTABLE RSDS FINAL P ERS OF SYSTEM tYPiRATltkf G E NE 30.2014- INDICATE THE SETTINGS FOR EACH CONTROLLER ON THE'AS-BUILT"DRAWINGS. E.DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS OPERATION SEQUENCE 2.FURNISH MINIMUM TWO(2)MANUALS CONSISTING OF COMPLETE APPROVED SUBMITTAL DATA COVERING THE F.SUMMARY OF OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST FLOWS TO INDICATE BUILDING PRESSURIZATION FUNCTION AND OPERATION OF THE ENTIRE ATC SYSTEM ON THE PROJECT FOR THE USE OF THE OWNER'S OPERATING G.NOMENCLATURE USED THROUGHOUT REPORT PERSONNEL. A TEMPERATURE CONTROL TECHNICIAN SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR INSTRUCTION PURPOSES DURING THE H.TEST CONDITIONS GUARANTEE PERIOD,AFTER AN INITIAL SESSION OF 8 HOURS. -- 3.THE ATC CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE SERVICES OF A QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN FOR THE SYSTEM START-UP AND Signature AIR BALANCING PERIODS. 3_INSTRUMENT LIST: � A.INSTRUMENT _ 03/03/2015 V_ 2.11 GUARANTY B.MANUFACTURER Date 06/30/2016 A.THE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTY ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR TO BE FREE OF C.MODEL NUMBER DEFECTS OF ANY KIND FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE ENGINEER AND OWNER. ANY D.SERIAL NUMBER n" E.RANGE DEFECTS FOUND DURING THIS PERIOD SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED BY THE ATC CONTRACTOR AT NO EXPENSE TO THE F.CALIBRATION DATE N OWNER. C 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- 4.AIR DISTRIBUTION TEST SHEET: PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST PART 3-EXECUTION A. AIR TERMINAL NUMBER OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, Ln B. ROOM NUMBERILOCATION O 3.01 TEMPERATURE CONTROL C. TERMINAL TYPE RELATING TIOST UCTURESANDBUILDI�TIGARD.OR cV A.PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF TEMPERATURE AND OPERATING CONTROLS,WIRING,CONDUIT,PIPING AND DEVICES AS D. TERMINAL SIZE M REQUIRED FOR THE SEQUENCES DESCRIBED IN SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. E. AREA FACTOR F. DESIGN VELOCITY _i 3.02 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION G. DESIGN AIR FLOW -L A.HVAC UNITS PROVIDE MATERIALS AND LABOR TO INSTALL PROGRAMMABLE WALL THERMOSTAT WITH REMOTE H. TEST(FINAL)VELOCITY ARCHITECT I TEMPERATURE SENSORS. 1. TEST(FINAL)AIR FLOW LL 1.PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT SHALL BE CONFIGURABLE PROGRAMMABLE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT J. PERCENT OF DESIGN AIR FLOW 3 Drawn By Checked By WITH ON-AUTO FAN CONTROL,AND HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO SYSTEM SWITCHING SWITCHES. p 2.INSTALL THERMOSTAT WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS,60'ABOVE FLOOR OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES AND/OR ADA 5.DUCT TRAVERSE: / AK DH Lt) 3.INSTALL REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSORS WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS,60"ABOVE FLOOR OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL A. SYSTEM ZONE/BRANCH CODES AND/OR ADA. B. DUCT SIZE Scale Date �I 4.PROVIDE INITIAL SETTING AND PROGRAMMING OF WALL THERMOSTAT IN ACCORDANCE TO THE OWNER'S BUSINESS C. AREA i C O NONE 2/11/15 O SCHEDULE. D. DESIGN VELOCITY N P T S RMI � 5.THERMOSTAT SHALL CYCLE HVAC UNIT HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEMS. E. DESIGN AIR FLOW i� Job No. V_ 6.HVAC UNIT FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED PERIODS. F. TEST VELOCITY t 7.HVAC UNIT FAN AND HEATING SYSTEM SHALL CYCLE TO MAINTAIN NIGHT SET BACK TEMPERATURES. G. TEST AIR FLOW t 3 B.EXHAUST FANS H. DUCT STATIC PRESSURE e L� 1.INTERLOCK EXHAUST FAN MOTOR WITH SUPPLY FAN MOTOR IN ASSOCIATED HVAC UNIT.HVAC UNIT SUPPLY 1. AIR TEMPERATURE FAN ON,EXHAUST FAN ON;HVAC UNIT SUPPLY FAN OFF,EXHAUST FAN OFF. J. AIR CORRECTION FACTOR O 2.PROVIDE CONDUITS,WIRING,RELAYS,ETC.AND LABOR TO ACCOMPLISH THE INTERLOCK. Sheet NO. LO Y V tl® 0=11 PLAN NOTES PLAN NOTES CONNECT NEW SANITARY PIPING TO 1 CONNECT NEW 2"DOMESTIC COLD WATER LINE TO EXISTING 2" 5 THIS SPACE IS RESERVED FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. NO 9 CONNECT NEW 1-1/4"GAS PIPING TO EXISTING GAS STUB } EXISTING SANITARY PIPING, FIELD O O O COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION,SIZE, INVERT COLD WATER LINE.WATER METER,PRESSURE REGULATOR PIPING SHALL PASS BELOW.ABOVE,OR AROUND ELECTRICAL PROVIDED BY LANDLORD SERVING 199,000 BTUH HWH-1. F OF THE AND BACKFLOW PREVENTER FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE CODE REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING GAS STUB PRIOR TO ELEVATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW EXISTING SANITARY PIPING PRIOR LANDLORD AND LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. FIELD ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ACCESS SPACE. CONSTRUCTION. VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE OF THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION.ADJUST THE NEW O < m< SANITARY PIPING AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW WATER SYSTEM PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.ADJUST THE NEW 6 1/2"FLEXIBLE CONTINUOUS TYPE"K"COPPER TUBING BELOW 10 CONTRACTOR SHALL RUN VENT TO ONE SIDE OF CHASE IN FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING WATER LAYOUT AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CONNECTION TO GRADE FROM TRAP PRIMER TO FLOOR DRAIN.NO FITTINGS OR SHAMPOO WALL TO ALLOW ROOM FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT �r SANITARY PIPING SYSTEM. THE EXISTING WATER SYSTEM. SPLICES ARE ALLOWED BELOW GRADE. INSTALLATION. - OMIXING VALVE LOCATED BELOW COUNTERTOP.SEE SHEET P-4 O PIPE WATER HEATER RELIEF TO THE NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN 11 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE AT FIXTURE. TMV SUPPLIED BY FOR SCHEDULE.SET TEMPERATURE AS REQUIRED BY BELOW THE WATER HEATER. PROVIDE A CODE APPROVED AIR SHAMPOO BOWL SUPPLIER. SET TEMPERATURE AS REQUIRED LEGEND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. GAP ON THE DISCHARGE OF THE WATER HEATER RELIEF. BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. REFER TO DETAILS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O CONNECT TO EXISTING VTR. 12 PROVIDE 4"PVC EXHAUST AND COMBUSTION AIR INTAKE -———- EXISTING O HAIR TRAP BELOW EACH SINK.PROVIDED BY SINK VENDOR PIPING FOR HWH-1. COORDINATE ROUTING WITH EXISTING O INSTALL TRAP PRIMER IN THE WALL.PROVIDE AN ACCESS CONDITIONS. PROVIDE ROOF CURB AT PENETRATION AND NEW PANEL AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT. TERMINATE PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2"W UP EXISTING 2"CWS O2 SK-4 _ _....__t _ t FD 1 TP 4 6 f ..._ �.. i �. L.... .— —....� ._..__._...,._._.�..e. ...._._...,.-._...___.__.,.....__._.._._._.._.._...-_-___-._...._._..._......... .. - _ _ - _ - - - -- _ - - - - - - -1� 2"VUP t, WWB 1 _ ,, �� a - ___ m_ -1 , "O co Z V U P 1 QQ 2"WUP — } 4"FCO-1 WC 1 4"UP TO CO 2"W UP (TYPICAL OF 3) 11 $ ® I LAV-1 O t 4"UPTOFD tLo cc F �-2"W UP 5 cc I 4"FCO-1 4"UP TO CO 2"VUP - - FID-1 ;! it - it 4 6 I� I 1 ® TP 1 3"UP TO MB 2"W UP rt �-----__-_—� � - —�- �----- ------- -- --- 1- -- -- ----- --- _-�---------- �- - -- -+- 4- --�1-- l 'A — -. l� 4"FCO-1 v♦ 4"UP TO FD 4"UP TO CO � 2"W UP — � I'I ITO ---- ' �--------EF- 1 -- MB 1 - fi SK 2 �- r4"UP TO FD �_i i i �i� FD-1 I it FD-1 ! s �L UP '�� - I� 4" TO WC E a I r'.- ._ _.. ➢ _.... __ ' _... _ _._. ._ L______ Q 4"UP TO FD _! 2"W UP I t-t- I ,I, 1 2"VUP - PP_1 I I 10 EWC 1 t nn 2' W UP 2 SK-2SK-2 I t tt I J _ - ; FD-2-��T HWH 1 77 9 1SK 1O ® I ( C co �. 2 VUP .._. 2"VUP l N 1� I I I r I _ ._,l 4"UP TO CO 2 - P - 4 ___.. __._... f-- L { f -- --------------- ------ --- _ — — T 6 4 - „WU t _ ; TP-1 4 6 " FCO1 1. _� _ I I � N 2"W UP E TP 1 12 i SK-5 2 EXISTING 4"SAN } f III h I EXISTING 4"SAN o � I ' � SII �-AREA WITH LIMITED I b ACCESS FOR ROOF PENETRATIONS I I ii i i_s. U `Ja�rIN N t t .j,. w / , .)� ..no h I, aCID § t a � aD E€ LID /�� "s z - CO z ate' co C 1 I I �: m j -0 0 COO a1r, 3 i ( I Revisions � ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW t 02111115 . g ISSUE FOR BID _,. , ;�i3 02/11115 IT I A03/04/15 ISSUE 0R PERM w_ .,... . . .., _.. " I 3( I € 3 0 _ r , s 2 I � tin 2 .- V 4Ct a} 65122.- 'j J s k w I I I OREGON € (4 EXISTING 4"SAN SF 5C3 ti,,: '��t� P Ij 1Vha '(i' I ,1 t I "; I I � EXPtRA71Uhi OA £ 1NE 30.28t/o Signature 03/03/2015 d i � �� ONLY Date REF0 x.;> 6/30/2016 a { � , NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT - \ I I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE— I ` € PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, __.____ __._ REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR C _1 _ - - __..,...- __ _, __ .. . _�. ..._.._. .._ _,...,, ___..—.__ ._.,. __.._ _,._ _. _ _._.,._..,_ _ - RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. 4 w _ - mm _ ___ __ _ _�._ I - Maxsa.nd W.w:,.w,.8«..,....,..ulx'ww�u..m.✓Mb'.�a..w... '-'- L wvm. ➢�..._ � ..,moi.._._. ....._......--.. _._..,.. ,..,.,,..-,.,,,,1.......,...._ .-.x, _, -,...,...,..a ,...-...,cx...,..___.,. ., -.._..,..., ,.,. -.:t , —J — ARCHITECT f L1 I I Drawn By Checked By NO O I T S PE T AK DH Scale Date ' 1/8"=1'-0" 2/11/15 CD 0 LO Jo No. o NORTH NORTH 14 t�o 0 7 2 v CD UNDERGROUND PLUMBING PLAN PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN Sheet No. 2 ped = SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" SEE PLUMBING �. GENERALNOTES ON P-4. ~ H� » 4\ , r '. < t r \ 'C 2„ I v ca b 3 to ca EXISTING 4" SAN `S 4 2" I vv �, r // 1�-1- Cr 1/2�� ./ NC-- MB-1 4 FCO-1 EXISTING 2" VTR Cp9 @� INC SK-1 I r 2"1 4 // 1-1/2 N I I _ , co , . I �I S Ce K-2 i �� / 1 1-1/2" N L4., 1 / /� 2.. // vv I � W 2" S K-2 \ \ •..oll o G SK-2 /// �<1 \ I // i /'I 2" I 4 FCO- / 4 FCO-1 I j' / ! I } m CO 2., / I * . / �. O - / NC / LAV 1� SK 4 Nca / : 1-1/2 " EXISTING 4" SAN 2.� ee/ i '�* � � 2., I Q •— W 2" - 2 ... / 4 „ I � ( WB 1 4" 4.. _ rs � y~� N a / TI�I U _ wy� /�EXISTINGVTR FD 1 � 41 , p., / NC / FD 1 — - � r ,- IWC I 4�� .. ti' " n -» ICf co 4 ' co EXISTING 4" SAN - 1- 2" Q 4)E iA,e. — V FD 1� -' 1 LAV-1 �> C 00 „ EWC 1 I ," » / I r �4" FCO-1 - > y�� i�,JLL o m m w o; � .. 0 U rood 2 °0DU C(Doap3 o 3 N / 211 W �0 3 . SK 5 -, / co s „a „ t. ,. t » „ , „r / CD 110, 1 ,w, ,,d-'" Revisions y�,. „„ ,,,. ,� T• ,a,°, � .. , :. .,.» �,,--/ ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW 02/11/15 s, ” ISSUE FOR BID e -' 02/11115 , ,,. " ...- �, /•`„ . R PERMIT 0 5 3104/1 .d ISSUE FOR `e , 000, vy / " » u' r<v F y- b J' YnL PPtt?Fe d Y ��r�t� ^, t „ / 10, / OREGON �� h,= - / r C. _. , r , �•, ,✓ / .-„°-.; d” ''" �/JEII�AIION DA E 1NE 30,2BNr EXISTING 4" SAN b Signature 03/03/2015 " / d Date - - / r' 06/30/2016 d CO r �,, '" 'f I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- - PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, d' ,✓ REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR LO ./'� ' �� RE ERENCE ONLY LY RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. CD �. �� "� s/✓ NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT co co n , ' "✓'�Y'' r J 4 CO E 101, y ' .' ✓ }_ ARCHITECT ILL r Drawn By Checked By AK DH s Scale ate C) /✓ NOT TO SCALE 2111115 CD � -°' /' Job No. 00 14 3 7 62 C= r,d SANITARY ISOMETRIC SheetNo.D o p � SCALE: NOT TO SCALE J PLAN NOTES OPROVIDE TMV-1 AT FIXTURE. SET TEMPERATURE AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. t SEE PLUMBING ". GENERAL NOTES __..., ON P-4. w. , - rrr' P_1 �r' `�\\\ 2" EXISTING 2 CWS r ,, 21- 1-1/2" 3/4" `� w 112" , O . TP-1 w. —FD-2 sxCr \\ `h t \ - - � � WH 1 i ., TP 1 CO ` 1-1 , e F D 1 --- AA ^ ° 1„ r i cm MB-1 I I 1/2" 0 2° vY r o \ / ` 1 SK-1 t 1/2" O tr I y TP-1 O gyp. 1 S K-2 I A` 1/2" F a, 0 SK SK-4 1Cm \ _ \� 2" „ 1 SK-2 r � r LAV-1 - - s t ` ' ' �,• 3/4" ter„ P1 _' „_ � pFD-1 r w 1 1/2"- 10 - f FD 1J WC 1 ,, r; > .� � I 1 ry e a r 1/2 )� r _ . 00 ti ✓" / J \—WWB-1 � � -� Lb FD-1-1 LAV-1 1 '1/2" ° 1 x soft ,el Q � U � x r l b IC EWC 1 �°3 E, 1 SK-5—""_/ w t— „ m r.. , y w- lr �Nom` rr y Revisions ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW n ISSUE FOR BID 02111115 r Q ISSUE FOR PERMIT r- 03104115 /l ,,,a r <a, „ „ r' 99 �-nf u°x..,.,, ".� ,.,�.' s _ / ,✓rte �� /C� - ,p � E�it Nrr i w, V w ^w m, r ,r E:(piRr;lptt OA f 1N ... y Signature 03/03/2015 .✓ Date 06/30/2016 co I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- lllO PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST ✓r ✓ OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR ✓ \ /, ' RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. O \ „ rf REFERENCE ONLY J - ;-' f NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT ARCHITECT r " _ ...,. r✓ ` Drawn By Checked By LL nz AK DH 3 rrr -r✓' r Scale Date CD NOT TO SCALE 2/11/15 O Lr) � 6 � r ,~```,,� Job No. o 50' 3 7 2 t m< j M D WATER ISOMETRIC Sheet No.D o � p � = SCALE: NOT TO SCALE ... ... DRAIN SCHEDULE FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE VALVE SCHEDULE FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL NOTES PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES THREADED/FLANGED PIPING SOLDERED/ 1. PROVIDE ALTERATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS AS NECESSARY TO A. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF DESIGNATOR TYPE SIZE MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. TOP FINISH REMARKS FIXTURE CW HW WASTE VENT BRAZED PIPING FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM PER LOCAL AUTHORITIES. } NFPA#13.THE SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS F TYPE MFR'R. 2"AND 2-1/2"AND 3"AND OF LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL AUTHORITIES AND LANDLORD'S B. ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL BE NOTIFIED AT LEAST THREE WORKING DAYS FDA FLOOR 4" SMITH 2010-A NICKEL VANDAL-PROOF SCREWS; GALVANIZED BODY;4" LAV 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1-1/2" SMALLER LARGER SMALLER INSURING AGENCY. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. m< DRAIN 5"0 STRAINER BRONZE DEEP SEAL'P'TRAP. JENKINS 47-C 651-C 1242-C 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES AND � REGULATIONS OF THE LOCAL FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT AND C. ALL PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED IN THE SUSPENDED CEILING SPACE UNLESS OTHERWISE r FLOOR GALVANIZED GALVANIZED BODY;4 DEEP SEAL'P WITH TRAP GATE MILWAUKEE 148 2885 115 INDICATED. ALL PIPING EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE ROUTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND TIGHT FD-2 DRAIN 4" SMITH 2350-P050 CAST IRAN PRIMER EWC 1/2" "" 2" 1-1/2" WATER DEPARTMENT.STOCKHAM B-100 G-623 B-108 TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE STRUCTURAL STEEL. • FLOOR SEE 3. ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL BE NOTIFIED AT FCO-1 SMITH 4020 NICKEL VANDAL-PROOF SCREWS; GALVANIZED BODY. WC 1-1/2" �' 4" 2 JENKINS 901A --- 902A D. EXPOSED PIPING IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE CHROME PLATED WITH CHROME PLATED CLEANOUT PLANS BRONZE BALL MILWAUKEE BA100 - BAII WORKLEAST THREE(3)WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ESCUTCHEON AT PIPE ENTRY TO FINISHED AREA. WORK. STOCKHAM S-216-BRI-R-T -- S-216-BRI-R-S E. SLEEVE OR CORE-DRILL FLOOR SLABS,WALLS, ETC.AS REQUIRED FOR PIPING AND FIRE-STOP PLUMBING SYMBOLS THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE SCHEDULE FD '� 4" 2" 4. INCLUDEANAING, HA HANGERS, IPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM JENKINS 4092 624-C 4093 INCLUDING PIPING, HANGERS,VALVES,ALARMS,SUPPORTS AND OPENING AROUND PIPE. VERIFY LOCATION OF STRUCTURAL BEAMS,JOISTS, ETC.BEFORE W WATER SERVICE TMV-1 WATTS THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE MODEL:LFUSG-B MOUNT CHECK MILWAUKEE 509 F2974 1509 SPRINKLER HEADS, NECESSARY AND AS REQUIRED FOR DRILLING. UNDER FIXTURE. SK 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1-1/2" STOCKHAM B-319 G-931 B-309 INSTALLATION OF COMPLETE AND APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION F. ALL OPENINGS IN DRAINAGE AND/OR VENT SYSTEMS AS A RESULT OF INSTALLATION ROUGH-IN -CWS- COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING AUTOMATIC SYSTEMS. SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A TEST PLUG THAT IS SECURELY LOCKED IN PLACE UNTIL FINAL -HWS- HOT WATER SUPPLY PIPING MB 3/4" 3/4" 3" 2" BALANCING HAYS 43-45-2510-0.50-P/T N.A. N.A. 5. WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE FINISHED CONNECTIONS ARE INSTALLED. NOTES: PROTECTION SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. SHOP DRAWINGS AND G. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS AND BEHIND FIXED FURNISHINGS UNLESS -TWS - TEMPERED WATER SUPPLY PIPING 1. VALVES MATERIAL(BODIES, DISC, GASKETS, LININGS, PACKINGS, CALCULATIONS SHALL BE PREPARED BY A REGISTERED OTHERWISE INDICATED. ETC.)SHALL BE APPROVED FOR THE SERVICE IN WHICH THEY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. APPROVED CONTRACTOR AND THE SANITARY DRAINAGE&WASTE PIPING/SEWER ARE INSTALLED. CONTRACTOR'S REGISTERED ENGINEER SHALL BE LICENSED H. WHEREVER FOUNDATION WALLS,OUTSIDE WALLS, ROOF,ETC.ARE PENETRATED FOR -V-- SANITARY VENT PIPING 2. VALVES SHALL BE LINE SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. WITH THE PROPER AUTHORITIES FOR THE LOCATION OF THIS INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS,THEY SHALL BE PATCHED TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND 3. VALVES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED. PROJECT. SEALED WEATHER TIGHT. WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY CRAFTSMEN SKILLED IN THEIR G GAS PIPING 6. PROVIDE A COMPLETE WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR ALL RESPECTIVE TRADES. -CD CONDENSATE PIPING NO ALTERNATES. CONTACT ADVANCE PLUMBING SUPPLY AREAS,UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR 1. ALL PIPING SHALL RUN PARALLEL TO BUILDING LINES AND SUPPORTED AND ANCHORED AS '0 TANKLTSS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE FOR NATIONAL ACCOUNT,JOE SAKOFSKE(248)669-7474 FREEZE PROTECTION. REQUIRED TO FACILITATE EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED CIS CB CAST BRONZE JOSS@ADVANCEPLUMBING.COM 7. SPECIAL CONSIDERATION SHALL BE GIVEN TO AREAS EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED SPACES. INSTALL AS REQUIRED TO MEET ALL CONSTRUCTION O r�CP CHROME PLATED STORAGE GAS MBH RECOVERY THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING SUCH AS DROPPED SOFFITS, CONDITIONS AND TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION OF OTHER WORK INCLUDING DUCTS AND Woo DESIGNATOR TYPE LOCATION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. GALLON AT 100°F REMARKS LIGHTING SOFFITS AND RECESSED STORAGE RACKS THAT ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. AT ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN FERROUS PIPING AND NONFERROUS W MIN, MAX. CO CLEANOUT CAPACITY RISE PIPING, PROVIDE AN ISOLATING DIELECTRIC UNION.NECESSITATE ADDITIONAL SPRINKLER HEADS. to cc ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN PROVIDE ISOLATION KIT,PLT 5 EXPANSION TANK,TAC 0011 SF4 STAINLESS PUMP,TAC 5632 AQUASTAT,PVC RUN PIPING HORIZONTALLY AND AT RIGHT ANGLES TO WALLS AND J. PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS,ACCESSORIES,OFFSETS,AND MATERIALS NECESSARY TO FACILITATE 0 = q HWH-1 TANKLESS STAGING 101 NORITZ NCC1991 0.5 16 199 3.7 GPH COMBUSTION AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST PIPING TERMINATED OUTDOORS,WATER TREATMENT KIT AND NEUTRALIZER 8. THE PLUMBING SYSTEM'S FUNCTIONING AS INDICATED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT (� FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT DRAIN KIT. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. ROUTE DRAIN(S)TO FLOOR DRAIN PER CODE. CEILINGS. CENTER SPRINKLER HEADS IN BOTH HORIZONTAL INDICATED. Q DIRECTION WITH RESPECT TO CEILING COMPONENTS,SUCH AS "SET THERMOSTAT TO AN OUTPUT TEMPERATURE PER AHJ. CEILING GRID,LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC DIFFUSERS AND SPEAKERS uC FD FLOOR DRAIN OR AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. K. PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF COPPER OR STEEL (OR DWV PVC IF ALLOWED BY CODE)VENT p RISERS ABOVE FLOOR.ALL VENTS SHALL BE CARRIED THROUGH THE ROOF WITH FLASHING. GALV GALVANIZED 9. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDEa:L. CONDENSATE AND INDIRECT DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE TYPE"M"COPPER TUBING. CM o NC NEW CONNECTION SEPARATE AND COMPLETE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS INDICATING LOCATION OF EACH SPRINKLER HEAD AS WELL AS M. PROVIDE CLEANOUTS AT THE END OF EACH HORIZONTAL RUN,AND AT THE BASE OF ALL ® CO N e S SANITARY PIPING LAYOUTS. VERTICAL WASTE AND DRAIN PIPES.CLEANOUTS SHALL BE OF THE SAME SIZE AS THE PIPES Co � V VENT 10. PROVIDE MAIN DRAINS AND AUXILIARY DRAINS WHERE THEY SERVE. 3 Lu VTR VENT THRU ROOF NECESSARY. N. HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE TYPE L COPPER PIPING ABOVE GRADE AND TYPE"K" `S► m `� a. r� COPPER PIPE BELOW GRADE,FITTINGS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES.PROVIDE WATER Q c♦ W WASTE 11 . PROVIDE TEST CONNECTIONS AT MOST REMOTE POINT OF MAIN HAMMER ARRESTORS WADE"SKOKSTOP"MODEL NO.W-5 THROUGH W-100,SIZE AND LOCATION PORTION OF EACH SPRINKLER SYSTEM. AS INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER. INSTALL STOP VALVE IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION IN EACH N m a LINE SIZE BALL VALVE(2" SMALLER)OR LINE SIZE LARGER) 12. LAYOUT THE SPRINKLER PIPING SO THAT THERE IS A MINIMUM WATER SUPPLY TO EACH FIXTURE.CHECK EXISTING WATER PRESSURE AND PROVIDE PRV CIS� a. BUTTERFLY VALVE{2-1/2"8� WHEN WATER PRESSURE EXCEEDS 80 PSI. SEPARATION OF 12"BETWEEN THE CEILING HEIGHT AND THE �j -Q�- BALANCING VALVE BOTTOM OF THE SPRINKLER PIPE OR ROUTE PIPING AROUNDp_ INSULATE ALL HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING BOTH VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY, IN CEILING d O LIGHT FIXTURES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. BELOW ALL HANDICAPPED FIXTURES AND CONCEALED IN WALLS COMPLETELY.PROVIDE 1" 13. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT PREFORMED FIBERGLASS ASJ-VB,FLAME SPREAD 25,SMOKE DEVELOPED 50,ASTM C-547. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHTDULE REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING REGARDING PIPE SIZES, P. PIPING ROUTED IN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE ROUTED ON WINTER WARM SIDE OF BUILDING ADEQUATE PRESSURES,SERVICE LOCATIONS,ZONING AND C) =^ n n SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE AUTHORITIES FOR APPROVAL WALL INSULATION. () MOUNTING SUPPLY STOP ;•i w x DESIGNATOR FIXTURE SIZE TYPE MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. COLOR TRAP CARRIER HEIGHT FITTING VALVE REMARKS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION Q.REMARKS PANELS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE CONCEALED CONTROL DEVICES,VALVES,ETC. y WATER SERVICE AND SYSTEMS. ARE CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS. WHERE ACCESS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE IS HCP WATER FLOOR AMERICAN RIM 17-1/4" SLOAN ROYAL BEMIS NO. 1955-SSC,OPEN FRONT,SELF SUSTAINING CHECK HINGE POSSIBLE THROUGH LAY-IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS,ACCESS PANELS ARE NOT REQUIRED. WC-1 ELONGATED 3043.001 WHITE INTEGRAL NONE __ 14. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS SHALL BE OF THE OPERATING � - t .Go - CLOSET MOUNTED STANDARD ABOVE FLOOR I11-YO SEAT HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE TEMPERATURE AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCATION WITH SPECIAL J OD R. TEST WATER SYSTEM UNDER 150 PSIG HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE,FOR FOUR{4}HOURS E < °° MCGUIRE NO. 155A STRAINER WITH TAILPIECE,PROVIDE WATER-CONSERVING REGARD FOR HEATING UNITS. SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL ROUTE -- MINIMUM. WHEN TESTING INDICATES MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP IS DEFICIENT, REPLACE OR � . rn MCGUIRE SEE ARCH. AMERICAN STANDARD MCGUIRE PRESSURE COMPENSATING VANDAL RESISTANT AERATOR FOR FAUCET.INSULATE AROUND, PROVIDE PROPER CLEARANCES,AND AVOID CONFLICT Q-6' V WITH BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. REPAIR AS REQUIRED,AND REPEAT TEST UNTIL STANDARDS ARE ACHIEVED. o LAV-1 LAVATORY '-' COUNTERTOP ELKAY RLLVRI2 �- NONE G mW� C8902F DWG. 1340.825 H2167CCLK HOT WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPING;HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE FAUCET - FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. �s ' ;= CD L S. PROVIDE A COMPLETE NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS.PIPE AND �" =a� �n��c 15. ALL PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED IN THE SUSPENDED CEILING Q SALON MCGUIRE SEE ARCH. GROHE EUROSMART MCGUIRE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.,SUPPLY FITTING LAVATORY CENTERSET FITTINGS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES.PROVIDE ALL UNIONS,SHUT-OFF y ;. -U.- SK-1 �- COUNTERTOP ELKAY BCR15 "- NONE SPACE,CONCEALED IN WALLS AND BEHIND FIXED FURNISHINGS, VALVES AND DIRT LEGS REQUIRED BY NFPA-54 AND GOVERNING LOCAL CODES. PROVIDE ALL C: m SINK C8912F DWG. 32643 CHROME FINISH H2167CCLK LESS DRAIN. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.ALL PIPING EXPOSED TO VIEW !_'' d 3no3 TESTS,METERS, INSPECTIONS,HANGERS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS REQUIRED FORA _ ooat� SHAMPOO SEE ARCH. MCGUIRE SHALL BE ROUTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND TIGHT TO THE -i Li. _ .., 0003 SK-2 - COUNTERTOP FURNISHED -- -- - NONE - FURNISHED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C. UNDERSIDE OF THE STRUCTURE. COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. PAINT PIPING ON ROOF WITH TWO COATS OF RUST SINK BY ULTA DWG. H2167CCLK THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE BY SHAMPOO SUPPLIER. RESISTANT OUTDOOR PAINT. 3 ; 16. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS OR CONSULT ARCHITECT W o; SK-3 NOT USED - - --- -- - - - - -- - - T. THE DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM,DRAINAGE SYSTEMS,AND GAS PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE '�. '- m FOR EXACT LOCATION OF FIXTURES,EQUIPMENT,ETC.AND FINAL FLUSHED AND PRESSURE TESTED. THE DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM SHALL BE PURIFIED. ' GROHE EUROSTYLE FINISHED ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATION WORK. r ' r COFFEE BAR MCGUIRE SEE ARCH. MCGUIRE U. DRAINAGE PIPING ABOVE AND BELOW FLOOR SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC UNLESS OTHERWISE SK-4 SINK '- COUNTERTOP ELKAY RLLVRI2 V C8912F NONE DWG. 33986 001 CHROME H2167CCLK FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 17. EXISTING SYSTEMS THAT REQUIRE RELOCATION AND SERVE FINISH EXISTING FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT OR AREAS THAT MUST REQUIRED BY CODE.PROVIDE CAST IRON OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL ONLY WHEN GROHE EUROSMART REMAIN ACTIVE,SHALL BE RELOCATED DURING OWNER REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION.CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY IDENTIFY WHAT MATERIAL WAS BID SK-5 C 45 �- COUNTERTOP ELKAY BCR15 - MCGUIRE NONE SEE ARCH. 32643 CHROME MCGUIRE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C., SUPPLY FITTING LAVATORY CENTERSET AT THE TIME OF BID SUBMITTAL. C8912F DWG. H2167CCLK LESS DRAIN. SCHEDULED SHUT-DOWNS. TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS AND - FINISH EXTENSIONS OF REQUIRED SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS V. ALL FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM. MOP FLOOR 3"CAST CHICAGO FAUCET MOUNT SUPPLY FITTING 36"ABOVE FLOOR,ROUGH CHROME NEEDED AND AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. MB-1 BASIN 24"x 24" MOUNTED FIAT MSB-2424 WHITE IRON NONE SEE REMARK 897-CCP INTEGRAL FINISH WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND DOCUMENT EXISTING W. ALL SANITARY LINES AND PLUMBING FIXTURES ON THE PROJECT SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED MEANS OF SEWAGE BACKFLOW PREVENTION. Revisions C1_ OF BUBBLER CONDITIONS WITHIN THE LIMITS OF DEMOLITION, PRIOR TO START ELECTRIC � WALL STANDARD MCGUIRE SMITH MCGUIRE HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE 10-124V_ ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW EWC-1 ELKAY EZSTL8LC ORIFICE 36"&41" INTEGRAL OF ANY WORK. FORWARD TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER,FOR X. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE BASED ON"AS-BUILT"DRAWINGS AND/OR LIMITED FIELD WATER COOLER MOUNTED FINISH C8872F 834 H2167CCLK PROVIDE OPTIONAL LKAPREZL APRON. 02!11115 ABOVE FLOOR REVIEW,ONE(1)COPY OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS BEING VERIFICATIONS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO REMOVED BY DEMOLITION WORK AND NEW INSTALLATION WORK. ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT.NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE PROVIDED f� ISSUE FOR BID WASHER WALL 2"CAST IRON RIM 42" 1/2"BALL VALVE LIMITS OF DEMOLITION AREA SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE PROJECT SITE AND/OR A02/11/15 WWB-1 s GUY GRAY CO. B-200 GRAY � INTEGRAL FINAL CONNECT CLOTHES WASHER SUPPLIES AND LINES. WALL BOX RECESSED pTRAP ABOVE FLOOR (ABOVE CEILING) PRODUCTS PREDETERMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS DRAWINGS PREPARED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL CONSULTANT. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THE BID.ANY E FOR PERMIT PRECISION DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR L-AO3104/15 ISSUE F TRAP MOUNTED IN 18"ABOVE 19. CARFULLY REVIEW THE INTERIOR DESIGN,ARCHITECTURAL, RESOLUTION. TP-1' PRIMER WALL PLUMBING P1-500 NA NA w FINISHED FLOOR NA 1/2"BALL VALVE PROVIDE CHROME PLATED ACCESS PANEL AND AG-500 AIR GAP CONNECTION. STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS PRODUCTS FOR ADDITIONAL ITEMS TO BE REMOVED,RELOCATED,OR Y. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE INCIDENTAL DEMOLITION WORK PRIOR /\ 'PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER PROTECTION ON ALL FLOOR DRAINS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AHJ. ACCOMMODATED; INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BASE BID FOR THIS TO BIDDING AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK. DEMOLITION OF ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION/CONSTRUCTION OF q (� 20. NEW OR EXISTING EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE LOCATED ABOVE NEW WORK. INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. PROVIDE LOCATION OR RELOCATION OF Z. COORDINATE ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. EQUIPMENT TO AREAS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 2"CLEARANCE FROM THE EDGE OF THE SLAB OPENING TO ANY RECONNECT EQUIPMENT TO SYSTEMS. STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND PIPES. 21. DRAINING AND REFILLING OF SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED FOR AA. PIPE SIZES INDICATED ON THE PLANS ARE MINIMUM.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PIPE DEMOLITION AND/OR NEW INSTALLATIONS WORK,SHALL BE THE SIZES EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE SPECIFIED SIZES.THE CONTRACTOR MAY INCREASE fC.� RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR. PIPE SIZES AS REQUIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT. 6512' \ 22. REROUTE FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING IF REQUIRED FOR THE NEW AB. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL PRIOR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK LAYOUT. TO BIDDING.THE TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE OREGON 23. ALL SPRINKLERS IN CEILINGS SHALL BE CONCEALED TYPE WITH CONTRACTOR CONTRACT.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH s��7' ," e 2� C-1THE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT. OSS `� -s WHITE COVER PLATE TO MATCH COLOR OF CEILING TILE.EXACT � NG. S�' LOCATIONS OF EACH AND EVERY SPRINKLER WILL BE APPROVED AC. PROVIDE TEMPORARY COVERS,CAPS,OR PLUGS ON SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM THROUGHOUT BY INTERIOR DESIGNER AND OWNER.SUBMIT PRODUCTS AND THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION.RAG WADS,DUCT TAPE,OR OTHER SIMILAR METHODS OF EXPIRATION DA E INE 30.20/6 SPRINKLER LOCATIONS TO INTERIOR DESIGNER AND OWNER FOR TEMPORARY COVERS SHALL NOT BE UTILIZED.UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, APPROVAL PRIOR TO SHOP DRAWING PROCESS. COMPLETELY REMOVE ANY AND ALL OBSTRUCTIONS INSIDE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM BY SNAKING, l f RIDDING,OR JETTING THE SYSTEM IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO PROJECT TURNOVER TO THE OWNER. 24. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BID ALTERNATE FOR ANY Signature MODIFICATIONS NEEDED, DUE TO LOW SPRINKLER BRANCH AD. ALL BELOW GRADE SANITARY LINES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2"OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL 03/03/2015 LINES/STRUCTURE HEIGHTS. MODIFICATIONS TO SPRINKLERCODE REQUIREMENTS. Date BRANCH LINES NEED TO BE TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. 06/30/2016 AE. SANITARY TEE FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN DRAIN WASTE,AND VENT(DWV)SYSTEM. 25. PROVIDED MEANS FURNISH AND INSTALL. 0 C) AF. INSTALL SANITARY PIPING 2"OR SMALLER AT A SLOPE OF 1/4"PER FOOT AND SANITARY PIPING I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- rq LARGER THAN 2"AT A SLOPE OF 1/8"PER FOOT. PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST �t OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, L(7 REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR C:) AG. ALL PUBLIC USE LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL HAVE AN AUTOMATIC SAFETY WATER MIXING RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. N DEVICE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/ASSE 1016 OR 1017. i M AH. ALL HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSETS SHALL HAVE THE FLUSHING HANDLE ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE STALL AS REQUIRED BY ADA REQUIREMENTS. ARCHITECT LL o, Al. HARD 90 DEGREE ELBOW WILL NOT BE PERMITTED ON SANITARY LINES. Drawn By Checked By AK DH AJ. SUPPORT ALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK, EQUIPMENT, ETC. FROM TOP CHORD OF ROOF/FLOOR Scale Date a- JOISTS, OR PROVIDE STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS INDICATING BOTTOM CHORD ATTACHMENT IS C:) ACCEPTABLE. NO SCALE 2111/15 AK. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING WATER PRESSURE AND PROVIDE PRESSURE Jab No. 3 REDUCING VALVE ON WATER SERVICE IF PRESSURE EXCEEDS 80 PSI. 14e7;&, D AL. PROVIDED MEANS FURNISH AND INSTALL. TCD Sheet No. ////^1111 Y O Y NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT SEE P-1 FOR INTAKE AND NUT TOP AND ROD EXHAUST SIZE AND BOTTOM COLD WATER REQUIREMENTS HOT WATER CIRC. ( i• INSULATION PIPE ROD INSULATION GLOBE VALVE ! RELIEF VALVE HOT WATER ~ ROD MAXIMUM CIRC.PUMP �� GAS 2 112"BELOW NUT © � � } l �,E GLOBE VALVE j PROVIDE ( SEISMIC � lh SUPPORT STRAP TO WALL STRAP PER i BRACKET OR SUSPEND FROM CPC.,SECT. PIPE CEILING WITH THREADED ROD. 508.2;SEE ARCH.DWGS. ROD SHIEEETDMETAL HANGER SHIELD ETAL HANGER CHECK VALVE � VENT WALL MOUNTED PIPE EXPANSION TANK WATER HEATER FLF�CtBLE STAINLESS STEEL NUT TOP AND ROD MAXIMUM 1/2" ROD BRAIDED HOT AND COLD BOTTOM BELOW NUT ROD I SUPPLY LINES GC TO PROVIDE FLEXIBLE PVC DRAIN LINE TO HAIR TRAP WHEN GLEVIS % _J I GAS COCK """"" ALLOWED BY AHJ HANGER NUT TOP AND0011� PIPE BOTTOM / �` � UNION(TYP.) -1/ C ----- wl--- DIRT LEG SHEETMETAL GC TO PROVIDE PVC DRAIN LINE HANGER SHIELD a TO DRAIN WHEN ALLOWED BY AHJ INSULATION SHEETMETAL HANGER J HAIR TRAP SUPPLIED BY ULTA SHIELD ROD MAXIMUM 1/2"BELOW NUT n n •0 NOTE: KEEP ALL PLUMBING(VENT, DRAIN,AND SUPPLY LINES) cc AS TIGHT TO A 6"CIRCLE AS POSSIBLE. 0 8 TYPICAL HANGER DETAIL 5 DOMESTIC WATER HEATER DETAIL - GAS - TANKLESS SHAMPOO SINK DETAIL O �r� NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE Cr/ Q HOT OR COLD IF HORIZONTAL BRANCH iS LESS Q 0) TURN-DOWN LEAD FLASHING WATER SUPPLY THAN 20'LONG,PROVIDE ONE PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL SHIELD FOR ALL INSULATED PIPE, C WHA AT END OF LINE IF BRANCH 2"AND LARGER.VERIFY INSULATION THICKNESS WHEN SIZING ROOF INTO TOP OF VENT PIPE INSTALL PER PDC W Q SEALANT BEAD IS GREATER THAN 20'LONG, HANGERS&SHIELDS. •i+ STANDARDS& PROVIDE ANOTHER WHA IN STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER'S MIDDLE, EACH SIZED FOR HALF _ C W SHEET LEAD FLASHING BOOT -__- -- - -=- .� CO PIPE CLAMP INSTRUCTIONS. THE FIXTURE UNITS. C4 An MIN.4LB./S.F.AND 24"SQ. I - ---_ _�- �� -I MOLDED PIPE BOOT � N FURNISHED BY PDI SIZE"A" I { -- - I = ...... ------ ---- . SECTION 15050 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS RELATED TO SECTION 15400 3.11 DRAINAGE AND VENTING PART 2-PRODUCTS SECTION 15350 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS A.Piping designators: CWS,HWS,HWR,and TWS. A.WHERE LINES ARE PURPOSELY PITCHED FOR DRAINAGE OR VENTING,AN ACCURATE NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 1.PIPING SHALL BE TYPE'L`HARD COPPER TUBING MADE UP WITH WROUGHT GRADE SHALL BE MAINTAINED. LINES SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO 2,01 INSULATION-HOT PIPING PART 1-GENERAL COPPER FITTINGS USING 95-5(LEAD FREE)SOLDER. PREVENT DEFLECTION OF THE PIPING SUFFICIENT TO POCKET THE LINES. A.INSULATION FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE 1"THICK GLASS FIBER. PART 1-GENERAL )m 2.CWS AND HWS PIPING UNDER FLOOR SHALL BE TYPE W HARD COPPER WITH B.GLASS FIBER INSULATION SHALL BE UL RATED,NONCOMBUSTIBLE,SECTIONAL PIPE 1.01 DESCRIPTION 3.12 PIPE AND FITTINGS INSULATION OF HEAVY DENSITY GLASS FIBER WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET HAVING A 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.THIS SECTION DEFINES THE GENERAL PROVISIONS WHICH ARE COMMON TO ALL FLARE FITTINGS. A.ALL PIPE SIZES REFERRED TO IN THESE SECTIONS SHOULD BE INTERPRETED AS IPS COMPOSITE RATING NOT TO EXCEED 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 50 SMOKE DEVELOPED. A.THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS APPLY TO THE WORK OF THIS SECTION: SECTION 15050. ~ B.WATER MAIN: REFER IN DIVISION 2 SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS AND/OR CIVIL (IRON PIPE SIZE)UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED OTHERWISE,SUCH AS"O.D."FOR INSULATION SHALL BE AS SUPPLIED BY CERTAINTEED,OINENS/CORNING,OR KNAUF. m<2 SECTIONS OF DIVISION 15. B.IN ADDITION: THE FOLLOWING APPLY: 1540Q AND 15800. - B.FURNISH ALL LABOR,MATERIALS,TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT;FABRICATE,AND INSTALL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS AND COMPLY WITH AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. C.SANITARY AND STORM: BELOW GRADES INSIDE BUILDING. TUBING. C.EVERY PACKAGE OR STANDARD CONTAINER OF COVERING,ADHESIVE AND COATING COMPLETE AND IN PLACE,ALL THE FIXTURES,EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON B.FULL LENGTHS OF PIPE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. SHORT LENGTHS OF PIPE 1.02 DESCRIPTION 1.PIPING SHALL$E SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE,ASTM A74;WITH LEAD DELIVERED AT THE BUILDING FOR USE MUST HAVE THE MANUFACTURER'S STAMP OR LABEL t THE DRAWINGS,SPECIFIED HEREIN,AND AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE WITH COUPLINGS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. A.THIS SECTION PROVIDES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS. Y INSTALLATION. AND OAKUM JOINTS. ATTACHED,GIVING NAME OF MANUFACTURER AND BRAND. A PREFORMED JOINTS MAY BE USED IF ACCEPTABLE TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES C.ALL PIPE SHALL BE CUT TO EXACT MEASUREMENT TO BE INSTALLED WITHOUT FORCING D.JACKET LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS SHALL BE SELF-SEALING TYPE. r C.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL PERMITS,FEES AND CHARGES REQUIRED FOR THIS 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS HAVING JURISDICTION. {EXCEPT WHERE COLD SPRINGING IS SPECIFICALLY CALLED FOR). AFTER CUTTING,ENDS SHALL E.PROVIDE HALF ROUND GALVANIZED 18 GAUGE SHEET METAL HANGER SHIELDS. SHIELDS WORK. 2.POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC),SCHEDULE 40 PIPE AND FITTINGS,ASTM 02665: BE REAMED AND CLEANED TO ELIMINATE FOREIGN MATTER, SHALL BE 12"LNG FOR PIPE SIZES UP TO 3',18"FOR PIPE SIZES OVER 3"ANO UP TO A.PROVIDE 1/4'SCALE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL PIPING SYSTEMS. a - WITH PRIMER AND SOLVENT CEMENT JOINTS MAY BE USED IF ACCEPTABLE TO THE LOCAL D.CUTTING OR OTHER WEAKENING OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE TO FACILITATE PIPING 6",AND 24"LONG FOR PIPE SIZES OVER 6", 1.02 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. INSTALLATION WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. PART 2-PRODUCTS A.DESIGN DRAWINGS: THE DRAWINGS ACCOMPANYING THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE E.ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE MARKED BY THE MANUFACTURER IN ACCORDANCE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC. ANY CHANGES FROM THE GENERAL ROUTING SHOWN ON THE D.SANITARY AND STORM: ABOVE GRADE INSIDE BUILDING. 2.02 INSULATION-COLD PIPING WITH THE MARKING SECTIONS OF THE STANDARDS TO WHICH REFERENCE IS MADE IN THIS 2.01 PROVIDE GAS PIPING SYSTEM PRODUCTS DRAWINGS SUCH AS OFFSETS,BENDS OR CHANGES IN ELEVATION DUE TO COORDINATION 1.2-1/2"AND LARGER: PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE A.INSULATION FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE 1"THICK GLASS FIBER. - SPECIFICATION MANUAL. STANDARD MARKING SYSTEM FOR VALVES,FITTINGS,FLANGES X GAS COCKS AND UNIONS, WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE DONE AND FITTINGS,ASTM A74,WITH LEAD AND OAKUM JOINTS, B.INSULATION FOR DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE 1'THICK GLASS FIBER. WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE TO THE OWNER. A.CAST IRON NO-HUB PIPE,FITTINGS,AND JOINTS,CISP1301,MAY BE USED AND UNIONS OF THE MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND CFITTINGS INDUSTRY. C.GLASS FIBER INSULATION SHALL BE UL RATED,NONCOMBUSTIBLE,SECTIONAL PIPE B.PIPE,FITTINGS AND PIPING SPECIALTIES. B.SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR EACH AND EVERY ITEM IF ACCEPTABLE TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. INSULATION OF HEAVY DENSITY GLASS FIBER WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET HAVING A C.PROTECTIVE COATINGS. 2.2`AND SMALLER: PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED PIPE,ASTM 53 F.MAKE ALL CHANGES IN SIZE AND DIRECTION OF PIPING WITH FITTINGS. DO NOT USE COMPOSITE RATING NOT TO EXCEED 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 50 SMOKE DEVELOPED. D.PRESSURE REGULATORS. OF MANUFACTURED MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT. BENDS,MITER FITTINGS,FACE OR FLUSH BUSHINGS,STREET ELBOWS OR FIELD-FABRICATED E.GAS SERVICE METER AND APPARATUS SUPPORT. C.RECORD DRAWINGS: OR ASTM 120,WITH BLACK CAST IRON DRAINAGE FITTINGS. REDUCERS. INSULATION SHALL BE AS SUPPLIED BY CERTAINTEED,OWENS/CORNING,OR KNAUF. 1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP AN ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL CONCEALED PIPES, A.CAST IRON NO-HUB PIPE,FITTINGS,AND JOINTS,CISPI 301,MAY USED IF G.CLOSE NIPPLES SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED;USE ONLY SHOULDER NIPPLES. SHOULDER D.EVERY PACKAGE OR STANDARD CONTAINER OF COVERING,ADHESIVE AND COATING PART 3-EXECUTION DUCTS,VALVES,CONDUITS,ETC. IN ADDITION,HE SHALL RECORD,IN A SPECIAL SET OF ACCEPTABLE TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. NIPPLE WITH SHOULDER LENGTH LESS THAN 1-1l2"SHALL 8E OF HEAVY WALL PIPE; DELIVERED AT THE BUILDING FOR USE MUST HAVE THE MANUFACTURER`S STAMP OR LABEL CONTRACT DRAWINGS,ALL CHANGES AND DEVIATIONS FROM THE DESIGN DRAWINGS THAT 3.POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC),SCHEDULE 40,PIPE AND FITTINGS,ASTM D2665; ATTACHED,GIVING NAME OF MANUFACTURER AND BRAND- 3.01 ODE COMPLIANCE OCCURRED DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. WITH PRIMER AND SOLVENT CEMENT JOINTS MAY BE USED IF ACCEPTABLE TO LOCAL NIPPLES HAVING SHOULDER LENGTH OF 1-112"OR GREATER SHALL BE OF SAME SCHEDULE AS CONNECTED PIPE. E.JACKET LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS SHALL BE SELF-SEALING TYPE. A.CURRENT NFPA#54-NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE. 2.AT COMPLETION OF THE JOB,THESE DRAWINGS ILLUSTRATING CHANGES OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. F.PROVIDE HALF ROUND GALVANIZED 18 GAUGE SHEET METAL HANGER SHIELDS. SHIELDS B.UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES,INC. DEVIATIONS SHOWING BY DIMENSION AND LOCATION THE EXACT POSITION OF ALL A.NO CELLULAR CORE OR FOAMED PIPING WILL BE PERMITTED. H.UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS,INSTALL ALL SUPPLY PIPING TO COILS, PUMPS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT INCLUDING VALVES AND STRAINERS THEREIN,AT LINE SIZE. SHALL 8E 12'LONG FOR PIPE SIZES UP TO 3",18"FOR PIPE SIZES OVER 3"AND UP TO C.AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION. CONCEALED PIPES,VALVES,ETC.,SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. IF A REDUCTION IS REQUIRED AT A PUMP OR CONTROL VALVE,THE REDUCER SHALL BE 6%AND 24"LONG FOR PIPE SIZES OVER 6`. D.ALL CURRENT LOCAL,STATE AND FEDERAL APPLICABLE. D.SPECIFICATIONS-REFER TO THE FOLLOWING GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AS THEY ARE A 2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS RELATED TO SECTION 15350 INSTALLED ABUTTING THE INLET AND/OR OUTLET OF THE PUMP OR VALVE. PART OF ALL SECTIONS OF DIVISION 15. A.GAS PIPING: PART 3-EXECUTION 3.02 NATURAL GAS SERVICE 1.DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS;REGARDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1.GAS PIPING ABOVE THE FLOOR SHALL BE BLACK,SCHEDULE 40,ASTM A120 STEEL A.THE GAS UTILITY WILL PROVIDE A GAS SERVICE AND METER. ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES,SUBMITTALS,CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY PIPE. FITTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED,MALLEABLE CAST IRON FOR PIPING 2"AND SMALLER 3.13 WELDING FITTINGS A.BUTT-WELDING FITTINGS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED ACCORDING TO ANSI STANDARD 3.01 INSULATED PIPING SYSTEMS B.PROVIDE A CONCRETE PAD AND STEEL PIPE STANDS/PLATFORMS FOR METER,PER CONTROLS,CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION,AND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS. AND WELDING FITTINGS FOR PIPING 2-1/2"AND LARGER. 816.9(LATEST EDITION). MITERED JOINT ELBOWS AND FIELD FABRICATED REDUCERS ARE A.PROVIDE INSULATION ON PIPING SYSTEMS AS FOLLOWS: DRAWINGS. 2.DIVISION 2-SITEWORK;REGARDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: SELECTIVE 2.GAS PIPING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE BLACK,SCHEDULE 80,ASTM A120,ALL 1.HOT PIPING. DEMOLITION,EARTHWORK,EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING. WELDED CONSTRUCTION,WRAPPED WITH ASPHALT IMPREGNATED KRAFT PAPER. FINISH NOT PERMITTED. 2.COLD PIPING. 3.03 NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION B.MAKE ALL BRANCH CONNECTIONS WITH TEES,EXCEPT THAT ON STEEL PIPING,FORGED 3.DIVISION 3-CONCRETE;REGARDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: CAST-IN-PLACE JOINTS WITH BITUMASTIC#50 AND PAPER. STEEL"WELDOLETS"AS MANUFACTURED BY BONNEY FORGE MAY BE USED WHERE THE 3.SANITARY DRAINAGE LINES RECEIVING COLD CONDENSATE,AS PER COLD PIPING. A.PROVIDE A GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FROM THE METER TO THE GAS-FIRED CONCRETE,FORMWORK AND REINFORCEMENT. 4.HOT WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE LINES AT LAVATORIES INTENDED FOR HANDICAPPED EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES,PER DRAWINGS. - E.IT IS THE INTENTION OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION THAT ALL ITEMS OF MATERIAL 2.04 ACCESS DOORS BRANCH PIPE IS NOT LARGER THAN ONE-HALF THE SIZE OF THE MAIN PIPE(NOMINAL ACCESSIBILITY. 00 z AND EQUIPMENT HEREIN SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS FOR EACH SECTION A.PROVIDE 24'X 24"ACCESS DOORS MANUFACTURED AS AN INTEGRAL UNIT COMPLETE SIZES). 3.04 NATURAL GAS PIPING INSTALLATION C6 SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THAT SECTION,AND INSTALLED BY THAT WITH ALL PARTS AND READY FOR INSTALLATION AS MANUFACTURED BY ONE OF THE 3.02 PIPE HANGER SHIELDS A.EXTEND VENTS FROM PRESSURE REGULATIONS TO THE OUTSIDE WITH SCREENED VENT CONTRACTOR,UNLESS IT IS SPECIFICALLY STATED IN THE SECTION SPECIFICATION,OR SHOWN FOLLOWING: 3.14 REDUCING FITTINGS A.EACH CONTRACTOR INSTALLING HOT OR COLD PIPING SHALL SET THE PIPING UP ON CAP. 0 ON THE DRAWINGS,THAT ANY ITEM OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT IS TO BE FURNISHED BY 1.BIRMINGHAM ORNAMENTAL. A.USE ECCENTRIC REDUCING FITTINGS OR ECCENTRIC REDUCING COUPLINGS WHERE WOOD BLOCKING AT EACH HANGER. B.REFER TO BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION FOR CLEANING,TESTING AND THE CONTRACTOR OF A SECTION AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTORS OF OTHER SECTIONS, 2,KARP. REQUIRED TO PREVENT POCKETING OF LIQUID. B.THE WOOD BLOCKING THICKNESS SHALL BE THE SAME AS THAT OF THE PIPE OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. OR FURNISHED BY OTHER SECTION CONTRACTORS AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR OF 3.MILORD,DIVISION OF INRYCO. B.WHERE ECCENTRIC REDUCERS ARE USED,THE STRAIGHT SIDE SHOULD BE INSTALLED ON INSULATION. THE SECTION. B.PROVIDE FLUSH PANEL DOORS,EXCEPT PROVIDE RECESSED PANEL DOORS WHERE TOP FOR PUMP SUCTION AND ON THE BOTTOM FOR ALL OTHER LINES. C.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE WOOD BLOCKING WITH A FULL SECTION OF HEAVY Lm ACCESS DOORS OCCUR IN PLASTER OR ACOUSTICAL TILE GLUED TO GYPSUM LATH. DENSITY PIPE INSULATION AND A HANGER SHIELD. SECTION 15400 LO C6 r 1.03 CHASES AND RECESSES C.PROVIDE UL'B"LABELED UNITS WHERE ACCESS DOORS OCCUR IN HOUR 3.15 CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES PLUMBING ® ' v A.ALL CHASES,RECESSES AND MAJOR MASONRY OPENINGS AS SHOWN ON THE RATED-CONSTRUCTION. A.PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE TO EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS OR 3.03 INSTALLATION,GENERAL-HOT PIPING A� DRAWINGS WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL TRADES. D.PROVIDE SCREW DRIVER OPERATED CAM LOCKS OF NUMBER REQUIRED BY SIZE OF TERMINAL USE POINTS. A.ALL SURFACES MUST BE CLEAN AND DRY AND PIPE LINES TESTED BEFORE APPLYING PART 1-GENERAL ( B.PIPING SHALL BE FABRICATED CAREFULLY AND. ACCURATELY TO MEET CONNECTIONS ON Vae DOOR. PIPE INSULATION. IF COVERING IS APPLIED AT THE PIPE COVERER'S OPTION PRIOR TO a 1.04 LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT WITHOUT SPRINGING THE PIPE E.PROVIDE ANCHORAGE APPROPRIATE TO CONSTRUCTION, TESTING,AND DEFECTS IN COVERED WORK APPEAR AT OR BEFORE THE TIME OF 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.PRIOR TO TESTING,ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY LUBRICATED IN ACCORDANCE C.PROVIDE UNIONS OR FLANGES AT ALL PIPING CONNECTIONS TO COILS,EQUIPMENT, C WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ONE SET OF TOOLS NECESSARY FOR LUBRICATION CONTROL VALVES,PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES,STEAM TRAPS,ETC.,AT ALL LOCATIONS AS INSPECTION AND TESTS,THE COVERING MUST BE REMOVED,AND AFTER DEFECTS HAVE A.SECTION 15050,BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS,APPLIES TO THE WORK SPECIFIED _ PART 3-EXECUTION BEEN CORRECTED,MUST BE REINSTALLED WITHOUT EXPENSE 70 THE OWNER. IN THIS SECTION. ��Q �i SHALL BE DELIVERED TO OWNER. AFTER PROPER LUBRICATING,ALL UNITS SHALL BE STARTED SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS,AND GENERALLY AS REQUIRED TO DISCONNECT PIPING FROM B.COVERING SHALL BE DRY WHEN INSTALLED AND BEFORE AND DURING THE APPLICATION B.IN ADDITION,THE FOLLOWING APPLY: 15250 AND 15350. W 4&* (� AND SUCCESSFULLY OPERATED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ARCHITECT 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS. ARRANGE CONNECTIONS SO THAT THE EQUIPMENT SERVED OF ANY FINISH. SURFACES OF COVERING SHALL BE SMOOTH,EVEN AND SUBSTANTIALLY � a !- AND/OR ENGINEER. A.ALL CUTTING,REPAIRING,FITTING AND REFINISHING OF IN PLACE CONSTRUCTION MAY BE REMOVED WITHOUT DISTURBING THE PIPING. WHERE VALVES SERVE TO ISOLATE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT PIPE COVERING. 1.02 DESCRIPTION O fmB.EXCEPT FOR SMALL ELECTRICAL MOTORS WHICH UNDER NEMA STANDARDS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK OF A SECTION SHALL BE DONE AT THE EQUIPMENT OR SPECIALTIES,THE UNIONS OR FLANGES SHALL BE LOCATED BETWEEN VALVES C.MANUFACTURER'S APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE FOLLOWED. A.THIS SECTION PROVIDES FOR THE INSTALLAT{ON OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS,FIXTURES, MEQUIPPED WITH LIFETIME LUBRICATION,ALL BEARINGS ON LARGE MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR OF THE SECTION,EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE AND EQUIPMENT OR SPECIALTIES. UNIONS SHALL GENERALLY$E USED FOR PIPE SIZES 2' D.INSULATION SHALL NOT BE APPLIED OVER PIPE PLUGS,BLIND NIPPLES,NAMEPLATES, EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES. N EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH LUBRICATOR FITTINGS EXTENDED TO THE EXTERIOR OF DRAWINGS OR HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED. AND SMALLER AND FLANGES FOR PIPE SIZES 2-1/2'AND LARGER. INSPECTION STAMPS,OR IDENTIFICAON TAGS. Cc N - THE HOUSING. B.WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY CRAFTSMEN SKILLED IN THEIR RESPECTIVE TRADES. E.INSULATOR MUST EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION IN THE STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS cc r0y 3.16 DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS ADHESIVES AND DURING THEIR APPLICATION. A.PROVIDE 118"SCALE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL PIPING SYSTEMS. Apah V.) � '� M - 1.05 POWER WIRING 3.02 EXCAVATING A.PROVIDE DIELECTRIC FITTINGS BETWEEN FERROUS AND COPPER PIPING. A.MOTORS UP TO AND INCLUDING 1/3 H.P.SHALL BE 120 VOLT,60 HERTZ,SINGLE A.THE CONTRACTOR OF EACH SECTION SHALL DO ALL EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING AS 3.04 INSULATION OF PIPING-HOT PIPING PART 2-PRODUCTS e _ PHASE AND MOTORS 1/2 H.P.AND LARGER SHALL BE BUILT FOR 208 VOLTS,60 HERTZ, REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK. 3.17 PIPE SLEEVES A.BUTT JOINTS FIRMLY TOGETHER. OVERLAP SEAM SHALL BE DOWNWARD ON SIDE OF I 3" I - " THREE PHASE;UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED PER DRAWING SCHEDULES,PLANS AND B.THE WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 2 SPECIFICATION A.PROVIDE ALL PIPE OPENINGS THROUGH WALLS,PARTITIONS AND SLABS WITH SLEEVES PIPE,SEALED TIGHT AND SMOOTH, STAPLE OVERLAP ON 6"SPACING. 2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES I_ -0 In DETAILS. SECTIONS AND AS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED. HAVING AN INTERNAL DIAMETER AT LEAST 1"LARGER THAN THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE B.INSTALL BUTT STRIPS WITH 2"OVERLAP DOWNWARD STAPLE END OF OVERLAP. A.PROVIDE PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES AS SCHEDULED AND NOTED. (a B.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS WITH C.EXCESS EARTH FROM THE EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE DEPOSITED ON THE SITE WHERE PIPE FOR UNINSULATED LINES OR OF THE THICKNESS OF THE INSULATION FOR INSULATED C.INSULATION SHALL BE FASTENED WITH 9116"FLARE TYPE STAPLES. M ~ H.O.A.SWITCH FOR EACH ITEM OF THREE PHASE EQUIPMENT AND UNFUSED DISCONNECTS DIRECTED. SERVICES. 2.02 VACUUM BREAKERS W V 3.05 INSULATION OF FITTINGS,VALVES,ETC.-HOT PIPING FOR EACH ITEM OF SINGLE PHASE EQUIPMENT,EXCEPT WHERE STARTERS ARE FURNISHED D.ALL EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE BACKFILLED AS FOLLOWS: B.INSTALL SLEEVES THROUGH INTERIOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS FLUSH WITH FINISHED A.PROVIDE VACUUM BREAKERS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND SUPPLY FITTINGS HAVING A - AS A PART OF WIRED EQUIPMENT. 1.WITHIN THE BUILDING WALLS AND UNDER ALL PAVED AREAS:BANK RUN GRANULAR SURFACES;SLEEVES THROUGH OUTSIDE WALLS ARE TO PROJECT 1/2`ON OUTSIDE OF THE SUBMERGED OUTLET OR HOSE END. cc - FILL COMPACTED TO 95%MODIFIED PROCTOR. A.FITTINGS AND VALVES WAND LESS SHALL BE INSULATED$Y WRAPPING WITH PRE-CUTcm G.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL POWER WIRING INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO FINISHED WALL. FLOOR SLEEVES ARE TO PROJECT 2"ABOVE FINISHED FLOORS. 2.UNDER CONCRETE AREAS AND PAVED AREAS,FILL AS WITHIN THE BUILDINGS. FIBER GLASS BLANKET INSULATION AND SECURING WITH JUTE TWINE. A PREFORMED, 0'Im � - THE MOTORS FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTORS OF THIS DIVISION. C.SET SLEEVES IN PLACE BEFORE POURING CONCRETE OR SECURELY FASTEN RIND GROUT 2.03 CLEANOUTS � \ /r MOLDED PVC JACKET COVER SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER THE BLANKET INSULATION. THE D.REFER TO SECTION 15900 FOR THE WIRING TO BE PERFORMED BY THE TEMPERATURE 3.IN GRASSY AREAS,FILL WITH BANK RUN GRANULAR FILL TO A DEPTH OF 12 INCHES IN WITH CEMENT. A PROVIDE CLEANOUTS FOR SANITARY SYSTEMS AS SCHEDULED OR NOTED. CONTROL CONTRACTOR AND THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AS THEY RELATE TO TEMPERATURE OVER THE HIGHEST PART OF THE PIPING AND FINISH WITH ACCEPTABLE EXCAVATED D.SLEEVE CONSTRUCTION: JACKET SHALL BE FASTENED WITH STAINLESS STEEL TACKS AND BUTT STRIPS OVERLAPPING CONTROLS. MATERIAL. ONTO THE ADJOINING PIPE INSULATION. - 1.INTERIOR PARTITIONS:NO.22 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL WITH SOLDERED 2.04 DRAINS AND ACCESSORIES B.FITTINGS 4"IPS AND LARGER SHALL BE INSULATED WITH NESTED AND/OR MITERED JOINT. A.PROVIDE FLOOR DRAINS AND ACCESSORIES AS SCHEDULED,NOTED AND DETAILED. 1.06 FLUSHING AND TESTING 3.03 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 2.INTERIOR MASONRY WALLS AND FLOORS:SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE. SECTIONAL PIPE COVERING OF THE SAME MATERIAL AND THICKNESS AS THE ADJACENT A.THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE SECTION SHALL,WHEN DIRECTED BY THE PIPE INSULATION. INSULATION SHALL THEN RECEIVE ONE COAT OF FINISHING CEMENT WITH A.ALL NEW WATER PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL 8E FLUSHED USING WATER. LOW POINT E.INTERIOR WALLS: FILL THE SPACE BETWEEN OUTSIDE OF PIPE OR INSULATION AND THE 2.05 FLASHINGS +- •; .--a GLASS FIBER REINFORCING CLOTH APPLIED TO FORM A SMOOTH FINISH IN ACCORDANCE WITH i_: >o n DRAINS SHALL BE OPENED AND THE SYSTEMS PROVED TO BE DRAINABLE. ARCHITECT/ENGINEER,PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH A COMPETENT TRADESMAN TO INSTRUCT INSIDE OF THE SLEEVE OR FRAMED OPENING WITH FIBER GLASS. A.PROVIDE 4 POUND SHEET LEAD FLASHINGS FOR VENTS,OR MOLDED PIPE U -mw B.ALL CLOSED SYSTEMS,OPERATING UNDER PRESSURE,SHALL BE TESTED,WITH WATER, THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL IN THE PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE F.EXTERIOR WALLS:PACK WITH OAKUM,SEAL WITH LEAD AND WATERTIGHT MASTIC OR MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. BOOT-FLASHINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING DETAILS. N - . :; AT 1 1/2 TIMES THEIR OPERATING PRESSURE. EQUIPMENT HE HAS INSTALLED. ASPHALT. C.VALVES 4"IPS AND LARGER SHALL HAVE BODIES UP TO THE BONNETS INSULATED iffi= - �¢. C.ALL OPEN SYSTEMS,SEWERS,ETC.,SHALL BE TESTED WITH WATER,AT A HEAD OF B.PROVIDE COPIES OF OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS,EQUIPMENT MANUALS,AND CONTROL G.PROVIDE ESCUTCHEONS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PENETRATION THROUGH THE WITH NESTED AND/OR MITERED SECTIONAL PIPE COVERING OF THE SAME MATERIAL AND 2.06 TRANSITION COUPLINGS ( a FIVE(5)FEET ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OR GRADE. DIAGRAMS PER DIVISION-1 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT- STRUCTURE FOR ALL PIPES EXPOSED TO VIEW PASSING THROUGH WALLS,FLOORS,CEILINGS, THICKNESS AS THE ADJACENT PIPE INSULATION. INSULATION SHALL RECEIVE ONE COAT OF A.PROVIDE TRANSITION COUPLINGS BETWEEN CHANGE OF MATERIALS OF PIPING SYSTEMS. 0 0 n " D.GAS PIPING SHALL BE FLUSHED USING 100 PSIG COMPRESSED AIR. AFTER CLEANING, C.CONTROL DIAGRAMS AND WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE FRAMED UNDER GLASS. AND PARTITIONS,WHETHER OR NOT INSULATED. FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH FLOORS, FINISHING CEMENT WITH GLASS FIBER REINFORCING CLOTH APPLIED TO FORM A SMOOTH _ w" n PIPING SHALL FIRST BE AIR TESTED AT 5 PSIG USING GAUGES WITH INCREMENTS OF NO ESCUTCHEONS SHALL FIT OVER THE SLEEVES. FINISH IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER`S RECOMMENDATIONS. PACKING NUTS OF 2.07 THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES 00 _ MORE THAN 1'W.G.AND FINAL TESTED WITH A MERCURY MANOMETER AT 6"W.G. THE 3.04 CODES AND STANDARDS H.FIRE-STOPPING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL OPENINGS TO INCLUDE THE ANNULAR VALVES SHALL NOT BE INSULATED. A.PROVIDE THERMOMETER AND GAUGES PER DRAWING LEGENDS. "I0. � FIRST TEST SHALL BE APPLIED FOR A MINIMUM OF ONE 1 HOUR THE SECOND TEST FOR A.PIPING AND APPURTENANCES INSTALLED UNDER THIS DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SPACE AROUND DUCTS,PIPING,CONDUITS,ETC.AND SHALL BE U.L.RATED MATERIALS D.FLANGES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH NESTED PIPE INSULATION. THE FLANGE INSULATION B.THEY SHALL BE SEPARABLE SOCKET,ADJUSTABLE ANGLE TYPE. { } SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING,WHERE APPLICABLE: AND METHODS PER THE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. SUBMIT THROUGH SHALL EXTEND NOT LESS THAN 2"OVER THE ADJACENT PIPE INSULATION ON EACH SIDE OF C.MANUFACTURERS: TRERICE,MARSH,MARSHALLTOWN. E - us - A PERIOD OF 15 MINUTES. - . W ANSI CODES FOR PRESSURE PIPING PENETRATION PROTECTION SYSTEMS FOR ALL FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES TO THE LOCAL THE FLANGE. INSULATION ON PIPES SHALL BE STOPPED SHORT OF FLANGES TO PERMIT Q L,, _ u1 E = E.ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED. IF LEAKS OCCUR,THE PIPE OR FITTING SHALL -- V ANSI STANDARDS FOR PIPE AND FITTINGS AUTHORITIES AND THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. REMOVAL OF FLANGE BOLTS. THE FLANGE INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED IN SUCH A 2.08 HOT WATER GENERATORS .- :,. N `. W O 0 BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AND THE SYSTEM RETESTED. •p n -. �M ASME CODE FOR UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS MANNER THAT IT MAY REMOVED WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE ADJACENT PIPE A.PROVIDE HOT WATER GENERATORS PER DRAWING LEGEND. c o >0 0 F.PIPING SHALL NOT BE BACKFILLED OR INSULATED UNTIL TESTED. TESTS MUST BE U�--1 a c u , > - FACTORY INSURANCE ASSOCIATION 3.18 SCREWED JOINTS INSULATION. B.FLUES PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 15800. _ ;- I * � m OBSERVED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. _ �< IA 0-i 0 2 AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION A.CUT THREADS FULL AND CLEAN WITH SHARP DIES. E.STRAINERS 1-1/2"AND LARGER SHALL BE INSULATED WITH NESTED PIPE INSULATION Q C --LLo1 B.IN ADDITION,THE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES B.REAM ENDS OF PIPE AFTER THREADING AND BEFORE ASSEMBLY,TO REMOVE BURRS. 2.09 CIRCULATING PUMPS > 4 w 4, a c 1.07 SUPPORTS AND FILLING VOIDS WITH CEMENT AS DESCRIBED ABOVE FOR 4"AND LARGER FITTINGS AND t` >_ �._ m m AND ORDINANCES, C.LEAVE NOT MORE THAN THREE PIPE THREADS EXPOSED AT EACH CONNECTION. VALVES. CLEAN-OUT PLUGS SHALL BE LEFT ACCESSIBLE SO THAT INSULATION WILL NOT BE A PROVIDE HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PUMP PER DRAWING LEGEND. � n".-_ �p r, - AND CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ANGLES,CHANNELS,PLATES,OR BEAMS 0 Up 3 REQUIRED FOR THE SUPPORT OF THE EQUIPMENT OF EACH SECTION,WHETHER SHOWN ON D.USE JOINT SEALANT OR TAPE ON MALE THREADS ONLY. DAMAGED BY THEIR REMOVAL. STRAINERS SMALLER THAN 1-1/2"SHALL NOT BE 0 __ ' �, p 0 3.05 WORK CLEANLINESS INSULATED. 2.10 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS -)6� , �w C 0 0003 000 THE DRAWINGS OR NOT. A.PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS WHERE SHOWN AND WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. 01"3 3 B.FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL RODS,AUXILIARY STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMES,ATTACHMENTS, A.CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP STORED MATERIALS,STORAGE AREAS,AND INSTALLED 3.19 FLANGED JOINTS F.WHEREVER NESTING SIZE SECTIONAL COVERING IS USED,IT SHALL BE CUT TO FIT IN A SYSTEMS FREE OF DIRT AND DEBRIS. A.USE STEEL BOLTS WITH SQUARE HEADS AND HARD-PRESSED STEEL HEXAGON NUTS NEAT WORKMANLIKE MANNER WITH ALL JOINTS BUTTED AND HELD SECURELY IN PLACE. 3 BRACKETS AND PLATFORMS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT OF EQUIPMENT FROM OVERHEAD B.ALL EXPOSED ENDS OF INCOMPLETE OR UNCOVERED WORK SHALL BE TEMPORARILY 2.11 FLOW CONTROLS 3 CONSTRUCTION FOR THE RESPECTIVE SECTION. (THREADED TO THE ANSI STANDARD COARSE THREAD SERIFS#2 FIT). G.UNIONS SHALL NOT BE INSULATED. A-PROVIDE WATER CONSERVATION FLOW RESTRICTORS IN THE SUPPLIES FOR ALL FIXTURES TO - - W � PLUGGED AS EACH PHASE OF PIPING WORK AND DUCTWORK IS COMPLETED. B.ALL BOLT HOLES ARE TO BE SPOT-FACED. H.FITTINGS,VALVES,STRAINERS,UNFINISHED ENDS OF SECTIONAL INSULATION,AND COLOR 1 C.VERTICAL PIPE RISERS SHALL BE ANCHORED MIDWAY OF THEIR HEIGHT,AND SHALL BE C.PIPING AND EQUIPMENT TO BE PAINTED(EXPOSED TO VIEW 1N COMPLETED C.FLANGE DIMENSIONS AND DRILLING ARE TO CONFORM TO ANSI STANDARDS FOR THE T S COMPLY WITH FEDERAL,STATE,AND LOCAL CODE. -P_ .: SUPPORTED AT EACH FLOOR BY 1-1/2"X 1/4"BAR CLAMPS ATTACHED TO PIPES AND DAMAGED JACKETS HALL BE SEALED AND PAINTED WITH CHILDERS NO.GP-35{WHITE) B.PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE FOR MAXIMUM WATER PRESSURE OF 80 PSIG. _ o STRUCTURE)SHALL BE CLEANED BY REMOVING RUST,PLASTER,AND DIRT BY WIRE BRUSHING. PRESSURE CLASSES INVOLVED. AT THE RATE OF 85-100 SQ.FT.PER GALLON. RESTING ON THE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. - F D.HORIZONTAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ADJUSTABLE,WROUGHT,CLEVIS TYPE GREASE,OIL AND SIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED BY WIPING WITH CLEAN RAGS D.WHERE A CAST IRON,FLAT-FACED FLANGE JOINS A STEEL FLANGE,THE STEEL FLANGE s HANGERS,FEE&MASON,ELLEN,OR CRAWFORD. WHERE PARALLEL PIPES ARE INSTALLED AND SUITABLE SOLVENTS. MUST ALSO HAVE FULL,FLAT FACE. USE FULL FACE GASKET. 3.06 INSTALLATION,GENERAL-COLD PIPING 2.12 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES1. D.MOTOR,PUMPS,AND OTHER ITEMS WITH FACTORY FINISH SHALL BE REMOVED OF E.MATE RAISED-FACED FLANGES TO RAISED-FACED. USE RING TYPE GASKET. A.ALL SURFACES MUST BE CLEAN AND DRY AND PIPE LINES TESTED BEFORE APPLYING A.PROVIDE THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES WHERE SHOWN AND REQUIRED BY CODE. AT THE SAME LEVEL,PROVIDE TRAPEZE HANGERS;THE VARIOUS TRADES SHALL COOPERATE IN THE JOINT USE OF SUCH HANGERS. PIPE HANGERS SHALL BE OF SIZE TO SUIT PIPE GREASE AND OIL AND LEAVE WITH ALL SURFACES CLEANED AND POLISHED. 320 SOLDERED AND BRAZED JOINTS PIPE INSULATION. IF COVERING IS APPLIED AT THE PIPE COVERER'S OPTION PRIOR TO PART 3-EXECUTION . COVERING PROTECTION SADDLES. TESTING,AND DEFECTS IN COVERED WORK APPEAR AT OR BEFORE THE TIME OF - E.PIPES SHALL BE SUPPORTED ONLY FROM THE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OF THE BUILDING. 3.06 ARRANGEMENT AND ALIGNMENT A.ALL SOLDERED AND/OR BRAZED JOINTS SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD INSPECTION AND TESTS,THE COVERING MUST BE REMOVED,AND AFTER DEFECTS HAVE 3.01 SEWER SYSTEMS E_ THEY SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT SUCH INTERVALS AS WILL PREVENT SAGGING,AND SO THAT A.ALL PIPING SHALL BE ARRANGED AND ALIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS. PRACTICE. TUBE ENDS SHALL BE SQUARE CUT AND REAMED,STRAIGHTENED AND BEEN CORRECTED,MUST BE REINSTALLED WITHOUT EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. A.PROVIDE SANITARY AND STORM SYSTEMS PER THE DRAWINGS. EXCESSIVE LOADS WILL NOT BE PLACED UPON ANY ONE SUPPORT. SPACING AND ROD ELEVATIONS AS GIVEN MUST BE HELD. FLOOR ELEVATIONS WHERE GIVEN ARE TO HIGH ROUNDED WITH STRAIGHTENING TOOLS AS NECESSARY. B.COVERING SHALL BE DRY WHEN INSTALLED AND BEFORE AND DURING THE APPLICATION B.PROVIDE CLEANOUTS IN THE SANITARY AND STORM SYSTEMS PER THE DRAWINGS. SIZES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: POINTS OF FLOOR. DIMENSIONS MUST BE HELD AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. ALL B.FITTING AND TUBE SURFACES SHALL BE PROPERLY CLEANED WITH STEEL WOOL OR OF ANY FINISH. SURFACES OF COVERING SHALL BE SMOOTH,EVEN AND SUBSTANTIALLY C.PROVIDE CLEANOUTS AT THE BASE OF RISERS,ENDS OF HORIZONTAL MAINS,CHANGES DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE FIELD CHECKED FOR ACCURACY BEFORE PIPE IS FABRICATED. EMERY CLOTH AND A SUITABLE FLUX SHALL BE USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FLUSH WITH ADJACENT PIPE COVERING. IN DIRECTION AND MAXIMUM OF FIFTY(50)FEET CENTERS IN MAIN RUNS. B.INSTALL ALL PIPING STRAIGHT AND DIRECT AS POSSIBLE,GENERALLY FORMING RIGHT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. UNIFORM HEAT SHALL BE APPLIED BY THE USE OF PIPE SIZE MAXIMUM SPACING MINIMUM ROD SIZE C.MANUFACTURER'S APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE FOLLOWED. 1/2" 6`-0`AND AT ALL TURNS 318' ANGLES WITH,OR RUNNING PARALLEL WITH,WALLS OR ADJACENT PIPING. ALL PIPING SHALL BLOW TORCH,ELECTRIC JOINT HEATER,Oft OXYACETYLENE TORCH. ADEQUATE COOLING TIME O.INSULATION SHALL NOT BE APPLIED OVER PIPE PLUGS,BLIND NIPPLES,NAMEPLATES, Revisions = BE NEATLY SPACED WITH RISERS AND DROPS RUNNING PLUMB AND TRUE. SHALL BE ALLOWED BEFORE WASHING OR QUENCHING. APPURTENANCES THAT ARE FRAGILE 3.02 TRAPS 3/4",1' 7'-0'AND AT ALL TURNS 318' INSPECTION STAMPS,OR IDENTIFICATION TAGS. A.PROVIDE TRAPS FOR EACH FIXTURE AND DRAIN. - C.RUN PIPING IN WALL CHASES,PIPE SHAFTS,HUNG CEILINGS,RECESSES,ETC.,WHERE OR HEAT SENSITIVE SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST OVERHEATING,OR THE SENSITIVE PARTS E.INSULATOR MUST EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION IN THE STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW 1-1/4%1-112-,2- 9'-0'AND AT ALL TURNS 3/8" SAME ARE PROVIDED. DO NOT RUN SERVICE PIPING IN FLOOR SLAB FILL UNLESS SHALL BE REMOVED DURING THIS APPLICATION OF HEAT. B.TRAP SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS FIXTURE OF DRAIN OUTLET. 2-112",3" 10'-0'ANO AT ALL TURNS 1/2' SPECIFICALLY SO NOTED ON DRAWINGS. PIPING SHALL NOT BE COVERED OR CLOSED UNTIL C.ALL SOLDERED JOINTS SHALL BE MADE USING 95-5 SOLDER. ADHESIVES ANO DURING THEIR APPLICATION. 02/11/15 3.03 FLASHINGS 4',5' 14'-0"AND AT ALL TURNS 5/8" TESTING IS COMPLETED. ISSUE FOR BID D.ALL BRAZED JOINTS SHALL BE MADE USING SILFOS5 OR SILVER SOLDER. 3.07 INSULATION OF PIPING-COLD PIPING A.PROVIDE 24 INCH SQUARE FLASHING FOR VENTS. 6" 16'-0'AND AT ALL TURNS 3/4' D.DRAWINGS,IN GENERAL,ARE MADE TO SCALE. ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE CHECKED A.BUTT JOINTS FIRMLY TOGETHER. OVERLAP SEAM SHALL BE DOWNWARD ON SIDE OF 02/11/15 8",10",12' 18'0"AND AT ALL TURNS 7/8" IN THE FIELD BY THE CONTRACTOR BEFORE FINAL CONNECTIONS ARE FABRICATED 3.21 WELDED JOINTS B.TURN VENT FLASHINGS DOWN INTO VENT PIPE, E.DRAWINGS FOR SMALL PIPING ARE,IN GENERAL,DIAGRAMMATIC AND THE EXACT A.IN GENERAL,ALL WELDING ON CARBON STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE DONE BY PIPE,SEALED TIGHT AND SMOOTH. STAPLE OVERLAP ON 6"SPACING. ISSUE FOR PERMIT LOCATION OF THESE LINES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR FROM FIELD B.INSTALL BUTT STRIPS WITH 2"OVERLAP DOWNWARD STAPLE END OF OVERLAP. 3.04 COLD WATER SYSTEM F.HANGER RODS SHALL BE FULL-DIAMETER STEEL WITH THREADED ENDS FOR FIELD THE METAL ARC PROCESS. 03I04I15 - CUTTING AND THREAD EXTENDING AS REQUIRED. WHERE THREADED ROD IS SHORTER THAN MEASUREMENTS TAKEN BY HIM. THE ACTUAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE SMALL SIZE PIPING, B.WELDING OPERATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO CHAPTER V,OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE C.INSULATION SHALL BE FASTENED WITH 9/16"FLARE TYPE STAPLES. A.PROVIDE A COLD WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM,INCLUDING METER,AS SHOWN, - 6"IT SHALL BE DIPPED IN RUST RESISTANT PAINT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. WHEN ERECTED,SHALL FOLLOW THE GENERAL LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AS FAR PIPING,ANSI B31.3,LATEST EDITION. D.SEAL OVER STAPLES WITH VAPOR-BARRIER MASTIC,CHILDERS NO.CP-35(WHITE). SCHEDULED AND DETAILED. Q G.AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION,HANGER RODS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THREADED STEEL AS PRACTICABLE.THE INSTALLATION MADE IN THIS WAY SHALL BE NEAT IN APPEARANCE C.WELDERS AND WELDING PROCEDURES SHALL BE CERTIFIED WHERE REQUIRED BY SECTION WITH GALVANIZED FINISH. AND CONVENIENT TO OPERATE,AND SHALL PROVIDE FOR PROPER EXPANSION AND DRAINAGE. IX OF THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE,LATEST EDITION. 3.08 INSULATION OF FITTINGS,VALVES,ETC.-COLD PIPING 3.05 HOT WATER SYSTEM H.HANGER RODS SHALL NOT BE BENT OR ALTERED IN ANY MATTER AND SHALL BE F.INSTALLATION OF PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER WORK TO AVOID D.TACK WELDS USED IN ASSEMBLY PIPE,FITTINGS,ETC.,SHALL BE MADE BY A A.FITTINGS AND VALVES 3"AND LESS SHALL BE INSULATED BY WRAPPING WITH PRE-CUT A.PROVIDE A HOT WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AS SHOWN, INSTALLED PLUMB AND TRUE. THE ROD SUPPORTING THE HANGER SHALL BE NO LONGER BLOCKING BUILDING OPENINGS,LIGHT FIXTURES,ETC. PIPING SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH QUALIFIED WELDER OR SHALL BE REMOVED. TACK WELDS,WHICH ARE NOT REMOVED,SHALL FIBER GLASS BLANKET INSULATION AND SECURING WITH JUTE TWINE. A PREFORMED, SCHEDULED AND DETAILED. A INST - INST 1LE BELOW THE LOWER NUT. ACCESS To VALVES OR EQUIPMENT AND SHALL NOT OBSTRUCT PASSAGEWAYS. PIPING BE MADE WITH AN ELECTRODE WHICH IS THE SAME AS OR EQUIVALENT TO THE ELECTRODE MOLDED PVC JACKET COVER SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER THE BLANKET INSULATION. THE SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE WORKING CLEARANCE FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. TO BE USED FOR THE FIRST PASS. TACK WELDS MUST BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED,GROUND JACKET SHALL BE FASTENED WITH STAINLESS STEEL TACKS AND BUTT STRIPS OVERLAPPING 3.06 AIR CHAMBERS -� - 1.08 VALVES SMOOTH,CAREFULLY EXAMINED FOR CRACKS,AND ALL CRACKS REMOVED BEFORE ADDITIONAL ONTO THE ADJOINING PIPE INSULATION. A VAPOR-BARRIER MASTIC,CHILDERS NO.CP-35 A.PROVIDE MINIMUM 12"LONG AIR CHAMBERS FOR HOT AND COLD WATER A.ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PROPERLY VALVED: INSTALL VALVES IN THE DOMESTIC 3.07 MODIFICATIONS AND INTERFERENCES METAL MAY BE DEPOSITED- NO METAL SHALL BE TACK-WELDED INSIDE PIPE FOR {WHITE},SHALL 8E USED TO SEAL THE JACKET THROAT AND JACKET TO THE PIPE CONNECTIONS TO A SUPPLY FITTING. OLD WATER SUPPLY,HOT WATER SUPPLY,HOT WATER RETURN,AND NATURAL GAS SUPPLY A.CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY CHECK AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, ALIGNMENT PURPOSES. INSULATION PRIOR TO TACK AND BUTT STRIP INSTALLATION. - AND ALL OTHER LOCATIONS AS MAYBE NECESSARY TO SHUT OFF A PORTION OF A SYSTEM STRUCTURAL,ELECTRICAL AND ALL MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS,AND MAKE NOTE OF B.FITTINGS 4'IPS AND LARGER SHALL BE INSULATED WITH NESTED AND/OR MITERED 3.07 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING WHETHER SHOWN C THE DRAWINGS OR NOT,AND SPECIFICALLY WHERE HEREINAFTER ALL LOCATIONS WHERE WALLS,PARTITIONS,CEILINGS,STRUCTURAL MEMBERS,ETC.,ARE 3.22 CAULKED JOINTS SECTIONAL PIPE COVERING OF THE SAME MATERIAL AND THICKNESS AS THE ADJACENT A.THE DISINFECTING AGENT SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SPECIFIED. CALLED FOR TO BE FURRED OR CLOSED-IN. A.JOINTS IN CAST IRON BELL AND SPIGOT PIPING SHALL BE FIRMLY PACKED WITH OAKUM PIPE INSULATION. SOLUTION(COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE BLEACH),CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE GRANULES OR - B.MODIFICATIONS TO THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE PIPING SYSTEM MAY BE REQUIRED TO AND SHALL BE FILLED WITH PURE LEAD,MINIMUM 1"DEEP. JOINT SHALL THEN BE C.VALVES 4"AND LARGER SHALL HAVE BODIES UP TO THE BONNETS INSULATED WITH TABLETS,OR CHLORINE GAS. THE CHOICE FOR A PARTICULAR JOB WILL DEPEND ON THE to Fr",'c" B.ALL VALVES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SCHEDULE OR LEGEND ON THE DRAWINGS. 'tZ WHERE VALVES ARE NOT SCHEDULED OR SHOWN IN THE LEGEND,THEY SHALL BE RATED FOR TRADES. CONTRACTOR SHALL FUURNISUIT STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS,OR SH ALL OFFSETS,ADDITIONAVOID INTERFERENCE ITH THE AL FITTINGORK OF S,ETC., ER CAULKED. NESTING PIPE INSULATION OF APPROPRIATE SIZE AND OF THE SAME MATERIAL AND NOVOLV D,ETICN OF THE SYSTEM TO 8E TREATED,THE CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY FACTORS y�I �y(jI r' ' r--- ;I,--_)x - THE SERVICE. THICKNESS AS THE ADJACENT PIPE INSULATION. -.l C.ANY DOMESTIC HOT WATER SUPPLY OR COLD WATER SUPPLY SERVING TWO OR MORE TO MEET INSTALLATION CONDITIONS WHETHER DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS OR NOT. B.PROVIDE NIPPLES AND VALVES E REQUIRED TO INTRODUCE DISINFECTANT AND WATER, r r.2 - _ C.ANY QUESTIONABLE INFORMATION IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL 3.23 PREFORMED JOINTS D.FLANGES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH NESTING PIPE INSULATION, THE FLANGE TO VENT AIR AND TO DRAIN THE SOLUTION,WHETHER OR NOT THESE CONNECTIONS ARE , 6�121-4 "i- �j T_ FIXTURES SHALL BE SEPARATELY VALVED IN ADDITION TO THE SHUT OFF VALVE REQUIRED AT A.WHERE ASTM 0425 JOINTS ARE USED,THEY SMALL BE WIPED CLEAN AND THE INSULATION SHALL EXTEND NOT LESS THAN 2"OVER THE ADJACENT PIPE INSULATION ON SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. u EACH FIXTURE. BE CALLED TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER FOR CLARIFICATION SOLVENT APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM PROCEDURES. EACH SIDE OF THE FLANGE. INSULATION ON PIPES IS TO BE STOPPED SHORT OF FLANGES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION OR ERECTION OF THE PARTS AFFECTED. IF,IN THE C.FILL THE SYSTEM UNIFORMLY WITH A L BE DISINFECTION SOLUTION OF 100 PPM AVAILABLE D.MAKE PROVISIONS FOR DRAINING ALL LOW POINTS OF ALL PIPING SYSTEMS WHETHER TO PERMIT REMOVAL OF FLANGE BOLTS. THE FLANGE INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED IN OPINION OF THE CONTRACTOR,ANY ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS ARE NECESSARY,HE SHALL 324 MECHANICAL JOINTS SUCH A MANNER THAT IT MAY BE REMOVED WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE ADJACENT PIPE CHLORINE. THE DISINFECTANT SHALL BE RETAINED NOT LESS THAN 24 HOURS. AS TAN E 0REG0IN INDICATED AD THE DRAWINGS A NOT,USING A GLOBE VALVE AND IRON PIPE THREAD TO PREPARE THEM AT HIS OWN EXPENSE,TOGETHER WITH ALL BILLS OF MATERIAL. A.CLEAN SPIGOT AND BELL WITH WIRE BRUSH. BRUSH SURFACES AND GASKET WITH INSULATION. ALTERNATE,A SOLUTION E T F PPM HELD FOR 3 HOURS 15 ALSO ACCEPTABLE. AFTER HOSE THREAD ADAPTER WITH CAP. DRAINS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 314". SOAPY WATER. WITH GLAND AND GASKET IN PLACE ON SPIGOT,INSERT INTO BELL. SEAT E.UNIONS SHALL BE COVERED WITH NESTING PIPE INSULATION AS SPECIFIED FOR FOUND,THE SYSTEM SHALL BE THE HOLDING PERIOD,A TEST FOR RESIDUAL CHLORINE SHALL BE MAGE. 1F NONE IS S�A C2 3.08 PIPE CLEARANCES SPIGOT IN BELL AND PRESS GASKET INTO BELL AND PULL GLAND AGAINST BELL. INSTALL FLANGES. WHEN A POSITIVE RESIDUAL GHLDORINEDTEST IS RCTHE aOMPLiSHED,THE SYSTEM SHAISINFECTION PROCEDURE LL BE Z`r� } 25 2CJ�`� 1.09 VALVE TAGS A.INSTALL PIPING TO PROVIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST ONE INCH BETWEEN BOLTS AND NUTS FINGER TIGHT. FINISH WITH A TORQUE WRENCH,RANGE 60 TO 90 FOOT . A.EACH VALVE ON EVERY PIPELINE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A NUMBERED BRASS TAG F.STRAINERS SHALL BE INSULATED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE FOR SMALL VALVES AND FJ (j, IY EXTREME PROJECTIONS OF PIPING,FLANGES,FITTINGS,VALVES,ALLOWING FOR INSULATION, POUNDS. FITTINGS. CLEAN-OUT PLUGS SHALL BE LEFT ACCESSIBLE SO THAT THE INSULATION IS NOT FLUSHED WITH POTABLE WATER AND PUT INTO OPERATION. WHICH SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE VALVE OR LINE WITH NON-RUSTING WIRE. WHEN ALL PIPE EXPANSION AND THE LIKE. D.WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. s WORK IS COMPLETE,DELIVER TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER A FRAMED(UNDER GLASS) DAMAGED BY THEIR REMOVAL. EXPiRATk*Q E INE 30.20 f0 CHART WHICH SHALL INDICATE THE SERVICE AND LOCATION OF EACH VALVE, VALVES USED G.WHEREVER NESTING SIZE SECTIONAL COVERING IS USED,IT SHALL BE CUT TO FIT IN A 3.08 THERMOMETERS FOR LOCAL SHUT-OFF MAY BE OMITTED FROM THIS LIST. 3.09 PIPING EXPANSION SECTION 15250 NEAT WORKMANLIKE MANNER WITH ALL JOINTS BUTTED AND HELD SECURELY IN PLACE WITH A.PROVIDE THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES PER DRAWING DETAILS. A.SPECIAL ATTENTION SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE INSTALLATION OF HOT AND COLD LINES INSULATION JUTE OR GLASS FIBER TWINE. JOINTS SHALL BE POINTED UP WITH INSULATING CEMENT 1.10 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION WHICH HAVE AN APPRECIABLE MOVEMENT SO THAT THEY WILL NOT HIT OTHER PIPES, PRIOR TO RECEIVING SURFACE FINISH. STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND THE LIKE WHEN THEY HEAT UP DR DOL. PART 1-GENERAL H.FITTINGS,VALVES,STRAINERS,WHERE VAPOR-BARRIER JACKET OR CLOTH TAPE HAS 3.09 HOT WATER GENERATORS A.ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED WITH 2"HIGH STENCILED B.INSTALL ANCHORS WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND WHERE REQUIRED. A.PROVIDE GENERATORS,ACCESSORIES AND TRIM PER DRAWING DETAILS. Signature LETTERS,PAINTED ON THE EQUIPMENT(I.E.`WH-1"). THIS INCLUDES EXTERIOR C.GUIDES ARE TO$E FURNISHED ON EACH SIDE OF ALL EXPANSION LOOPS,OFFSETS, BEEN FITTED FOR NESTED/MITERED APPLICATIONS,AND COLOR DAMAGED JACKETS SHALL BE 03/0_3/_2_015 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS SEALED AND PAINTED WITH CHILDERS NO.CP-35(WHITE)AT THE RATE OF 85-100 SQ. 77 EQUIPMENT WHERE THE PAINT SHALL BE WEATHER RESISTANT. SWING JOINTS AND EXPANSION JOINTS WHETHER OR NOT DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. A.SECTION 15050,"BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS",APPLIES TO THE WORK SPECIFIED FT.PER GALLON. Date V_ D.COLD SPRINGING WHERE REQUIRED SHALL BE DONE WITH ANCHORS,HANGERS AND 3.10 CIRCULATING PUMPS 1N THIS SECTION. 06/3012016 SLIDING SUPPORTS IN PLACE. B.IN ADDITION,THE FOLLOWING APPLY: SECTION 15400. A.PROVIDE PUMPS PER DRAWING. --- -- PART 2-PRODUCTS 3.09 METAL JACKETING B.ELECTRIC WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO EXTENT SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL a' 3.10 LOCATION OF VALVES,ETC. A.PROVIDE ALUMINUM JACKETING FOR PROTECTION OF INSULATION WHERE EXPOSED. DRAWINGS. ALL OTHER WIRING BY THIS CONTRACTOR. M 2.01 DESCRIPTION A.SYSTEM COMPONENTS WHICH REQUIRE OBSERVATION,OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE- B.ALUMINUM JACKETING SHALL BE FITTED OVER PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR ALL INSULATION A.THIS PART DEFINES THE PIPE AND FITTINGS TO BE USED FOR ALL SERVICES INSTALLED SUCH AS VALVES,GAUGES,CONTROLS,STRAINERS,DIRT POCKETS,CLEANOUTS,UNIONS AND UP TO 8'-0'ABOVE FLOOR OR MEZZANINE LEVELS. 3.11 INSULATION I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- Lf) UNDER DIVISION 15. FLANGES,ETC.-SHALL BE LOCATED WHENEVER POSSIBLE SO AS TO BE READILY A.PROVIDE PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION PER SECTION 15250. PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST 4 B.REFER TO THE DRAWING LEGENDS AND SYMBOL SCHEDULES FOR DEFINITION OF THE ACCESSIBLE. THEY SHALL NOT BE CONCEALED IN CHASES OR ABOVE CEILINGS WITHOUT OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, u7 DESIGNATORS USED IN THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATION. PROVISION FOR ACCESS. VALVES WHICH REQUIRE FREQUENT OPERATION,OR WHICH MAY 3.12 INTERFACE CONNECTIONS REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD OR O REQUIRE EMERGENCY OPERATION,AND WHICH ARE NOT ACCESSIBLE FROM NORMAL WORKING A.PROVIDE INTERFACE CONNECTIONS TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES PER DRAWINGS. RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS- C14 LEVEL,SHOULD BE INSTALLED WITH APPROPRIATE PROVISIONS SUCH AS CHAIN WHEELS OR M EXTENSION STEMS. V) B.INSTALL ALL VALVES WITH STEMS IN EITHER AN UPRIGHT(PREFERRED)OR HORIZONTAL J POSITION. CONTROL VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH TOP WORKS UPWARD UNLESS -I SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OTHERWISE. ARCHITECT C.GLOBE VALVES SHOULD BE INSTALLED TO SEAT AGAINST THE DIRECTION OF FLOW. LL 6) Drawn By Checked By AK DH a' REFERENCE ONLY Scale Date I CD NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT NO SCALE 2/11/15 JoNo. a3: 14==0�72 rY C:1 Sheet No. PN=a/9% ........ ............. -- ---------- - -- 3.13 PIPING IDENTIFICATION PART 3-EXECUTION A.ALL NEW PIPING,INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT,SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS TO THE TYPE OF SERVICE,AND THE DIRECTION OF FLOW,USING A SYSTEM CURRENTLY IN USE BY 3.01 HYDRANT FLOW TEST THE OWNER. A.HYDRANT FLOW TEST EXISTING SITE FIRE LOOP PIPING PRIOR TO MAKING ANY B.WHERE PIPING IS INSULATED,PIPE IDENTIFICATION MARKERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AFTER CONNECTIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF FLOW TEST IS UNSUCCESSFUL. SCHEDULE TESTING TO THE INSULATION HAS BEEN INSTALLED. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR REPAIRS TO BE MADE OR IF FIRE PUMP IS REQUIRED TO }n C.PIPE IDENTIFICATION MARKERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SUPPLEMENT THE REQUIRED PRESSURE AND DESIGN FLOW RATE. - AND ON TWENTY(20)FOOT CENTERS FOR RUNS OF STRAIGHT PIPING. 3.02 TESTING OVERHEAD PIPE m< 3.14 ACCESS DOORS A.TEST ALL SPRINKLER PIPING 1N ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-13 REQUIREMENTS. NOTIFY t - A.INSTALL ACCESS DOORS IN THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION WHERE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECT'S REPRESENTATIVE,OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT, DRAWINGS OR WHERE REQUIRED TO ACCESS VALVES AND CLEANOUTS. 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE REGARDING TIME AND DATE OF ALL TESTS. OWNER SHALL ALSO B.COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ARRANGE WITH INSURING AGENCY AUTHORITIES FOR THEM REPRESENTATIVE TO BE PRESENT. 3.15 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 3.03 DRAINS A.INSTALL PREVENTERS COMPLETE WITH DRAIN. ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH A.PROVIDE ALL MAIN AND AUXILIARY DRAINS WHERE NECESSARY. PROVIDE MEANS FOR MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE. DRAINING ENTIRE SYSTEMS,DOWN STREAM OF ALL SHUT-OFF VALVES AND ALL LOW POINTS. 3.04 CEILING AND WALL PLATES SECTION 15500 A.INSTALL CHROME FINISHED CEILING AND WALL PLATES WHEREVER EXPOSED SPRINKLER AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING PASSES THROUGH CEILINGS AND WALLS. PART 1-GENERAL 3.05 SLEEVES A.SET SLEEVES IN PLACE FOR ALL PIPES PASSING THROUGH FLOOR AND WALL OPENINGS. 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS A.SECTION 15050,BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS,APPLIES TO THE WORK SPECIFIED 3.06 WELDING IN THIS SECTION. A.NO FIELD WELDING OF SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE PERMITTED. B.GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS APPLY TO THE WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. B.JOIN ALL INSIDE PIPING BY MEANS OF SCREWED,FLANGED OR FLEXIBLE GASKETED C.A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING BEFORE THE SHOP DRAWING PROCESS. A MEETING JOINTS OR OTHER ACCEPTABLE FITTINGS. WILL BE HELD TO DISCUSS THE SENSITIVITY OF THE PIPING AND SPRINKLERS IN THE FACILITY " AND ESPECIALLY THE SPECIAL CEILINGS. LOCATION OF AUTOMATIC SPRINKLES SHALL BE 3.07 INSPECTOR'S TEST APPROVED THE ARCHITECT/OWNER. A.PROVIDE TEST CONNECTIONS AT MOST REMOTE POINT OF MAIN PORTION OF EACH SPRINKLER SYSTEM WITH 1-INCH PIPE AND VALVE. TEST PIPE SHALL BE CONNECTED TO 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK SPRINKLER PIPE AT LEAST 1-1/4"DIAMETER AND SHALL DISCHARGE OUTSIDE BUILDING OR A.AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN ADEQUATE FLOOR DRAIN THROUGH 1/2"SMOOTH BORE BRASS OUTLET WHERE IT CAN BE - AND AS MIGHT BE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS,INCLUDING PIPING,HANGERS,VALVES,ALARMS, EASILY SEEN. SUPPORTS AND SPRINKLER HEADS,NECESSARY AND AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF B.CONSULT WITH ARCHITECTS REPRESENTATIVE AT JOB FOR EXACT LOCATION OF COMPLETE AND APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. INSPECTORS TEST CONNECTIONS. /A B.WORK UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN APPROVED AND AUTOMATIC �d FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS SHALL BE PREPARED BY 3.08 EXTRA SPRINKLERS go z A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. APPROVED CONTRACTOR AND THE CONTRACTOR'S A.PROVIDE TWO SPARE SPRINKLER CABINETS COMPLETE WITH SPRINKLERS OF ASSORTED REGISTERED ENGINEER SHALL BE LICENSED WITH THE PROPER AUTHORITIES FOR THE TEMPERATURE RATINGS OF THE TYPE NECESSARY AND IN USE THROUGHOUT THE CIS LOCATION OF THIS PROJECT. INSTALLATION. EACH CABINET SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH TWELVE(12)SPRINKLERS AND A Q C.WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A FIRST CLASS AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER,COMPLETE IN SPECIAL SPRINKLER WRENCH FOR EACH TYPE OF SPRINKLER FURNISHED. ALL RESPECTS INCLUDING ITEMS OF WORK SPECIFIED HEREIN OR OUTLINED AND ILLUSTRATED B.INSTALL SPRINKLER CABINETS ADJACENT TO THE RISER VALVES AND CONFER WITH ON DRAWINGS AND NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH A COMPLETE,FULLY OPERATING, ARCHITECT'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CABINET. SATISFACTORY AND APPROVED INSTALLATION. CO 3.09 SPECIALTY DEVICES 1.03 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A.INSTALLATION OF ALL SPECIALTY DEVICES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE to cc A.LOCAL AND STATE FIRE MARSHAL CODES. MANUFACTURERS'INSTRUCTIONS. WHERE THE INSTALLATION OF THOSE DEVICES REQUIRE USE 0 Q C B.NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION STANDARDS. OF A TORQUE WRENCH OR OTHER APPLIANCE,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE //7� D.UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES STANDARDS_ C.NFPA-13-SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. MANUFACTURERS'INSTRUCTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH. 1B��y (A E.OWNER'S OR TENANT'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER. C F.MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L.INC.APPROVED AND LISTED AND APPROVED BY FACTORY MUTUAL. 21-1111 W 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS tm 0. A.UPON AWARD OF CONTRACT,FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY .0 M PREPARE WORKING DRAWINGS,HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS,AND MANUFACTURER'S DATA E NVj _ SHEETS FOR EACH AND EVERY ITEM OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL;AND SUBMIT THE CM SAME FOR APPROVAL TO: 1.LOCAL FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU. 09% 300 2.OWNER'S OR TENANT'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER. Vol (D 3.ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. - B.AFTER APPROVAL,FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT APPROVED WORKING ' s� DRAWINGS BEARING SEAL OR STAMP OR APPROVAL FROM THE FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU O AND THE OWNER'S/TENANT'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER,IF REQUIRED. SUBMIT ONE(1) jvA♦ REPRODUCIBLE SEPIA AND THREE(3)BLUELINE PRINTS OF COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS,AND SIX(6)SETS OF MANUFACTURER'S DATA ON DEVICES AND(4)SETS OF CALCULATIONS. W 7 C.CAVO RECTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETE PACKAGES. PARTIAL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE - C Q D.FIRE PROTECTION WORK,INCLUDING ORDERING OF MATERIALS,SHALL NOT BE DONE UNTIL N AFTER REQUIRED APPROVALS HAVE BEEN OBTAINED. O `�` E.PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS AT MINIMUM SCALE OF 1/8"=1'-0"FOR PLANS,AND T r 1/4"=1'-0"FOR DETAILS. SHOW ALL PIPING,SPRINKLERS,HANGERS,FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS, ROOF CONSTRUCTION AND OCCUPANCY OF EACH AREA,INCLUDING CEILING AND ROOF HEIGHTS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA-13.WHEN WELDING IS PLANNED,SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE THE SECTIONS TO BE SHOP WELDED AND THE TYPE OF WELDED FITTINGS TO BE USED. F.INSTALLATION SHALL BE BASED ON THE LATEST ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL,HEATING AND VENTILATING,PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. N = G.SPRINKLER SYSTEM CONTROLS,VALVING,DEVICES,PIPE ROUTING,SPRINKLER HEAD - LOCATIONS AND SPACING IF SHOWN ARE A CRITERIA FOR CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE FINAL SHOP DRAWINGS. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS - FOR BUILDING REGARDING PIPE SIZES,ADEQUATE PRESSURES,SERVICE LOCATIONS,ZONING AND SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING TO THE AUTHORITIES FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR fCID INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION WATER SERVICE AND SYSTEMS. OD � yQD 1.05 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS E A.MAINTAIN AT THE SITE AN UP-TO-DATE MARKED SET OF AS-BUILT DRAWINGS, Q€ - V to E WHICH SHALL BE CORRECTED AND DELIVERED TO THE ARCHITECT UPON COMPLETION OF THE _-0 = WORK. '' mr :d B.FURNISH THE ARCHITECT WITH ONE(1)REPRODUCIBLE SEPIA PRINT OF EACH x m - APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS,REVISED TO SHOW"AS-BUILT"CONDITIONS. Q '._ a H G J m c 1.06 VALVE DIAGRAM AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS1Z A.AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK,PROVIDE A SMALL SCALE PLAN OF EACH BUILDING U SYSTEM INDICATING THE LOCATIONS OF ALL CONTROL VALVES,LOW POINT DRAINS,AND '� h v _ C pta3 INSPECTOR'S TESTS. THE PLANS SHALL BE NEATLY DRAWN AND COLOR CODED TO INDICATE _ �n Du)3 THE PORTION OF THE BUILDING PROTECTED BY EACH SYSTEM,FRAMED UNDER GLASS AND L' 3u6i 3 PERMANENTLY MOUNTED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE SPRINKLER RISER VALVES. }_ r W p 3 B.FURNISH ONE(1)COPY OF NFPA-25,'INSPECTION,TESTING AND MAINTENANCE OF af ' WATER BASE PROTECTION SYSTEMS',AND BOUND SET(S)OF PRINTED OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS TO THE OWNER,AND ADEQUATELY INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S H MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL IN PROPER OPERATION AND TEST PROCEDURES OF ALL FIRE - PROTECTION COMPONENTS PROVIDED. 1.07 CHANGES A.MAKE NO CHANGES IN INSTALLATION FROM LAYOUT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS,UNLESS _ CHANGE IS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. THIS DOES NOT INCLUDE MINOR REVISIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF COORDINATION. B.ANY CHANGES MADE,OTHER THAN AS ABOVE STATED,ARE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OWN EXPENSE AND RESPONSIBILITY. 1.08 LEAK DAMAGE A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE DURING THE INSTALLATION AND TESTING Revisions PERIODS OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE WORK OF OTHERS,TO THE ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW BUILDING,ITS CONTENTS,ETC.CAUSED BY LEAKS IN ANY EQUIPMENT,BY UNPLUGGED OR DISCONNECTED PIPES,FITTINGS,ETC.OR BY OVERFLOW,AND SHALL PAY FOR THE 02/11/15 - NECESSARY REPLACEMENTS OR REPAIRS TO WORK OF OTHERS,DAMAGED BY SUCH LEAKAGE. ISSUE FOR BID 1.09 PERMITS AND FEES 02/11115 A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL PERMITS,FEES AND CHARGES REQUIRED FOR THIS ISSUE FOR PERMIT WORK. 03lQ4/15 PART2-PRODUCTS a 2.01 GENERAL _ A.THE NAMING OF MANUFACTURERS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS ELIMINATING THE MATERIALS,PRODUCTS OR SERVICES OF OTHER MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS HAVING APPROVED EQUIVALENT ITEMS- B.'LISTED'SHALL REFER TO MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN A LIST PUBLISHED BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY THAT MAINTAINS PERIODIC INSPECTION OF PRODUCTION OF LISTED EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS,AND WHOSE LISTING STATES EITHER THAT THE EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL MEETS NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED STANDARD OR HAS BEEN TESTED AND FOUND SUITABLE FOR USE IN A SPECIFIED MANNER. 2.02 SPRINKLERS PREF A.SPRINKLERS FOR THE PROPOSED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND OF THE LISTED AUTOMATIC,CONCEALED WITH WHITE COVER PLATE OR APPROVED EQUAL,AND SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING,APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS _41 AND TYPE SHOWN ON CONTRACTOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS. IF THE NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS 65122. , INDICATED IN THE SPRINKLER COUNT SUMMARY DIFFERS FROM ACTUAL COUNT ON PLANS, THE ACTUAL COUNT SHALL BE PROVIDED. B.INSTALL SPRINKLERS OF PROPER DEGREE RATING WHEREVER NECESSARY TO MEET REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA-13. OREGON n 2.03 HOSE THREADS :/�s�flj �S 20 C2 A.HOSE THREADS OSE OFT HYDRANTS AND HE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT.IREDEPARMENT SIAMESE CONNECTION SHALL MATCH 2.04 VALVES AND DEVICESc- )NE 30 2046] EYPiRATIt)N OA A.ALL SPRINKLER CONTROL VALVES,DEVICES,CHECK VALVES,ALARM VALVES,ETC.SHALL BE OF THE APPROVED AND LISTED TYPE. / 2.05 PIPING f A.PIPE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40,ASTM 53,BLACK STEEL WITH 125&250 WORKING Signature PRESSURE CAST IRON FITTINGS,ANSI 816.4 OR 150&300 WORKING PRESSURE 03/03/2015 MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS,ANSI 816.3. FITTINGS 2"&SMALLER SHALL BE STANDARD Date WEIGHT AND 2-1/2'&LARGER SHALL BE EXTRA HEAVY. CAST IRON FLANGED FITTINGS, 06/30/2016 ANSI B16.1, MAY BE USED FOR PIPING 3"&LARGER. NO THINWALL TYPE PIPE WILL BE Q. PERMITTED. B.SCHEDULE 10,ASTM 135 BLACK STEEL THINWALL PIPE WITH MECHANICAL PIPE COUPLING AND ROLL-GROOVED JOINTS MAY BE USED FOR 2-1/2'AND LARGER PIPING. NO"XL'TYPE PIPE WILL BE PERMITTED. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PRE- 11.0 C. C.PIPING SHALL BE JOINTED BY THREADING AND/OR GROOVED JOINT MECHANICAL PIPE PARED UNDER MY SUPERVISION AND THAT TO THE BEST 4 COUPLINGS.GROOVED JOINT COUPLINGS SHALL BE FOR 2-1/2"&LARGER ONLY AND SHALL OF MY KNOWLEDGE,THE SAME COMPLY WITH ALL RULES, LO BE EQUAL TO VICTAULIC STYLE 75 OR 77. NO THREADED THINWALL PIPE IS PERMITTED. REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES OF TIGARD,OR C:) WELDING WILL BE ACCEPTED WHEN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARDS OF NFPA,AND RELATING TO STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS. WHERE APPROVED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION;NO FIELD WELDING IS PERMITTED. c+7 J J ARCHITECT LL Drawn By Checked By AK DH n. �*t+T� �T « ti CE ONLY Scale Date oI -NOT U'I'L'i�E APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT NO SCALE 2/11/15 CD r Joh No. 14 3-0 72 v Sheet No. LO P-7 SYMBOL LIST LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION } K SINGLE POLE SWITCH - "K" DENOTES KEY OPERATED SWITCH 2 LAMPS1< TYPE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION VOLTS — MANUFACTURER&CATALOG# REMARKS Ef} 3W THREE WAY SWITCH t WATTAGE TYPE TOTAL W WATTAGE P" THERMAL OVERLOAD SWITCH - " DENOTES PILOT LIGHT r F25T8 120/ MERCURY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES G3 d=" Y SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STAGGERED STRIP 277 2-25W TL850 43W ST-225-OCT-ELB-UNI #1,3,5 D 0-10V DIMMER SWITCH (LUTRON # NTSTV-DV) ALTO ROOF MERCURY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES 120/ Ill MERCURY OUTLET (+18" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR)G3NS a 3'SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE 2-25W TL850 43W 277 ALTO MM-225-OCT-C-ELB-UNI #1,3,5 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - IG DENOTES ISOLATED GROUND TYPE DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET +18" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR) --- -- - - - UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - I DENOTES ISOLATED GROUND TYPE F32T8 DOUBLE DUPLEX OUTLET (+18 ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR) 1SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STAGGERED STRIP 2-32W TL850 55W 2 1/2"C.-4 120j MERCURY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES "C'_4 # 3/0' SE " G4 � 4 277 ST-232-OCT-ELB-UNI #1,3,5 �` UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALTO 1 # 6 GROUND - - - -- -- - - - - F32T8 MERCURY LIGHTING# & 1 # 6 ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET MOUNTED 6" ABOVE COUNTER TOP �$ 4'SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE 120j SEE NOTES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE G4A ® 1-32W TL850 30W MM-132-OCT-C-ELB-UNI ------------- ------------------------------ SEE NOTE L12 WITH WIRE GUARD 277 #l,3,5 r--------------------' # HUBBELL RECTANGULAR NONMETALIC FLUSH FLOOR BOX WITH DUPLEX ALTO WJ WG-MM-i-32 1 r 1 `------------------- ----- -----------------------I 1 (TYPICAL FOR 4) RECEPTACLES, FLANGE & ALUMINUM COVER - 1-GANG FLOOR BOX 120J F32T8 MERCURY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES i {------------ ----- - --------------I } # PFBRGI. RECTANGULAR FLANGE # SA3083W. ADAPTER COLLAR G4C ® 4`PENDANT MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WITH SatLD REFLECTOR 2-32W TL850 55W 1 1 # Pil COVER & GASKET # SA3826 RECEPTACLE # DR20GRY 277 ALTO MIE6-232-OCT-f LB-UNI #1,3,5 i r , r---- ----- - -----� � i i 2 1/2"C.-4 # 3/0, _ 1 1 , 1 I 1 r (FLOOR OUTLETS WILL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL F32T8 MECURY LIGHTING# 1 1 r r-i r-t r 1 # 6 GROUND 4'SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE 120 SEE NOTES r —1 n ' ` -1 a ' r 1 a' r 1 a -v P P P P INDICATE QUANTITY ON BID SHEET.) G4D ® J 2-32W TL850 SSW MM-232-OCT-C-ELB-UNI r �,.� 1 1 `� r 1 `� r r �,,� r L J L J L J L J & 1 # 6 ISOLATED GROUND _ WITH WIRE GUARD 277 #1,3,5 r I 1 1 1 r r i t 1 11 HUBBELL RECTANGULAR NONMETALIC FLUSH FLOOR BOX WITH QUAD ALTO W/WG-MM-1-32 r l < l I r a r r e a r r r d 1 , , ti�o , , �ti�o , , �� 1/2"C,-4 # 3/p RECEPTACLES, FLANGE & ALUMINUM COVER - 2-GANG FLOOR BOX o - F25T$ MERCURY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES r c`�v 1 1 1 N ' 1 C14o r 1 1 N 1 # Pill RECTANGULAR FLANGE # SA3084W. (2) ADAPTER COLLAR G6 �-r 6'SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STAGGERED STRIP 120/ 4-25W TL850 84W & 1 # 6 GROUND 277 ST-225-OCT/6T-ELB-UNI #1,3,5 r r .� 1 1 r .� r 1 r � � r r .-1 1 PANEL PANEL PANEL' PANEL PANEL # Pill2 COVER & GASKET # SA3826, (2) RECEPTACLES # DR20GRY ALTA i M W r I i M ! 1 I ;M I I 1 i M r M A B C D (FLOOR OUTLETS WILL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER, CONTRACTOR SHALL ca e� � F25T8 r L._" 1 I L.J r r �_� 1 1 �._� I INDICATE QUANTITY ON BID SHEET.) A LI G6NS a 6'SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE 277 4-25W TL850 84W MERCURY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES r 1 1 r r 1 r 1 Z UJ 277 MM-225-OCT/6T-C-ELB-UNI #i,3,5 �____; �-___; �____; �____; HUBBELL RECTANGULAR NONMETAUC FLUSH FLOOR BOX WITH DUPLEX God - ALTO _ _ _ _ RECEPTACLES, DATA OUTLET. FLANGE & ALUMINUM COVER - F32T8 2 1/20C.-4 3/0 2-GANG FLOOR BOX PFBRG2 RECTANGULAR FLANGE SA3084W 120J MERCURY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES / # / SEE NOTE SEE NOTE # # n^ t� G8 8 SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE 4-32W TL850 108W & 1 6 GROUND L4 (2) ADAPTER COLLAR # PFBRAC, (2) COVER & GASKET # SA3826, to tis ■, 277 ST-232-OCT/8T-ELB-UNI #1,3,5 # # W1 ALTO # L2 & L6 RECEPTACLE # DR20GRY. DECORATOR FRAME # ISF2GY � FINISHED FLOOR (FLOOR OUTLETS WILL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER, CONTRACTOR SHALL Cr G8C ® 8`PENDANT MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WITH SOILD REFLECTOR 120/ 4-32W TL850 108W MERCURY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES SEE NOTE INDICATE QUANTITY ON BID SHEET.) 277 MIE6-232-OCT/8T-ELB-UNI #1,3,5 O ALTA # L2 & L7 1 1/4"C,-4 # 3, HUBBELL RECTANGULAR NONMETAUC FLUSH FLOOR BOX WITH DUPLEX g F32T8 MERCURY LIGHTING# 1 # 8 GROUND T RECEPTACLES, TILE FRAME & ALUMINUM COVER - 1-GANG FLOOR BOX �n in O W SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE 120/ SEE NOTES GSD ® WITH WIRE GUARD 277 4-32W TL850 108W MM-232-OCT #1,3,5 # /BT-C-ELB-UNt & 1 8 ISOLATED GROUND # PFBRGI. TILE FRAME # 5A5017G, ADAPTER DOLLAR # PFBRAC, ALTO _ W/(2)WG-MM-1-32 COVER & GASKET # SA3826, RECEPTACLE # DR20GRY � 0 ♦� - - -- (FLOOR OUTLETS WILL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER, CONTRACTOR SHALL g N co W SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WITH 120/ F32T8 MERCURY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES INDICATE QUANTITY ON BID SHEET.) a GBDE ® WIRE GUARD &EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK 277 4-32W TL850 lOBW W/(2 WG-MM-1-32 #1,2,3,5 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAL RAM a Co N ______ ALTO w/ 2 WG-MM-1-32 __ _ __ ___ __ HUBBELL RECTANGULAR NONMETAUC FLUSH FLOOR BOX WITH QUAD N �F32T8 NO SCALE T RECEPTACLES, TILE FRAME & ALUMINUM COVER - 2-GANG FLOOR BOX I� W 120/ MERCURY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES PFI3RG2, (2) TILE FRAME # SA5017G, (2) ADAPTER COLLAR G8NS o $ SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE 4-32W TL850 108W # # PFBRAC, 277 ALTA MM-232-OCT/8T-UNI #i,3,5 � (2) COVER & GASKET # SA3826. (2) RECEPTACLES # DR20GRY 0 (FLOOR OUTLETS WILL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER, CONTRACTOR SHALL U1 8"SQUARE LED DOWNLIGHT WITH WHITE REFLECTOR&010V DIMING 3,800 LED CON-TECH LIGHTING# SEE NOTES INDICATE QUANTITY ON BID SHEET.) ® M ❑ DRIVER 120 42W M (UID) LUMENS 4,000K RL8SQLED40K12D #3 L1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC UID DENOTES WIRED FOR DIMMING) - -- -------- CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES. COORDINATE EXACT CODE REQUIREMENTS AND LEGENDS � DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING � � � -- -------- — - --------- UlE Q , $ SQUARE LED DOWNLIGHT WITH WHITE REFLECTOR,0-10V DIMMING DRIVER 120 3,800 LED 42W CON-TECH LIGHTING# SEE NOTES LOCAL AMENDMENTS WITH LOCAL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATION. N (U1DE) &EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK("UlED"DENOTES WIRED FOR DIMMING) LUMENS 4,000K RL8SQLED40K12D-EBBS #2,3 RECEPTACLE - RATING & VOLTAGE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS � 0 L2. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT EMS VENDOR FOR EXACT SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS DENOTES FURNISHED AND DATA OUTLET. E.C. TO PROVIDE BACKBOX AND PLASTER TRIM RING. V INCANDESCENT PENDANT LIGHT 12d 1-100W INC. 100W ILEX ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING# SEE NOTES FOR EMS/LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS AND PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT FOR A FULLY INSTALLED BY TENANT JACKS AND DEVICES BY TELEPHONE DATA SYSTEM VENDOR. QUA-BN-MO-WC #1,3,6,8 I FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. REFER TO SHEET CS-3 OR CONTACT ULTA PROJECT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE OUTLET. E.C. TO PROVIDE BACKBOX AND PLASTER TRIM MANAGER FOR EMS VENDOR INFORMATION. RING. JACKS AND DEVICES BY TELEPHONE DATA SYSTEM VENDOR. 120/ PATHWAY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES ------------ DENOTES WORK TO BE COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET. E.C. TO PROVIDE BACKBOX AND ' EX EMERGENCY LED EXIT LIGHT WITH BATTERY BACKUP 277 LED LED 5W PEXUR-DL #3,7,10 L3. PROVIDE GROUNDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. AND ALL LOCAL CODES. PERFORMED BY LANDLORD PLASTER TRIM RING. JACKS AND DEVICES BY TELEPHONE DATA SYSTEM v _ UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT �_ 120/ WEDGE PATHWAY LIGHTING# SEE NOTES L4. PANELS C AND D HAVE ISOLATED GROUND BUS AND ISOLATED GROUND VENDOR =A z EX3 4=:P' SURFACE MOUNTED 2-HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH BATTERY BACKUP 277 2-5.4W TUNGSTEN 5W AP-2-DL #3,7,9 CONDUCTOR TO POINT OF SERVICE GROUND, -�- WIRELESS ACCESS POINT 3 L5. OBTAIN AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT RATING FROM LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY AND � Oj JUNCTION BOX - FLOOR. WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED 3 W PROVIDE PROPER PROTECTION FOR MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER AND ALL BRANCH NON - FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH v 0 _ = 4 c N o DEVICES. LIGHTING SCHEMA Fto, NOTES: L6. PROVIDE A SQUARE D POWERLINK G3 PANELBOARD, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, GROUND FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH "- N 4o W 00 1 1. LAMPS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY PHILIPS, FURNISHED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL BAR, 208Y/120V, 200A-3P MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER, 225 AMPS, 42 CIRCUIT .� �= _ _ z CONTRACTOR. INTERIOR (36 AVAILABLE), LEFT AND RIGHT 18 CIRCUIT CONTROL BUSSES, 2000 MOTOR CONNECTION - H.P. AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS u� o 3{ LEVEL MASTER CONTROLLER WITH LCD DISPLAY (NF2000G3). 16 PHYSICAL INPUTS, ?vise �% 2. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP WITH A MINIMUM OF 577 LUMEN OUTPUT FOR LED DOWNLIGHT MODBUS ASCII/RTU, ASTROLOGICAL TIMECLOCK AND POWER SUPPLY. ELECTRICAL / 1 CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED IN CEILING OR WALLS o� x r_ x FIXTURES AND 1300 LUMEN OUTPUT FOR LINEAR FLUORESCENT FIXTURE FOR 90 MINUTES. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTROLLABLE BREAKERS {ECB-G3} AND 0°Z if CONDUIT RUN IN FLOOR SLAB 3. FURNISHED BY ULTA, INSTALLED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROLLABLE EMERGENCY BREAKERS (ECB-G3EL) AS INDICATED ON PANEL i SCHEDULE, CONDUIT RUN EXPOSED g 4. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. F 5. ELECTRONIC BALLASTS BY PHILIPS. L7. PROVIDE A SQUARE D POWERLINK G3 PANELBOARD, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, GROUND �E'� X DENOTES GROUND WIRE El BAR, 208Y/12OV, 20OA-3P MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER, 225 AMPS, 48 CIRCUIT 6. COORDINATE MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER AND MANUFACTURER. INTERIOR (42 AVAILABLE). LEFT AND RIGHT 21 CIRCUIT CONTROL BUSSES AND WO JUNCTION BOX WITH FINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION 7. PROVIDE EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKS PER LOCAL ORDINANCES. SLAVE ID SELECTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTROLLABLE 0 BREAKERS (ECB-G3) AS INDICATED ON PANEL SCHEDULE. FINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION 8. COORDINATE EXACT FINISH OF FIXTURE WITH INTERIOR DESIGNER. 9. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HARDWARE REQUIRED WITH OWNER AND MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO L8. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND CONDITIONS. CONDUIT STUBBED UP - BIDDING AND INCLUDE ALL COST IN BASE BID. Revisions L9, ULTA AND SQUARE D HAVE A NATIONAL AGREEMENT FOR PANELBOARDS. THISABBREVIATIONS CONDUIT STUBBED DOWN ISSUE FOR CUENTAL REVIEW 10. PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS SHOWN ON PLAN DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE INCLUDES PANELBOARDS, POWERLINK PANELS, TRANSFORMERS AND CIRCUIT 02/11/15 AUTHORITIES. PROVIDE LETTER SIZE. COLOR AND TYPE AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES. BREAKERS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL GRAYBAR AT 6_16 CIRCUIT BREAKER //�� ISSUE FOR BID 11. ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES WITH DOUBLE ENDED LAMPS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 1-800-784-6059 TO REQUEST ULTA THE NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION UO2/11/15 BALLAST DISCONNECT SWITCHES IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEC. o`er® SWITCH & FUSE ISSUE FOR PERMIT L10. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL EMS DEMAND METERS ON PANELS M. A. B AND C. A. DENOTES AMPERES 03/04/15 ! 12. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH FIXTURE REFER TO EMS DRAWINGS FOR RESPONSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. G PANELBOARD A 13. LIGHT FIXTURES MUST BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE CEILING GRID WITH AN ATTACHMENT A.F.F. DENOTES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR CAPABLE OF CARRYING 100% OF THE WEIGHT OF THE LIGHT FIXTURE IN ANY DIRECTION. THIS L11. ALL WIRE SHALL BE THW OR THWN COPPER. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD Q ATTACHMENT SHALL CONSIST OF FOUR EQUALLY SPACED ATTACHMENT POINTS USING SCREWS, L12. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING B.P.S. DENOTES BOLTED PRESSURE SWITCH - RIVETS. BOLTS OR OTHER APPROVED POSITIVE ATTACHMENT DEVICES. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS 4 PUSH BUTTON FOR DOORBELL Q WITH BUILDING CODES AND LOCAL AMENDMENTS. LANDLORD PROVIDED PULLBOX AND EXTEND WITH NEW CONDUIT AND WIRING C. DENOTES CONDUIT = OF TYPE TO MATCH EXISTING TO NEW PANELS. PROVIDE NEW PULL BOXES AS SPEAKER FLUSH MOUNT Q SEE RING DIAGRAM FOR TAP SETTINGS REQUIRED. E DENOTE EXISTING TO REMAIN S HA FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SOUND VENDOR EC DENOTE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR VOLUME CONTROL SWITCH FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SOUND VENDOR. Davis L. Digitallysigned by DaysL E.C. TO PROVIDE 1900 BOX AND SINGLE GANG TRIM PLATE. Di`'" P ON:m=Davis L.Dickerson,PE, Dickerson, —Dickes 'no EWC DENOTES ELECTRIC WATER COOLER SECURITY MONITOR dickesoa�ade = FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CCTV VENDOR PE Pe.c ,—US Date:2015.03.03 15:4749-06'00' GFI DENOTES GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTERSOUND SYSTEM HEAD END LOCATED IN MANAGERS OFFICE AMP VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR GRD. DENOTES GROUND FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SOUND VENDOR M.LO. DENOTES MAIN LUGS ONLY Q SAFE BOX N.I.C. DENOTES NOT IN CONTRACT REE BURGLAR ALARM SIREN - NEC DENOTES NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE � ALARM KEY PAD F 1"x2" TUBE STEEL WP DENOTES WEATHERPROOF ILJ �\/�� !o ,,. JVC STAND ALONE DESKTOP SYSTEM 1.ib5� FIXTURE UP-RIGHT ✓ ® VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD WITH G.C. ;I�``7 1" TUBE STEEL FIXTURE GENERAL NOTE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SOUND VENDOR OREGU BASE CONTRACTORS SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND FULLY ACQUAINT ® CHIME PUSH BUTTON. SEE WIRING DIAGRAM FOR CONNECTION alt THEMSELVES WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE DRAWING INDEX VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD WITH G.C. DIFFICULTIES INVOLVED IN THE WORK PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SOUND VENDOR s ? �Q CABLE TRAY BY BID. INCLUDE ALL COSTS FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING ® HEAD END FOR CCTV SYSTEM FIXTURE MFR. COVER PLATE, SHALL NOT SYSTEM IN THE BASE BID PROPOSAL. NOTIFY FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CCTV VENDOR BE INSTALLED UNTIL THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. EO-1 SYMBOL UST, ONE UNE DIAGRAM & UGHTING SCHEDULE CAMERA FOR CCTV SYSTEM FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CCTV FLOOR BOX, SHALL BE CONCRETE SLAB WORK HAS VENDOR - SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY SiCNA i1JRE MOUNTED FLUSH WITH BEEN COMPLETE EO-2 PANEL SCHEDULES TOP OF CONCRETE DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR SLAB CONDUIT ALTERNATE. EO-3 ROOF PLAN - POWER, DETAILS & ARCH LIGHTING ^ DATE SLAB CELL, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY EMS VENDOR, WIRING ELEVATIONS BY E.C. REFER TO EMS DRAWINGS FOR WIRING DIAGRAM. PROVIDE AN ALTERNATE COST TO THE BASE BID TO UTILIZE Drawn By Checked By SCHEDULE 40 PVC CONDUIT WHERE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT WHERE PERMITTED IN LIEU OF EMT CONDUIT E1-1 FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING KP DD/AH PERMITTED BY LOCAL CODE RECESSED FOR CONDUIT THAT IS RUN IN DRY AREAS WITHIN BUILDING, Scale Date FLOOR MOUNTED QUAD/DUPLEX THIS REVISED SPECIFICATION SECTION 16100-2.01-A. E2-1 FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL DIMENSIONS REFERENCE ONLY RECEPTACLE AND DEVICE BOX. SEE AS NOTED 02/11/15 ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST FOR MODEL E2-2 FLOOR PLAN - POWER NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT Job No. NUMBER AND STYLE INFORMATION. LEVEL AND ADJUST TO FINISHED FLOOR MATERIAL. SPECIAL NOTE E3-1 FLOOR PLAN - LOW VOLTAGE WIRING 14 o 0 3 7?6121� FLOOR FIXTURE OUTLET DETAIL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL COSTS FOR E3-2 FLOOR PLAN - VOICE/DATA & SECURITY Sheet No. CUTTING AND PATCHING OF FLOOR SLAB TO INSTALL NEW EO-1 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE CONDUITS. COORDINATE EXACT SCOPE OF WORK WITH E4-1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BID. Wmi SF: 1.00 CC JN:H:\14004.59 FN:01 E01 -SYMB_IIGARD, OR m PANEL DATA SCHEDULE PANEL NAME: _M� DEMAND LOAD FLUSH ❑ FLUSH ❑ LOCATION STAGING SURFACE ■ PANEL DATA SCHEDULE PANEL �� DEMAND LOAD SURFACE ■ � KEY: L• LIGHTING 0.00 KVA LOCATION STAGING_ _ KEY: L: LIGHTING 14.72 KVA SERVICE 12Z208V.,3PH.,4W. CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND LOAD R: RECEPTACLES 0.00 __- KVA SERVICE ___ 120/208V.,3PH.4W. CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND LOAD R: RECEPTACLES 12.46 KVA MAIN BREAKER - 200A-3P PHASE A 17.27 KVA -.......17,27___KVA M: MOTORS 51.81 KVA MAIN BREAKER 20 A-3P PHASE A _12.22 KVA ______ 9.69 KVA M: MOTORS 0.00 KVA PHASE B 17.27 KVA 17.27_KVA P: PANELS 0.00 KVA PHASE B 11.19 -KVA -9.45 KVA P: PANELS 0.00 KVA MAIN LUGS ONLY MAIN LUGS ONLY _ NEUTRAL BUS 200A PHASE C 17.27 KVA 17.27 KVA T: TRANSFORMERS 0.00 KVA 10.23 8.03 0.00_ Ej GROUND BUS-_YE5 TOTAL 51.81 NEUTRAL BUS 225A PHASE C - _KVA - -KVA T: TRANSFORMERS KVA111c=;m KVA ___51 $1.._�KVA E: EXTRA 0-00__ KVAGROUND BU5 - YES TOTAL 33.63 _KVA -. 27.18 -KVA E: EXTRA 0.00 KVA SHORT CIRCUIT RATING SEE NOTE P3 RMS SYM AMPS 143.8 AMPS __.1_..4.3.8.-AMPS S & X: SPARE & SPACE 0.00 _ _ KVA SHORT CIRCUIT RATING SEE NOTE P3 RMS SYM AMPS 93.3 AMPS ____75.4 -AMPS S & X: SPARE & SPACE 0.00 _KVA NOTES: NOTES: SQUARE D POWERLINK G3 PANEL - LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL - REFER TO ONE LINE DIAGRAM * DENOTES LOCK-OUT CLIP: ** DENOTES GA BREAKER: *** DENOTES VIA TIMECLOCK: **** DENOTES VIA CONTACTOR * DENOTES LOCK-OUT CLIP: ** DENOTES CA BREAKER: *** DENOTES VIA TIMECLOCK: **** DENOTES VIA CONTACTOR SB - DENOTES SMART BREAKER CIRCUIT USE CONNECTED LOAD CCT. CIRCUIT CIRCUIT CCT. CONNECTED LOAD CIRCUIT USE CIRCUIT USE CONNECTED LOAD CCT. CIRCUIT CIRCUIT GCT. CONNECTED LOAD CIRCUIT USE A B C NO_ BREAKER BREAKER NO. A B C A B C NO. BREAKER BREAKER NO_ A B C M: RTU-1 5,757 1 60A-3P 6OA-3P 2 5,757 M: RTU-2 X: SQUARE D [CONTROLS] [CONTROLS] X: SQUARE D _ M: 5,757 3 HACR HACR 4 5,757 M: X: POWERLINK G3 [CONTROLS] [CONTROLS] X: POWERLINK G3 M: 5,757 5 RATED RATED 6 5,757 M-. X: POWER PACK [CONTROLS] [CONTROLS] X: CONTROL PACK M: RTU-3 5,757 7 6OA-3P 8 0 X: SPACE L• ARCH LIGHTING 882 1 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P 2 826 R: TLT LTG/EF-2 M: 5,757 9 HACR 10 0 X: SPACE R: CASE WORK 900 3 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 4 1,000 L: SALON PENDANT LTG M: 5,757 11 RATED 12 0 X: SPACE R: CASE WORK - TOWEL WARMER 360 5 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 6 600 R: ELECTRIC WATER COOLER - X: SPACE 0 13 14 0 X: SPACE L ARCH LIGHTING 9$$ 7 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 8 1,260 R: GONDOLA X: SPACE 0 15 16 0 X: SPACE L: ARCH LIGHTING 988 9 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 10 1,080 R: GONDOLA X: SPACE 0 17 18 0 X: SPACE L• ARCH LIGHTING 1,098 11 2OA-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 12 1,080 R: GONDOLA X: SPACE 0 19 20 0 X: SPACE L: ARCH LIGHTING 940:-:::] 13 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 14 1,080 R: DERM POD X: SPACE 0 21 22 0 X: SPACE L: ARCH LIGHTING 940 15 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 16 1,080 R: GONDOLA X: SPACE 0 23 24 0 X: SPACE L: ARCH LIGHTING 940 17 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 18 1,080 R: GONDOLA _ X: SPACE 0 25 26 O X: SPACE R: CASE WORK 1,080 19 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 20 720 R: GONDOLA X: SPACE 0 27 28 0 X: SPACE R: CASE WORK 900 21 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 22 720 R: GONDOLA X: SPACE 0 29 30 0 X: SPACE R: CASE WORK 900 23 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 24 720 R: GONDOLA SUB TOTAL 11,514 11,514 11,514 5,757 5,757 5,757 SUB TOTAL R: GONDOLA 720=:] 25 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 26 720 R: GONDOLA caA L: ARCH LIGHTING 1,598 27 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 28 1,080 R: GONDOLA 0 R: CASE WORK 720 29 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 30 1,080 R: GONDOLA R: CASE WORK 900 31 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 32 900 R: GONDOLA QD R: SHOW WINDOWS 900 33 20A-i P 20A-1 P-SB 34 0 S: SPARE n�, L- R: R: HOT WATER RECIRC PUMP 450 35 20A-1P 20A-1P-SB 36 1,200 L: EXTERIOR SIGNAGE u��``l!�� /q S: SPARE 0 37 20A-1P 20A-1P 38 1,200 L: EXTERIOR SIGNAGE �,J r®° !j�� S: SPARE 0 39 20A-1P 20A-1P 40 0 S: SPARE P (� Uj S: SPARE 0 41 20A-1P 20A-1P 42 0 S: SPARE SUB TOTAL 5510 6,226 4,468 6,706 4,960 5,760 SUB TOTAL n n n tuu� *0 PANEL DATA SCHEDULE PANEL NAME" -� DEMAND LOAD FLUSH ❑ ILA- � LOCATION _STAGING KEY: L: LIGHTING 15.99 - KVASURFACE ■ J � co SERVICE 120/208V.,3PH.,4W. CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND LOAD R: RECEPTACLES Q•00_ _ KVA F. CO N MAIN BREAKER 20OA-3P PHASE A 10.60 KVA 11181 KVA M: MOTORS 17.27 _KVA PANEL DATA SCHEt}U1JE PANEL NAME ,�Ci DEMAND LOAD FLUSH ❑ 1^ Cc N MAIN LUGS ONLY PHASE B 10.16 KVA _----11.26__KVA P: PANELS 0.00 KVA SURFACE ■ co �' t� LOCATION _STAGING KEY: L: LIGHTING 4.40 KVA b j NEUTRAL BUS ___225A PHASE C 9.30 KVA 101.0-_KVA T. TRANSFORMERS 0.00 KVA 120 20 --- CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND LOAD 20.54 GROUND BUS-------- TOTAL 30.06 KVA 33.26 KVA E: EXTRA 0.00 _ KVA SERVICE L _8V.,3PH.4W. R: RECEPTACLES - KVA SHORT CIRCUIT RATING SEE NOTE P3 RMS SYM AMPS 83.4 AMPS KVA MAIN BREAKER SOA-3P PHASE A 17.44 KVA 9.94 KVA M: MOTORS 0.00 _KVA � Ix _____92.3........-AMPS S & X: SPARE & SPACE 0.00 co 0 MAIN LUGS ONLY PHASE B 21.74 KVA __._-._12.39 _KVA P: PANELS 13.21 KVA NOTES: SQUARE D POWERLINK G3 PANEL - LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL - REFER TO ONE LINE DIAGRAM 19.27 11.41 0.00 Q NEUTRAL BUS _225A PHASE C KVA KVA T: TRANSFORMERS KVA * DENOTES LOCK-OUT CLIP: ** DENOTES GFI BREAKER: *** DENOTES VIA TIMECLOCK: **** DENOTES VIA CONTACTOR SB - DENOTES SMART BREAKER - - - - - - GROUND BUS YES_ TOTAL 58.45 KVA 33.75 KVA E. EXTRA 0.00 KVA 6. CIRCUIT USE CONNECTED LOAD CCT. CIRCUIT CIRCUIT CCT. CONNECTED LOAD CIRCUIT USE SHORT CIRCUIT RATING SEE NOTE P3 RMS SYM AMPS - 162.2 -_AMPS ___93.7 AMPS S & X: SPARE & SPACE 0.00 KVA c A B C NO. BREAKER BREAKER NO. A B C NOTES: PROVIDE WITH ISOLATED GROUND BUS AND GROUND BUS ® .,� X: SQUARE D [CONTROLS] [CONTROLS] X: SQUARE D * DENOTES LOCK-OUT CLIP: ** DENOTES GFI BREAKER: *** DENOTES VIA TIMECLOCK: **** DENOTES VIA CONTACTOR P X: POWERLINK G3 [CONTROLS] [CONTROLS] X: POWERLINK G3 CONNECTED LOAD CCT. CIRCUIT CIRCUIT CCT. CONNECTED LOAD X: POWER PACK [CONTROLS] [CONTROLS] X: CONTROL PACK CIRCUIT USE CIRCUIT USE A B C N0. BREAKER BREAKER N0. A B C L• STOREFRONT LTG 298 1 20A-1P-S8 20A-1P-SB 2 1,080 L: ACCENT LIGHTING R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET 1,200 1 20A-iP 20A-1P 2 1,200 R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET L- SALES LIGHTING 630 3 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 4 1,032 L: ACCENT LIGHTING R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET 1,200 3 20A-1P 20A-1P 4 1,200 R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET L SALES LIGHTING 882 5 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 6 882 L: ACCENT LIGHTING R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET 1,200 5 20A-1P 20A-1P 6 1,200 R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET U L: SALES LIGHTING 840 7 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 8 1,135 L: COVE LIGHTING R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET 1,200 7 20A-1P 20A-1P 8 1,200 R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET #, A- C L: SALES LIGHTING 750 9 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 10 1,080 L: COVE LIGHTING - W R: HAIR COLORING 1,000 9 20A-1P 20A-1P 10 1,200 R. HAIR DRYER OUTLET €' - �_ _ L• SALES LIGHTING 672 11 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P 12 1,111 L: OFFICE/STAGING * R: HAIR COLORING 1,000 11 20A-1P 20A-1P i2 1,200 R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET L: SALES LIGHTING 588 13 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P-SB 14 0 S: SPARE R: HAIR COLORING 1,000 13 20A-1P 20A-1P 14 1,200 R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET ° L SALES EM/NL • 907 15 20A-1P-SB 20A 1P-SB 16 0 S: SPARE R: HAIR COLORING 1,000 15 20A-1P 20A-1P 16 1,200 R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET o ` w L: (EM BREAKER) - SEE NOTE # P1 0 17 (EM) 20A 1P-SB 18 0 S: SPARE _ R: HAIR COLORING 1,000 17 20A-1 P 20A-1P 18 1,100 R: HAIR DRYER " 0 15 Y O L• SALES EM/NL * 902 19 20A-1 P-SB 20A-1 P-SB 20 0 S: SPARE U' _ z -N N R: HAIR COLORING 1,000 19 20A-1P 20A-1P 20 1,100 R: HAIR DRYER L: (EM BREAKER) - SEE NOTE # P1 0 21 (EM) 20A-1 P-SB 22 0 S: SPARE sit ; 3:000 R: HAIR COLORING 1,000 21 20A-1P 20A-1P 22 1,100 R: HAIR DRYER = S: SPARE 0 23 20A-1P-SB 20A-1P 24 0 S: SPARE R: HAIR COLORING 1,000 23 20A-1P 20A-1P 24 540 R: SHAMPOO OUTLETS ^ S: SPARE 0 25 20A-1P 20A-1P 26 0 S: SPARE am S: SPARE 0 25 20A-1 P 20A-1 P 26 720 R: TOILET/SINK/COLUMNS RECEPT. *� r� Z Z 4 S: SPARE 0 27 20A-1P 20A-1P 28 0 S: SPARE S: SPARE 0 27 20A-1p 20A-1P 28 1,500 R: HAND DRYER V �_ o3P S: SPARE 0 29 20A-1P 20A-1P 30 0 S: SPARE S: SPARE 0 29 20A-1P 20A-1P 30 1,500 R: HAND DRYER t , �, Z .vv M: RTU-4 5,757 31 6OA-3P 15A-3P 32 0 R: EMS METER S: SPARE 0 31 20A-1 P 20A-1 P 32 0 S: SPARE V N �' � c�-i x M: 5,757 33 34 0 R: (REFER TO EMS-1 DRAWING) R: COLUMN RECEPT. 1,080 33 20A-1P 20A-1P 34 0 S: SPARE M: 5,757 35 36 0 R: R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET 1,200 35 20A-1P 20A-1P 36 200 R: WATER HEATER SUB TOTAL 8,385 8,044 7,311 2,215 2,112 1,993 SUB TOTAL R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET 1,200 37 20A-1P 100A-3P 38 6,420 P: PANEL _D_ _0 Ell R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET 1,200 39 20A-1P 40 9,063 P:R: HAIR DRYER OUTLET 1,200 41 20A-iP42 6,930 P: SUB TOTAL 5,600 6,480 6,600 11,840 15,263 12,670 SUB TOTAL PANEL DATA SCHEDULE PANEL �E _D_ DEMAND LOAD FLUSH ❑ SURFACE ■ CODE MINIMUM SERVICE CALCULATION ( PANEL M) CODE MINIMUM SERVICE CALCULATION ( PANEL A) LOCATION _STAGING - KEY: L: LIGHTING 0.00 __KVA _ (120/208V.,3PH.,4W.) SERVICE 120/208Vs3PH.4W. CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND LOAD R: RECEPTACLES 12.21 KVA Revisions _ (120/208V.,3PH.,4W.) MAIN BREAKER PHASE A 6.42 -KVA 3.66-- KVA M: MOTORS 1 00 KVA MAIN LUGS ONLY 125A _ PHASE B 9 06- KVA 5 17 _-KVA P: PANELS 0.00 KVA ISSUE FOR CUENTf LL REVIEW ACTURAL NEC ACTURAL NEC -- - KVA --- KVA T: TRANSFORMERS \02/11/15 ( ) ( ) - NEUTRAL BUS 125A PHASE C _6.93_ 4.38- 0_•00 KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND FACTOR NEC DEMAND KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND FACTOR NEC DEMAND KVA GROUND BUS - YES - _ TOTAL - 22.41 KVA __13.2 -_KVA E: EXTRA 0.00 KVA ff�� ISSUE FOR BID CONNECTED CONNECTED 0.00 L-�02/11/15 KVA KVA SHORT CIRCUIT RATING SEE NOTE P3 RMS SYM AMPS fi2.2 - AMPS ___36.7 -AMPS S & X: SPARE & SPACE KVA ISSt1E OR PERMIT NOTES: PROVIDE WITH ISOLATED GROUND BUS AND GROUND BUS * DENOTES LOCK-OUT CLIP: ** DENOTES GFI BREAKER: *** DENOTES VIA TIMECLOCK: **** DENOTES VIA CONTACTOR 03/04/15 SHOW WINDOW(FT) 0.0 125% 0.0 SHOW WINDOW(FT) 0.0 125% 0.0 CIRCUIT USE CONNECTED LOAD CGT. CIRCUIT CIRCUIT CCT. CONNECTED LOAD CIRCUIT USE _ - - - - ___._-__--__ _ _ _ -- .__ A B C NO. BREAKER BREAKER NO. A B C LIGHTING 0.0 125% 0.0 LIGHTING 12.8 125% 16.0 R: OFFICE - COMPUTER (IG) 180 1 20A-1P 20A-1P 2 540 R: BURGLAR ALARM (IG) * Q 1ST 10KVA @ 100% 1ST 10KVA @ 100% R: OFFICE - COMPUTER (IG) 360 3 20A-1P 20A-1P 4 360 R: TELEPHONE SYSTEM (IG) * - RECEPTACLES 0.0 0.0 RECEPTACLES 0.0 0.0 * Q REMAINING @ 50% REMAINING @ 50% R: OFFICE - MONITOR/CCN (IG) 180 5 20A-1P 20A-1P 6 360 R: DATA CABINET (IG) - - -- - -- ---- ----- - - - -- - R: OFFICE - MUZAK IG 360 7 20A-1P 20A-1P 8 200 R: EMS PANEL WATER HEATER 0.0 100% 0.0 WATER HEATER 0.0 100% 0.0 R: OFFICE - CONVENIENCE 1,080 9 20A-1P 20A-1P 10 200 R: SECURITY POWER PACK MECHANICAL 51.8 100% 51.8 MECHANICAL 17.3 100% 17.3 R: MANICURE STATION 360 11 20A-1P 20A-1P 12 500 R: SCANNER CHARGER LARGEST MOTOR 8.0 25% 2.0 8.0 25% 2.0 S: SPARE 0 13 20A-1P 20A-1P 14 720 R: SERVICE DESK RECEPT. (IG) D itally signed by DavaL ( ) (LARGEST MOTOR) g - -------------- - -- -- -- - - - -- R: STOCK/ROOM DOOR BELL 920 15 20A-1P 20A-1P 16 720 R: SERVICE DESK RECEPT. (IG) VIS L. PE G Dicketwn, 59.8 TOTAL KVA 53.8 38.1 TOTAL KVA 35.3 R: HAIR COLORING 180 17 20A-1P 20A-1P 18 720 R: SERVICE DESK RECEPT. (IG) DN:cn=Daysi Ocke wn.PE .................._...___ __-__-_____-------- _ _ - - __._.___..__._____-__ _ _ - _ ____ __. ICkerSO o=DicketwrtEngineering,Inc., R: HAIR COLOR COMPUTER (IG) 360 19 20A-1P 20A-iP 20 360 R: SERVICE DESK O' ou emae=daris.d ckersen@de TOTAL AMPS 150 TOTAL AMPS 98 pe.cam.c=US R: DRYER BOOSTER FAN 83 21 20A-1P 20A-1P 22 180 R: SERVICE DESK E Date2015.03-03!5:46:38-06tH' R: WASHER 1,000 23 20A-1P 20A-1P 24 360 R: CCTV AT SERVICE DESK R: ELECTRIC DRYER 2,200 25 30A-2P 20A-1P 26 400 R: ROOT TOP UNIT LTG R: 2,200 27 20A-1P 28 720 R: ROOF TOP UNIT RECP CODE MINIMUM SERVICE CALCULATION ( PANEL B) CODE MINIMUM SERVICE CALCULATION ( PANEL C) R: SECURITY ANTENNA * 200 29 20A-1P 20A-1P 3o t,000 M: EXHAUST FAN EF-1 S: SPARE 0 31 20A-1P 20A-1P 32 0 S: SPARE 120/208V., 3PH.,4W. _ 120/208V., 3PH.,4W_) S: SPARE 0 33 20A-1P 20A-1P 34 540 R: CONCERGE RECEPTS. ACTURAL(NEC) ACTURAL(NEC) S: SPARE 0 35 20A-1P 20A-1P 36 0 S: SPARE LOAD DESCRIPTION CONNECTED DEMAND FACTOR NEC DEMAND KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION CONNECTED DEMAND FACTOR NEC DEMAND KVA R: COFFEE MAKER 900 37 20A-1P 20A-1P 38 200 R: VENDING MACHINE R: COFFEE MAKER 900 39 20A-1P 20A-1P 40 800 R: REFRIGERATOR KVA ° _ KVA ° - _ R: U/C REFRIGERATOR 720 41 20A-1P 20A-1P 42 1,350 R: MICROWAVE /SZ�Pp�FFss- SHOW WINDOW FT '- 62.0 125/0 15.5 SHOW WINDOW(FT) - 0.0 125/0 0.0 SUB TOTAL 4,000 5,543 2,640 2,420 3,520 4,290 SUB TOTAL `��~/rw�G 1 kFe LIGHTING 11.8 125% 14.8 LIGHTING - - 0.0 -- 125% -- - - 0.0 ;�`�� 14.858 9 RECEPTACLES 21.9 1ST l OKVA @ 100% 15.9 RECEPTACLES 57.5 IST 10KVA @ 1004° 33.7 REMAINING @ 5010 REMAINING @ 50% OREG7 WATER HEATER 0.0 100% 0.0 WATER HEATER - _0.2 ---100% -- - - 0.2 - y� ' l` 1 MECHANICAL 0.0 100% 0.0 MECHANICAL 0.0 100% 0.0 (LARGEST MOTOR) 0.0 25% - 0.0 (LARGEST MOTOR) 0.0 25% 0.0 33.7 TOTAL KVA 46.2 57.7 TOTAL KVA 33.9 SiGNAFURE TOTAL AMPS 128 ------_ TOTAL AMPS _� 94 - REFER.ENCE ��y NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT DATE E t RA ON rC PANEL NOTES: Pi. PROVIDE SQUARE D ECB-G3EL CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR CONTROL OF Drawn By Checked By - EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES, REFER TO SHEET E1-1 FOR ADDITIONAL KP DD/AH INFORMATION. Scale Date P2. PROVIDE HANDLE TIES AS REQUIRED FOR MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS AS NOTED 02/11/15 WITH COMMON NEUTRALS PER NEC 210.4. Job No. P3. OBTAIN AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT RATING FROM LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY AND 14-00 %o72 PROVIDE PROPER PROTECTION FOR MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER AND ALL BRANCH DEVICES. Sheet No. ( E 0tl2 SF: 1.00 CC JN: HUAHU, UR RECEPTACLE FOR CHIME PUSH RECEPTACLE FOR BUTTON +18" CREDIT CARD DATA CCTV +18" CCN +30" " +30" RECEPTACLE +6" 3 f 5 6 1111.RECEPTACLE +30 __ - o TELEPHONE +6" Li la �� -.. — T - — - - �—� - - - - � m< I - C) ICY) OD L RECEPTACLE +30" RECEPTACLE +30" RECEPTACLE +30" RECEPTACLE +30" COMPUTER DATA +30" COMPUTER DATA +30" COMPUTER DATA +30" COMPUTER DATA +30" RECEPTACLE +30" COMPUTER DATA +30" i CASHWRAP ROUGH-IN ELEVATION. I NO SCALE EXHAUST FAN EF-1o EXHAUST FAN EF-2 323W., 120V., 1 PIH. NOTE: 1/2HP., 120V., 1PH. o INTERLOCKED WITH RTU-4 INSTALL OUTLETS ON INSIDE FACE OF BACK PANEL OF CASHWRAP UNLESS SEE NOTE # 1 Q INDICATED OTHERWISE. REFER TO DETAIL 1 SHEET F1.1B FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SEE NOTE # 4 _ 3 3 3 cc A-ELl A-8.l A-8.l M—(7,9,11) —30 d SEE NO a EL = 11'-0" �� r �� A—(31,33,3 ) 3/4-C. — 3 # 6 T # 1 TOP OF FIXTUREw - w --v8 w =6 — #UN & 1 # 10 GROUND WP -- - - — — — _ ---- & 1 # 10 (SRO O Cr 0 9 i i i i i i i i D-26,28 26 p � p ® Z O ED O OI O 01 O DI I I I I I I I I 26 Wp luu� .0 A 0 9 9 D D 9 I I I I I I I iWp lug CD I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SEE NOTE # 3 O g I I I I I (TYPICAL FOR On N I I I I I I I 1 I I i I 4 RTU�S ® I�r N d e -d d ® GFI ) WP W co FIN FLOOR -�I IE— I� - 28 - - 81 - --_ _ o is 4„ 4" A-2 4" 4„ A-4—S-4 41/2" 41/2" A-6 TYP. TYP. TYP. TYP. TYP. TYP. ROOF TOP UNIT'RTU-4 Qco 0 _ d. 3/4("C•6 ) 3 # 6 ROOF TOP UNIT RTU-3 1J 04 0 O A 8.1 A 9.1 & 1 # 10 GROUND 48 MCA., 208V., 3PH. m ® *P fr ad EL = 11 TOP OF FIXTURE Lai -- -� - --- _- - -- __ GAI M—(1,3,5) y2y6p �a & 1 # 10 GROUND SEE ELNOTE # 526 — I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 111, FT WP 28 G1 GFlOC !�Wp V � ° Z a n.N 15 Y�tp�t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SEE NOTE # 2 WP d3 ' 3 r-o 0 I (TYPICAL FOR 4 RTU'S) ® GFl E 2 CZ 0" Z o�°rn 28 ROOF TOP UNIT RTU-2 �' tO EL op-099 w w 48 MCA., 208V., 3PH. �., : �, z FIN FLOOR �— I I o 3 z r, 4„ 4„ A-9 4" 4' A—� z oo .TYP. TYP. TYP. TYP. ROOF TOP UNIT RTU-1 V _ o�J a 48 MCA., 208V., 3PH. 3 3 3 I I I A-ELI A-8.l A-Ei.l EL = lip-099 TOP OF FIXTURE w -f,8-_ _ --- _ L, w -- --- -- --- -- - - -- r Revisions QIISSU11 FOR CUENT/LL REVIEW 7-1 F� H 0ISSUE FOR BID 02/11/15 003/04/05 PERMIT 0 _ -- _ o 0 0 Ci EL D FIN FL000R" w �l - k-- — - ---__ -- — — w� � -- 16�--- - - - - - - -- 4 1/2" 4 1/2" — 4 1/2" 4 1/2" X-27-W 4" 4„ Z-2—A X— TYP. TYP. 16DTYP. Typ. TYP. TYP. 0 I I 0 _ I avis L. Digitally signed by Davis L. Dickerson.PE IN ELEVATION - -ARCH LIGHT G � n DN ui Davis L Dickerson,PE, I e ke rs o n o Dickerson Engineering,Inc., - � ou,email davis.dickerson�ddei- E NO SCALE — r pe.com,c-03 FL Date: 20 5.03.03 15:44:45-06'00 I I ROOF PLAN - POWER SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" REFERENCE ONLY FAN SPEED CONTROLLER EXHAUST 0' 8' 16' 24' 32' IllORM NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT VERIFY EXACT LOCATION FAN TO PRODIGY CONTROLr�o PROF WITH MECHANICAL M TERMINAL BLOCK NOTES: /�S�ti�G I N L, z RELAY 24V COIL/ /moo/�� FF Op DRAWINGS 120V., 18A. CONTACTS. _ 1. EXHAUST FAN TO BE POWERED FROM LIGHTING CIRCUIT THAT SERVES (Q/ 14,858 9 \r\ GENERAL NOTES: (LENNOX # 31960 OR I RESTROOMS ROOMS AND CONTROLLED VIA DOUBLE—POLE SWITCHES IN 1• REFERENCE POWER SHEETS E2-1 AND E2-2 FOR POWER CONNECTIONS APPROVED EQUAL) I c N EACH ROOM AND FAN SPEED CONTROLLER. SEE SHEET E1-1 FOR OREco FOR ALL ARCH LIGHTING FIXTURES. I I CIRCUIT DESIGNATION AND DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR WIRING °� a L I DIAGRAM. RESTROOM AuTo I 2. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AND SHUT—DOWN RELAY SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH LIGHTS 120V I o� UNIT, INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL GNA(URE (TYPICAL) aH ry CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND WIRE REMOTE 1;I io INDICATING DEVICE, COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL DPST SWITCH M MANAGER AND LOCAL CODES.CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH ULTA'S CONSTRUCTION (TYPICAL) NO0,5/0150,5/015 120".)-- `' I~' EXHAUST i-AT RAncN DATE ' 120V > 120V., 1 HP., NEMA 0 STARTER WITH FAN HOA., AND PILOT LIGHT W/ ENCLOSURE 3. ROOF TOP SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FACTORY INSTALLED NON—FUSED Drawn By Checked By WOMEN'S RESTROOM MEN'S RESTROOM (EATON # ECN-05-0-1—A—H—A DISCONNECT SWITCHED AND UNPOWERED WEATHERPROOF GFCI SERVICE KP DD/AH OR APPROVED EQUAL) RECEPTACLE. Scale Date 2 TOILET EXHAUST FAN (EF-2) 4 SALON EXHAUST FAN (EF-1) 4 ROOF EXHORST AN EF-1 DTO BE ON INTER IOCKEDRD WITH RTU BY THIS A NGS RE ER TOAL AS NOTED 02/11/15 DETAIL 4/EO-3. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH TEMPERATURE Job No. Eo-s CONTROL DIAGRAM. Eos CONTROL DIAGRAM. CONTROLS/ MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. d —6B 3 7 6 2 NO SCALE NO SCALE 5• PROVIDE LIGHT SWITCH IN WEATHERPROOF HOUSING AND WEATHERPROOF Sheet No. JELLY JAR LIGHT FIXTURE WITH METAL CAGE (MCGILLE # 606 W/ 1435-6 EO- 3 AND 13W MEDIUM BASE LED LAMP OR APPROVED EQUAL) AT EACH UNIT. SF: . LIGHTING PLAN NOTES: 1. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO SIGNAGE. COORDINATE LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE LOCAL DISCONNECT SWITCH MOUNTED IN AN INCONSPICUOUS LOCATION. EACH SIGN CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE SEPARATE NEUTRAL AND SEPARATE EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTORS. SIGNAGE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ULTA, WITH FINAL CONNECTION BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. VERIFY m< NUMBER AND LOCATION OF SIGNS WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. JW 2. CONNECT THE EXHAUST FAN SERVING THIS ROOM TO THE SWITCHED SIDE OF THE � LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT SERVING THIS ROOM. SEE SHEET EO-3 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET EO-3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B-38 3. CONDUIT PENETRATIONS THROUGH MILLWORK FOR VALANCE LIGHTING SHALL BE MADE # 10 AWG THROUGHOUT IN-LINE WITH FIXTURES TO CONCEALED CONDUIT. SEE NOTE # 1 SEE NOTE # 1 GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES: �4 1 STAGING 5 SHAMPOO/ � 1 1oz DRYING -� WASHER/ A. EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS—BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE DRYER OWNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL 8 106 OS 104 EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. - -12 12° ---- -- — � � —�--- - B. ALL CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY FROM 12a G8DE 12,12a 19 9 ACOUSTICAL CEILING. 12a _ 12 �J 19 8 �' 19 2c C. CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND ARRAGEMENT OF HOME RUNS 12a g FOR MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY. INCREASE WIRE SIZE IF VOLTAGE DROP EXCEEDS 2X OR 100 12a q-12 A-15 19 M REFEF� TO - 2 FEET IN LENGTH. DETAIL A/E1-1 19 l 12a 12a GSDE V 2b 2 ' 2' D. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALL LIGHTING 12a 12a 12,12a' % g .- _ g I SEE NOTE # 2 FIXTURES. OFFICE _ L7712a B-2 22a MEN E. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ( p v) SHALL BE WIRED TO EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT c1282a 103 12b 2 - ;MSI 2a, 10� UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 19 ;2b,d 2a,d WOMEN b F. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ® SHALL BE TYPE "G4D" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12a MS 15 G8 4 44 43 19 9 1oa ( ) Lam? ca ca QS 12b / - " 12b 19 19 ( CORRIDOR G. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ( ) SHALL BE TYPE G8D UNLESS NOTED Q o 12Q 4 6 E G4 - --- -- y4 4 7 4 11 o OTHERWISE. o 4 G8 G41 G8 4 - G4 G8 4 4 4 V V V 4 V 4 4 H• ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ( O ) SHALL BE TYPE "U1" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1 15 SALON G3NS Im �� A-_3,5, o� - 6 L ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ( ) SHALL BE TYPE "U1E" AND WIRED TO EMERGENCY - G4 � ' LIGHTING CIRCUIT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO DETAIL A E1.1. g 2 7,9 3 7 B-4 3 7 3 9 7 / O .� 04 Q 5CU4 4 4 G6NS J. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ( 04 I3 e) SHALL BE TYPE "EX" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3` 4 4 6 GS , K. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ( 4� ) SHALL BE TYPE "EX3" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. -2 1 19 G8NS L. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITS SERVING FIXTURES, DEVICES, OR EQUIPMENT NOT BEING a 5 7 19 REMOVED. Q c 15 15 A-11,13 19 7 19 6 M. ALL FIXTURES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE DIRECTLY SUPPORTED FROM c Gg A-8,10 THE BUILDING STRUCTURE PER BUILDING CODES AND LOCAL AMENDMENTS. IF STEEL RODS �) 2 ARE UTILIZED FOR THIS PURPOSE, NO LESS THAN 2 SEPARATE RODS SHALL BE USED. ® � G8C G8C G8C P 10, ; 10' _ 10 G4C THESE RODS MUST EXTEND FROM OPPOSITE CORNERS OF THE FIXTURE WITH EACH ROD 3 3 G4C 10 9 7 G8NS INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE. ATTACH RODS WITHIN 3 INCHES OF EACH i1 11 6 CORNER OF EACH FIXTURE. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO CEILING GRID. 5 7 8 11 9 VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH BUILDING CODES AND LOCAL AMENDMENTS. 13 13 .a p N. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING IS SHOWN AS A GUIDE ONLY, EXACT QUANTITIES OF CONDUITS AND r�I G8C G8C CONDUCTORS ARE NOT INDICATED. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING : . w --- G8 CpI 8 -10 7 G3 AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. <� 15 11 f, 2 15 5 7 151 15 19 19 6 0. SIGNAGE, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE EMS SYSTEM G4 VIA THE LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS, REFER TO SHEET EO-1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. W SALES 13 13 LOCAL LIGHTING OVERRIDES WILL BE AT LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS AND SECURITY STATIONS a ' _� z rn 6 THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH N 3 o 0 101 G8C GgC ENERGY MANAGEMENT COMPANY AND SECURITY VENDOR. E �, o G8 8 0 i v z 2 3 3 11 I ' 11 11 1� 9 7 9 66, - .� _ 5 7 P. REFERENCE DETAIL ON SHEET # EO 3 FOR ARCH LIGHTING DETAILS. _. 15� i3 13 19 Q. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AS-BUILT DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS WITHIN O J x 30 DAYS OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE. 0-0 z L G8C R. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH OPERATION & MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SYSTEMS AND x 15 5 15 GSC 15 11 1 p 7 G6 EQUIPMENT TO THE BUILDING OWNER OR DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE. ow 15 15 19 i ; 19 6. G8NS 5 13 13 S. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN VERIFICATION WITH COPY TO ENGINEER THAT 2 " G8C LIGHTING SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN TESTED TO ENSURE PROPER CALIBRATION, ADJUSTMENT, - - 8 G8C G6 PROGRAMMING AND OPERATION. 3 [ 3 11 11 11 1© 9 7 9 6 -- -- - G4 5 LIGHTING ZONE SCHEDULE 2 13 13 SIGNAGE, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING IS CONTROLLED AUTOMATICALLY BY THE EMS Revisions C3 SYSTEM VIA THE LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS WITH SMART/CONTROLLABLE BREAKERS. G8C -G8C ISSUE FOR CIJENT/LL REVIEW Gi88 10 6 CONTORL OVERRIDES WILL BE AT EMS PANELS AND CONTROLLED VIA SECURITY STATION \02/11/15 SQUARE D POWER 15 11 7 KEY PAD/ 2; _ _ _ ISSUE FOR BID LINK G3 LIGHTING 15 5 5 15 15 19 19 G4 CONTROL PANEL A AC 6 ZONE CIRCUITS CONTROLLED REMARKS \02/11/15 13 13 - - -- ----- --- �03/04/15ISSUE F0PERMIT BALLAST G8C G6 1 A-5,7 EMPLOYEE LIGHTING - AREA 1 ---- - -- — EMS SYSTEM Gg 8 10C - 6 o CONTROLLED HOT 3 5 3 11 ' 11 11 9 7 9 2 A-11 EMPLOYEE LIGHTING AREA 2 2; A-2,4,6 HOT BATTERY 13 3 EMPLOYEE LIGHTING — VALENCE & RECEPTACLES PACK/EXIT 13 B-5,6,16,18,20,22 ----- ----- SIGNS/BATTERY GSC _ G8C G6 A-3,9- --- -- 0 NEUTRAL LIGHTS G8 15 11 10 7 19 6 2 15 5 5 15 15 19 B-1 3,7,8,9,10,11,12,13, CUSTOMER LIGHTING - AREA 1 dV15 L. Digitallysigned by Davis L. LSQUARE DECB-G3EL lui 4 , DN; Daps L Dickerson,PE, 20A-1 P CCT. BREAKER G8 G6 14,15,17,19,21,23,24, Ickerson, o Dickerson Engineering,Inc., G8C G8C 1 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 8 8 8 ,. Date:2015.03.03 15:44:13 06'00' A-1 CUSTOMER LIGHTING - AREA 1 E1-1 Gg 3 3 3 , 5 9 9 7 5 (CONTROLLED VIA PHOTOCELL & EMS) FIXTURE WIRING DIAGRAM 22 5 - 9 NO SCALE G3 6 A-13 CUSTOMER LIGHTING - AREA 2 5 7 A-8,10 B-4 CUSTOMER LIGHTING - COVE & PENDANTS 15 _ 19 G4 A-15,19 ENTRY LIGHTING 15 1 15 1 15 i 19 19 1 19 6 e g B-36,38 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE REFERENCE O Y �P�p PROFFs - - - 15 1® G6 — S PERMIT ��`'�- G k FF s'oy,• 6' 10 - SPARE %e�'� ,a,eae -- --_ OREco OCCUPANCY SENSOR NOTES: 9� Wp 1 36OCCUPANCY SENSOR SCHEDULE s\4fu,c OS1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A POWER PACK FOR EACH CIRCUIT/SWITCH LEG THAT IS ( TYPE MANUFACTURER REMARKS Y CONTROLLED BY A OCCUPANCY SENSOR. B-3s _ DESCRIPTION & MODEL NUMBER_ OS2. PLAN DRAWING LOCATIONS OF OCCUPANCY SENSOR ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY. # 10 AWG THROUGHOUT SEE NOTE # 1 CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE OCCUPANCY SENSOR PER MANUFACTURER'S SEE NOTE # 1 MS LOW MOTION SENSOR SENSORSWITCH # CM-10 - RECOMMENDATIONS. LOW VOLTAGE - PASSIVE INFRARED r rc FLOOR PLAN LIGHTING M1 360' MOTION SENSOR SENSORSWITCH # CMR-10 NOT USED OS3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE OCCUPANCY SENSOR SETTINGS WITH OWNER AND FIELD � UNE VOLTAGE - PASSIVE INFRARED Drawn By Checked By ADJUST AS REQUIRED. -- --- -- KP DD/AH SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" PP MOTION SENSOR POWER PACK SENSORSWITCH # PP-20 Scale Date OS4. RESTROOM WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL TURN ON WHEN OCCUPANCY IS DETECTED AND TURN OFF AFTER NO OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN DETECTED FOR 30 MINUTES. 0' 8' 16' 24' 32' NORTH - — AS NOTED 02/11/15 IF, SWITCH IS MANUALLY TURNED OFF AND NO OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN DETECTED AFTER � 3-WAY WALL MOUNTED CEILING SENSORSWITCH # Job No. BRIEF GRACE PERIOD, SENSOR SHALL DEFAULT TO OCCUPANCY DETECTION ON. OC SENSOR INTERFACE SWITCH SPODM-SA-3X SET WITH 30 14 o 0 � 7 2 OS5. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE MANUAL ON AND TURN OFF AFTER NO OCCUPANCY WALL MOUNTED MOTION SENSOR SENSORSWITCH # WSD MINUTE HAS BEEN DETECTED FOR 30 MINUTES. MS TIME DELAY Sheet No. PROVIDE HANDLE TIES AS REQUIRED FOR MULTIWIRE SET WITH 30 EI-1 BRANCH CIRCUITS WITH COMMON NEUTRALS PER NEC 210.4. 2 CIRCUIT WALL MOUNTED MOTION SENSORSWITCH # WSD-2P MINUTE MS1 SENSOR TIME DELAY PANEL D PANEL C PLAN NOTES: PANEL B UNDERCABINET 9 PANEL A PANEL EMS REFRIGERATOR " ___ ___ _ a 1. ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE ABOVE +18"AFF +18 I D-9 FINISHED FLOOR. DISTRIBUTION PLYWOOD BACKBOARD PANEL MDP TELEPHONE COFFEE MAKER Ej- SEE NOTE _ +48" 2. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK MANUFACTURER � �� SEE NOTE # ON7 IG IG PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL � ) # 9 & 15 �`5� \E WASHER/ INTERIOR ELEVATION FOR ADDITIONAL 18" 1 INFORMATION. OFFICE IG +156" GFI 104 03 18" 0 ICE D-1,3 3, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL 3/F-1.1 B FOR - - --- - ---- IG 103 EXACT LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES IG 1 GFl f 18" 3 -- GFI GFI GFl +18" K ;F � 4, RECEPTACLES SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY f �- +42" +18" +18" +18" +18" �—SEE NOTE # ON6 IG IN BACKPANEL OF MILLWORK AT +28" A.F.F. IG SEE NOTE GFl SEE NOTE g 5 FINAL CONNECTION SHAMPOO/ # 11 42" 18" (TYPICAL FOR 16). TO EMS PANEL STAGING SEE NOTE DRYING _ # 16 +12p 9 5. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION FOR ARCH STRIP HOT WATER HEATER 102 SEE PART PLA # 12 Eos I 0+42" 1'i +42"� SEE NOTE # ON5 D-5,7 LIGHTING. MOUNT JUNCTION BOX 12" BELOW TOP HOT WATER RECIRC. PUMP THIS SHEET GFI I ' GFI WOMEN OF ARCH IN ACCESSIBLE CONCEALED LOCATION - - - � - - - -- FQ39" �0 ,_ �� __,MEN +39�" SEE NOTE 76 IG ASHIND SQUIRED MILLWORK.OR CONNECTION OFUIT AND WRINGFL FLUORESCENT ' " ---- I GFl GFl GFl SEE +36 - - - - � NOTE # ON4 IG 18" IG 9 STRIP LIGHTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL GFI 0 103 IG DRAWING FOR DETAILS OF ARCH LIGHTING AND IG # 8 K GFI RECEPTACLE 7 DRAWING EO-3 & E2-2. +1 AIT I +24" `-SEE CORRIDOR +22"� LOCATION TO BE +136 I SEE 1 NOTE SEE NOTE 1° EyyC COORDINATED TO 6• REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL 2/F-1.1B FOR # 5 # 12 NOTE BE HIDDEN BY EXACT LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES. - - - _ - - - # 5 ELECTRIC WATER 0 z 7. " SEE NOTE SEE NOTE Fl GFl GFl +24"+24"+ 4"+24 \+49- G COOLER fSPECIAL SYSTEM POWER PLAN PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT 18 AFF FOR FINAL 5 5 Fl GFl GFl GFl SEE NOTE O CONNECTION OF ILLUMINATED SHELVES AND LIGHT # # I # 5 WITH 4" FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. - M F � 8� MOUNTING HEIGHTS BOX WITHIN FIXTURE2 ] 31 I Jco REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS WIRING LAYOUT COORDINATE EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SALON IGFI I GM GFl GFl i 2-7 (o GFI GFI GFI GFI I N z WITH FIXTURE MANUFACTURER, PRIOR TO ANY os �_ -Z - - - - _+ `� FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS. ROUGH-IN INSTALLATION. 0 #E5 NOTE ALL GFl S HORIZONTAL N Tv T MOUNTED. SEE NOTE 6 6'-6" 3 6" PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN OFFICE 103 ELECTRICAL 8. EAS SECURITY ANTENNA, REFER TO SHEET # # o E3-1 FOR RISER DIAGRAM. REFER TO CONCIERGE i � Q SCALE: 1/20=1'-Om (- - - Q 0 DESK - POWER AND ' , � 2'_2„ 3-7 9 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY TIMING OF TELEPHONE SPECIAL SYSTEMS PLAN 1 1 +28" 0 0 z 0' 2' 4' 6' 8' NORTH COMPANY CONNECTION WITH ULTA. RECEPTACLES ON SHEET E2-2, OO g CY NEED TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO TELEPHONE SEE NOTE # 3 I _ - I N Q OFFICE NOTES: COMPANY CONNECTION COMPLETION. 5'-5" +28" r,%, MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY IN SEE NOTE # 10 co 3.0 W EL 0 +58 NA.F.F. 10. TYPICAL FOR ALL FLOOR RECEPTACLES: SEE SEE NOTE SEE NOTE # 2 (TYPICAL) `° I +28" 0 � Ix ON1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF VOICE/DATA OUTLET WITH ULTA "IT# ONS. TELEPHONE OUTLET MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. INSTALL 3/4" CONDUIT SHEET EO-1 & E4-1 FOR ELECTRICAL DEPARTMENT AND ARCHITECT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. REFER TO SHEET # E3-2 FOR LOW SPECIFICATIONS ON FLOOR RECEPTACLES TO BE # 5r +28" aco FOR ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS. VOLTAGE WIRING. USED. I 5'-2" SEE NOTE Q ` - ON2. REFER TO SHEET # E3-2 FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING. ON6. 4"x4" JUNCTION BOX FOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, WITH SINGLE GANG 11. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1 I - - # 5 � ® � ® W � 04 COVER, MOUNTED AT WITHIN 16" OF WALL LIGHT SWITCH AT SAME FOR EXACT RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS. " .e ON3. PRIOR TO ROUGH IN OF ALL OUTLETS, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD HEIGHT AND IN SAME STUD POCKET (SPACE). INSTALL 3/4" CONDUIT I 9,_9„ +28 ®P W VERIFY EXACT EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE FROM JUNCTION BOX INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. 12. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY I i 1 ; ;� AND EQUIPMENT VENDOR. AT 44" AFF WITH GRAY DEVICES AND STAINLESS 10'-�o" 5'-9" i STEEL COVERPLATE. T � +28'0 i ON7. VOICE/DATA OUTLET MOUNTED AT 18" A.F.F. INSTALL 3/4" CONDUIT I I ON4. PROVIDE 3-GANG JUNCTION BOX (FOR MUZAK SOUND SYSTEM VOLUME INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. REFER TO SHEET # E3-2 FOR LOW I I j I CONTROLS) MOUNTED 48" A.F.F. WITH 1" CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION VOLTAGE WIRING. 13. REFER TO COLUMN DETAIL ON SHEET A-2.0 FOR I +28" EXACT MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS. I ;, BOX INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX (AT 2'_g" C, W SOUND SYSTEM AMP) MOUNTED 76 A.F.F. WITH 1 CONDUIT TO VOLUME CONTROLS JUNCTION BOX AND COVER PLATE WITH 7 8" 14. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK MANUFACTURER I 1 `D `o +28" - I _ `'' / PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL 3li6 I, ROUND OPENING. REFER TO SHEET E3-1 FOR LOW VOLTAGE '� # INTERIOR ELEVATION FOR EXACT RECEPTACLE 4'-0" 12'-3" a SALES _ SEE NOTE w WIRING. LOCATIONS, ROUTING OF CONDUIT IN BASE OF I N 5 °" Y " MILLWORK AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SEE NOTE 101 +28" # "` " z �^ rn 1"C. FOR CCN �- - 1 C. TO MAIN " # 5 `o 3000 TELEPHONE / ( 1 o 3 4 C. FOR CHIME 15. TELEPHONE BOARD SHALL BE (3) 3/4" (4'X6') +28 � �o� TERMINAL CABINET I - - <. z o rn (2) 1"C. FOR DATA FIRE RATED PLYWOOD, REFER TO DETAIL 1/A-8.3. o ,� z°�' SEE NOTE �' 3/4-C FOR SAFE # 5 +28" o / 3/4 C. FOR 16. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT OF -- *- z _ FUTURE USE RECEPTACLE FOR DRYER BOOSTER WITH ( -- - V "" ` 5 x �- MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. RECEPTACLE SHALL I I SEE NOTE # 13 N +28" Z -O O O O I (2) 1"C. FOR POWER BE BELOW CEILING. (TYPICAL) O O O O 1 i - t t I 3'-s" 14'-11" o s„ SEE NOTE I 4'-6" 9'-3" # 5 � — 3„ 3„ 3'.3. J I T (0 11 1 `=' 5'-2” T 5'-2” I 1 5'-8" 6'-5" 3" 1'-5 I I r 9'-4" 2'-3 3'-5" 4'-10" 5'-5" o - - - - 1SEE NOTE O O O O = co # 7 00 MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY IN T T O- --------------------------------- ---------- O O O O r 9 LOWER ACCESS PANEL ® I I 1T I �, T Revisions (3)-3/4"C. +11 1/2" A.F.F. I 1 _ 6'-5" i j ISSUE FOR CLIENT/LL REVIEW O r r SEE NOTE # 14 i i 2'-2' 02/11/15 6 -1 C. STUBBED 1 r ' a, � ;,,� � INTO ACCESSIBLE r r CEILING SPACE rr 00 ao 00 00 T Lo Cs;I #E5 NOTE QISSUE FOR BIO 02/11/15 SAFE - VERIFY EXACT �� 1 N +28" �� ISUE OR PERMIT LOCATION WITH MILLWORK r r N o N ` J 03/04/15 VENDOR AND OWNER 3/4"C. FOR SAFE M `i +28" SEE NOTE ► � 14- � 19 T T T " 2'-3" 4 �., o I ► I I T +28" TYPICAL) 4„ 27'-7" 5'-8 r r r 1 2'-5" 1 #28" Ir A i i I REFER TO DETAIL ON I SHEET # E2-2 FOR A (2)- 1 3/4"C. FOR SEE NOTE SEE NOTE 5 1 i CONTINUATION # 5 ' 9 -9" D:9tully signed by Davis L. FUTURE USE # I REFER TO PART Davis L. D<kerson PE I PLAN THIS SHEET STUB CONDUITS 3" DN a, Davis L Dicke sun,PE, - - — - - - ABOVE FINISHED Dickerson, n D.ckerson Englneenng,Inc FLOOR IPE o,email davit dickersonzoder 1 p,,,.r:,c-US Date 2'0 15.03.03 15.43 08 06'00' 00 SEE NOTE 2._5" — I I --- # 7 (TYPICAL) I 1 I ! SEE NOTE N N I I STOREFRONT WINDOW RECEPTACLE, 72 MAX. ON bb # 5 Eo PROF. FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING CENTER Ess -- (IF, CEILING IS MORE THAN 18" ABOVE (TYPICAL) /�`'\ `'G N FF °ti9''. i @ r tA,85fl WINDOW, RECEPTACLE SHALL BE WALL WINDOW) (TYPIMOUNTED CAL)THAN +18" ABOVE FLOOR P - ELECTRICAL DIMENSIONS _- ', SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" � \ L i f Q ( C, 0' 8' 16' 24' 32' NORTH ENLARGED ROUGH-IN PLAN (CASHWRAP) _ GENERAL NOTES: A. EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON D. FLOOR BOXES SHALL HAVE A TAPERED EDGE OR H. ALL CONDUIT ROUTED IN FLOOR SLAB SHALL BE i ELECTRICAL DIMENSIONS AS-BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. BE RECESSED INTO TILE. 3/4" SCHEDULE PVC CONDUIT WITH GROUND WIRE l � • � CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD WHERE ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODE AND UNLESS CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE E. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF CIRCUIT'S SERVING SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. Drawn B Checked B SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" � OWNER. FIXTURES, DEVICES, OR EQUIPMENT NOT BEING y y REMOVED. I. RECEPTACLES MOUNTED IN WALLS WITH WC-5 KP DD/AH 0' 2' 4' 6' 8' B. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT WALL COVERING SHALL BE GRAY DEVICES WITH A Scale Date LOCATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES. F. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR TRENCHING STAINLESS STEEL COVERPLATE, REFER TO AS NOTED 02/11/15 SERVICE DESK NOTES: CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEVICE DETAIL. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH Job No. ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ANY G. GFl RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GRAY DEVICES WITH REFERENCE ONLY �1 O ll� �7i 51• ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND WIRE ALL S2. COORDINATE STUB UP LOCATIONS WITH EXACT SAFE INSTALLATION. STAINLESS STEEL COVERPLATE. SEE NOT APPROMED WITH THIS PERMIT 14 d 2 DEVICES AND BOXES WITHIN RECEPTION/SALES COUNTER. COORDINATE LOCATION TO AVOID ALL INTERFERENCES. ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND ROUTING IN FIELD WITH MILLWORK AND MILLWORK C. ALL CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Sheet No. VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE PROVIDE HANDLE TIES AS REQUIRED FOR MULTINRE AND NOT FROM ACOUSTICAL CEILING OR CEIL114G BRANCH CIRCUITS WITH COMMON NEUTRALS PER NEC 210.4. E2-1 SUPPORTS. JN:11:\114004.59 I N:05 1 11 DIM I U/,KD, JK GENERAL POWER NOTES: PLAN NOTES: PANEL D �. A. EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON 1. CHIME PUSHBUTTON. PROVIDE 1900 BOX WITH PANEL CPANEL B AS-BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. SINGLE GANG BOX. REFER TO SHEET # E3-1 � CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD FOR FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REFER TO PANEL A PANEL EMS CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO DETAIL 3/F-1.113 FOR EXACT CHIME LOCATION. THE OWNER. DISTRIBUTION PLYWOOD BACKBOARD Z-2A REFER TO m< 1111111111z 2. CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR ARCH RECEPTACLES PANEL MDP TELEP ONE EO-3 DETAIL # 4 B. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SHALL BE ROUTED IN CHASE WITHIN BASE SHAMPOO/ 6THIS SHEETEj LOCATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES. MILLWORK FIXTURE. CONDUIT SHALL ENTER AT DRYING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEVICE SEE NOTE # 5 REFER TO SHEET # REFER TO - BACK OF VERTICAL ARCH SECTION BEHIND i os LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH VERTICAL PANEL (WITH LIGHT FIXTURES). SEE NOTE # 6 4 E2-1 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAIL # 3 ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ANY CONDUIT TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO INFORMATION THIS SHEET INSTALLATION. _:� -_ IG --- ----- ----- ---- - � INSTALLATION OF ARCH. THERE SHALL BE NO EXPOSED CONDUIT. K 1 18 24 22 11 C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL 15 __ GFI GFI _ _ -\ RECEPTACLES AND BOXES WITHIN CONCIERGE I 8 2 IG GFI D-11 -,x WOME MILLWORK COUNTER. COORDINATE EXACT 3. NEMA 14-30R RECEPTACLE FOR ELECTRIC �`� p—g IG LOCATION AND CONDUIT ROUTING WITH DRYER. VERIFY WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER FOR C-26 Boa WASHER/ MILLWORK CONTRACTOR. EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO DRYER D-34 ROUGH—IN. 4.6 C-28,30 l f —26 IG IG IG 4,g STAGING C-18 20, 26 1 FI Boa D. ALL CONDUIT ROUTED IN FLOOR SLAB SHALL BE 4. REFER ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL 3 ON SHEET D-1 C-36 io2 22,24 GFl MEN 3/4" SCHEDULE PVC CONDUIT WITH GROUND F-1.113 FOR EXACT RECEPTACLE AND DATA B-35 r 15 24 SEE 30 28 WIRE WHERE ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODE AND _ 2 24 ' UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. LOCATIONS. p_38, 0,42 �o� I j GFI GFl GFI N9'� SEE NOTE 5. PROVIDE AN EDWARDS GENERAL PURPOSE BELL (�A SEE # E. ALL CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE MODEL #156G-4AM. PROVIDE AN EDWARDS -3 NOTE I 19 p-29 g # 7 r r SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY FROM ACOUSTICAL PUSH BUTTON, MODEL #1786-8. PROVIDE AN 15 15gGOFl 35 T # 11 1 7 IG 17 7 29 CORRI OR B-6 i CEILING. EDWARDS CLASS 2 SIGNAL TRANSFORMER, �-3 ' --------------------------------------- \, I42 F. CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT BRANCH CIRCUIT MODEL #590. PROVIDE # 10 WIRING BETWEEN 136 _ _ 13_7 >>d GFI SEE NOTEcc `------------------------------------ PUSH BUTTON AND TRANSFORMER. ----------------------------------- ;r, WIRING AND ARRANGEMENT OF HOMERUNS FOR 1�1 GFl 11 IG D-1719 1 3 3 "."_VA26 # 9MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY. INCREASE WIRE SIZE IF 6. LE GANG JUNCTION BOX FOR SECURITY 38 GFl G GFI 11 GFI GFl GFIVOLTAGE DROP EXCEEDS 2% OR 100 FEET IN DOUG 9 1 Fl 15 EE NOTE GFI A-2 SYSTEM KEY SWITCH. MOUNT ON RIGHT SIDE OF SEE SEE NOTE 9 GFl m LENGTH. 13 15 9 26 i DOOR. IF ROOM IS NOT AVAILABLE THEN MOUNT B-11 15 NOTE # 9 # �- EO-3 (o cc ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE DOOR. # 10 17 23 Q" CHIME PUSHBUTTON _ _ i i i G. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET EO-3 FOR ADDITIONAL14 14 O B-1,3.5 GFl 17 19 19 21 21 23 GFI 14 B-14,16,18 � Cr _ REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC UNIT WIRING. 7, PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO HAND DRYER GFI GFl GFI GFI GFI GFI SAEON Q MOUNTED IN , , , 16 ,_---' CONCIERGE DESK I H, (120V., 1,500W.). VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS X05 MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITS SERVING WITH EQUIPMENT VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. C-9'11' � , T " T SEE NOTE # 1 343434 ; ; ; I FIXTURES, DEVICES, OR EQUIPMENT NOT BEING PROVIDE LABEL WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER FOR HAIR 13,15 C-17,19,21,23 B-19 21 �+ REMOVED. DRYERS. PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH PAD TAT � � LOCK OUT CAPABILITIES. r - -I ��` 16 19 23,25 0 CO L _ I. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR TRENCHING I 1 QO .� C Q s" FLOOR MOUNTED DETAIL. 8. WIRE EACH OUTLET OF THE QUAD FLOOR BOX REFER TO PART PLAN I � j N SEE NOTE (TYPICAL FOR 3) TO A DEDICATED CIRCUIT, PROVIDE A HANDLE # 1 THIS SHEET FOR _ _ J ; 19 N # 4 J. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING IS SHOWN AS A GUIDE TIE FOR CIRCUITS TO THE SAME RECEPTACLE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATIO r co 3: W 15'-10" ONLY, EXACT QUANTITIES OF CONDUITS AND SEE NOTE # 9 16 19CC CONDUCTORS ARE NOT INDICATED. g, PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION FOR ARCH B-8,10,12 '� u CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT LIGHTING. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRING AS B-9 28 1 2 WIRING AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION OF FLUORESCENT 9 I 28 ; I 19 Q OPERABLE SYSTEM. ' '-----SEE NOTE # 12 , B-13,15, EO I3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.SHEET 33 C-33 r 16 � 1CONCIERGE DESK - (TYPICAL) 17 17 cu 0 POWER & SPECIAL SYSTEMS 10. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO RECIRCULATION A-4-S- 6 � ` `� \% ® �' IJP 4 '--- 28 L, NORTH PUMP (120V., 1PH 55W). VERIFY EXACT �_3 1 11 ;/ 19 SEE SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"` 2 , NOTE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION WITH PLUMBING C-2,4, CONTRACTOR. 8 1 , g l # 0' 4' 8' 12' 16' 6,8 8 �� I 1 g 9 , 11. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO GAS WATER -_ -'S28 , 7 T `, --�- -- 1 1 rA-6 HEATER. VERIFY EXACT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 5 , 21 WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO _ ROUGH-IN. (120V., 1PH.) 3 5,71' 3' % �% 18 21 12. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET EO-1 FOR ADDITIONAL 1 ,' SALES � 8 w INFORMATION. TYPICAL FOR ALL FLOOR SEE NOTE 9 RECEPTACLES. # 35, ( 8 �, �o� ; 17 SEE � Z 0 C-35,37,39,41 39, .'� i i 18 NOTE 3 0 0 SEE NOTE # 8 41 10,12, jr` �� `� 21 # 9 cn ` z 0 a,rn �. 14,16 ` g �.= " " z IG IG -- -- IG " " C-10,12,14,16 -------------� i 33 i 33 21 Z-�°^�° +30 +30 SEE NOTE # 8 27 33 12 , B-30,32 , t, , b( J x s -� O -14,16,18 20 +30" 22 4 , IG IG IG 16 IG 16 IG IG 18 IG IG 18 __ 21 C G a » SEE 8 ao zf-'w IG 30 " +30—CCTV # 9_=/ IG " I #3023 , +30 IG IG +18" 20 SEE NOTE 31 B-27,29,31 12 % 'i� B-20,22,24,26 SEE IG If 24 +6" # 2 .' T �'1 T13 NOTE _ If 31 30 030 20 20 # 9 -------------------------------------ID � ------------------------------------ ---� 31 �; �'---------- ; -- SEE NOTE S1 ' 30 ' I - (TYPICAL) # 1 q 10 10 12 ,� �� 30 30 30 i 25 X-27 W A-9 31T---- '---- --- I T No 22 ; 221 Revisions D-20,22,24 EO-3 T I T 32 T --- 13 SEE A02S/11 FOR CUENT/L L REVIEW , 31 i NOTE ISSUE FOR BID 33 / � 3 # 9 02/11/15 T 24 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 29 r ;r23 H ) 003/04/15 -10,12 % TI ' T' T I It 23 7� 29 32 T 32 1& 32 24 32 � 23 SEE Q 29 �� 23 NOTE # 9 0 SEE NOTE 10 2926 ,E 15 d V I S L, Digitally signed by Davis L. # S2 SEEr-1 NOTE Dickerson,PE L. Dickerson,P1, 3 `�` 0 o ND ckerDsonsEng neeri g Inc., 12 # $ --� SEE NOTE 27 , EO-3 Lckerson pecom,c=US ou email=davis.dickerson@c1ei- ,,,—— Date:2015.03.03 15:45:08 25 # S4 r E -06'00 I I i I - ------/ SEE NOTE B-33 33 26:9" # 9 TO SECURITY 11 Of ANTENNA i 15 33 3 33 POWER SUPPLY 33 �6 CHECK POINT I I I 2 SERVICE COUNTER PART PLAN ' STOREFRONT WINDOW RECEPTACLE, IPROFfiss, FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING ° POWER & SPECIAL SYSTEMS. ___ � (IF, CEILING IS MORE THAN 18" ABOVE �' ` 'at352 WINDOW, RECEPTACLE SHALL BE WALL FLOOR PLAN POWER» » MOUNTED LESS THAN +18" ABOVE � o oFaE.co NORTH WINDOW) (TYPICAL) SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" �L SCALE: 1/2 =1"—O i r , 0' 2' 4' 6' 8' 23 s D-21,23WASHING MACHINE COFFEE MAKER— 0' 8' 16' 24' 32' NORTH U/C >A GFI DRYER BOOSTER FRIDGE t nF D-(25,27) (120V., 1PH., 83W) SERVICE DESK NOTES: 3/4"C. 3 # 10 - 41 FI _ & 1 # 10 GROUND S1. CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED IN BASE OF MILLWORK. ELECTRICAL S3. SINGLE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 12" ABOVE BASE SHELF OF _�_ _ _ SEE NOTE # 3 G GFI 39 CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL., AND WIRE ALL DEVICES CABINET IN BACKWRAP AREA FOR CHECK-POINT SECURITY - -- - 37 PROVIDE HANDLE TIES AS REQUIRED FOR MULTIWIRE Drawn By Checked By AND BOXES WITHIN RECEPTION/SALES COUNTER. COORDINATE SYSTEM "POWER PACK". LABEL RECEPTACLE "SECURITY BRANCH CIRCUITS WITH COMMON NEUTRALS PER NEC 210.4. KP DD/AH EXACT LOCATION AND ROUTING IN FIELD WITH MILLWORK. SYSTEM." ROUTE CONTROL WIRING IN CONDUIT. SEE SHEET -37,39,41 Scale Date E3-1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. BACK OF T4COFFEE BAR REFERENCE ONLYS2. SEE POWER ROUGH-IN PLAN, SHEET E3-2, FOR CONTINUATION � AS NOTED 02/11/15 OF SECURITY SYSTEM CONNECTIONS. S4. RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 12" ABOVE BASE SHELF OF CABINETNOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMI Job No. IN BACKWRAP AREA FOR HAND-HELD SCANNER CHARGER. DETAIL L ABEL DUPLEX RECEPTACLE "SCANNER CHARGER." HOUSE DETAIL14 o 60' 3 L/ 2 SCALE: 1/4"=1"-0"` NORTH SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" NORTH Sheet No. 0' 4' 8' 12' 16' 0' 4' 8' 12' 16' Ez.o SF: 1 00 CC :d: : ,I4C04 �9 -2 I,'A: RL, -DR TO ADDITIONAL CAMERAS BY CCTV VENDOR WASHER/ ROOF 4 �5 6 DRYER TELEPHONE 104 PLYWOOD CAMERA WIRING BACKBOARD #E7 NOTEw< FURNISHED AND CCTV CABLING INSTALLED BY - F= r 2" CONDUIT STUB TO LANDLORD TELEPHONE ROOM WITH PULL STRING BY LANDLORD), VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH LANDLORD IN THE FIELD, COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH UTILITY COMPANY. (3) 4 PAIR CAT 3 CABLES TO PLYWOOD BACKBOARD _ TELEPHONE WASHER/ J� IT CABINET, FIRE RATED PLYWOOD PLYWOOD BACKBOARD (2) CAT 5 CABLE 1 - F TO IT CABINET 1) CAT 5 CABLES 4 SEE NOTE BACKBOARD ��/ �� DRYER 4_2 IT CABINET ROOF SS8 SEE NOTE # 11 SEE NOTE T (2) 4 PAIR CAT 3 CABLES F1 4 PAIR I TO PLYWOOD BACKBOARD (2) CAT 5 CABLE CAT 3 CABLE " - ---- - -- --- � TO IT CABINET TO PLYWOOD 1 CONDUIT WITH (1) CAT 5 SEE NOTE A7 - (2) 2" CONDUITS STUBBED BACKBOARD CABLE TO IT CABINET # SS4 �f Li INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR DATA WIRING " SEE NOTE SHAMPOO/ 1 CONDUIT # SS1 STUB 3/4 EMPTY BURGLAR ALARM DRYING TO CEILING CONDUIT ACCESSIBLE CONTROL PANEL PROPOSED » F1 061 _ _ FOR SAFE _--- -__---- - _ _ _ _ -_- _--__--__-__ CEILING SPACE STAGING (2) 3/4 Ili 1" CONDUIT WITH (1) 4 PAIR SEE NOTE SS7 WIRELESS ACCESS CONDUIT FOR i LLI LJ (1) CAT 5 CABLE CAT 3 1" CONDUIT 1" CONDUIT X02 # POINT LOCATION VOICE DATA WOMEN MEN TO IT CABINET PHONE CABLE WITH (2) CAT 3, SEE SHEET # FSEE NOTE # 12 EE REFER TO TO PLYWOOD WITH (5) CAT 4 PAIR CABLES E2-1 FOR j - IT CABINET 5 CABLES TO ADDITIONAL SHEET BACKBOARD TO PLYWOOD WIRELESS # E2-2 2" CONDUIT WIRELESS 3/4" R CABINET FOR BACKBOARD ACCESS INFORMATION A.F. STUBBED INTO ACCESS 3/4 CONDUIT CONDUIT REGISTER ONE STUB THRU FIVE POINT " II\ +5 " +'48" SEE NOTE CO�RIDOR 34CONDUIT ACCESSIBLE POINT STUB (2) 4 / A.F.F. Lb STUBBED INTO 10 hyo � CEILING SPACE PAIR CAT 3 � , - --__-- # WIRING TO PLYWOOD ' L ACCESSIBLE CEILING - ® 0 FOR TELEPHONE PHONE CABLES , ' ' SPACE WITH (1) CAT 5 \ BACKBOARD i i i CABLE FOR SALON OFFICE » RECEPTION DESK TO ---FIRE RATED PLYWOOD , 3/4 L IT CABINET `lam BACKBOARD CONDUIT(REFER TO DETAIL (�) ' � t t--S STUB - - - F) e 12/A-8.2) - 1" CONDUIT +54 —3/4" CONDUIT SALON STUBBED INTO STUB WITH (3) STAGING �--- ---] F105 101 DOUBLE DUPLEX 4 PAIR CAT 3 ACCESSIBLE CEILING ISOLATED GROUND CABLES AND (TELEPHONE) SPACE WITH (1) m 0 1 RECEPTACLES WITH (2) CAT 5 CAT 3 CABLE TO p CD z DEDICATED CIRCUIT DATA CABLES PLYWOOD � g � c BACKBOARD II 1" CONDUIT STUB WITH 0+—CARD CONCIERGE DESK I - _j N j (1) 4 PAIR CAT 3 � CREDIT REFER TO PART PLAN N � � CD REFER TO JUNCTION BOX FOR CABLE AND (2) CAT 5 SHEET # E2-2 FOR SHEET VOICE DATA WIRING-� DATA CABLE ADDITIONAL INFORMAl10 p # E2-2 ( �) ( �) _L JUNCTION BOX FOR FOR MANAGER'S PHONE, WIRELESS, MANAGER'S P� CONCIERGE DESK 0+—X233 CUSTOMER COUNTER m FAX, POS, CREDIT CARD AND OFFICE i AT FRONT DOOR h ® Cu ® �J� i OPTIONAL/TRAINING ROOM � � � * � % m 52 ad L� VOICE/DATA CABLING I NO SCALE „ 0 `a :y w VOICE/DATA CABLING NOTES: j ` Z QnC 3 0 p 0 1. ALL VOICE CABLING SHALL BE RUN WITHIN THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE 7. ALL CABLING SHALL BE FURNISHED, INSTALLED, TAGGED AND TERMINATED _N I I AND STRAPPED USING TIE WRAPS TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO NOT BY ULTA TELE/DATA VENDOR. VENDOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL Q - 0- z o rn rn STRAP CABLE TO SPRINKLER PIPES, CEILING GRID PENCIL ROD OR FACE PLATES, JACKS AND PATCH PANELS. CONDUITS. t o�^ z oo avo 2. ALL CABLE SHALL BE ROUTED PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING 8. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICES WITHIN MILLWORK NTH MILLWORK _ V � n. Nvx STRUCTURE UTILIZING 90' ANGLES IN CEILING SPACE. VENDOR. __ _ _ SALES "' `' `W o`J` -� ___ -_-_ 3. ALL LOCAL BUILDING CODES MUST BE FOLLOWED AND A SEPARATE LOW 9. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHAD_ LABEL ALL CONDUITS FOR SPECIFIC o� ' `_� �• ooz�tlQ VOLTAGE PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE VENDOR USE. AUTHORITY. 10• MOUNT DEVICES AT 24" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN BACK PANEL OF 4• ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLE/WIRING SHALL BE RUN ADJACENT TO THE CABINET. PERIMETER SOFFITS NOT MORE THAN 36" FROM DEMISING WALLS. 11. VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS OF DATA CABINET WITH 5. ALL BACKBOXES, PLASTER RINGS, CONDUITS AND CONDUIT BUSHINGS SHALL ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND ULTA'S IT DEPARTMENT. BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL CONDUITS, CABLING, WIRING, AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE SUPPORTED 12. WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH INDEPENDENTLY OF THE ACOUSTICAL CEILING AND SUPPORTS. LOW ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. Revisions VOLTAGE CABLING AND CABLING SUPPORTS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND ISSUE FOR CUENT/LL REVIEW INSTALLED BY CABLING VENDOR. 13. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALL 002/11/15 ELECTRICAL DEVICES. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEVICE R BID FOR 6• PROVIDE 15' SLACK CABLE AT EACH DEVICE AND BACKBOARD LOCATION. LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR ISSUE ISSUE FO TO ANY INSTALLATION. ISSUE FOR PERMIT 15 B i 003/04/15 I I 0 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO I I 0 ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE (TYPICAL) ROOF - PROPOSED 1" CONDUIT WIRELESS ACCESS 0 ACCESSIBLE POINT LOCATION_ PRODCO (CUSTOMER T T T CEILING SPACE SEE NOTE # 12 . COUNTER) VERIFY EXACT SEE SEE SEE LOCATION OF JUNCTION Digitally signed by Davis L. 3/4"C. STUBBED 6" � � Davis L. Dickerson,PE SEE NOTE NOTE NOTE ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CREDIT CARD BOX WITH EQUIPMENT DN:cn=Davis L.Dickerson, NOTE # SS8 # SS2 # SS8 VENDOR # SS7 WIRING BY OTHERS - SEE NOTE emai= vi.on D i c ke rs o Engineering,Inc,ou, c ' ' I 4 4 � � �� # cc1 ( email=davis.dickerson�adei- J J J pe.com,c-US ( D ) ---- _-_-__1 SEE NOTE SEE NOTE 0600'O7 5.03.03 7 5:46:10 BURGLAR A A STAGE J A A _----__--- " # SS4 # SS8 ALARM EMS ( aj ) ( U ) DOUBLE REAR FRONT ( a) ) ( � ) ---- ----- 1 C. CONTROL PANEL DOOR SEE NOTE PANEL +54 +10 DOOR JUNCTION DOOR +54 +10 [ - # SS3 � A I SEE NOTE SEE BOX AT NOTE SEE SEE IF # SS4 #OTE S1 J SAFE # SS4 # SSl FINISHED FLOOR - REFER TO SEE NOTE �-J `-J ---- -_- - -- I I I ��,~o PROFESS SHEET # SS3 � G i k FF �oy9 # E2-2 SECURITY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM 0HFGO NO SCALE FLOOR PLAN - VOICE/DATA aG SECURITY SYSTEM NOTES: NOBS: AND SECURITY » SCALE: 1 8"=1'-0" �H SSI. PROVIDE DOUBLE GANG BOX AND TRIM RING WITH 3/4 SS5. ALL SECURITY SYSTEM WIRING AND DEVICES SHALL BE / CONDUIT STUB INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AT DOOR. FURNISHED, INSTALLED AND WIRED BY SECURITY SYSTEM `' E ALL BURGLAR ALARM DEVICES SHALL BE BY BURGLAR ALARM VENDER. 0' 8' 16' 24' 32' VENDOR. SS6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SS2. INSTALL SINGLE GANG JUNC11ON BOX AT INSIDE OF DOOR ALL BACKBOXES, TRIM RINGS, CONDUIT STUBS TO FRAME ON LATCH SIDE WITH 3/4" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AND CONDUIT BUSHINGS. Drawn By Checked By CEILING SPACE CONCEALED IN WALL FOR DOOR CONTACTS AT KP DD/AH EGRESS DOOR. ALL WIRING SHALL BE CONCEALED IN CONDUIT SS7• PROVIDE A 4"X4" JUNCTION BOX FOR "EMS SECURITY Scale Date OR DOOR FRAME. RELAY" ADJACENT TO SECURITY PANEL WITH 3/4" AS NOTED 02/11/15 CONDUIT STUB TO SECURITY PANEL. SS3. SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOX AND PLASTER RING WITH 3/4" REFERENCE ONL Job No. CONDUIT STUBBED INSIDE BACKWRAP COMPARTMENT FOR SS8. INSTALL (2) SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOXES 6" FROM CENTER NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PF o SECURITY SYSTEM. OF DOOR WITH 1/2- CONDUIT INTERCONNECTION BETWEEN00072 SS4. PROVIDE DOUBLE GANG BOX AND TRIM RING WITH 3/4- AND 3/4" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE CONCEALED IN WALL FOR DOOR CONTACTS AT EGRESS DOOR. Sheet No. CONDUIT STUB INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. ALL WIRING SHALL BE CONCEALED IN CONDUIT OR DOOR E3 -2 FRAME. St 00 cc JN:,I 1 __ VP I C AFT, DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 1.06 EXAMINATION OF THE S{TE 3.07 SLEEVES 3. Special Receptacle* and Floor Boxes: As indicated on 10. Un{eaa otherwise noted on the Drawings, the following PART 3 - EXECUTION PART 3 - EXECUTION SECTION 16010 A. All Contractors submitting proposals for this work ors A. Provide coring in wells and floor slabs for the passage of Drawing& shall apply. 3.01 INSTALLATION 3.01 INSTALLATION � GENERAL PROVISIONS requested to visit the existing site. Failure to visit the all conduits. pipes and ducts Installed 4. Color of receptacles to match switches (white). unless a. Convenience outlets shalt be placed on separate A. Grounding: A. Furnish and Install conduit system as shown. Cabling and - < existing site will in no way relieve the successful bidder B. Cored holes In floor shall be provided with sleeves noted otherwise. Color of Isolated Ground receptacles circuits from motor and fighting outlets. 1. Provide an electrically continuous ground system from find connection to be by the owners subcontractor. The on ART 1 - GENERAL from the necessity of furnishing any materials or extended one inch above finished floor level and made shall be orange. b. Motors shall be placed on separate circuits from existing service ground to all points of utilization. system shall consist of telephone/data outlets in locations - performing any work that may be required to complete work watertight. 5. Ground fault circuit interrupter to be provided for lighting outlets. In general. all pieces of electrical equipment shall as indicated, branch conduits. and all accessories required 2 .01 RELATED DOCUMENTS in accordance with Drawings and Specifications without receptacles outdoors, in toilet rooms, and within 6' C. Convenience outlets shall not be installed back be grounded as required by Federal, State and Local by the telephone company for complete installation. ff< - A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions. and additional cost to the Owner. 3.08 PAINTING of sinks. to back. Codes and regulations, but special attention is called END OF SECTION t General Requirements apply to the Work specified in this A. All equipment, ponilboords, switchboards, etc., shall be K. Switch and Receptacle Plates.* 11. Provide full size ground wire in all conduits, PVC or to the following items to be grounded as indicated: - Section. 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING factory finished in baked enamel or lacquer. or as 1. Plates in finished areas for switches and receptacles Metallic. Where the drawings do not identify the size o. Conduit and other metallic raceways. 111111 A. Exercise care in transporting and handling to avoid damage specified Standard factory finishes shall be approved. shall be white finish or stainless steel plate. as indicated of the equipment ground wire, It shall be the some 2. In general where grounding wire is shown use green .02 DESCRIPTION to fixtures, equipment and materials. Any scratches shall be neatly touched up by the Installing an the drawings. size as the phase conductors. color. - A. This Section defines the General Provisions which are B. Store materials on the site so as to prevent damage. Contractor. 2. Provide multigang or combination plate* for devices B. Motor and Equipment Wiring: END OF SECTION • common to all Sections of Division 16. C. Keep fixtures. equipment and materials dean. dry and fres B. All metal work installed by this Contractor exposed to the grouped in gang or combination. 1. Unless indicated or specified elsewhere perform the B. The Information In the Specifications and the Plan Drawings from deleterious conditions. weather and not factory finished shall be painted with two 3. Provide cadmium plated steel plates in unfinished following: SECTION 16500 are basic facts to fellow in determining a reasonable and D. Where items of electrical equipment and/or materials ars coats of oil paint of color selected by Architect areas. a. Connect and wire to each motor and piece of LIGHTING SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS competitive price for the disciplines intended The famished by others for installation by Electrical C. All finish painting shall comply with the Painting Section 4. Identify all dedicated circuits with a laser printed electrically operated equipment shown on the E4 Drawings and Specifications do not necessarily Indicate or Contractor, Electricd Contractor will be held responsible of the Specifications. adhesive label Indicating panel and circuit number. Drawings or as specified In these Specifications. PART 1 - GENERAL - descrbe each Item necessary for the full performance and for the unloading of such equipment and/or materials from L Circuit Breakers: b. Furnish. Install and connect all starters. 1.01 DESCRIPTION = completion of the particular work the contractor may be the delivery truck. He shall check equipment and/or 3.09 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. Circuit breakers shall be as manufactured by controller selector switches, pilot lights. A. Work included: bidding. These documents provide the general hent materials upon receipt and notify party furnishing Item of A. Perform all cutting and patching required to complete the Westinghouse, Square D. General Electric or Siemens pushbuttons' sta#ions for each motor and place of 1. Installing and wiring lighting fixtures as shown on necessary to inform the contractor of the Owners desire any damaged or missing equipment. He shall coordinate Wok. except where specifically shown on the Architectural or of type and manufacturer to match existing for electrically operated equipment shown on Drawings. Lighting Fixture Schedule, and as furnished for the systema required for Electrical. Contractor shall Installation with Contractor providing equipment, or Structural Drawings. exiting panels. Drawings., or as specified In the Specifications, by the Owner. visit the site prior to bidding to become familiar with the B. Refer to Section 01070 for additional requirements. M. Motors, Control Panels, Etc.. Furnished by Others: unless otherwise Indicated. 2. Refar to the Architectural Room Finish Schedules and existing conditions under which the work shall be 1.08 GUARANTEE END OF SECTION 1. Check the Drawings and Specifications covering all c. Furnish and install all wring from the current Architectural and Structural details to determine _ performed. Failure to inspect the site will not be A. Provide one year guarantee for all fixtures, equipment, branches of the work to ascertain what equipment is source to all staters and from starters to conditions and finishes affecting the Installation of considered justification for an adjustment in contract materials and workmanship, upon find acceptance by Owner. SECTION 16100 furnished by others. It will be this Contractors motors, except in the case of factory installed the wok. Include, to the full Intent and meaning of price or failure to perform the work under this contract. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS responsibility to furnish the necessary labor and wiring packaged equipment. Wire to the line aide these Specifications. all Items of labor and materials C. Work Included: PART 2 - PRODUCTS materials to receive and wire sold equipment. Check of all prewired equipment, necessary for design. detailing or adjustment of - 1. All electrical work herein specified and/or shown on 2.01 MATERIALS PART 1 - GENERAL the Plumbing and Mechanical Drawings and Division 15 d. Furnish and Install a disconnect switch ahead of fixtures due to surrounding finishes and construction. _ Drawings unless noted otherwise. A. Refer to Individual Sections of Division 16. 1.01 DESCRIPTION of the Specifications carefully for wiring by the all prewired package equipment. Coordinate with PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. installation shall be complete from location A. This section defines the Basic Material and Methods which Electrical Contractor. Mechanical Trades Contractor. 2.01 MATERIALS designated by the Electric Utility Company as point of PART 3 - EXECUTION are common to all Sections of Division 16. e. Install all roughing-in pertaining to each Item A. All lighting fixtures shall be furnished by Owner. service connection. to the find connection of motors. 3.01 INSTALLATION/APPUCATiON/PERFORMANCE/I RECTiONPART 3 - EXECUTION of equipment furnished under other Sections of B. All lamps shall be furnished by Owner. Vdf fixtures. devices. apparatus or places of equipment. A. Excavating and Backfilling: PART 2 - PRODUCT'S 3.01 PREPARATION/INSTALLATION/APPUCATION the Specifications or by the Owner. Locations of Z _ - unless modified by Drawings or these Specifications. 1. The Electrical Contractor shall do all excavating and 2.01 MATERIALS A. Conduit- electrical outlets for this equipment ars PART 3 - EXECUTION 3. The Electrical Drawings and Specifications shall be backfilling required for the installation of any and A. Conduit: 1. Installation - All conduit shall be sized In indicated on the Drawings in their approximate 3.01 INSTALL.ATiON 0 understood to cover complete operating system. The all parts of his work requiring excavation. He shalt 1. Electrical Metallic Tubing: EMT. "Thinwoll" conduit accordance per local codes: locations. The supplier furnishing the equipment A. Fixtures: An outlet la to be provided for each fixture. 10 o, - Drawings and Specifications are to be taken together. also do di sheathing and bracing required for the shell in general be utilized where permitted by Code G. Conduit to be run exposed in unfinished areas will fumish dimensional drawings accurately All fixtures shalt be located to suit the Architectural Work specified and not shown, or Wok shown and not installation of his work. He shall provide and operate except where described herein. Minimum sizer conduit such as mechanical, electrical room. and locating df roughing-h required for his details of the areas involved. Unpack, assemble, wire and - specified shall be performed or furnished as though equipment. If r uirsd, to k the trenches shall be 314". unless otherwise specifically noted equipment. install all fixtures at the proper locations Indicated on pumping equip eq cep janitors closets used as electrical closets. mentioned in both Drawings and Specifications. otherwise. f. Receive. set and align motors which ars shipped the Drawings. q SPS free re standing water. AN wok shall damply with All other conduit shell be conceded. loose If local union or trade jurisdiction B. Recessed Fixture Installation: Recessed fixtures shall be 4. Miner items and accessories reasonably inferred as requirements given h Section 02200. 2. Heavy-wall *tad conduit and I.M.0 shall be either hat b. All conduit and wring shell be conceded � _ nee to the complete and operation of an dipped galvanized or sherardized practice requires doing so. of type suitable for mounting In the type of ceiling as - necessary ill Proper' oP Y 2 The above shall include all excavation of ovary IPP 9 wherever possible. Where conduit and wire cannot � � � system, shall be provided by this Contractor or character. Including rock. If encountered Contractor 3. Flexible conduit shall be heavy duty sted Greenfield be conceded. obtain direction from the g. Provide all control circuit and hteriock wring scheduled on the Drawings. Vacations to catalog numbers lel Subcontractor for such systems. shall visit the premises and determine for himself. by type except, where exposed to oil. grease, or water - Architect No surface mounted conduit. wremold and connections for all mechanical equipment as Indicated shall be made to assure proper mounting and In ca U. D. Description of Systems: actual observations, baring, or other means. the Bron conduit shall be Sedtito. or power piles will be acceptable. unless Indicated and scheduled on the Drawings. fitting arrangements. prior to fabrication. Changes to be = o 1. Complete power wiring from existing ponelboards to nature of the sail conditions. The cost of all such 4. Plastic conduit shall be PVC Schedule 40. specifically indicated on the drawings, 2. if a disconnect switch Is required by the enforcing made by this Division Contractor must have prior written � Cr motorized equipment. motors, equipment cabinets. and Inspections, born , eta. shall be borne b the 5. Conduit Fittings: c Run code and not Indicated on the Drawings or in the approval from the Architect 0 q Y parallel or perpendicular #o exterior walls (� miscellaneous outlets. Contractor. a. Rigid do iMC: Threaded of building. Specifications. it shell be furnished and installed. C. Supporta: 2. General wiring for power. lighting, and miscellaneous 3. All excavations are to be so conducted that no walls b. Thin-Wall: Compression Type, d. Locate to ovoid equipment. fixtures, ductwork, 3. Where specific locations of switches and starters are 1. Each lighting fixture shall be rigidly supported from systems. or footings shall be disturbed or Injured in any way. c Flexible: Connectors shall be compatible with piping. eta not shown on the Drawings, these shall be placed near the building construction. Provide suspension 3. Materials and equipment for electrical work. 4. Remove dl surplus las earth not Hooded for fllih and flexible conduit used. s La the motor, hangers. stems and extra steel work for fixture ♦� rP g Layout and Install work h advance of the laying �9./ 4. Motor and equipment wring. dispose of some as specified under Section 02200 of 6. Conduit shall be as manufactured by Allled. National of floors, walls. etc.. and furnish and Install support where required 5. General and emergency lighting and power systems. the S eeifleatlons Electric, Republic or Triangle. C. Conductors. Cables: 2. Confer with Ceiling Contractor to determine � 0 P all sleeves that may ba required for opening* 6. Wiring of equipment furnished by others. 5. All backfilling shall be thoroughly tamped and settled 7. Flexible liquid tight conduit as manufactured by through floors. walls, etc. 1. Except where otherwise shown on the drawings all modifications required to make fixtures suitable for . 0 np 7. Motor and equipment. including Starters if required an In a manner as Is proper for the particular type of Anaconda. Simplex. or International Metal Hose. L Where conduit is to be run exposed furnish and wring shall be Installed In conduit. ceiling as Installed ® .2 CM _J 8. Empty conduit stubs and backboxes for telephone work. 8. Provide an insulating bushing for all conduits install all inaertn and dam a for the supporting ortin 2. Conductors and cables shall not be Installed in 3. Where recessed fixtures are called for. each shall be system. 6. Where tt is necessary to install work In a across containing #4 and larger wire as well as all conduits In conduit P pP g conduit or raceways until some are free from moisture provided with the proper plaster frame or suitable � 0) N 41Q6 - 9. Reconnection of all relocated electrical equipment roads, pavements. curbs, sidewalks, eta. this 1' and larger regardless of the size wire the and debrta adapter to receive the finished ceiling construction. p^ w where applicable). g eg y g. If contractor does not properly install all 4. Where suspended acoustic the callings an steel co ( aPP ) Contractor *heli restore the present construction to con#sin• sleeve* and Inserts he will be required to do the 3. Leave a minimum of six inch(6") length of cable and aP 10. Power and empty conduit system and backboxes for Its original or better condition if disturbed by his B. Wires and Cables: necessary cutting and patching later at his own conductor slack at each outlet. channels occur. outlets and fixtures shall be Owners security system. operation at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. All wire shall be type THW or THWN copper. expense, and to the satisfaction of the 4. All wire shall be type THW or THWN copper. supported on members rooting on the channel framework. -- 11. Power and empty conduit system and backboxes for B. Application. Installation: 2. Wire smaller than shell be solid; and larger. D. Expansion Fittings: In no case shall fixtures be supported from plaster or 1 � VE - PP #8 i� 9 Architect � g acoustic material.Owners computer system. 1. In the event that conflicts. if any, cannot be settled stranded. h. Do not obstruct openings or passageways. 1. Expansion fittings shall be Installed in all conduits CO) 12. All other equipment, material. devices. accessories rapidly and amicably between the affected trades, with 3. Where light fixtures are wired In continuous rows, t. Where conduit passes through floors or through crossing expansion joints. Refer to Architectural 5. Suspended fixtures shall be hung on suspension hangers Q required and/or shown on the Drawings. work proceeding In a workmanlike manner. then the wire pulled through fixtures shall be a SF2. drawings for locations. furnished by the fixture manufacturer and shall be eq / P q P 9 YP smoke and fire wdl% space between conduit andadjusted as maces aurin Installation to incurs ,ep 13. Arrange for sources of temporary construction Architect/Engineer shall decide which wok Is to be 4. Find connections to heating equipment where shown, floor or wall shall be filled with cement grout E Fre and Smoke Partition Penetrations: lu �Y q e." IBJ - servlces. Such services shall be nominal) 120 208 relocated and his dement shall be find and binding type that all fixtures h the same room or area are at _ t e SF2 1. The Contractor *hall familiarize himself with all fire � Y / judgement 9 I Radius of bends shall be not lose than six(6) rated construction and Install his work so as to uniform height from the floor. Mounting height shall >J N volt. 1 phase, 3 wire from which a complete system of on this Contractor. 5. Cable and iota shall be as manufactured by Alcoa, times Internal diameter. Anrun of conduit temporary power and lighting shall be Installed for 2. No measurements of a Drawn b scale shall be used as Anaconda. General Cable. Triangle. Simplex. Hatfield, shall not Include more than the maintain the integrity of the fro cods rating. be as specified, detailed or noted on the Drawings D 0 ■� P rY Po 9 9 9 Y equivalent of 6. An electrical li tin fixture which wet hs more than Q I lip _ all construction needs and as required D the a dimension to wok b . The Drawings are not intended Bill. Alpha. and Coleman Cable and Wire. Maintain rating of fire rated and smoke rated Y 9h 9 q eq Y Y 9 four(4) quarter bands. 50 pounds shall be supported Independently of the - occupational safety and health departments. OSHA to snow complete or accurate details of the building 6. Unless specifically noted otherwise, all wiring shall construction. Sleeves shall be steel or et PPS eP Y P Y eP (OSHA) a g k Provide expansion fitting* for all conduits at outlet box. Temporary services shall be removed upon completion of in every respect. Exact locations and relations are be Installed In conduit expansion its pre-manufactured sleeves similar to Pips Shield*. Inc. wok. to be defined In the field and shall be satisfactory7. Layout branch circuit wiring and arrangement of home joints. , far bare pipe through fire walls and floors. model D. Fixture Wiring: runs for maximum economy efficiency. Increase wire 2. Cutting Conduit WFB. DFB or QDFB. For plastic i use type WFB with 1. Fixtures shall be wired with white wire for the 14. Cutting, patching. excavation and badcfilE and to the Arch€foci/Enghear. This Contractor shall take Y 1+• G. Measure and cut conduit from site conditions. P pipe. concrete wok required to complete the work of this all field measurements and shall be responsible size if voltage drop exceeds 2X or 100 ft h length. one Inch thick calcium silicate insulation encased In neutral and colored wire far phase wires. see Section erN P1 �p not from Orawhg s. section. Backfill shall be compacted to 9571 of therefore. C. Color Color co CCoding: Cding se usethroughout hall be throught the metal sleeve extension two feet either side of firs 16100. f_ P b. Conduit shall be cut square and butted solidly 2. Hough of all fixtures must be grounded to conduit standard compaction. All existing surfaces shall be 3. Com entre electrical system: re,#ad walls or floor. Said annular apace around q Si<' �'v p g pare Drawings and Specifications. checking all Into fittings. • 1. 'A' Phase - Blade - ori€ gouges. g conduits. For ire and smoke rated floors, wails and system. � patched or replaced to Like New conditions. measurements and determine Intent of Contract 9 9 c On rigid conduit. cut conduit full and dean with partitions. use UL listed material that maintains fire 3. Each fixture to be complete with holders. screws, .- - ,� E Related work to be completed by others: Documents. Discrepancies shall be brought to the 2. 'B" Phase - Red - through #8. Larger block with phase sharp dies. Ream ends of pipe after cutting and sockets. wires. lamps, ata, as is necessary for a L t = Q - rated welt and floor Integrity, similar to RTY foam. 155 1. Telephone system wiring. Architect/Engineer's s attention for interpretation markers. before assembly to remove burrs. y' complete installation. � c-- 2. Computer system wrIn Dow ComingFre St or Pipe Shields. Ino. . model P 1� pu ys q. prior to any installation. 3. C' Phase - Blue - through #8. Larger blade with d. Ream thin-wall conduit (EMT) after K to cut. oP �'' E Operation and Controls �3 � 3. Tem erature controls and thermostat wiring. 4. Tina ri tis reserved to mace an reandx►abte char s h phase markers. WFB. DFB. or QDFB. For non-rated walls and P " , q P q qh Y q 3. Liquid Tight and Flexible Conduit 1. Local switches as shown and wired. in 4. Fire dams tem b owner vendor. location of outlets and equipment prior to roughing-in 4. Neutral - White - through Larger block with phase partitions, use mineral E glass fiber insulation. �'-` _ Ya Y +� P9 #$• 9 P a Liquid tight flexible conduit shall be Installed IDJD SECTION 2 Exit and directional signs *hail be constantly on. and = W F. Definitions - As used within the Contract Documents: without Involving additional expense. Any change from markers. h such a manner that liquids tend to run off the wired as shown. - z� Y*0* 1. The term 'Contractor shall be understood to mean the the Electrical Drawings as is necessary to make the 5. Grounding Wire - Green, Insulated. surfaces and not drain toward the fittings. SECTION 16400 END OF SECTION 0 ci'- -^ Z <n,M 0) Electrical Contractor or Electrical Subcontractor. work of this Contractor conform to the building as 6. Control Wire - Colors other than above. b. All runs of flexible conduit shall be as short as v - o 0 0 0 - constructed and to fit the wok of other trades shall D. Wire Pullin Lubricant Use of wire pulling lubricant is SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION {U > ka 2. 'CrcuiW shall mean any electric work (not limited g Pu g practice (maximum of 6) of the some size as SECTION 16620 Z -0 -•n I I be Included In Contractor's Contract and Installed optional; but. if needed to prevent damage to the the conduit it extends and with enough slack to EMERGENCY LIGHT AND POWER Z 2 N ill%F to light and power distribution) which consists of 9 PART 1 - GENERAL ^ - _ �co 0 wires. cables. raceways, and/or specialt with without extra cost. conductors, It must be listed by Underwriters Laboratories reduce the effects of vibration. A minimum of 24 2- - ` Y g and be of such consistent that {t will leave no 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS s� -C = r r jF z°i method assemblies taken all together complete with Y fiches of flexible conduit shall be installed A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and PART 1 - GENERAL U a ri,N 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL obstruction or tackiness that will prevent pulling out old c. Where the fittings ore brow ht Into an enclosure 1.01 DESCRIPTION = � o .#t associated junction boxes. pull boxes. outlet boxes, 9 General Requirements apply #a the Wok edified in this ^�► A. Testing: wires or pulling h new wires or additional wires. with a knockout, an insulated throat typo fitting PP Y A. Install all exit signs and batt emergencyIi hts as '` C2 .0 Z as se, joint*, coupling*. splices and connections. except YP 9 Section. 9 aY q where limited to a lesser mowin b specific 1. After wires are in place and connected to devices and E Electrical Connections, Terminals and Splicing shall be In with liquid sealing "O" rim shall be used • shown on the Drawings and required by all governing V C4 n}-. r�� 9 Y sp accordance with Section 110-14 of the NEC. Connection q g g 8. Section 16010. General Provisions - Electrical . applies 0 x description, equipment. the system shill be tested for shorts and d. Flexible metal conduit shall be Installend for all to the work specified in this Section authorities having jurisdiction. ._ 4 3. 'Wring' shall mean the some as Circuitry. grounds• material* and equipment must be given special attention find equipment connections to transformers, _ '0 Z U - 2 All hot wires. If shorted or grounded. shall be when using dissimilar meld conductors, etc. 1.02 SUBMITTALS 4. 'Package Unit* shall mean an item of equipment having light fixtures (lay-In type) and all other 1.02 DESCRIPTION g removed and replaced. F. Outlet. Pull and Junction Boxes: A. Requirements of Regulatory Agency: Obtain any and all plan one or more motors or other electric energy consuming 1. Boxes shell be 12 au e or heavier steel. sherardized devices where so required. (Maximum of 6) A. Waris Included: ff _ E�- - _ 3. A voltage test shall be made at the lost outlet on gauge approvals as required by the authorities which have elements integrally factory mounted on o single base. or galvanized to revert rusting and shall have 4. Type of Conduit 1. Existing current transformers cabinet shall remain. each circuit. If drop In potential Is excessive, 9 P 9 jurisdiction over this Project. prior to start of work. complete with dl associated control devices and readil removable knockouts, a. The following areas shall be galvanized at" 2. All charges by the Local Utility Company for - a Contractor will be required to correct the condition Y Interconnecting wring. 2 Pullboxes and all fittin s shall be accessible with heavy wall conduit: construction related work. Owner charges will be paid -- � by locating partly grounded conductor or high P 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS S. 'Normal Electric Work Conditions' means locations removable covers secured with brans machine screws. 1) In earth fill. by the Owner. resistance splice. 201 MATERIALS AND FIXTURES within building confines which are neither damp, wet. 2) Exposed in wet areas. 3. System Grounding per the local Utility Company and the 4. All grounds, snorts and high resistance *plicas shell 3. Junction boxes shall be minimum 4 square or octagon, A Conduits, fitting*, iota, etc., shall be in accordance with nor hazardous, and which are not used far air deep. deeper if required b the 3) Exposed outdoors Provide watertight N.E.C. be rectified. not less than 2 d eq y ( g applicable Section of this Specification. handling. 5. An wiring device. electrical apparatus or lighting number of wires or construction. with appropriate fittings & boxes). 4. Existing new circuit shall remain, by Landlord. Y 9 PP q g pPr'°Pr1 g ) 5. Provide new circuit breakers oft a to match existing B. Exit and Direction Signs: 6. 'Raceway' shall mean any Pipe, duct. extended fixture furnished under this Contract. if grounded or covers. Provide with 3/8' stud where lighting fixture 4) Outside masonry walla g 1. Shall be U.L approved 0 116.....................J enclosed, or conduit as specified for articular • as required for or ad to nal In distribution system, refer to Ones { � P shorted on any integral live part, shop be removed is suspended from box. 5} Within building confines run in concrete Diagram mats* for additional Information. 2 Colored lettere on white background (Calor per the system) which Is used to contain wires. and which is and the trouble rectified by replacing all defective 4. All switch and receptacle outlets shall be equipped slob. 6. Existing secondary 120/208 volt. 3 phos*, 4 wire, 60 local Code Authority). of such nature as to require that the wires be parts or materials as directed with minimum 4" box. Gang boxes shall be provided 6) Exposed in mechanical rooms. hertz service. 3. Directional crows as required by local Fra Installed by a 'pulling in' procedure. 6. Service ground to be tested per National Eiectricd where groups of switches occur. Al{ boxes shall be 7) Feeder conduit for ponelboards. 7. Existing tenant metering to remain. by Landlord Protection Bureau. Revisions 7. 'Conceded' (as applied to circuitry) moons covered Code requirement. Grounding pole of all receptacles equipped with proper raised covers, mounted at heights Couplings for conduit run In poured concrete 4. Color of trim an selected by Architect /�t completely by building materials, except for to be tested• shown on Drawings, or as directed. The approximate shall be concrete tight PART 2 - PRODUCTS f ISSUE �{ {SENT!- enstration b boxes or fittings) to a level flush 7. All motors shall be tested under load with ammeter location of outlet boxes Ie, shown on the Drawings, but b. Conduit run In dr areas within building confines PART 3 - EXECUTION UISSUE j15 P s{ Y Y 9 2.01 EQUIPMENT REMEW with the surface as necessitated by functional or readings taken in each phase, and the RPM of motors care shall be taken to Install all outlets with proper shall be EMT. Dry areas ore Inside partitions, A. Main Distribution Pondboards: 3.01 INSTALLATION ISSUE FOR BID specified accessibility requirements. Union directed recorded at the tkme. Ail motors shall be tested for relation to equipment or material to be Installed by ceiling cavities and areas not subject to damage. 1. Shall be as scheduled on the drawings. A. Furnish and Install all panels, conduits, feeders, branch j1 ISSUE FOR otherwise, all outlet boxes In walls are to be correct direction or rotation. Electrical Contractor other trades. Special outlets shall have proper boxes Outside walls ora not considered cry areas. 2. Panelboard shall be enclosed In at" cabinet of circuit wring, eta, with green ground wire required by u conceded shdi be responsible for testing running of all motors to accommodate special equipment Outlet boxes In c iMC may be used In above grade floor slabs of rigidity and gauge of steel per UL Standard for Code and as shown on the Drawings and shall ver€ that proper overload devices have mason shall be or proper depth to allow conduit to g Y g g P B. All emergencys tem branches shall be Instated In /� ISSUE FOR PERMIT G. Fees and Permits fY P oP masonry P oP �P size 3/4` only. cabinets. � u03/04/15 - 1. Obtain all permits and pay all Inspection fees been Installed. be Installed without cutting of shell of bloclke, eta d. Where permitted b local codes run conduits under separate condutta. r ired for the complete electricals tem. 8. All meters. Instruments, cable connections. equipment 5. Outlet boxes shall be as manufactured by Appleton. P Y 3 Acceptable manufacturers are Cutler-Hammer, Siemens, required P Ys floor slabs and in contact with earth may be Square D and General Electric. END OF SECTION Q or apparatus necessary for making all tests. shall be Steel City. Race orCrouse-Hinds. schedule 40 PVC. 4. Bus structure shall be copper not exceeding density of .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE furnished by this Contractor at his own expense. 6. Boxes for all exterior conduit, or conduit mounted In 5. Supporting of Conduit 1000 amps per square Inch of cross section. Buss SECTION 16720 A Qualifications 9. Contractor shall submit proof of all tests to the exterior walls. shall be cast iron boxes. type "FS' or a. All conduits must be Independently supported from supporta shall be adequate to withstand 50,000 amperes ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS Q _ 1. Onlynew products will be acceptable unions otherwise Architect before find acceptance of the work. y , App y pp symmetrical shot circuit stresses minimum. All Pr eP 'FD'. as manufactured b Crouse-Hinds elan, Pyle structure. No conduits shall be supported from noted. National. Or Killark and provided with gasketed the ventilating ducts, catling hangers. contact surfaces shall be silver plated. PART 1 - GENERAL Q 2. The Electrical Contractor and his Subcontractors shall 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN watertight covers. Fittings shall be pull type with mechanical piping or their hangers. 5. Pondboord shall be braced for snort circuit 1.01 DESCRIPTION onlyemploy workmen who ore skilled in their A. Cleaning Equipment. Completed Work and Premises After the P Y Basketed cover*. b. All surface run conduit one inch(1 ) and smaller capacities as scheduled by the Idred Utility Company A. Work Included: respective trades. completion of all installations, each system shall be 1. Provide necessary conduit and ower for dam and Q esP G. Disconnect Switches *hall be supported every flue feet with one Inde however. the minimum bracing shall be 50,000 A.I.C. y P 3. All equipment. material, fixtures. devices. articles, thoroughly cleaned to remove all paint. oil and other detection systems, This shall only Include the following: �1P 1. Switches shall meet NEMA enclosed switch standard* straps with damp backs. Perforated strap symmetrical. Ya Y 9: • accessories or products included In the Contract shall foreign material. Contractor shall also dean all foreign KS1. current edition. Switches shall be quick-make, hangers will not be permitted 6. Each circuit breaker shall be equipped with an a. Dedicated 20 Amp.. 120 Volt circuit (a). be of the exact make, model or katalnumber. size, paint. grease, oil. dirt. labels and stickers, etc. from op g pop g pp nameplate / ■ (empty) og quick-break so that operation of the contacts shall c Hangers *hall be proportioned for the wei ht of approved nam lots whish Indicates the name of the b. 3 4 conduitto each door contact, silent Digitally signed 6y Davis L. form and of the characteristics specified. all fixtures, equipment. eta The Contractor shall remove not be g op the conduit(s) supported. All rods, damps equipment (motor, ponatboard. eta) to which the duress Alam. camera and keypad avis L. Dickerson,PE ail capable, aurin normal operation of the switch. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies all rubbish. debris, eta, accumulated from his operations of being restrained by the operating handle after the feeder conductors ars connected. DN:cn=Davis L.Dickerson,PE, 1. All electrical work shall be In accordance with the from the Premises• opening or dosing of the contacts has started, andel hangers shell be factory bplied. with g National Electrical Code (N.E.C.). (check with local B. Demonstration: At the conclusion of the work and before 2. All safety switches small be heavy duty of voltage plated or painted Where factory auppited. with 7. Main distribution panel small have a ground bus. The PART 2 - PRODUCTS (REFER TO O1HER SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATION) o=DickersonEngineerin Inc, find contract payment a ent is made demonstrate and explain to all ground bus shall be fastened and bonded to the framing icker$on er inspector for edition), other governing bodies P � � matching equipment served, NEMA 1 for indoor use and one of the above must raaia#ant finishes. email=davis.dickerson�adei- ) 9 q field cuts and threads are to be opted and member In an approved manner. The round bus shall be PART 3 - EXECUTION which have jurisdiction over this project, the Using Agenc7Js personnel, the function. operation and NEMA 3R for outdoor use. Switches shall be as P PP g pe corn,c=us maintenance of all meet and systems installed b this covered with a grey finishing point. grounded in a manner meeting all code requirements. 3.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS P E Oate:20!5.03.03 15:47:86 2 Where applicable. dl fixtures, equipment and equip Y manufactured by Westinghouse. Square D. or Slerrnons. d. Trapeze type hangers may be used where several A. All conduit and wiring requirements shall conform with -06'40' materials shall be as approved or listed by the Division of the work and provide a copy of all tests H. Fuses: Furnish and Install all fuses. Fuses shall be conduits occur at the same elevation. The S. Ughting and Application Ponalboords Section 16100. 'Basic Materials and Methods of this following agencies: C. Protect all equipment u meet ands toms against harmful exposures Busaman 'Fusetron', dud element. current limiting type. spacing of such trapeze hangers shall be 1. Ponelboards are funished and Installed by Lanford Specification. a. Factory Mutual Laboratories. eq 1p Ya g xP unless specifically noted otherwise. determined by the electrical code spacing 2. The Electrical Contractor shall balance all circuits. END OF SECTION b. National Fre Protection Association. to. or accumulations of dust and moisture, flooding, L Switches requirements for the smallest conduit in the run. All conductors shall be continuous without splicing c. Underwriters Laboratoriee, Ina UL corrosion or other forms of damage and dean and restore 1. Except where otherwise specified. wall switches shall ( ) aP e. Approved typo Inserts for support of wok in cast from last outlet to thele terminal* in cabinet All SECTION 16700 damaged finishes as may be required to place installations be mounted in suitable outlet boxes h the walls, d. National Electrical Manufacturer* Association or concrete construction. circuit conductors in cabinet ahait be Installed with COMUNtCATIONS Ina lice-new condition before acceptance by the partitions. or as shown on Drawings.{NEMA} P g f. Approved type steel beam clamps in the case of sufficient amount of length to reach the most remote e. Americana with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architect 2. Wali switches shall be located as indicated on the steel construction. breaker connection from its point of entrance. PART 1 - GENERAL - C. Allowable Tolerances Drawings, arranged singly or in gongs and at the 6. Where holes or recesses must be cut in wdis. floors, 3. Contractor shell provide a directory of circuits for 1.01 DESCRIPTION 3.04 SCHEDULES height specified or Indicated and shall have air 1. Review Architectural, Structural and Mechanical gin sp proper ceiling*, or any part of the building to admit cabinet Directory shall be typewritten designating A. Werk includes =--- A Equipment Schedules See Drawings for schedules of covers with finishes specified herein. Switches shall apparatus, conduit or other wok of this Contractor. room or equipment. circuit numbers and an existing 1. Empty conduit and boxes for wiring installed b �' D PROF Drawing* for all dimensions, locations. partitions and aPP eq 1P Y 9 P Y 9 Y ti?�E lighting fixtures. switchboard, panelboards, distribution be as follows unless otherwise called for an Drawings ,`tti - --.FSS wells, structural details. and location of mechanical a sn and rola#ed Items. 9 he must have it done by o competent mechanic h a neat circuits to remain. Directory frame are to be secured awnars vendor. , �5,/G I N i pipes and ducts so that the electrical installation equipment,t. or hereinafter specified. (Contractor and€ ahedc and workmanlike manner. The, portions cut must be to reside of door and trim in mud► a manner that B. Wok by Telephone Utility 1k, `6I FF''1, I _ shall be in harmony with that of the other trades, architectural drawings for additional Information.) restored to their original condition at the expense of screws, holes or welds. eta. are not visible on the 1. All wring for telephone Instruments ;Q i y e,t3se 41 \T-1 3.05 APPROVALS 2. Exact size, location. and electrical requirements of A. Obtain all permits and approvals from the governing bodies a. Light switches shall be toggle 20amp. 120/277 this Contractor. This Contractor shall provide for door panel or trim. 2. All telephone instruments. equipment furnished by other trades and wired by this which have jurisdiction over this project. Volt Specification grade. all of his own cutting and patching. 4. Where 2 or 3 pole breaker units are called for. they Contractor shall be obtained from the Drawings of the b. SPST Hubbell #1221; P da S #20ACi; Leviton #1221 7. All conduits run in or blow any grade sob shell be shall be one unit with common trip and not single pale PART 2 - PRODUCTS oaEuo. other trades. a 3-way Hubbell #1223; P do S #20AC3. Leviton #1223 heavy wap conduit and entirely encased in 2" of units with hands ties. Capacity of main busses shall 2.01 MATERIALS �0,\ - 3.06 IDENTIFICATION AND TAGGING ",'_ I d. 3OA-SPST (Motor Disconnect): Hubbell #3031; P alk concrete. In no case shall conduit be laid In fill be as shown on the Drawings. A. Conduits, fittings, and outlet boxes shall be as �,4 04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide all distribution switches and/or circuit breakers. 5. Branch circuit breakers shall be provided b this hereinbefore ecified h Section 16100. `� s �% . -� _ S #30AC1; Leviton #3031. Coordinate location blow sob. Conduit shown as plastic shall be P Y ail starters, eta whether Individually mounted in panalboarda. contractor for all o nalboords furnished b landlord. t G4- -- A. Shop drawings for all fixtures, equipment. materiels. eta. with mechanical trades. schedule 40. P Y B. Wall boxes #o be flush. 4 square, with extension ring. - switchboarda, etc.. with suitable identification. The Circuit breakers. manufacturer, modal numbers, AIC shall be submitted as specified In Division 1. 3. Verify door swings before Installing switchboxes and 8. 3/4'D. minimum conduit shall be provided In all C. Telephone System Grounding Conductors Fumisn a #5 AWG. - B. Installation, maintenance and operating manuals and designation. using proper nomenclature, shall Indicate the Install the boxes on the latch side of the door unless non-accessible construction such as floor slabs. ratings shall be type to match landlords provided copper grounding conductorfrom each telephone service load served. Provide all feeders with suitable equipment instructions for all equipment *hall be provided as otherwise directed by the Architect. earth, masonry, walla, partitions. etaequipment to respective electrical service grounding _ _ ____ Identification as to their designation h all junction 6. The width and height of cabinets shall be sufficient t6NA7UmE specified h Division 1. 4. Calor of devices to be bid as white; however, final 9. Provide: 9 electrode system. boxes, pullboxea. gutter spaces through which they pass, selection shall be b the Architect. a Supplementary angles, channels, plates, etc.. to provide a wring gutter at the two sides and at the and at their terminal points of connection. Identification Y PP Y 9 • D. Telephone/Computer Conduit System: Furnish as Indicated on 05 APPROVAL DRAWINGS J. Receptacles: top and bottom of not less than 4. Additional width , _;."0 S;'--,, i_`,' ` /-_,,l`; of distribution switches or circuit breakers in ponalboads °p where supports are required between building's the Drawings, Including the fallowing: _ _ A. Prepare and submit for approval to local code authorities 1. Receptacle shall be located as shown an the Drawings structural members. spanning the space and or height shall be provided, if required for entering 1. Telephone service conduits for underground service. rA7-- {f RATIO, DATE shill be by means of panelboard drectorien. such additional electrical drawings. diagrams, and and at the heights specified or Indicated. Receptacle attached to building structural members. by conduits. Additional wiring gutter space shall be 2 Other conduits as indicated on the Drawings. Famish Identification of distribution switches or circuit breakers provided, if required for main or sub-feader cables specifications as are required by. and power outlets shall be of the grounding type and wilding, belting or with concrete anchors. P «1 #14 AWG soft iron pull wire or heavy nylon cord in and starters individually mounted or In switchboards shall passing through to feed other cabinets. each conduit for pulling the telephone cable to each 1. Lord Fire Prevention Bureau as manufactured by Hubbell. Pass do Seymour. or b. All rods, angles, rails. struts, brace plates. 7• Where 2 or 3 de breaker units are called for, the P gDrawn By ChOCked By be by means of engraved lamaeoid nameplates permanently 2. Local Building Department - Electrical inspection Leviton. platfoms, eta required for suspension or P Y termination point. Section fastened on the front face of the housing. showing 1/4 2. Duplex Convenience Receptacles: 20A.,2 Pole, 3 Wire, support of conduit and equipment, shall be one unit with common trip and not single pole 3. Outlet boxes with a 3/4" conduit stubbed Into KP DD/AH 3. Local Utility Company Metering Department high white lettering on a black background Identification units with handle ties. Capacity of main busses shall Y P Y 9 eP 125 Volt. (NEMA designation 5-20R) Specification c Straps. clomps, threaded rods, turnbuckles, P Y accesslbie ceiling apace with pullwre for cabling by of feed cables shall be by means of engraved fiber tags Grade. anchors. eta, and sit miscellaneous specialties be as shown on the Drawings. others. Provide s suitably fastened to the cables 8. Acceptable marnufacturers are Cutler-Hammer, Siemens. sp separate dedicated conduits for P. 0. Scale ate a. Pae* do Seymour #5362 for the attachment of hangars and supports to the ail S. Anes. (Do not shore with other telephone or data REFERENCE O1V L� b. Leviton # 5362 structure. Square D and General Electric linea AS NOTED 02/11/15 c Hubbell # 5362 9. Pandboards shall be braced for short circuit 4, Na s.) conduits or power wiring shall pass over capacities as scheduled by the local Utility Company. NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERIti Jab Na. 10. All breakers utilized for switching lighting shop be the #almunicanicatiroo light and panty except 0 Zlabeled *witching duty typo. tetecommuntcations room (fight fixtures. 14- e:%� 5. Contact CrossCorm National Groan team Ita Project 7 Coordinator at (800) 933-9203 to fully coordinate entire Tole/Data low voltage installation. Sheet NO. E4-1 fe SF: ,v: . --.,PLC !IGAHU, UH